ss
Be te
oes
a inna
os ct ae te
- ee ae
— dp ue a iar we
I
GIFT OF
JANE K.SATHER
REARS TK,
ss Se
“Ta
We rer re ERE
. =
a ee
—— an a 7 “ < ae ee ne a se —— a
a a 7 are. —_— —— t-— a 4 ° , mn ‘ ge = \ :
a - oe % “ F : ‘ :
ae eT ee Be eens TL A” &
, (aneee ie j hth Oe
4
>
rT
.
zi
FH
2
ny!
i
(
h
r ,
a p i
Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2007 with funding from
Microsoft Corporation
_http://www.archive.org/details/appliedlatincourOOfreerich
‘NVIUGV]] JO HNO], AHL GNV YAGI], AHL
APPLIED LATIN
A ‘COURSE FOR BEGINNERS
Ae Rig
of W..H. FREEMAN, Pu. D. (Harvarp)
HEAD OF THE LATIN DEPARTMENT, HIGH SCHOOL, TRENTON, N. J.
PUBLISHED BY
WEIDENHAMER AND COMPANY
MILTON * PENNA,
7 a alee
COPYRIGHT, 1916, BY WEIDENHAMER & COMPANY
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
Wy
Pos y
. 4 A
1, ? "
‘
\
~ a’ 4\
{ ra \} /
\ hy
\ )/
; j
Sa
\
nett
7
.
°
4
se
o 4
* A de ©
« @ +
r «
* «
x ¥
e e a ée8 ‘
‘a® « Ye eo? dv “
he . ™» ae =.
‘ .
6 © o*
WM.F. FELL CO* PRINTERS
PHILADELPHIA 7
oe
5
PREFACE
After an experience of several years teaching in College
and High School, the author has become convinced that
the present First Year books do not satisfy modern needs
in the teaching of Latin nor do they handle the subject in
a manner that produces “the greatest good for the greatest
number” of students.
I. The Beginners’ books in present use have been written
too much for the small number of students who intend to
go to College, and too little for the great number who study
Latin only during two or three years of High School work.
Within the last few years the makers of High School
curricula have been forced to pay more attention to the
demands of the great mass of students who go no further
than the High School. Courses more nearly related to
their needs in later life as citizens and workers have been
adopted. ‘Traditional courses which gained reputations as
valuable only for College students have been disregarded
by the authorities and neglected by the students. Latin,
especially, has been attacked as an educational luxury, be-
cause laymen have thought that the net results of the study
do not justify the outlay of so much valuable time. Too
often no definite advance could be pointed out as the result
of the first year’s study even by the teachers.
The prospect of beginning the study of Latin earlier than
in the first year of the High School, a prospect which bids
fair to be realized in the new Junior High Schools, has pre-
sented an opportunity for a rearrangement of Beginners’
Latin so that not only the, great pass of non-college students
JO ¢4U
PREFACE
may be benefited in ways not possible before, but those
students also who are preparing for College may acquire
a yet broader range of scholarship. APPLIED LATIN, by
its new treatment of the language and its correlation of
Latin to the study of English, history, mathematics, and
the commercial branches, aims to increase the powers of
the ordinary High School pupil and to prove that Latin is
an educational necessity.
II. Present-day Latin books prevent the enthusiastic
teacher from making adequate use of broad training in the
class-room.
Beginners’ books are today so crammed with material,
the direct object of which is to prepare the student for the
reading of Cesar in the second year, that the teacher is -
reduced to desperation in attempting to cover merely the
minimum requirements of first year work. No time is al-
lowed for the correlation of Latin with other subjects, for
digressions upon the life and manners of the ancient nations,
for the drawing of conclusions from the study of an older
civilization which can be applied to the questions of modern —
times. This is partly because there is so much Latin to .
cover, and partly because no inspirational material is in-
cluded in the books used. Many a teacher does not feel at
liberty to add life to Latin because the arrangement of
his text-book seems to forbid any innovations. Excellent
teachers are for this reason really prevented from making
any personal impression on their classes. APPLIED LATIN
aims to give the broad-gauge teacher a chance to inspire
his students. The subject matter is arranged partly with
a view to the acquisition of a sound foundation in Latin;
partly to the correlation of Latin with things modern and
vital. :
PREFACE
III. The important aid which Latin can give to the other
subjects included in the High School curriculum is hardly
touched upon in the present introductory Latin books.
For many years it has been recognized that those who
have studied Latin enter upon life better equipped in
many ways than those who have never studied the subject.
Experiments carried on at various points have uniformly
indicated that in the matter of enlarged vocabulary, correct
spelling, and facility in the use of English words non-Latin
students are at a distinct disadvantage. APPLIED LATIN,
by its constant drills in English derivatives, aims to enrich
the student’s vocabulary. The Latin words selected for
memorizing, while none that are frequent in Cesar have
been omitted, have been chosen especially because of their
importance as root words in English. ©
The problem of teaching formal English grammar has
always given educators much trouble. Teachersare in agree-
ment that hardly any progress is made in this difficult sub-
ject until the student takes up the study of a foreign
language, preferably one that is highly inflected. In Ap-
~ PLIED LATIN careful attention is given to the connection of
Latin with formal English grammar. ‘The parts of speech,
types of sentences, use of cases, and conjugation of verbs
are consistently developed with reference to English.
The inability on the part of students to make use of the
information gained in one subject in the work of another
subject is almost too common a phenomenon to be men-
tioned. It is the usual experience of teachers to find the
facts of literature, history, biology, etc., pigeon-holed, so
to speak, in the student’s brain and impossible of use except
in the individual course in which the information was ob-
tained. APPLIED LATIN, with its interchapters on ancient
eo
PREFACE
geography, ancient history, ancient customs and modes of
life, seeks to connect these subjects with modern geography,
history, and life, and in this way to train the student to
make effective use of his information, not in some particular
class-room, but in all his class-rooms and especially in the
problems of after-life.
Teachers who make use of this book should keep in mind
the following facts:
1. APPLIED LATIN is intended to give the student of Latin
a sound foundation in the forms and constructions of the
Latin language.
2. APPLIED LATIN aims also to increase the student’s
English vocabulary, to train him in the uses of words, and
to make perfectly clear the close relation of Latin to the »
other subjects of the curriculum. The translation of Latin
to English and of English to Latin is to be a secondary
matter compared with awakening a realization of the im-
portance of a knowledge of Latin as an aid to he study of
English.
3. APPLIED LATIN is so arranged that the broad-gauge
teacher may feel justified in supplementing his teaching
with the results of wide study in Latin and English, without
a lurking suspicion that he is neglecting the subject of Latin
in.so doing. The division by topics and not by lessons
leaves the rate of progress of the class entirely under the
control of the teacher.
4. The material in APPLIED LATIN is entirely new, and
the treatment is different from that found in the ordinary
Beginners’ Book. The text has been tried out at various
times in Latin classes, and many suggestions from Latin
teachers enter into the composition of the book. In the
_arrangement of the book the author has been assisted by
- 6
PREFACE
' the teachers of Latin in the Trenton High School, in the
correlation of Latin with English by J. Milnor Dorey, Head
of the English Department of the same school, and in the
reading and correction of proof by Howard L. Packard,
Head of the Latin Department, State Normal School,
Trenton, New Jersey.
TOPIC
XXIII.
CONTENTS
PAGE
ENTRODUCTION.. of nho ices fee cence at ease eee Saka II
. hae NOUN. CFIRST, DDECEENSION 6 ric. coe osu eae ee 15
Rome and the Basin of the Mediterranean Sea........ 24
i LEE? PREPOSITION seh sice Ree ees Maen ah eae eee 25
, aE NOUN: “SECOND DECEENSION = f2.cme au ata 2e< ore 28
Rome and the Eastern Nations 0503.06 sess sats of 35
. THE ADJECTIVE. FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS..... 36
. THE VERB. First CONJUGATION: ACTIVE Voice; IN-
DICATIVE: VEOOD | cbuc. sk Mids, 5 Pe or ives od eee ee 41
The Nations of the Ancient World.................. 52
. THE VERB. SECOND CONJUGATION: ACTIVE VOICE; IN-
DICATIVE MOOD oii coin hcaiemre 2 cutis hel one Caden ee 54
The-Penitnsulaor-Tialy oye og ct ee a we ee is 62 -
.( THE INOUN:- PHIRD “DECLENSION 3. 4.0.5.5 5086 Cos orients ee 63
Latium, the Home of the Latins. -2..20.)...0545%s0} 77
. THE: ADJECTIVE... THIRD DECLENSION: ovshscds ee 78
. THE VERB. THIRD CONJUGATION: ACTIVE VOICE; IN- ;
DICATIV A: MOOD sien tone Pi. eine nea A ates wn a 84
he: Cities oF Lealyig sos. a ee ca a ee g2
. HE ADJECTIVE. COMPARISON)... oct s snopes eat es 93
. THE VERB. THIRD CONJUGATION IN -io0: ACTIVE VOICE;
INDICATIVE Moop....... fo Sane ee ae eee a area bias rea 07
; -HE NOUN. “FOURTH .DECELEDNSION |... 3.046400 0245%04 0% 100
« LHe: NOUN... FIRTH DECLENSION 255 +-44 G04 12% ahs 93 os B88
The City of Roms: ccc anaadele doc oa ae ous ee 104
. THE VERB. FOURTH CONJUGATION: ACTIVE VOICE; IN-
DICATIVEE MOODs 2 ssf 4. tine oa ie oly een SNe we ee
.. DHE) SENTENCE: AcINTERROGATIVE ic ca ust crue ays sip ain III
He Veen Sum: INDICATIVE MOOD: : 4 c<s,7.87has cous II2
SEL EPL VORB ols uke is a ees tan oc Says eee oi ak vas fe tees 114
. THE SENTENCE. COMPOUND. THE CONJUNCTION...... 116
~ SLE PRONOUN fs 8-05 hi Stoaton Sins aca rein Bola a aed 118
ane Story Of Warly Rome e o5 2.2 fe onc oe tte 120
. THE VERB. First CONJUGATION: PASSIVE VOICE; IN-
DICATIVE: MOOD 3.9 Ps op ode a eet Bk ee 121
CHE: PRONOUN: PERSONAS f650664.0 sense eke aewes 124
. THE VERB. FIRST AND SECOND CONJUGATIONS: PASSIVE
VoIces INDICATIVE: MOOD. 02208 i oye ox eee 126
Tat. PRONOUN: ( REPEEXIVE Ss is is chojs Pies aie la aioe 130
8
XXXVI.
XXXVII.
XXXVIII.
XXXIX.
XL.
XLI.
XLII.
XLII.
CONTENTS
. THE VERB. SECOND AND THIRD CONJUGATIONS: cits
VOICE: -INDICATIVE.. MIQOD 3. <u: o o9 cog ah eaves 4S
2 lap PRONOUN: DEMONSTRATIVE ¢ 7524 ees es he ek
.. THE VERB. THIRD CONJUGATION: PASSIVE VOICE; IN-
DIGATIV EE. NEOOD es Ait lk es eee ee
. THE VERB. THIRD CONJUGATION IN -i0: PASSIVE VOICE;
INDICATIVE: A OOD 5050 ir ae Ee te ee
. THE ADJECTIVE AND PRONOUN. INTERROGATIVE........
. THE VERB. FOURTH CONJUGATION: PASSIVE VoICcE; IN-
DICATEV Eo WOOD 9 oe kc es ack caatistea ie ee eS
. THE VERB. FOURTH CONJUGATION: PASSIVE VOICE; IN-
DIGCATIVE IV OOD osc oo bees ols ie nc Sd cimetidine
; WL HE: OENTENCE. = ‘COMPEEX 2 fui. Sa fs heb ce Shee ees
. THE VERB. SUBJUNCTIVE Moop: CLAUSES OF PURPOSE
AND RESULT; SEQUENCE* Or TENSES: <3. 2025404
‘Phe ROMAn POLibis eres hoe eee
. THE VERB. SuUBJUNCTIVE Moop: CLAuses OF TIME.
COMPOUND VERBS OF THE FIRST CONJUGATION.........
The Principal Buildings in the Roman Forum........
THE VERB. SUBJUNCTIVE OF Sum. CLAUSES OF CONDI-
TION AND CAUSE. COMPOUND VERBS OF THE SECOND
CONTUGATION:. 6 dito do iaie opine Sho. ta inci ysis cere
The Uses of the Buildings in the Forum.............
THE SENTENCE. COMPLEX. CLAUSES OF CONCESSION.
RELATIVE CLAUSES. COMPOUND VERBS OF THE THIRD
CONTUGATION ic GN Se ak oe te ee hE eeG kid Mee
EME ARCIPION OL OME) neo 55 eee et eee eatin
THE VERB. SUBJUNCTIVE IN EXHORTATIONS AND WISHES.
IMPERATIVE. COMMANDS AND PROHIBITIONS.........
PENG Oma HIONSOS ht tet cy car Se ee eee
THE VERB. GERUND AND GERUNDIVE. PERIPHRASTIC
CONJUGATIONS:.» SUPINE: Su20 co ee fice oe a Sa
The: Occupations of the Romans s245 ies 45 Soo
THE PRONOUN AND ADJECTIVE. INDEFINITE...........
He; INTERTECTION: . (NUMERALS # <5 5c0)scd ohio et Pe oe wk
some: Lools- Used iby the Romans soo v.c.oc.s 4408 estes
THE VERB. DEPONENTS. SEMI-DEPONENTS. COMPOUND
VERBS OF THE FOURTH CONJUGATION ..............6.:
Skilled Workmen among the Romans...............
9
PAGE
CONTENTS
TOPIC PAGE
XLIV. THe VERB. IRREGULAR VERBS, Volé, N6l6, Mald, E6,
Ferd, Pid. “Compounns Or Sum. ....:4 5304 cee eee ss 267
ALY; EXERCISES IN DERIVATIVES... SUFFIXES.¢ so Sesseacness 275
XLVI. THE SUBJECT. CONSTRUCTIONS THAT REPLACE A NOUN
AS SUBJECT. INFINITIVE. NOUN CLAUSES....:..... 278
Translation. The Creation of the World........... 281
XLVII. Tur Opjyect IN ENGLISH EXPRESSED BY THE GENITIVE IN
DATING nso RS as eae Ee RO 281
Translation. Joseph and His Brethren............. 283
XLVIII. THe OpjyEct IN ENGLISH EXPRESSED BY THE DATIVE IN
TGA TING fis ae Sie ee ered iia Clee ue es es eee 284
Translation. Joseph Sold into Egypt.............. 285
XLIX. THE OBJECT IN ENGLISH EXPRESSED BY Two ACCUSATIVES
ENG LATIN ess oo oe ees ae ae OF ne ees wee 286
Translation “Phe: Birth of Moses. vs es etaeweues 288
L. THE OBJECT IN ENGLISH EXPRESSED BY THE ABLATIVE IN
AGA TING cas ee cei A co te hate das ae a ee 289
Translation. Crossing the Red Sea................ 290
EL Tee Osyect; NOUN ‘CLAUSES... say fei a eee 291
A. CLAUSES OF PurposE. The Birth of Samson...... 203
B. CLAUSES OF FEARING. David and Goliath........ 295
C. INDIRECT QuEstTiIons. David and Absalom........ 298
D. InprrEcT STATEMENTS. The Judgment of Solomon. 302
E. DEPENDENT CLAUSES IN INDIRECT STATEMENTS. 307
Translation. Joshua Stops the Sun............ 309
LIT. Carsar. GaAttic WAR. Book I, Chapters 1-8......... 310
LI. Latin Derivatives USED IN MODERN STUDIES AND BUSI-
WESS 204 Pre es cilaks Vac atu vr abely aie te eee ee ne 315
LEV. OYNOPSIS'-OF PORMS Os gt oe ons oe ery cece ee eee 320
LY. (GENEBAT: VOCABULARY 305.5 luca copa haee eae i-xXxxix
RINDI Scie Ss bay ia af, Ratton ra ci CEOS Ro deters xli-xliii
Io
APPLIED LATIN
INTRODUCTION
In Europe, many centuries before the birth of Christ,
there existed a language which was spoken by a nation, or
better, by a group of tribes, to which belonged the ancestors
of those men who later spoke the Latin and Greek languages.
At that very early time those ancient peoples were like
young children who can speak a language, but who have
still to learn how to write and to read it; for the art of
writing had not been invented. If men wished to communi-
cate with distant kinsmen, they made use of pictures such
as were once used by the American Indians. Now, later,
when the Greeks and Latins wandered from Europe down
into the lands of Greece and Italy, they had not yet learned
to write. The Egyptians who dwelt along the Nile in
northern Africa were probably the first to make use of
letters to express sounds.
_ From Egypt the use of letters, carried probably by mer-
_ chants, spread north first to Greece and then to Italy. The
Greeks made use of the alphabet for the first time about the
year 800 B. C. The Greek alphabet, strange as it looks,
represents one stage of the development of letters. After
800 B. C. we may say that the human race began its rapid
development. History was written, dates began to be kept,
and mankind began to make permanent records of progress.
1 faa
APPLIED LATIN
Not long after 800 B. C. the alphabet was introduced into
Italy by way of the city of Cumae, a Greek colony. From
this city it made its way to Rome, where a standard al-
phabet was developed for use in writing Latin. Today,
many centuries later, in the writing of English we use the
Latin alphabet, and our letters are called Latin letters.
Consequently, as speakers and writers of English, we should
feel a great interest in the Latin alphabet.
THE LATIN ALPHABET
Except for the letters 7 and w, the Latins had all the letters
we use. The alphabet consisted of vowels, diphthongs
(pairs of vowels), and consonants.
THE VOWELS, DIPHTHONGS, AND CONSONANTS
The vowels were a, ¢, i, 0, u, y; the diphthongs ae, au,
oe, et, eu, ut. The consonants comprised all the other letters.
The vowels were either long (prolonged) or short (quick)
in pronunciation. Letters marked thus 4 are long.
a equalled a in father; a equalled a_ in aha.
é equalled e in prey; ~ e equalled e in get.
i equalledi in machine; i equalledi in hit.
6 equalled o in gold; o equalled o in obey.
ti equalled u in crude; u equalled u in full.
ae equalled ai in aisle; au equalled ou in mouse.
ei equalled ei in eight; eu equalled eu in feud.
oe equalled oi in soil; ui almost the sound of we.
Of the consonants, c and g were always hard, as in case
and gone. S was always as s in yes, never like z.
I2
INTRODUCTION
I, when a consonant (before a vowel in the same syllable),
was like y in yet; T was like ¢ in fen, not like ¢ in nation;
V was like w in went. Ch had the sound of k.
THE PRONUNCIATION OF LATIN WORDS
For accuracy in pronunciation, it is necessary to divide
~ a Latin word into its syllables. There are as many syllables
in a Latin word as there are vowels or diphthongs.
WHAT CONSTITUTES A SYLLABLE IN LATIN
A single consonant before a vowel is combined with the
vowel to compose a syllable. If two or more consonants
precede a vowel, the last consonant usually begins the sylla-
ble: hos-tis, enemy. A syllable may begin with two con-
sonants if the second of the two is either / or r: pi-bli-cus,
public. At the beginning of a word (scribé) even three
consonants may be included in a single syllable.
THE ACCENT OF LATIN WORDS
In accenting a Latin word, remember that the accent
never falls on the last syllable, unless the word is composed
of but one syllable. In words of two syllables the accent
falls on the first syllable. In words of more than two syl-
lables the accent falls on the next to the last syllable, if that
syllable is long, otherwise on the second syllable from the
last. |
THE LENGTH OF SYLLABLES
Syllables are considered long if they contain a long vowel
_ ora diphthong, or a short vowel followed by two consonants.
13
APPLIED LATIN
A short syllable followed by the double consonants x (=ks)
or z (=ds) is also considered long. ,
PARTS OF SPEECH
The words of all languages are classified as follows: nouns,
pronouns, verbs, adjectives, adverbs, prepositions, con-
junctions, and interjections. A single noun, verb, etc., is
called a part of speech. The parts of speech will be taken
up consecutively in this book. |
SENTENCES
A sentence is a group of words (parts of speech) expressing
a complete thought. It is composed of a subject (a noun with _
its modifiers) and a predicate (a verb and its modifiers). The
subject represents that about which something is asserted.
The predicate asserts something about that which the sub-
ject represents. Sentences are classified as declarative, in-
terrogative, and imperative. A declarative sentence is one
that declares something asa fact. ‘“‘We love the balmy days
of spring.”” An interrogative sentence is one that asks a ques-
tion. ‘‘Who knows the name of the city?” An imperative
sentence is one that statesacommand. ‘Look at the bright
1)?
moon!” Sentences are further classified as simple, compound,
and complex. Simple sentences contain but one subject and
one predicate. Compound sentences consist of two (or more)
sentences connected by a conjunction. Complex sentences
consist of one principal statement and one or more dependent
statements. In the first part of this book the sentences are
either simple or compound.
14
THE NOUN
I. THE NOUN. FIRST DECLENSION
1. causa, a cause, reason. silva, a forest.
filia, a daughter. via, a street, road.
hora, an hour. gloria, glory.
littera, letter (of the alphabet). fama, fame, report.
memoria, memory, tradition. vita, life.
2. These Latin words are naming words, or nouns.
In English, nouns are classified as proper, common, ab-
stract, and collective. Proper nouns are names of particular
persons or places; John, Baltimore; Common, of ordinary
persons, places, or things; book, pen; Abstract, of conditions
or qualities; heat, gratitude; Collective, of collections of
| persons or places; crowd, multitude. In Latin there are the
same classes.
In the following sentences repeat the Latin word when-
ever you see its English meaning: 1. My daughter walked
- through the forest. 2. The road takes an hour. 3. We all hope
for.an hour of glory. 4. A cause for fame may come to you
during your /Jife. 5. The letter M begins the word memory.
6. Where is the road to fame ?
3. Worp Stupy.—A very large number of words in Eng-
lish with which you are now familiar, or will some day meet
in your reading, are made from words of the Latin language.
In the following examples try to find the Latin words from
which each English word is derived, and learn to spell the
English word correctly.
15
APPLIED LATIN
because (causa), on account of. hour (héra), a period of time.
via (via), by way of. filial (filia), belonging to a child.
famous (fama), well spoken of. letter (littera), part of the alphabet.
vital (vita), pertaining to life. sylvan (silva), wooded.
glorious (gléria), full of glory. memorial (memoria), that which
refreshes the memory.
4. EXAMPLES OF THE PROPER USE OF THESE WorDS.—1.
The monument was a memorial to a famous man. 2. We ©
love sylvan scenery. 3. Let us go via Washington Street. 4.
Heroic deeds are often glorious because of their vital impor-
tance in warding off disaster. 5. Filial love is a child’s affec-
tion for its parents.
Form some other words, using the same Latin roots; as,
viaduct, infamous, immemorial, literature. If unfamiliar,
look up their meanings and talk them over in class.
Note.—As there is no word in Latin for a or the, causa
may mean a cause or the cause.
Quiz.—Of what part of speech are the Latin words given
above? How is English closely connected with Latin?
5. amicitia, friendship. gratia, favor, gratitude.
copia, plenty, abundance. inidria, an injury, injustice.
fortina, fortune. inopia, lack, scarcity.
fossa, a ditch, trench. natura, nature, character.
fuga, a flight, retreat. poena, a penalty.
These nouns are like those of Paragraph 1. Have you
noticed that these nouns all end in the letter a?
In the following sentences repeat the Latin word whenever
you see its English meaning: 1, True friendship does not
permit the imjury of a friend. 2. Give thanks for good
16
THE NOUN
fortune. 3. Fortune is naturally fickle and uncertain. 4.
Abundance and need are opposites. 5. Severe is the penalty
following flight from battle.
6. WorD STuDY.—
natural (natira), according to nature.
injurious (iniiria), causing some damage.
gratitude (gratia), the feeling of thankfulness for help.
unfortunate (fortina), not accompanied by good fortune.
copious (cépia), full, abundant.
fugitive (fuga), one who flees.
cornucopia (cépia), a horn of plenty used at Christmas.
fossil (fossa), an animal or plant of the past found imbedded in
a cave or trench.
7. EXAMPLES OF THE PROPER USE OF THESE WorpDs.—
1. Unfortunate are the people whose hearts are never filled
with gratitude. 2. Let us penalize those who break the laws.
3. It is natural for copious rain to follow heavy clouds. 4. At
Christmas we hang cornucopias full of candy on the tree. 5.
Miners sometimes find fossil flowers in beds of coal. 6. The
fugitive citizens fled before the approach of the enemy.
Quiz.—How are the words of Paragraph 5 related to those
of Paragraph 1? What other English derivatives can you
add to those given above?
Porta, a gate, feminine gender
CASES SINGULAR NUMBER PLURAL NUMBER
8. Nominative porta, a gate portae, gates
Genitive portae, of a gate portarum, of gates
Dative portae, fo or for a gate __portis, to or for gates
Accusative portam, a gate portas, gates
Vocative porta, (O) gate portae, (O) gates
Ablative porta, with, from, in, portis, with, from, in, by
by a gate gates
2 17
APPLIED LATIN
Meaning of the terms used with nouns:
9. DEcLENSION.—The forms of a noun grouped according
to cases. The cases of a Latin noun are indicated by the
changes in the spelling of the final syllable. Porta, then,
having many cases, has many different spellings, all of which
are correct. An English noun rarely changes in spelling,
for English no longer has an elaborate system of declensions.
The addition of s to show (1) possession; as, the cat’s; (2)
a plural number; as, the cats, is the only common change in
spelling of a noun permitted in English. The beginning of
the Latin word should bring the English meaning at once
to your mind. Having mastered the meaning once for all,
then devote yourself to the final syllables. In the reading of
English, your eye passes over final syllables without special
attention; in Latin, these syllables are the most important
part of the word. In the declension above, the final syllables
or endings are printed in black type.
First declension nouns are declined like porta, and regu-
larly end in a in the nominative singular. Learn to decline
porta.
10. NuMBER.—Latin words have two numbers (singular
and plural). The forms in the first column above compose
the singular number, and are to be used when only one per-
son, place, or thing is spoken of. The forms in the second
column compose the plural number, and are to be used only
when two or more persons, etc., are spoken of.
11. GENDER.—The sex of a person, place, or thing ts called
gender. ‘There are three genders in Latin: masculine, m.,
18
THE NOUN
applied to nouns that designate males, rivers, winds, and
months; feminine, f., applied to nouns that designate fe-
males, countries, trees, and towns; euler, n., applied to
nouns that are neither masculine nor feminine in gender.
In English gender presents J/itile difficulty, for nouns de-
noting males are masculine; females, feminine; things, neuter.
12. Nouns of the first declension are regularly feminine in
gender. Three masculine exceptions: agricola, -ae, a farmer;
nauta, -ae, a sailor; poéta, -ae, a poet.
Quiz.—What is the importance of the first part of a Latin
word? Why is the final syllable difficult for us to master?
What is number? Gender? Do you know any English
words which are peculiar in gender? Is ship masculine,
feminine, or neuter in English? Can you name some English
words that are both masculine and feminine in gender?
13. audacia, -ae, boldness, f. cura, -ae, care, f.
ancora, -ae, an anchor, f. diligentia, -ae, diligence, f.
aqua, -ae, water, f. familia, -ae, family, retinue, f.
corona, -ae, a crown, f. disciplina, -ae, training, f.
ciistédia, -ae, custody, f. fémina, -ae, a woman, f.
14. THE NAMES AND USES OF THE CAsES.—The Nomi-
native is the case of the subject (person, place, or thing about
which we, as speakers or writers, make some assertion).
The Genitive case usually indicates possession. The Dative
is the case of the indirect object of the verb. The Accusative
is the case of the direct object of the verb (the person, place, or
thing directly affected by the action of the verb). The Voca-
19
APPLIED LATIN
tive is the case of direct address (O John! O Mary!). The
Ablative case has several uses. It may mean the person with
whom or the thing with which something is done; the place im
whichsomething is situated or from which something is taken.
In English, there are but three cases: nominative, objective,
and possessive. The latest English grammars now use the
Latin names for these cases.
15. EXAMPLES OF THE USE oF CasEs.—1. I have Henry’s
(genitive, possessive) book, John (vocative). 2. Sarah (nom-
inative) gave the doll (accusative, objective) to Mary (dative).
3. From the window (ablative) in the parlor (ablative) we
saw Mabel (accusative, objective) walking with Jane (abla-
tive). 4. James struck the dog (accusative, objective) with a
stick (ablative).
16. Name all possible cases and give accurate translations
of these forms: 1. Natiira, gratias, vita. 2. Filiam, inopia,
famam. 3. Porta, ancorae, iniirids. 4. Silvas, memoriae,
féminas. 5. Fortiinae, hoérarum, littera. 6. Cordnis, fossae,
causarum, viis, aquae. |
17. WorD Stupy.—Cordéna gives us the words crown,
coronet, cornice; ciistédia, custody, custodian; aqua, aquatic,
aqueous, aqua-pura; cura, care, accurate, curative, curator;
fémina, feminine, effeminate, feminism; ancora, anchor;
familia, familiar; disciplina, discipline; audacia, audacious.
Note.—The plural of cépia means troops or forces. The
dative and ablative plural of filia is filiabus.
Quiz.—How many cases are there in Latin? In English?
What are their uses? Explain the words in Paragraph 17.
20 ,
THE NOUN
18. forma, -ae, form, f. scientia, -ae, science, knowledge, f.
lingua, -ae, ie tongue, {. sagitta, -ae, av arrow, {.
fabula, -ae, w story, f. tabula, -ae, a flat surface, tablet, f.
terra, -ae, /and or earth, {. provincia, -ae, a district, province, f.
turba, -ae, a crowd, {. pugna, -ae, a fight, battle, f.
Learn these nouns.
19. In the declension of nouns certain cases are spelled with
the same letters; take, for instance, the genitive and dative
_ of porta. If taken by itself, there is no means of determining
whether portae is genitive or dative, singular, or nominative,
plural. Keep this fact in mind and always try to recall all
possible cases. In translation, above all, be flexible. Do not
confine yourself invariably to a single case or a single trans-
lation. Try all possible cases until you have the one that fits
the construction of the sentence.
20. Name all possible cases and give accurate translations
of these forms: 1. Férma, fossas, silvae. 2. Féminam, tab-
ulis, vitam. 3. Disciplinarum, fabulae, causdrum. 4. Turbas,
-poétae, memoriam. 5. Scientiae, audaciam, horis. 6.
Cor6éna, cdpiam, poends. 7. Ancorae, inopia, pigna. 8.
Diligentiam, fama, natiram. g. Familia, provinciis, for-
marum. to. Cistodiae, fabulis, sagittis. 11. Linguas, gloria,
inidriad. 12. Terrae, turbarum, scientia.
21. Worp Stupy.—Explain the meaning of these sen-
tences, using the Latin nouns of this lesson: 1. George Ade
wrote fablesin slang. 2. Sagittarius is a figure of the Zodiac.
3. Linguistics is the study of words. 4. There are subter-
ranean chambers in the Mammoth Cave. 5. Empires are
21
APPLIED LATIN
composed of provinces. 6. A poet sometimes uses provincial
language for effect. 7. Let us tabulate all the forms and
leave them undisturbed. 8. Pugilists are noted for their
pugnacity.
Are these words familiar: formation, poesy, turbulent,
tablet, impugn, fabulous, language, terrain, prescient, in-
form, terrestrial?
Use these new words in sentences of your own composition.
Quiz.—Why must the student of Latin be flexible in the
translation of cases?
REVIEW
22. Give the Latin for the following English words, pass-
ing around in columns in different directions: —
SINGULAR
Nom. a poet, boldness, memory, tablet, anchor.
Gen. ofa life, daughter, crown, forest, penalty.
Dat § to or cause, earth, custody, gate, glory.
( fora
Actin ditch, water, hour, street, battle.
Voc. (O) fortune, tongue, letter, training, care.
Abl } with, fame, plenty, lack, flight, favor.
> Che:
PLURAL
Nom. crowns, provinces, arrows, injuries, sailors.
Gen. of gates, battles, favors, daughters, cares.
toor lands, farmers, sciences, anchors, streets.
Dat.
for
Acc. lives, families, . women, poets, penalties.
Voc. (O) forms, ditches, tongues, natures, glories.
ABI ) with, cares, tablets, flights, —_— hours, stories.
* Cede.
22
22 = BE.
Ss 3 GEE.
SSs g ZEEE
SVs = GEE
SWS EE GEA
=~ Bs H
SS Ze AN
SSS FEZ GB
WS EB mM WERE
Ss ZZ > Bae
SS ZZZE GE,
3S BZze - LEE
SSS Z4y A EZ
= SSS ZY NY CZ
= SSS 4 uy me CE.
= === Uy MI WY ifn, XO 2 ne
== === “a MIU MON YLG
=> === “Ana hiwthWhe LE A fe] 3 z
= 22. <S <
= . = = AY y
S3= Sy GS WAY
= = Ssggss SQ Z
SS => SA“7~@s SSA \
S= S32 fe WS == LW
=S; Ss Vag SS ===
=== & SSS ‘i SS == 5= |
=; v VSS af =s: ===
S + \Ss i BZg ==
~ LSS it ZY =5
+ fi Zyl lallllify,G S
: : A MIN Wy Re SS
+ Wy
| y
seat a nN YZ Zong
a F SYN
SA i ap
4
Mir} jtiews
MONS
‘:
“4
\
eR AL.ATING
4, BA
yi "
Z
Uhh
f
(
ul
' i
q { \\ AN
a iN WW ss
aa A eas 3
BOARI Vy
Tj MN
Uy is
Ty
i AN Ty
anh mM
\\’
AA r
IANICVLENSIS
APPLIED LATIN
23. REVIEW OF ENGLISH DERIVATIVES.—Because, via, fa-
mous, vital, glorious, hour, filial, letter, sylvan, memorial,
viaduct, infamous, immemorial, literature. Natural, injur-
lous, gratitude, unfortunate, copious, fugitive, cornucopia,
fossil. Crown, coronet, cornice; custody, custodian. Aqua-
tic, aqueous, aqua-pura, care, accurate. Curative, curator,
feminine, effeminate, feminism. Anchor, familiar, discipline,
audacious. Fable, Sagittarius, linguistics, subterranean,
provincial. Language, tabulate, undisturbed, pugnacity.
Formation, poesy, turbulent, tablet, impugn, language,
terrain, prescient, inform, terrestrial.
Make a list of the other derivatives which you have dis-
cussed in class.
ROME AND THE BASIN OF THE MEDITERRANEAN SEA
The map on page 23 presents to you all of Europe, a
portion of Africa, and a small part of Asia. These lands
comprise the basin of the Mediterranean Sea, in which
all that was important in ancient civilization reached the
highest point of development. In this area two nations were
rivals for supremacy. The Greeks and the Romans came
down from the interior of Europe, found homes in the Italian
and Greek peninsulas, and became the leading nations of
the East and West respectively. The Greeks, first by colon-
ization, then by conquest under the leadership of Alexander
the Great, gained possession of the East. Then Greek
merchants carried the language and ideals of the Greeks all
over the Mediterranean basin. While the Romans were still
24
THE PREPOSITION
a small nation centred at Rome (Réma), and the Latin lan-
guage was confined to very narrow limits, Greek was the
common language of the ancient world.
If you will examine the map carefully, you will see that
the city of Rome is at the centre of the ancient world.
This position was of immense importance to the Romans,
for it enabled them to extend their dominion from a com-
mon center, marching in one direction after another. The
history of Rome is the story of the constant and irrepressible
growth of a war-like people. At first the Romans had to
overcome the hostile tribes that surrounded Rome; next,
they came into conflict with the Etruscans who dwelt in
the northern part of Italy (Italia). Then came the vital
struggle with the great naval empire of Carthage (Carthag6),
which controlled the coast of Africa, the island of Sicily
(Sicilia), and a part of Spain (Hispania). By constant suc-
cesses in these wars the Romans gained control of the West-
ern half of the ancient world.
II. THE PREPOSITION
24. The young Romans were confronted by much the
same problems in the study of Latin as we are today in the -
study of English. They did not speak Latin without careful
training, nor read it without finding many difficulties. For
instance, in reading, the cases spelled with exactly the same
letters were very hard for the ordinary Roman boy to
translate. Some cases, like the ablative, had more than one
possible translation. To smooth out these difficulties, the
25
APPLIED LATIN
Romans made use of a number of small words called prepo-
sitions. For example, the form gloria, by itself, might be
nominative or ablative, but if the word ab stood before it,
the case was surely ablative, for this preposition was never
used with any other case. Thus, the prepositions made
reading very accurate, and much easier. Think for a moment
of the four translations of the ablative, and you will realize
what a help these words were.
25. Prepositions used only with the accusative: Ad, to;
ante, before; apud, at or near; circum, around; contra, against;
extra, ouiside; inter, between or among; ob, on account of;
per, through; post, after; praeter, except or beyond; propter,
because of; trans, across.
26. Prepositions used only with the ablative: Ab (a), away
from, or by; cum, with; dé, concerning, or down from; ex
(é), out of or from; pro, in front of, or before; sine, without.
27. Prepositions used with the accusative, sometimes with
the ablative: In, in, or into; sub, under; super, above.
Let these prepositions identify the cases for you.
28. In English we use prepositions with very great fre-
quency, for our words are no longer declined, and we have-no
other means of determining the cases. The meanings of the
Latin prepositions will furnish you with the most common
prepositions in English. Learn them carefully and try to
recognize them in English sentences.
Note.—Use 4 and é before words beginning with a con-
sonant. |
Quiz.—What are prepositions? Their uses? Are there
26
THE PREPOSITION
prepositions in English? Were English words ever declined?
Why are prepositions important in English?
29. insula, -ae, island, f. flamma, -ae, flame, f.
pecinia, -ae, money, f. vict6ria, -ae, victory, f.
praeda, -ae, booty, f. vigilia, -ae, watch (during night), f.
invidia, -ae, envy, jealousy, {. ira, -ae, anger, rage, f.
anima, -ae, the breath, soul, {. rosa, -ae, a rose, f.
30. Translate these sentences, noting the use of the pre-
positions and the cases which follow them:
1. We advanced ad fossam. 2. They left antefugam. 3.
He lived apud Galbam (Latin proper name, Galba). 4. They
ran circum filiam. 5. We stood extra pignam. 6. She sat
inter rosas. 7. Did you travel per pr6vinciam? 8. We had
no weapons praeter sagittis. 9. They left us propter iram.
10. Throw the stone trans viam. 11. He started 4 porta.
12. We leaped dé insula into the sea. 13. They rose ex aqua.
14. The messenger stood pr6 porta. 15. He came sine pe-
cinia. 16. Let us march in prévinciam. 17. We dwell in
insula. 18. The booty lay sub porta. 19. The clouds hang
super terram. 20. They left us ob invidiam.
31. WorD Stupy.—
peninsula (insula), land which is almost an island.
pecuniary (pectnia), relating to money.
predatory (praeda), devoted to the pursuit of booty.
envy (invidia), a feeling of dislike or hatred.
animal (anima), something possessing the breath of life.
inflame (flamma), cause to break into flame.
vigilant (vigilia), watchful.
irate (ira), angry.
‘rosy (rosa), having the color of roses.
32. EXAMPLES OF THE USE OF THESE WorDs.—1. A
peninsula is land partly surrounded by water. 2. Thieves
27
APPLIED LATIN
are said to follow a predatory business. 3. Great success
often inspires envy among men. 4. Man is the highest of
the animals. 5. Let not wrathinflame you. 6. Be vigilant,
and success is inevitable. 7. The sky is rosy just at sunrise.
Can you guess the Latin words from which come: anima-
tion, isle, impecunious, flagrant, victorious, vigil, rosary,
insulate, conflagration?
Learn to spell these words and to use them in sentences.
Ill. THE NOUN. SECOND DECLENSION
33. amicus, a friend, m. nuntius, @ messenger, M.
captivus, a captive, m. populus, a people, m.
equus, @ horse, m. socius, an ally, m.
légatus, an envoy, lieutenant, m. vicus, a village, m.
miurus, @ wall, m. servus, a slave, servant, m.
numerus, @ number, m. campus, a field, m.
filius, @ son, m. ventus, @ wind, m.
34. These nouns are unlike those you have already learned
in that they end not in -a but in -us. Such nouns belong to
the second declension, and are regularly masculine in gender.
Learn these words by replacing the English words by the
Latin equivalent in these sentences: 1. The captive had a
son. 2. A friend of the people. 3. The wind swept across the
field. 4. The messenger was a lieutenant. 5. The slave saw a
number of horses. 6. Our allies dwell here.
35. Worp Stupy.—What do these words mean: capture,
enumerate, servile, popular, mural, equestrian, announce,
sociable, vent, campus, numerical, ventilator, captivity,
inimical, legation, depopulate, servitude?
28
a ahd
THE NOUN
36. THE MEANING OF COMPOUND ENGLISH Worpbs,—
Many compound words are formed by placing a pre position
before one of the parts of speech (verbs, adjectives, etc.). The
prefix ab (4) means away (abstain). Ab often appears as
a-, abs-, as-. Ad means to (admit). Ad often appears as
ac-, ag-, al-, ap-, ar-, as-, al-. Ante means before (anteroom).
Circum means around (circumstance). Cum means together
(confer). Cum often appears as com-, co-, col-, cor-.
37. EXAMPLES OF SUCH Compounps.—Accurate, aggres-
sive, allude, appear, arrest, assume, competence, codperate,
correct, colloquial.
Pick out similar compound words in any English book
you are using. You must be sharp in separating the preposi-
tion from the word, so that you may pick out the Latin root
words. This simple scheme will save you from a constant
use of the English dictionary.
Quiz.—What declension is given above? How is it recog-
nized? How are masculines of this declension determined?
If a number of English words were handed to you with
the request that you explain them, in what way could you
do so without looking for them in the English dictionary?
What new power, then, will the study of Latin give you?
38. aedificium, a building, n. oppidum, a walled tower, n.
auxilium, aid, help, n. periculum, danger, n.
bellum, war, n. praesidium, @ garrison, n.
frimentum, grain, n. proelium, a battle, n.
impedimentum, a hindrance,n. régnum, a kingdom, n.
imperium, supreme command,n. signum, a sign, standard, n.
initium, a beginning, n. spatium, a space, distance, n.
APPLIED LATIN
Nouns ending in -um belong to the second declension
and are regularly neuter in gender. Their gender is easily
determined by the final syllable, in -um.
39. Worp Srupy.—Pick out the Latin derivatives in —
these sentences: 1. The massive edifice burned during the
night. 2. The militia should furnish auxiliaries in time of
war. 3. When are nations belligerent? 4. Let no one im-
pede our progress. 5. A huge flag fluttered above the im-
perial tent. 6. What are your initials? 7. An interregnum
followed the death of the king. 8. The space of one hour
intervened.
40. In compound English words Dé means down or thor-
oughly (despise, destroy). Ex (ێ) means out (evade). Ex
often appears as ef-. In means in, on, against (invade). In
often appears as 1m-, ir-, il-. Inter means between, in pieces
(interest, interrupt). Ob means foward, to meet (offer). Ob
often appears as oc-, of-, op-, obs-, o-. Sub means under (sub-
way). Sub often appears as suc-, suf-, sug-, sup-, sur-. Super
means upon, over, above (supersede).
41. EXAMPLES OF ComMPpouNDS.—Deter, determine, event,
effort, immense, irreverent, illusion, occur, offering, opposite,
obsolete, omit, submarine, superintendent, success, suffer,
suggest, suppose, surreptitious.
Pick out similar compound words in your English reader.
Quiz.—What new nouns are considered above? How
can you tell the gender of these nouns? How do preposi-
tions help you to reach the meaning of English words?
30
THE NOUN
Annus, @ year, m.
CASES SINGULAR PLURAL
42. Nom. annus, a year anni, years
Gen. anni, of a year annorum, of years
Dat. anné, to or for a year annis, to or for years
Acc. annum, a year annés, years
Voc. anne, (O) year anni, (O) years
Abl. anné, with, from, in, by a annis, with, from, in, or by
year years
Dénun, a gift, n.
CASES SINGULAR PLURAL
Nom. donum, a gift dona, gifts
Gen. doni, of a gift dénérum, of gifts
Dat. d6né, to or for a gift donis, to or for gifts
Acc. ddnum, a gift dona, gifts
Voc. donum, (OQ) gift dona, (O) gifts
Abl. d6né, with, from, in, or bya donis, with, from, in, or by
gift gifts
43. Learn these standard nouns. For practice decline the
words given in Paragraphs 33 and 38. By comparison
note in just what cases the masculine and neuter nouns differ.
Remember that in all neuter words the nominative, accusa-
live, and vocative cases are alike in each number respectively.
44. The vocative case in this declension is important. Jn
masculine nouns of the second declension the vocative singular
- ends in -e. In all other declensions the vocative is ithe same in
form as the nominative in both singular and plural numbers.
45. Translate the following forms, giving all possible cases:
| 1. Amici, oppida, ad oppida. 2. Camporum, signi, ventis, in
_ ventis. 3. Captivum, initiis, extra mirés. 4. Légatorum,
servi, auxilia. 5. Frimenté, spatiis, praesidiG, sine praesidio.
6. Proelium, propter proelium, equé, cum equé. 7. Socidrum,
31
APPLIED LATIN
inter socids, sine sociis. 8. Numerd, cum nintid, bella.
9. Post aedificium, contra imperium, inter pericula. tro.
Extra régnum, vicdrum, ex populo, filium, impedimenta.
46. Three irregular nouns of the second declension.
SINGULAR
Nom. puer, a boy, m. vir, @ man, m. ager, a field, m.
Gen. pueri viri agri
Dat. — pueré vir6 agré
Acc. puerum virum agrum
Voc. puer vir ager
Abl. pueré viré agr6
PLURAL
Nom. pueri, boys viri, men agri, fields
Gen. puerérum virérum agrorum j
Dat. pueris viris agris
Acc. puerdés virés agrés
Voc. pueri viri agri
Abl. —_ pueris viris agris
Only the nominative singular cases of these nouns are
irregular. The original endings in -us (as puer-us) were
dropped.
Quiz.—What special rule applies to all neuter words?
What is to be remembered about the Vocative case? A
47. Like annus and dénum decline:
animus, -1, spirit, courage, m. rémus, -i, @7 oar, m.
gladius, -i, a sword, m. (1) locus, -i, a place, m. (3)
somnus, -i, s/eep, m. deus, -i, a god, m. (4)
modus, -i, a measure, limit, way, ladus, a game, m.
method, m. templum, -i, a temple, n.
scitum, -i, a shield, n. astrum, -i, @ star, n.
supplicium, -i, punishment, n. (2) fatum, -i, fate, n.
télum, -i, a weapon, spear, n. vinum, -i, wine, n.
vallum, -i, a wall. n. castra, -drum, a military camp, n.,
ingenium, -i, ability, talent, n. used only in the plural.
32
4
|
'
,
THE NOUN
Nores.—1. Nouns ending in -ius form the genitive and
vocative singular in -i instead of -ii and -ie respectively. 2.
Nouns in -ium form the genitive singular in -i as well as -ii
(suppli’ci). 3. Locus may be masculine or neuter (loci, loca)
in the plural. Loca means places, loci, topics in books. 4.
The vocative singular of deus is like the nominative. The
nominative plural is also written di; the dative and ablative
plural, dis.
48. Worpb Stupy.—-Learn the meaning and correct spell-
ing of these derivatives. From animus, animosity, animus;
locus, locate, local, locality, location, locomotive; somnus,
insomnia, somnambulism; rémus, trireme; modus, mode,
model, moderate, modest; gladius, gladiolus, gladiator;
castra, Chester, Winchester; lidus, delude, allude, illusion,
ludicrous; vallum, circumvallate; ingenium, ingenious,
genius; templum, templar, temple; astrum, astrology, aster;
fatum, fate, fatal; vinum, wine, vintage, vineyard, vinegar.
49. EXAMPLES OF THE USE oF THESE Worps.—1. Be-
tween the two Senators there was a feeling of animosity. 2.
A victim of somnambulism died of exposure to the cold. 3.
Strong coffee may produce insomnia. 4. The Greeks used
triremesin war. 5. Stylish clothes are said to be in the mode.
6. The gladiolus is an old-fashioned flower. 7. Names of
cities in England that end in Chester mark the sites of
Roman castra. 8. The town was circumvallated by a wall.
g. Of all inventors Edison is perhaps the most ingenious.
10. The most famous vintages come from the vineyards of
France.
3 | 33
APPLIED LATIN
REVIEW
50. Give the Latin for the following English words, pass-
ing around in columns in different directions:
SINGULAR NUMBER
Nom. a friend, gift, danger, command, help.
Gen. ofa captive, ally, grain, building, punish-
ment.
Dat. to or boy garrison, horse, sleep, servant.
fora
Acc. a battle, wind, breath, people, year.
Voc. (O) field, kingdom, place, sword, wall.
Abl. with a, number, man, standard, messenger, weapon.
etc.
PLURAL NUMBER
Nom. years, sons, measures, spaces, shields.
Gen. of wines, gifts, messen- games, begin-
gers, nings.
Dat. to or walled talents, envoys, horses, weapons.
for towns,
Acc. fields, buildings, kingdoms, men, allies.
Voc. (O) villages, hin- walls, stars, dangers.
drances,
Abl. with, etc. wars, | servants, temples, commands, fates.
51. Review the English derivatives of second declension -
nouns.
52. Translate the following:
Latin To ENGLISH ENGLISH TO LATIN
1. Pueri. Ad agrum. 1. Methods.
2. Cum animo. Prd castris. 2. On account of fate.
3. Sine rémis. Ab oppido. 3. Of swords.
4. Ante lidum. Post bellum. 4. In the fields.
5. Sctitdrum. Extra pugnam. 5. Around the men.
6. Ingéni. Contra sociés. 6. Without sleep.
7. Ad astra. Per légatés. 7. Among the gods.
8. E castris. Propter natiram. 8. Wines.
9. Dé vaills. Ob initiriam. 9. With punishment.
10. In templis. | Cum ancora. ro. Across the place.
34
ROME AND THE EASTERN NATIONS
ROME AND THE EASTERN NATIONS
Look at the map once more.* Fast of Italy lay the Empire
of Alexander the Great, extending from Greece to India
and south to the ends of Egypt (Aegyptus). This empire
broke up after Alexander’s death into a number of strong
kingdoms governed by the descendants of Alexander’s gen-
erals. The Romans first defeated Pyrrhus, one of Alex-
ander’s generals who had invaded Italy; then carried the
war to Greece, which soon fell into their power. Asia Minor
and Egypt were added to the Roman power by successful
wars, and thus all the East came under the control of Rome.
For centuries these lands enjoyed a period of peace, dur-
ing which the language, customs, and above all, the splen-
did governmental system of the Romans spread all over this
area. Around the frontiers stood the famous Roman army,
repelling all attacks. When, finally, the power of Rome was
overthrown, the Latin customs and language had become
so much a part of the traditions of the subject nations,
especially in the West, that they never lost hold. These
nations continued to use the Latin language, to follow the
Roman style of living, and to adapt the Roman system of
government to their own needs.
The Latin languages of modern times are Italian, French,
Spanish, and Portuguese. Beyond the bounds of Europe,
Latin languages are spoken in the southwest portion of the
United States, in Mexico, Central America, and throughout
South America.
* Cf. page 23.
ae,
APPLIED LATIN
Many Latin words were added to the English language
through the French language when the Normans, under
William the Conqueror, subdued England. The Normans
made French, a branch of Latin, the court language of
Engiand. In the centuries that followed, many more
French (Latin) words were taken over by the English. When
English became again the court language, the French
(Latin) words were kept. A knowledge of Latin is therefore
a splendid assistance to the study of most modern languages,
and especially to the study of English.
IV. THE ADJECTIVE. FIRST AND SECOND
DECLENSIONS
53. altus, alta, altum, high or deep.
annuus, annua, annuum, yearly.
bonus, bona, bonum, good.
coOpidsus, cdpidsa, copidsum, abundant.
longus, longa, longum, long.
amplus, ampla, amplum, extensive.
certus, certa, certum, certain, appointed.
novus, nova, novum, new or strange.
54. The words above are adjectives. We take up adjec-
tives now because they are closely associated with nouns and
resemble them in declension. Adjectives add some fact, such
as a condition, or a quality, to nouns, and regularly stand
just before or just after the nouns they qualify. Because of
this close association with nouns, adjectives came to be de-
clined like nouns. In the English language, as in Latin, ad-
jectives are used to qualify the meanings of nouns. They
call attention to size, color, shape, quality, etc.
. 36
Oy aaa 2
THE ADJECTIVE
50; Latus, lata, latum, wide.
Memorize this standard adjective. Notice that latus uses
the endings of the first and second declensions.
SINGULAR PLURAL
M. ff, N. M. F. N.
Nom. latus lata latum lati latae lata
Gen. lati latae ati latérum latarum 1atoérum
Dat. até latae 1laté latis latis latis
Acc. latum litam latum latés latas lata
Voc. late lata latum lati latae lata
Abl. laté lata lat6 latis latis latis
56: Worp Stupy.—Many English words are derived from
Latin adjectives. From altus, altitude; annuus, annual,
perennial, triennial, biennial, millennium; bonus, bonbon,
bounty, bonus; cépidsus, copious; longus, long, longitude,
length, elongate, prolong; amplus, ample, amplitude,
amplify; certus, certain, certitude, ascertain, certificate;
novus, novel, new, novelty, renovate, novice; latus, latitude,
dilate.
Quiz.—What are adjectives? How are they used? What
about the use of adjectives in English?
57. Like latus, decline the following adjectives:
aequus, -a, -um, equal, level. gratus, -a, -um, acceptable,
aeternus, -a, -um, efernal. pleasing.
antiquus, -a, -um, ancient. magnus, -a, -um, great.
barbarus, -a, -um, savage, foreign. malus, -a, -um, bad.
clarus, -a, -um, clear, famous. multus, -a, -um, much, great.
dénsus, -a, -um, dense, thick. dubius, -a, -um, doubtful, un-
falsus, -a, -um, false. certain.
firmus, -a, -um, firm, strong. parvus, -a, -um, small.
58. Decline in the singular and plural: héra longa, vicus
37 |
APPLIED LATIN
antiquus, dénsa silva, supplicium barbarum, equus novus,
ancora magna, falsus modus. Be sure that the form of the
adjective corresponds in gender, number, and case, to the form
of the noun qualified.
59. RULE.—Agreement of Adjectives.—Adjectives must
agree with the nouns they qualify in gender, number, and case.
60. Translate the following expressions: Note all possible
cases. 1. Viae latae, servd bond, famam amplam, populd
antiqu6, causa dubia. 2. Imperi magni, hérarum longarum,
légatorum bondrum, oppidi clari. 3. Filid gratd, sociis
novis, vitam cdpildsam, régna mala, vicds barbards. )
61. Worp Stupy.—Pick out the Latin derivatives: 1.
There is perennial snow in the higher altitudes of the Alps.
2. We received a bonus for extra work. 3. The sun is directly
over a meridian of longitude at noontime. 4. We were sur-
prised at the magnificent tribute to our army. 5. Admiral
Peary explored new latitudes near the North Pole. 6. Take
ample space for problems in multiplication. 7. We consider
ancient games mere antics. 8. On a certain day the male-
factor was sentenced. g. Equatorial storms are particularly
severe. 10. Above a dense fog the sun shines as clear as ever,
11. The aéroplane lost its equilibrium. 12. We should doubt
false reports. 13. Let us never equivocate. 14. What is the
difference between equity and inequity? 15. Our opinion
was confirmed by reading the novel. 16. Many people ex-
pected the Millennium to occur during the last century.
Quiz.—What rule governs the agreement of adjectives
and nouns? You have had some nouns, such as agricola,
38
a a ee
ee =_ we
Ce
ap Hes
THE ADJECTIVE
which are masculine in gender, though they appear to be
feminine. What should be the gender of the adjective modi-
fying such nouns?
62. These adjectives are formed from Latin nouns al-
ready given:
accuratus, -a, -um, accurate, careful.
bellicésus, -a, -um, warlike.
curidsus, -a, -um, curious, meddlesome.
fortinatus, -a, -um, fortunate.
frimentarius, -a, -um, pertaining to grain.
fugitivus, -a, -um, fugitive.
iratus, -a, -um, angry.
inimicus, -a, -um, hostile.
invius, -a, -um, pathless.
publicus, -a, -um, public, common.
vicinus, -a, -um, neighboring.
63. Translate these expressions: 1. Ad mirésaltés, scientia
accurata, ante portas magnas. 2. Trans imperium antiquum,
praesidium certum, apud falsum amicum. 3. Sine vigilia
aeterna, rosa annua, dé miris vicinis. 4. Propter famam
magnam, ex proelid aequ6, locus piblicus. 5. Praeter bonds
amicos, super silva invia, 4 bello dubid. 6. Sub astris novis,
fama fugitiva, in campo latd. 7. Servdrum ciridsdrum, post
vitam claram, cum filiis forttinatis. 8. Vict6ria certa, prd
templo alt6, inter populés barbarés. g. Circum turbam
dénsam, contra fortinam malam, extra pignam magnam.
64. Translate: 1. Via vici. 2. Initium piignae dubiae. 3.
Rémi nautéarum inimicdrum. 4. Provincia régni vicini.
39
APPLIED LATIN
5. Ira captivi. In these examples notice especially the use
of the genitive case. This case is often called the adjectival
case, for, (1) like an adjective, it is regularly used with a
noun and limits or qualifies its meaning; (2) it regularly
stands just before or just after the noun it qualifies.
65. RULE.—Genitive of Possession.—The genitive case
often denotes possession or ownership. In English, the geni-
tive case is often called the possessive. It is shown by the
addition of ’s (or s’) to the noun—the boy’s hat (the boys’
hats).
66. WorpD Stupy.—Tell the meanings of these words by
finding the Latin bases. Learn their spelling, and use the
words in sentences of your own: 1. Clear, equality, longi-
tude, latitude, clarity, magnate. 2. Multitude, density,
ancient, inaccurate, popular. 3. Curiosity, enemy, malevo-
lent, falsify, doubt, confirm. 4. Antiquary, antique, clarion,
declaration, condensation, failure. 5. Affirm, infirmary, con-
gratulate, gracious, gratis, majesty. 6. Malignity, malice,
sinecure, secure, Impervious, voyage.
67. Make a list of the derivatives from the adjectives.
Quiz.—Why is the genitive case called adjectival? What
does this case commonly denote? Its name in English? -
How is this case indicated in English? Give the genitive
singular of the words man, boy, lady, child, valley, Harry,
Mr. Jones. Give the genitive plural of ally, calf, fairy,
King of England, Miss Snow, lady. Write some English
sentences containing these words in the genitive case.
40
THE VERB
V. THE VERB. FIRST CONJUGATION
68. amé, J love; amare, /o love.
clam6, J shout; clamare, fo shout.
libero, J free; liberare, fo frec.
narro, J relate; narrare, fo rclale.
orné, J adorn; ornare, fo adorn.
par6, I prepare; parare, fo prepare.
parto, J carry; portare, ¢o curry.
spectd, J look al; spectare, fo look at.
supero, J surpass; superare, /o surpass.
vocé, J call; vocare, fo call,
69. We take up at this time another of the eight parts of
speech, the verb. A verb is a word used to declare or assert
something about a person, place, or thing. In sentences there
are two essential parts, the subject and the predicate. In
English the subject and the predicate must be expressed; in
Latin the subject may be included in the form of the verb, as,
laudd, J praise. A verb alone may then compose a Latin
sentence, for it contains the two parts necessary to the
expression of a complete thought.
70. Verbs may be transitive, that is, require a direct object -
to complete the meaning, as, I struck the post; or intransitive,
that is, require no direct object to complete the meaning, as, I
walk.
71. We have seen that nouns in Latin have different forms
or cases which compose the various declensions. In like
manner the different forms of a Latin verb are said to com-
pose a conjugation.
There are in Latin four conjugations or groups of verb
41
APPLIED LATIN
forms: the first, second, third, and fourth. All the verbs
of the present lesson belong to the first conjugation. The
conjugation to which a verb belongs is indicated by the
second form, called the infinitive, as, amare, clamare, etc.,
above. All verbs of the first conjugation have the long vowel a
in the infinitive form, as, laudare. This long vowel 4 is
called the characteristic vowel of the first conjugation.
English verbs are similar in their uses to Latin verbs.
They do not, however, fall into four distinct conjugations,
nor have they so elaborate a system of forms.
Quiz.—What is a verb? What is its importance? What
is a conjugation? Why is the infinitive form given? Why
is the English verb simpler than the Latin?
72. Very many words in English are derived from Latin
verbs. Sometimes these words are exacily the same in s pell-
ing as the Latin word upon which they are based. More often
the Latin verb is buried in the English word, by being either
preceded by a syllable (or two), called the prefix, or followed
by a syllable (or two), called the suffix. You have already
learned the meanings of some prefixes. Consider the fol-
lowing examples of English words derived from Latin verbs.
73. am6: amiable, amiability, amateur, amity, enmity,
inimical, enemy, amicable.
clam6: claim, claimant, clamor, acclaim, acclama-
tion, declaim, declamation, disclaim, ex-
claim, exclamation, exclamatory, reclaim,
reclamation, proclaim, proclamation.
42
THE VERB
liberd: liberate, liberty, deliberate, liberal.
narr6: narrate, narration, narrative.
6rnd: ornament, adorn, adornment, suborn.
par6: prepare, preparation, preparative, compare, com-
parable, comparative, comparison, apparel, ap-
paratus, separate, separation, repair, reparation,
reparative.
port6: transport, transportation, report, reporter, im-
port, importation, importer, important, port-
able, portfolio, portmanteau, porter, portage,
importune, portals, port, purport, portico, de-
port, inopportune, portly, deportment.
spectd: spectator, spectacle, spectacles, respect, in-
spect, spectre, spectrum, prospective, perspec-
tive, aspect.
voc6: vocative, vocation, vocal, vocabulary, revoke,
convoke, invoke, voice, irrevocable.
74. Learn these words carefully. How many of them do
you use? Did you realize that these words were connected by
the possession of a common Latin base? Can you add any
other words to this list?
(Juiz.—For what reason is it difficult to determine the
Latin base in English derivatives? How do you know that
the words following amé are interrelated? (Note the appear-
ance of the common base am-.)
43
APPLIED LATIN
ihe LAUDO.—Active Voice—Indicative Mood
SINGULAR Present Tense PLURAL
1. laud6, J praise 1. laudamus, we praise
2. lauds, you praise ; 2. laudatis, you praise
3. laudat, he (she, it) praises 3. laudant, they praise
Imperfect Tense
1. laudabam, J was praising 1. laudabaémus, we were praising
2. laudabas, you were praising 2. laudabatis, you were praising
3. laudabat, he (she, it) was praising 3. laudabant, they were praising
Future Tense
1. laudabé, J shall praise 1. laudabimus, we shall praise
2. laudabis, you will praise 2. laudabitis, you will praise
3. laudabit, he (she, it) will praise 3. laudabunt, they will praise .
76. Learn the conjugation of these tenses and the meaning
of the terms used in connection with verbs.
77. Voice.—The Latin verb has two voices, the active and
the passive. The Active Voice is composed of all the forms
of the verb which indicate that the subject of the sentence
is acting upon some one or something; as, I pratse the horse.
The Passive Voice includes all those parts of the verb which
indicate that the subject of the sentence is being acted upon
by some one or something; as, J am praised by John.
78. Moopv.—The Latin verb has three moods: indicative,
subjunctive, and imperative. The term mood refers to the
feeling or mood of the speaker or writer. The Indicative
mood is used when the speaker wishes to state a fact. Its
use implies firmness, frankness, and independence. ‘The
Subjunctive mood lacks the firmness and assurance of the
indicative. It does not state facts, but rather possibilities,
things which mzght be true under certain conditions; as, I
44
THE VERB
may see, not I see; I might hear, not I hear. The Impera-
tive mood is used to give a command; as, shoot! charge!
79. TENSE.—The word tense means time. Tenses tell the
time at which an action takes place. The Present tense
indicates that the action takes place now; that is, at the
time when the speech is being made. The Imperfect tense
implies that (1) the action took place in the past, and (2)
that it took some time in being accomplished. The Future
tense implies that the action will take place in the future;
that is, after the speech is made. -
80. NuMBER.—Each tense of the Latin verb is further
divided into two parts, called Numbers.
The Singular number follows a subject which is singu-
lar; the Plural, a subject which is plural.
81. PErson.—Each number of the verb has three forms,
called Persons. The first person singular indicates that the
subject of the sentence is 7; the second person, you; the
third, he, she, or it. The first person plural indicates that the
subject of the sentence is we; the second you; the third,
they. The Latin words meaning I, you, we, do not appear
in a Latin sentence unless very emphatic. Ordinarily these
words are included in the form of the Latin verb, as, laud6,
I praise, etc. But when the subject of the sentence is he,
she, or it, this subject is regularly expressed; as, poéta
laudat, ie, namely, the poet, praises.
82. Translate these verb forms: 1.Amé, liberat, rnatis. 2.
Clamas, vocant, superdmus. 3. Paras, portant, spectatis,
narramus. 4. Parabat, clamabam, portabamus. 5. Narra-
45
APPLIED LATIN
bas, vocabant, amabas. 6. Spectabatis, ornabant, libera-
batis, superabant. 7. Portabunt, vocabé, superabimus.
83. Translate these simple declarative sentences:
LATIN TO ENGLISH ENGLISH TO LATIN
1. Clamé. 1. We shall shout.
2. Filiam amas. 2. You were loving glory.
3. Fémina frimentum ex oppid6* 3. The women carry roses from
portat. the building.
4. Amicum ex agré* vocamus. 4. We call the men.
5. Prdvinciam liberatis. 5. You were freeing a kingdom.
6. Socii praesidium superant. 6. The allies will conquer.
7. Aedificium 6rnabam. 7. We were adorning the place.
8. Fatum viri narrabas. 8. You relate a long story.
g. Niintius oppidum spectabat. g. The messengers will look at
the horses.
10. Téla é fossa * portabamus. 10. I carry a shield.
11. Gladids parabatis. 11. You were preparing gifts.
12. Filiae rosas amabant. 12. The daughter will love the
man.
13. Rém6s spectabo. 13. We shall look at the forests.
14. Pericula superabis. 14. You were conquering the
allies.
15. Poéta fabulam novam narrabit. 15. The poets relate the fates of
cities.
16. Frimentum parabimus. 16. I was preparing aid.
17. Clamabitis. 17. You shout.
18. Amici portas d6rnabunt. 18. The friends of the boys
carry wine.
84.* Tur ABLATIVE CASE.—The ablative is often called
the adverbial case because (1) it qualifies or limits the mean-
ing of the verb; (2) like an adverb, it defines the tame, man-
ner, place, cause, or degree of the action of a verb.
In this lesson there are a few cases of the ablative intro-
duced by ex (é before a word beginning with a consonant)
which show the place from which something is taken or moves.
46
THE VERB
85. RuLE.—Ablative of Place From Which.—The abla-
tive with ab, dé, ex is used to express place from which.
As you have noticed in these sentences, a first person
singular subject is followed by a first person singular verb;
a second person singular subject by a second person singular
verb; a third person singular subject (whether masculine,
feminine, or neuter) by a third person singular verb.
86. RULE.—Agreement of a Verb with Its Subject.—A
verb must agree with its subject in person and number.
87. This same rule applies to the English language. If
you learn carefully the meanings of the Latin tenses, you
will at the same time learn how to conjugate properly the
tenses of the English verb.
Quiz.—Why isthe ablative called the adverbial case? How
is place fromwhich expressed? Give therule for the agreement
of subject and verb. What is a declarative sentence ?
88. There are certain parts of the Latin verb which are
selected for memorizing, because all the other verb forms can
be made from them. These forms are called the principal
parts of the verb. In Latin there are four parts usually
given. If fewer than four appear, the lacking forms were
not commonly used by Latin writers.
The principal parts of the verb laud6 are the following:
PRESENT PRESENT PERFECT PERFECT PASSIVE
INDICATIVE INFINITIVE INDICATIVE PARTICIPLE
1. laudd 2. laudare 3. laudavi 4. laudatus
I praise to praise I have praised praised or
having been praised
47
APPLIED LATIN
89. EXAMPLES.— .
clam6é clamare clamavi clamatus
amo amare amavi amatus
paro parare paravi paratus
Give the principal parts of the other first conjugation
verbs.
90. In English, the principal parts of the verb are three
in number, the infinitive not being given because English
does not present four regular conjugations. (Cf. 71.)
91. EXAMPLES OF THE PRINCIPAL PARTS OF ENGLISH
VERBS:
PRESENT INDICATIVE Past INDICATIVE Past PARTICIPLE
I love I loved loved
I produce I produced produced
I pull I pulled pulled
I go I went gone
I sing I sang sung
Iam I was been
I see I saw seen
I feel I felt felt
I sit 1 5at sat
I lie I lay lain
The English verbs love, produce, pull, are said to belong
to the regular conjugation and do not show serious changes
in form; go and sing are said to belong to the irregular
conjugation; (1) because the vowels in the forms change
and (2) because entire forms differ.
Examine the English verbs in your reading book. Classify
them according to the conjugations and give the principal
parts.
48
THE VERB
92. We learn the perfect passive participle of Latin verbs
at this time because a great number of English words are
derived from this principal part. How many words have
you already had from this principal part?
Qui1z.—What is the importance of the principal parts of
a verb? How many principal parts has the English verb?
What two conjugations are found in English verbs? Why
do we learn the participle of Latin verbs now?
93. LAUDO.—Active Voice—Indieative Mood
SINGULAR Perfect Tense PLURAL
1. laudavi, I have praised 1. laudavimus, we have praised
2. laudavisti, you have praised 2. laudavistis, you have praised
3. laudavit, he (she, it) has praised 3. laudavérunt, they have praised
Pluperfect Tense
1. laudaveram, J had praised 1. laudaveramus, we had praised
2. laudaveras, you had praised 2. laudaveratis, you had praised
3. laudaverat, he (she, it) had 3. laudaverant, they had praised
praised
Future Perfect Tense
1. laudaveré, J shall have praised 1. laudaverimus, we shall have
praised
2. laudaveris, you will have praised 2. laudaveritis, you will have
praised
3. laudaverit, he (she, it) will have 3. laudaverint, they will have
praised praised
Practise the conjugation of these tenses, using the verbs
already given.
These tenses, with those already learned, complete the six
tenses of the indicative mood.
94. Usr or THESE TENSES.—The perfect tense implies
that the action of the verb is complete in the present time.
4 49
APPLIED LATIN
The pluperfect tense implies that the action of the verb was
completed in past time. The future perfect tense implies that
the action of the verb will have been completed in future time.
95. In English, the tenses most used are the present, past,
and future; in Latin, the present, perfect, and future. All the
other tenses of the indicative exist in English and are fre-
quently used. They consist, however, not of a single verb
form, as in Latin, but are formed by the addition of a num-
ber of small.verbs called auxiliaries. These are do, may,
might, would, could, etc.
96. EXAMPLES OF ENGLISH AUXILIARY VERBS.—I do
praise, I am praising, present indicative; I was praising,
imperfect indicative; I shall praise, you will praise, future
indicative; I have praised, perfect indicative; I had praised,
pluperfect indicative; I shall have praised, future perfect
indicative; I may praise, I might praise, I could praise; I
would praise, I may have praised, I was going to praise
(tenses outside of the indicative mood).
The words italicized are English auxiliary verbs.
Quiz.—How many tenses are there in the indicative mood?
What are the tenses of the indicative most used in Latin?
in English? How are many tenses made in English?
97. Translate the following forms: 1. Liberavit, 6rnavis-
tis, mavi. 2. Clamavisti, vocavérunt, superavimus, para-
visti. 3. Portaévérunt, spectavistis, ndrravimus. 4. Clama-
verat, paraveram, portaveradmus. 5. Narraveras, voca-
verant, amaverds, spectaveratis. 6. Ornaverant, libera-
verit, superaveratis. 7. Vocdverint, portaveré, superaveri-
5°
THE VERB
8. Paraveris, spectaveritis, amaverimus, liberaver-
mus.
int. 9g. Narraverit, clamaveris, 6rnavero.
98. TRANSLATE
wn
~
IO;
tT.
I2.
13;
14.
ace
16.
7.
18.
. Nomen* féminae clamavi.
. Magnam viri peciiniam* ama-
visti.
. Fémina cor6énam magnam
portavit.
. Ex aedificid servés vocavimus.
. Nintids liberavistis.
. Socii flammas superavérunt.
. Templum altum 6rnaveram.
. Fata mala narraveras.
. Niintius pignam ex insula
spectaverat.
Copiam friimenti portavera-
mus.
Sagittas paraveratis.
Filiae litteras spectaverant.
Turbam barbaram = specta-
vero.
Scientia impedimentum
superaverit.
Poéta periculum narraverit.
Proelium paraverimus.
Clamiaveritis.
Amici portam 6rnaverint.
SI
2.
3-
4.
IO.
Lt.
I2.
13;
14.
15.
16.
17,
18.
TRANSLATE
. We shall have shouted.
You had loved the farmer’s
horse.
The women have carried
crowns.
They have called the retinue
from, the fields.
. You had freed the messengers.
. The allies will have conquered
the provinces of the king-
dom.
. We had adorned the temple.
. You have related the story of
the war.
. The messengers will have
looked at the fight from the
wall.
I have carried the roses.
You will have gotten ready
the arrows.
The daughter will have looked
at the form of the letter.
We shall have looked at the
earth.
You had overcome the flames.
The poets have related the
dangers.
I have gotten ready the gift.
You have shouted.
The friends had adorned the
gate.
APPLIED LATIN
THE DIRECT OBJECT
99. Some verbs in Latin may be used alone, that is, with-
out objects (intransitive). Most verbs are so full of action
that they demand the use of some word to tell the olyect
toward which their action is directed (transitive). Note
the accusative cases in the sentences above.
100.* RuLE.—The Direct Object.—The direct object of an
active transitive verb is put in the accusative case.
In English this case is called the objective.
“WORD ORDER
101. The most important places in a Latin sentence are the
first and last. Consequently, the subject usually stands first
and the verb last. The olject, and all other words, regularly
stand between subject and verb. English sentences follow the
natural word order. The subject and its modifiers begin the
sentence, the verb is next, and the verb modifiers come last.
Review the derivatives from first conjugation verbs.
Quiz.—What is the case of the direct object in Latin?
What is the usual order of words in a Latin sentence? in an
English sentence ?
Tur NATIONS OF THE ANCIENT WORLD
Let us look once more at the map on page 23 and read the
names of the lands conquered by the Romans. In the far
West lay the British Islands: Britannia (Britain, British,
Britons), Scétia (Scotland, Scottish, Scots), and Hibernia
(Hibernians, Ivernia, Erin, Ireland). These islands were
52
THE NATIONS OF THE ANCIENT WORLD
known to the Ancients especially because of great deposits
of tin in England.
In Europe was Gallia (Gaul, Gallic, Keltic), inhabited by
the Kelts, who in early time controlled all the northern
‘part of Europe. Gaul was divided into three parts; that
inhabited by the Belgae (Belgium), the Celtae (Kelts), and
the Aquitani. The conquest of Gaul was completed by the
great general Julius Caesar, and the Gallic campaigns are
described in his famous Gallic War (Bellum Gallicum).
North of Gaul lay Germania, across the river Rhine
(Rhénus), inhabited by the Germani (Germans), who were
an everlasting source of anxiety to the Romans. South of
Gaul was Hispania (Spain), a part of which (Lusitania) is
today Portugal. On the northern coast of Africa lay
Mauretania (Morocco, Moors, Moorish), Libya, and Aegyp-
tus (Egypt). Between Europe and Africa were the Pillars
of Hercules (Straits of Gibraltar).
In the Mediterranean Sea were the following islands:
Balearés (Balearic), Corsica, Sardinia, Ilva (Elba), Sicilia
(Sicily), Créta (Crete), Rhodus (Rhodes), and Cyprus. East
of Italy (Italia) lay Graecia (Greece), bounded on the north
by Macedonia and Thracia (Thrace).
Beyond Greece was Asia (modern Turkey in Asia), which
was composed of a number of small states, of which Armenia
was one. The power of the Roman empire never reached
further than Armenia, and beyond that point the huge
Parthian (Persian) empire was a continual menace.
5S
APPLIED LATIN
VI. THE VERB. SECOND CONJUGATION
102). °°
habed, J have or hold; habére, /o have or hold.
iubed, J order; iubére, to order.
maneé, J remain; manére, /o remain.
seded, J sii; sedére, fo sit.
tened, J hold; tenére, to hold.
timed, J fear; timére, fo fear.
taced, J am silent; tacére, to be silent.
terred, J frighten; terréré, to frighten.
vided, I see; vidére, to see.
valed, J am strong or well; valére, to be strong or well.
Learn these second conjugation verbs.
103. There are two ways by which you may quickly recog-
nize verbs of the second conjugation: (1) the final 6 of the
verb is preceded by the letter e; (2) the infinitive form (sign
of the conjugation) always ends in the letters ére, of which
the first € is always long in quantity. This long vowel é is
called the characteristic vowel of the second conjugation.
104. The following English words are formed from these
second conjugation verbs.
Habeo gives us habit, habitable, habitual, habitation,
habiliments, inhabit, haven, exhibit, habitat, prohibit.
Maneé is found in remain, remainder, mansion, manse,
manor, manorial, maintain, remnant, permanent, perma-
nence, permanently.
Seded is the base of seat, sedan, sedate, sedative, sed-
entary, session, sediment, reside, residence, residual, resid-
uum, preside, president, subside, insidious, sedition, set-
tee, settlement.
54
Tem ee eee
i la a il
THE VERB
Teneo gives us tenable, tenacious, tenure, tenant, tene-
ment, detain, retain, sustain, tenor, attain, tentative.
Time6 appears in timid, timidity, timorous, intimidate.
Learn the meaning and spelling of these words. Use them
in sentences of your own composition and add any other
words of like origin that you know. In working out the
meanings be careful to note the prefixes used.
(Quiz.—How can verbs of the first and second conjuga-
tions be distinguished? .
105. HABEO.—Active Voice—Indicative Mood
SINGULAR Present Tense PLURAL
1. habed, J have 1. habémus, we have
2. habés, you have 2. habétis, you have
3. habet, he (she, it) has 3. habent, they have
Imperfect Tense
1. habébam, J was having 1. habébaémus, we were having
2. habébas, you were having 2. habébatis, you were having
3. habébat, he (she, it) was having 3. habébant, they were having
Future Tense
1. habébé, J shall have 1. habébimus, we shall have
2. habébis, vou will have 2. habébitis, you will have
3. habébit, he (she, it) will have 3. habébunt, they will have
Practise the conjugation of these tenses, using the second
conjugation verbs already given.
106. Translate these verb forms:
1. IubeGd, manet, sedétis, terrés, timent, tacémus, tenés,
vident, valétis, habémus.
2. Valébat, vidébam, terrébamus, tacébas, timébant,
tenébas, sedébatis, manébant, iubébatis.
55
APPLIED LATIN
3. Tenébunt, sedébd, manébimus, iubébis, habébitis,
valébimus, vidébunt, terrébit, tacébis, timébitis.
107. WorD Stupy.—Taceéd appears in English in the
- words tacit, taciturn, taciturnity, reticent.
Terre6 gives us the words: terror, terrify, terrible, deter.
Video is a very common base in English: Vision, visible,
visibility, visionary, vista, survey. Evidence, vizor, revise,
revision, view, visage, invisible, visual, provide, provision,
provisional. Proviso, advice, prudent, supervision.
Valed makes these words possible: value, valuable, in-
valuable, valor, valid, invalid, prevail. Valiant, valorous,
validate, valid. Available, convalescent, valedictory.
108. Learn these words carefully, and try to make out
their meanings without the aid of an English dictionary.
Use them in sentences of your own construction.
Pick out some Latin bases in your English reader.
109.
moved, J move;
misced, J mix;
pated, I extend;
pared, J obey;
pled, J fill;
ardeé, J am on fire or burn;
arced, I ward off or prevent;
auged, J increase;
doced, I teach;
haereé, J stick or cling;
movére, to move.
miscére, fo mix.
patére, to extend.
parére, to obey (followed by the
dative).
plére, fo fill.
ardére, fo be on fire or burn.
arcére, to ward off or prevent.
augére, to increase.
docére, to teach.
haerére, fo stick or cling.
Use these verbs in practising the three tenses of the second
conjugation already given.
?
110.
. Poenam auged.
. Aquam miscés.
. Filia parva féminae paret.
THE VERB
TRANSLATE
. Via longa patet.
. Campés latds plétis.
. Magnae silvae ardent.
. Aedificium in oppid6* antiquo
ardébat.
. Signum clarum movebas.
. Clarus poéta amicés docébat.
. Fama bona in memoria vir6-
rum haerébat.
. Captivos falsds habébatis.
. Multi equi in camp6 mané-
bant.
. In via lata sedébo.
. Imperium vicinum tenébis.
. Captivus iratus initiriam
timébit.
. Insomné6 alt6 tacébimus.
_ In victoria valébitis.
. Féminae ross in agris
vidébunt.
TRANSLATE
. We shall be strong.
2. You were teaching the boys.
2 We
. I was
. The daughters will obey the
poet.
. We fill the walled town.
. You were mixing wine.
. The dangers will frighten
the allies.
were
sailors.
ordering the
. The tongues of poets are
silent.
. The mansion will be on fire.
. I ward off the danger.
. You were moving the anchor
from the road.
. The fugitive slaves will sit
in the road.
. Weshall remain in the camp.
. You were afraid of .a scarcity
of grain.
. They are holding the crowns.
frightening the
farmers.
. The sword is sticking in the
earth.
. The allies will remain in the
village.
111.* In paragraph r1o you find a few cases of the abla-
tive introduced by the preposition in to express the place in
which something is situated or happens.
112. RuLE.—Ablative of Place in Which.—Place in which
is regularly expressed by the ablative with the preposition in.
English?
Quiz.—How is place in which expressed in Latin? in
What word distinguishes this use of the ablative?
APPLIED LATIN
TS; HABEO.—Active Voice—Indicative Mood
SINGULAR Perfect Tense PLURAL
1. habui, J have had 1. habuimus, we have had
2. habuisti, you have had 2. habuistis, you have had
3. habuit, he (she, it) has had 3. habuérunt, they have had
Pluperfect Tense
1. habueram, J had had 1. habueramus, we had had
2. habueras, you had had 2. habueratis, you had had
3. habuerat, he (she, it) had had 3. habuerant, they had had
Future Perfect Tense
1. habuer6, J shall have had 1. habuerimus, we shall have had
2. habueris, you will have had 2. habueritis, you will have had
3. habuerit, he (she, it) willhavehad 3. habuerint, they will have had
114. In order to practise these tenses it is first necessary
to learn the principal parts of the second conjugation verbs
already given. Note that verbs whose fourth principal
part ends in -m are intransitive.
habed, habére, habui, habitus.
iubed, iubére, iussi, idissus.
maneo, maneére, mans], mansum.
sede, sedére, sédi, sessum.
tened, tenére, tenui, (tentus).
timed, timére, timui,
taced, tacére, tacul, tacitus.
terred, - terrére, terrui, territus. ‘
vided, vidére, vidi, visus.
valed, valére, valui,
moveo, movere, movi, motus.
misceo, misceére, miscul, mixtus.
pateo, pateére, patul,
pareo, parére, parul, eo
ples, plére, plévi, plétus.
arded, ardére, arsl, arsus.
arceo, arceére, arcul,
augeo, augere, auxi, auctus.
doced, docére, docui, doctus.
haered, haerére, haesi, haesum.
58
THE VERB
115. Conjugate the perfect, pluperfect, and future per-
fect tenses of these second conjugation verbs.
Review the English words derived from these verbs.
Quiz.—Why is it essential to learn principal parts?
Mention some English words derived from the fourth prin-
cipal part of these verbs? What does the fourth principal
part in -m denote?
116. Translate: 1. Movit, miscuistis, patui. 2. Paruisti,
plévérunt, arsimus. 3. Arcuisti, auxérunt, docuistis, haesi-
mus. 4. Docuerat, auxeram, arcueramus. 5. ArserAs,
pléverant, parueras. 6. Patueratis, miscuerant, mo6verat,
haeseratis. 7. Pléverint, arserd, arcuerimus. 8. Auxeris,
docueritis, haeserimus. g. Mé6verint, miscuerit, patueris,
paruero.
117. Translate TRANSLATE
1. Portam firmam mGvi. 1. We shall have stayed in the
field.
2. Frimenta miscuisti. 2. You had filled the town with
allies.
3. Régnum magnum patuit. 3. The slaves had burned the
yearly grain.
4. Nautae bond paruimus. 4. The wind has moved the roses.
5. Aedificia frimento* plévistis. 5. You had taught the new cap-
tive.
6. Vici in provincia arsérunt. 6. The wind will have warded
off the flames.
7. Pericula ciira arcueram. 7. We had mixed the great
swords.
8. Audaciam auxeras. 8. You have increased the guard.
9. Nauta filids parvés docuerat. 9. The crowd will have obeyed.
59
APPLIED LATIN
TRANSLATE TRANSLATE
10. Haeseramus. 10. I have filled the temple with
roses.
11. Scitum amplum m6veratis. II. es forest will have been on —
re.
12. Vina bona miscuerant. 12. The woman had taught the
: poet’s daughters.
13. Oppida magna 4rserint. 13. We shall have held the crown.
14. Captivum curidsum docueris. 14. You had increased (your) dil-
igence.
15. Nintius téla mGverit. 15. The water had filled the lands.
16. Via in silvam patuerit. 16. I had stuck to (my) boldness.
17. Virds bonds docueritis. 17. You will have warded off fate.
18. Anim6 bellicds6 haeserint. 18. He will have held the chief
command by the sword.
118.* In the sentences above there are some cases of the
ablative without a preposition to indicate the means by
which something is done.
119. RuLE.—Ablative of Means.—The means by which
anything is done 1s expressed by the ablative without an intro-
ductory preposition.
120. Worp Stupy.—From moved come: move, motion,
remove, motive, emotion, commotion, locomotive, mobile,
mob, remote, promotion; misced: miscellaneous, promiscu-
ous, mix, mixture; pated: patent, expatiate; pared: parent,
parentage; pled: complete, complementary, plenty, re-
plete, deplete, implement, supplement, accomplish; arced:
coerce, coercion; arded: ardent, ardor, arson; auged:
augment, author, authority, auctioneer, auxiliary; doced:
doctrine, doctor, docile, document; haered: adhere, ad-
hesive, cohere, incoherent, cohesion, hesitate.
Review the derivatives from the second conjugation verbs.
60
er
= |
APPLIED LATIN
Quiz.—How is the means (or instrument) by which an
action is accomplished expressed in Latin? in English?
THE PENINSULA OF ITALY
The Italian peninsula fell naturally into three divisions,
marked in a general way by the three rivers: Arnus (Arno),
Tiberis (Tiber), and Liris. About the Arnus lay the lands
of the Etruscans, those mysterious people whose writings
have never yet been deciphered. Bordering the Tiber was
Latium, the home of the Latins, whose chief city was Rome.
Below the Liris Italy bore the name Magna Graecia (Great
Greece). This part of the peninsula had been settled at an
early period by men from Greece. The three rivers men-
tioned carried away the waters from the Apennine Moun-
tains, a chain of hills which ran down the center of the pen-
insula.
Above the Arnus, between the Alps and the northern end
of the Apennines, was an extensive plain drained by the
river Padus (Po). This plain belonged to Cisalpine Gaul
(Gaul, this side of the Alps), and, as the name suggests, was
inhabited by Gauls, not by Latins. When the Latins came
down to Latium, they passed along the crests of the Apen-
1. nines, escaping the Etruscans, and left little groups of their
own people along their path. These were the Umbrians,
Sabines, and Samnites. Be careful to note that Rome held
the central position in Italy, and Italy the central position
in the ancient civilized world. This central position meant
much in the march of the Romans to imperial power.
62
THE NOUN
VII. THE NOUN. THIRD DECLENSION
121.
consul, a consul, magistrate,m. Caesar, Caesar,a Roman name, m.
hiems, the winter, f. frater, a brother, m.
hom6, man, m. amor, Jove, m.
legis, /egion, a division of the corpus, the body, n.
Roman army, f. urbs, a city, f.
nomen, @ name, nN. civis, @ citizen, m.
vox, the voice, a word, f. nibés, a cloud, f.
aetas, age, f. sedile, a seat, n.
virtis, courage, manliness, {. animal, an animal, n.
caput, the head, n.
_ 122. There is no single noun whose declension can be
used as the standard for all third declension words. How-
ever, the declensions of the nouns given above serve as
standards for all words of this declension in common use.
These standard nouns must be carefully learned, as third
declension words are very common in Latin.
When men began to make a careful study of the individual
words of the Latin language, they found a large number
that had the endings of the first declension, many that were
like the second, and some that we shall soon find set apart
in the fourth and the fifth declensions. All the rest, because
of certain similarities, were grouped in the declension that ©
we are now studying. For this reason the number of words
in this declension is unusually large, and no single noun can
be used as a standard for all the rest.
123. WorpD Stupy.—From the nouns above come the
English words:
consul, consulate, consular.
hom6, human, humanity, humane, inhuman.
63
APPLIED LATIN
legis, legion, legionary.
nomen, noun, nominal, nominate, cognomen, pro-
noun, denomination.
vox, voice, vocal, vowel, vocabulary, semivowel, vo-
ciferate, invoke, equivocal, vocation.
virtiis, virtue, virtuous.
caput, capital, capitol, decapitate, chapter, occiput,
recapitulate, precipice.
Caesar, Caesarean, Kaiser, Czar, Shah.
frater, fraternal, fraternity, fratricide, fraternize.
amor, amour, amorous, amity, enemy.
corpus, corporate, corporation, incorporate, corpse,
corps, corporeal, corpuscle, habeas corpus.
urbs, urban, urbane, suburban.
civis, civic, civilian, civilize.
Use these English words in sentences of your own.
Quiz.—Why are there so many standard words of the
third declension?
124.
Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.
Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Acc.
Voc.
Abl.
Cénsul, cénsulis, a consul, m.
SINGULAR
consul, a consul, m.
consulis, of a consul.
consuli, to or for a consul.
consulem, a consul.
consul, (O) consul.
consule, with, from, in, or by
a consul.
PLURAL
consulés, consuls.
consulum, of consuls.
consulibus, ¢o or for consuls.
consulés, consuls.
consulés, (O) consuls.
consulibus, with, from, in, or
by consuls.
64
Hiems, hiemis, the winter, f.
SINGULAR
hiems, the winter, f.
hiemis, of the winter.
hiemi, ¢o or for the winter.
hiemem, the winter.
hiems, (O) winter.
hieme, with, from, in, or by
the winter.
PLURAL
hiemés, winters.
hiemum, of winters.
hiemibus, ¢o or for winters.
hiemés, winters.
hiemés, (O) winters.
hiemibus, with, from, in, or
by winters.
THE NOUN
125. Like the word cénsul decline:
exsul, exsulis, a exile, m.
sal, salis, salt, m. (saline, salary).
sél, sdlis, the sun, m. (no genitive plural in good use) (solar, solar-
ium).
126. GENDER IN THE THIRD DECLENSION.—No rule for
gender which will include all words of the third declension
can be framed in any brief form. It is best to learn the
gender of the words as they appear in the lessons. |
127. Translate for practice in third declension cases: 1.
Salis, consulem, hiemés, exsulibus, sdle. 2. Prd cénsule, inter
exsulés, propter sdlem, post hiemem. 3. Cénsulum annu-
drum, longis hiemibus, sdlem clarum, gladius exsulis. 4.
Dénum salis, in templ6 sdlis, cdnsulés. 5. Populum voca-
mus. 6. Hiemés longas amamus.
128. Translate: 1. The consul’s daughter. For the exiles.
By the sun. Of salt. The winter (acc.). 2.O consuls! The
exiles will hold the booty. In the sun. Before the battle.
3. In front of the gate. On account of victory. Without a
sword.
129. EXAMPLES OF THE USE OF DERIVATIVES.—1. To save
life, a saline solution is often injected into the blood. 2. The
sun is the chief member of the solar system, which includes
the planets Venus, Mars, the Earth, Jupiter, Saturn,
Uranus, and Neptune. 3. Sun parlors are called solaria. 4.
Salary was originally salt money; that is, money with which
to buy an article without which mankind cannot live.
5 65
130.
Nom.
Gen.
Homé6, hominis, a
man, m.
SINGULAR
hom6, @ man, m.
hominis
homini
hominem
homd
homine
PLURAL
. hominés, men
. hominum
hominibus
hominés
hominés
hominibus
APPLIED LATIN
Legio, legidnis, a
legion, f.
SINGULAR
legid, a legion, f.
legiOnis
legioni
legidnem
legid
legidne
PLURAL
legidnés, legions
legignum
legidnibus
legidnés
legidnés
legidnibus
Learn these declensions.
131. Like hom6 and legi6é decline:
Némen, néminis, a
name, Nn.
SINGULAR
nomen, @ name, n.
nominis
ndmini
nomen
nomen
nomine
PLURAL
ndmina, names.
nominum
nominibus
nomina
ndomina
nominibus
imag6, imaginis, an imitation, image, f. (image, imagine, imaginary).
marg6, marginis, a border, m. (margin, marginal).
orig6, originis, an origin, f. (original, originate, aboriginal).
virg6, virginis, a maiden, f. (virgin, Virginia).
magnitidd, magnitidinis, greatness, size, f. (magnitude).
multitid6, multitidinis, great number, f. (multitude).
longitidé, longitidinis, /ength, f. (longitude).
6ratid, dratidnis, a speech, f. (oration, peroration, oratory, oratorio).
led, leénis, a lion, m. (lion, leonine, Leonard).
natid, natidnis, a nation, f. (national, international).
valétiidd, valétidinis, health, f. (valetudinarian).
66
THE NOUN
132. Like ndmen decline:
gramen, graminis, ‘he grass, m. (graminate, graminivorous).
lumen, liminis, /ight, n. (luminous, luminary).
limen, liminis, a threshold, doorway, n. (preliminary).
agmen, agminis, an army (on the march), n.
flimen, fluminis, a river, n. (flume).
carmen, carminis, @ poem, n.
' 6men, dminis, a omen, n. (ominous, ill-omened).
volimen, voliminis, a volume, n. (voluminous).
133. Translate: 1. Imaginis, 6men, voliimine, carmini-
bus, multittidinem. 2. Margini, originum, lednés, orationis,
nationum, virginés. 3. Legid, ndmina, agminis, liminibus,
longitidinis. 4. In gramine, ad legidnem, propter magni-
tidinem, ab origine, carmina poétarum. 5. E flamine, cum
multitiidine amicérum, sub limine, post dratidnem consulis.
Translate: 1. For men, to a legion, with nations, in the
grass, of poems. 2. On account of size, from the origin,
rivers, of maidens, outside the threshold.
Write English sentences using the derivatives given.
Most third declension words have one more syllable in
the genitive singular than in the nominative singular.
134. Amor, améris, /ove, m. Frater, fratris, a brother, m.
SINGULAR PLURAL SINGULAR PLURAL
Nom. amor, love,m. amGrés, loves frater,abrother,m. fratrés, brothers
Gen. amOris amorum fratris fratrum
Dat. am6ori am6ribus fratri fratribus
Acc. amdrem am6rés fratrem fratrés
Voc. amor amorés frater fratrés
Abl. amore amoribus fratre fratribus
67
APPLIED LATIN
Caesar, Caesaris, Caesar, m.
SINGULAR PLURAL
Nom. Caesar, Caesar, m. Caesarés, emperors *
Gen. Caesaris Caesarum
Dat. Caesari Caesaribus
Acc. Caesarem Caesarés
Voc. Caesar Caesarés
Abl. Caesare Caesaribus
135. Like amor decline:
clamor, clamoris, an outcry, m. (clamor, exclaim, proclaim).
honor, honoris, an honor (office), m. (honor, honorable, dishonor,
honorary).
labor, laboris, /abor, work, m. (laborer, laborious, elaborate).
viator, viatoris, a traveler, m.
imperator, imperatéris, a@ commander, m. (emperor, empress, im-
perious).
ardor, ardoris, a burning heat, m. (ardor, ardent, arson).
auctor, auctoris, am author, m. (authoress, auctioneer).
color, coléris, a color, m. (colored, discolored, particolored).
odor, odéris, an odor, smell, m. (odorous, malodorous, odoriferous).
terror, terréris, fright, m. (terror, terrible, deter).
soror, sororis, a sister, f. (sorority).
136. Like frater (fraternal, fratricide, fraternity) decline:
pater, patris, a father, m. (paternal, patrimony, patricide, patron,
patrician).
mater, matris, a mother, f. (maternal, matrimony, matricide, ma-
tron).
137. Translate: 1. Clamori, hondribus, laborem, vidtoris.
2. Imperator (vocative), arddre, auctérés, coléris. 3. Odérum,
terrorés, soréribus, amor (vocative). 4. Imperatori, labGre,
colérum, terrdrem. 5. Sororis, fratrés, matrum, Caesare,
patribus. .
138. Translate: 1. Affections, by shouts, for a brother, of
* NoTe.—Proper nouns are rarely declined in the plural.
68
THE NOUN
Caesar, with colors. 2. In a burning heat, of an odor,
authors of volumes, great fright.
Write exercises using the English derivatives.
139. Corpus, corporis, a body, n.
SINGULAR PLURAL
Nom. corpus, a body, n. corpora, bodies
Gen. corporis corporum
Dat. corpori corporibus
Acc. corpus corpora
Voc. corpus corpora
Abl. _corpore corporibus
140. Like corpus (corporate, incorporate, corporeal) de-
cline:
genus, generis, a kind, breed, species, n. (genial, genuine, gentle, in-
genuity).
onus, oneris, a /oad, burden, n. (onus, onerous, exonerate).
pectus, pectoris, the breast, n. (pectoral, expectorate, parapet).
frigus, frigoris, cold, n. (frigid, refrigerator).
opus, operis, a work, n. (operate, codperate).
rus, ruris, the countryside, n. (rural, rustic, rusticate).
its, itris, the Jaw, n. (jurist, jurisprudence, injustice, adjust).
minus, mineris, a fask, service, n. (remunerate, remuneration,
municipal, common, immunity).
tempus, temporis, /ime, n. (extempore, temporal, temporary).
141. Translate: 1. Corpus, pectore, frigora, operibus. 2.
lira, riri,* riiris, temporibus. 3. Oneris, genere, miinerum.
4. In corpore, ex tempore, opera agricolarum. 5. Genus
* Note.—The form rari (in the country) is the locative case of ris, the
country. The locative case, which in very old Latin expressed place in
which, was discarded by the Latins except in certain very common words,
like rus (country) and domus (house), and in the names of cities: Roémae,
at Rome; Athénis, at Athens; Corinthi, at Corinth; Delphis, at Delphi;
Carthagini, at Carthage. Locate these cities. Why were they famous?
69
APPLIED LATIN
hominum, itis natidnum, pectus lednis. 6. Equus magnum
onus portavit.
Translate: 1. Of bodies, by cold, in the breast, kinds of
men. 2. Works, the laws of the land, in the country, the
tasks of the consul, without burdens.
142. EXAMPLES OF THE USE OF DERIVATIVES.—1. There
are good and bad corporations. 2. They say cherry pectoral
allays expectoration. 3. The Pope lost his temporal powers
in 1870. 4. Let us rusticate temporarily. 5. The prisoner
was exonerated. 6. Breastworks are often called parapets.
7. Life is hardly endurable in the frigid zones. 8. The
onus of the blame rested on the inhabitants of a remote
municipality. 9. Vaccination brings to most people im-
munity from small-pox.
Write sentences using the derivatives above.
143. Aetas, aetatis, age, f. Vox, vocis, the voice, f.
SINGULAR SINGULAR
Nom. aetias, age, f. vox, the voice, f.
Gen. aetatis vocis
Dat. aetati voci
Acc. aetatem vocem
Voc. aetas vox
Abl. aetate voce
PLURAL PLURAL
Nom. aetatés, ages vocés, voices
Gen. aetatum vocum
Dat. aetatibus vocibus
Acc. aetatés vocés
Voc. aetatés vocés
Abl. aetatibus vocibus
70
THE NOUN
144. Like aetas decline:
calamitas, calamitatis, a disaster, {. (calamity, calamitous).
necessitas, necessitatis, need, f. (necessity, necessary).
auctoritas, auctéritatis, authority, f.
aestas, aestatis, the summer, f.
Civitas, civitatis, a state, f. (civic, civilian).
himanitas, himanitatis, humanity, f. (humanitarian)
libertas, libertatis, freedom, {. (liberty).
nobilitas, ndbilitatis, nobility, f.
miles, militis, a soldier, m. (military, militia, militarism).
quiés, quiétis, rest, f. (quiet, requiem, acquiesce, coy).
virtis, virtutis, valor, f. (virtue, virtuous).
145. Like v6x (voice, vocal, invoke, provoke) decline:
dux, ducis, a /eader, m. (duke, duchess, ducal, duchy)
lax, lucis, ight, f. (lucid, translucent).
pax, pacis, peace, f. (pacify, peaceful).
léx, légis, a law, f. (legal, legislature).
réx, régis, a king, m. (regal, regalia, reign, realm).
146. Translate: 1. Because of need. By authority. In
states. Against humanity. 2. Without liberty. With no-
bility. Among the soldiers. In sleep. 3. For leaders. The
light of the sun. Peace adorns a nation. The king is well.
The woman’s voice. The ages of men.
Write sentences using the derivatives above.
147. Urbs, urbis, a city, f.
SINGULAR PLURAL
Nom. utbs, a city, f. urbés, cities
Gen. _urbis urbium
Dat. urbi urbibus
Acc. urbem urbés
Voc. urbs urbés
Abl. urbe urbibus
rp
APPLIED LATIN
148. Like urbs (urban, urbane, suburban) decline:
pars, partis, a part, {. (impart, partition).
ars, artis, av art, f. (art, artist, artistic, artificial, inert, artisan).
géns, gentis, a tribe, f. (gentile).
frons, frontis, the forehead, {. (front, frontal, frontispiece).
déns, dentis, a tooth, m. (dental, dentist, dentifrice, dandelion).
pons, pontis, a bridge, m. (pontoon, pontiff).
mons, montis, @ mountain, m. (Montana, mountainous, moun-
taineer).
fons, fontis, a fountain, m. (font, fountain).
méns, mentis, ‘he mind, {. (mental, mentality, demented).
149. Translate: 1. Urbi, partium, virtiités gentis. 2. Artés,
frons lednis, pontibus, dente, ad fontem aquae. 3. Ménsiram
superat. 4. Pontésin flimine magn6 vidébunt. 5. Inmargine
fontismanébunt. 6. Imaginem sdlis in aqua vidémus. 7. Pars
turbae in oppid6 mansit. 8. Agricola magnum numerum
servorum habet. 9g. Partem urbis militibus plévimus.
Notice the genitive cases following pars (7) andnumerus (8).
150. RULE.—Partitive Genitive. The genitive denoting the
whole from which a part is taken is called the partitive genitive.
151. EXAMPLES OF THE USE OF DERIVATIVES.—1. We
live in the suburbs. 2. The artist imparts life to his pictures.
3. The frontal bone was fractured. 4. Dentifrice is a prep-
aration which dentists prescribe for dental ills. 5. Robin-
son isa Gentilename. 6. We admire mental ability in our
fellow men. 7. The bridge was made of seven pontoons.
8. Montana is so called from its high mountains. 9. The
child was baptized at a marble font.
Quiz.—Explain the use of the partitive genitive. What
kind of words are found before this use of the genitive?
72
THE NOUN
152. Civis, civis, a citizen, m. Nubés, ntbis, a cloud, f.
SINGULAR SINGULAR
Nom. Civis, a citizen, m. nubés, a cloud, f.
Gen. Civis nubis
Dat. civi nubi
Acc. civem nibem
Voc. civis nubés
Abl. cive (i) nube
PLURAL PLURAL
Nom. civés, citizens nubés, clouds
Gen. civium nubium
Dat. civibus nuibibus
Acc. civés (is) nubés (is)
Voc. civés nubés
Abl. civibus nubibus
153. Like civis decline: Like ntbés decline:
avis, -is, a bird, f. (aviary). vallés, -is, a valley, f. (vale)
orbis, -is, a circle, m. (orbit, orb, caedés, -is, a massacre, f.
exorbitant). cladés, -is, a defeat, f.
turris, -is, a@ fower, f. (turret, ripés, -is, a rock, crag, f.
tower). (-im, acc.) sédés, -is, a seat, f. (siege,
vestis, -is, a garment, {. (vest- sedate, insidious).
ment, vest, vesture).
collis, -is, a hill, m.
ignis, -is, a fire, m. (ignite, ignition).
navis, -is, a ship, {. (navy, naval, nautical, nave).
classis, -is, a fleet, f.
finis, -is, an end, m. (final, finish, definite).
hostis, -is, an enemy, m. (hostile, hostility).
154. Most nouns of the third declension have stems
ending in a consonant; the third declension nouns above,
however, have stems ending in the vowel i. Nouns like
civis and nibés differ from cénsul in declension as fol-
lows: 1. They end in is (or és) in the nominative singular.
2. They have the same number of syllables in both the
nominative and genitive singular. 3. Some have an ac-
cusative singular in -im (turrim). 4. Some have an abla-
tive singular in -i as well as in -e (navi). 5. All have -ium
13
APPLIED LATIN
not -um in the genitive plural. 6. They sometimes have
-is for -és in the accusative plural.
The nouns of Paragraphs 147-148 and 157-159 are -i
stems. In the words of 147-148 this is shown only in the
genitive plural.
155. Translate, noting all possible cases: 1. Avis, collis,
finis, ripés, navis. 2. Cladi, sédi, hosti, valli, caedi. 3.
Nitibem, avem, collem, finem, ripem. 4. Navi, civi, orbe,
turri, veste. 5. Classés, cladés, sédés, hostés, vallés. 6.
Caedium, nibium, avium, collium, finium. 7. Ripibus,
navibus, civibus, orbibus, turribus.
156. Translate: 1. In colle turrim vidisti. 2. Post nibés
sol manébat. 3. Avés in silva clamavérunt. 4. Consulés
populum civitatis laudabunt. 5. Sdl orbem terrarum (the
world) spectat. 6. Vestés féminarum portabimus. 7.
Propter frigus hiem{s ignem in aedificid habuimus.
Compose sentences using the English derivatives in 4[153.
157. Sedile, sedilis, a seat,n. Animal, animalis, am animal, n.
SINGULAR SINGULAR
Nom. sedile, a seat, n. animal, an animal, n.
Gen. sedilis animalis
Dat. — sedili animali
Acc. sedile animal
Voc. sedile animal
Abl. — sedili animali
PLURAL PLURAL
Nom. sedilia, seats animalia, animals
Gen. — sedilium animalium
Dat. — sedilibus animdlibus
Acc. sedilia animalia
Voc. — sedilia animalia
Abl. — sedilibus animalibus
74
THE NOUN
158. Like sedile, sedilis, a seat, n., decline:
cubile, cubilis, a den, couch, bed, n.
mare, maris, ‘ie sea, n. (transmarine, submarine, maritime, marsh,
marigold, mariner).
conclave, conclavis, a suite of rooms, n. (conclave).
159. Like animal (animalism) decline:
vectigal, vectigalis, a fax, n.
tribunal, tribinalis, a tribunal, n.
160. Translate, noting all possible cases: 1. Mari, animilis,
cubilia, sedilium, conclavibus. 2. Vectigal, tribinalium, ma-
ria, vectigali, maribus. 3. Classem cénsulis in mari vidimus.
4. Legid partem insulae tenébat. 5. In cubili led tacébat. 6.
Aestate* avés praedam ad silvas portant. 7. Hieme milités
in castris manébunt. 8. Cdnsulés vectigalia tenuérunt.
*Notice the ablatives aestate (6) and hieme (7), indicat-
ing time when or within which. |
161. RuLE.—Ablative of Time When or Within Which.
—Time when or within which is expressed in Latin by the ab-
lative without a preposition.
162. EXAMPLES OF THE USE OF DERIVATIVES.—1. The
color was ultramarine. 2. The problem of the submarine has
caused great trouble in the present world war. 3. The pris-
oner stood before the tribunal of the judge. 4. At the edge
of the marsh grew the marigold. 5. The cardinals in con-
clave at Rome chose the Pope. 6. The mariners were en-
gaged in transmarine trade. 7. We deplore all evidences of
animalism in our age of civilization.
Quiz.—Explain the ablative of time when or within which.
75
0
oc YI}MUddIy tuo 02 seq apniysucy = s0E on 5
A
. $31W 40 FIs
VIGAT ( oo ove one oe ee
— rar
apul:
sents "76. WONVWOU WOAleadA
asin - i ie Lary
/ Re “
gnudko >” ¢
snaony + & *
. 0% e a i ae i er
4 %e > desnoesk wee hl ate RTs ingot one
dpat? Pe, “ou 3 anor ‘a FRIED Je ore 2 tng ee
yy a 2 vmve basa uJ an Vitiar na “6 eee, i pam ‘agi Me
oF Ore SVS Bo Pee | FIN A sed Rae S's
I % 00 2, 1 2
av? Q J funmepied? 9 “sc <n, nee * © er 088 0 aon Kn,
° §>;u0]¥ say) eee LLP] NX 6 oe & Op, PP, eye
: , ¥1N0Gzo¥IN! mb sina TerK, 7 ra) Ves Coes x
Fe ed ba ayy vez “S VR wt nyue; HE wpyk 4 Wg lodvayy avs = <M get ww
woud y Fe ls Ne Sole EN ore | SF Gf ON roe Ys
is mere oe nat moore who} Tals oe 6, 2. > \y V>I8¥05 e179 vps a a
a * out uo wns mo , W SiS “Oe We x ae N Sb eter s an? §
wi om 4s <2 Hiss de sive, NY" Lise
is. ne oi Any xag $A ef paved a8 agelitte . % Ler Fx a [Ser . i axe Suet bs
oF % as ‘ells y 8s ‘a, nod oe. we oe lp ez) ay hae BE RAPON sf
Y . op“ oWasin oH a os) vs ee R53 2 fi smed GNF Her Mo Fine Gane
o> OEY yess a Xe% od VTi NG a OM ee
mos eo yy < a “Wigs oF tog, YY ise ay ry y WE 5 Stet rey
2 oo
“ 4 Wy £ rr: } yee CCS, “aru,
fe : Tia nk, Us itt IB ngs PI PLE XL ‘ vy, te b
“1 - VAST gS Le $2ucg Ty . “ry o
= \? Oh: 4 wines ¥ te G 9
. >
‘a re, tuueuo en 4 wd Nt? Tag “964T
$ *y 4
t 2 . s&
v re ois | rH we Ae a
Py “i WoYy "uo Yo
1 L Vv w wif ; yo es x “a *>
° » (4 ae < ee
7 7 ° 4)
f Sue xe x ae > Ny,
he ‘a % :
58 Way
ee RS i Mee geo
i » @y Vie f ¢ f A
— aay , Dy) Uy ¢ \? C7)
A cane 9 * "S
Zz oY é ; ay Sah
og oF ~06 a cod 22
° e'
LATIUM, THE HOME OF THE LATINS
Latium, THE HOME OF THE LATINS
When the Latins finally stopped their wanderings and
found a permanent home, the land of which they possessed
themselves lay along the Tiber, and was given the name
of Latium. Latium stretched southward from the Tiber
to a small range of hills called the Alban mountains. In
this territory were located a number of villages which joined
in a confederacy for protection. The enemy which they
especially feared was the Etruscan nation. Against this
foe a fortress was built at that point on the banks of the
Tiber river, where, later, the great city of Rome stood.
There were seven small hills at this point, which gave
great strength to the fortress, and made it easy to prevent
the Etruscans from crossing the river by means of the island
which lay in the river at this point. Across the river was a
tall hill called Janiculum, which the Latins quickly occupied,
and turned into an outer fortification. The capital city of
Latium was at first Alba Longa, situated in the Alban
mountains, but the fortress at Rome soon became more im-
portant than the capital, and the seat of government was
transferred there.
When the Romans began the conquest of the tribes
around the city, they first set out toward the south.
After the march of the army, the Romans built great mili-
tary roads for the rapid movement of troops. The first
great road (Via Appia) led toward Capua from the gate in
the walls of Rome called Porta Capéna. This road was later
77
APPLIED LATIN
extended to the city of Brundisium, and was the main road
for all travellers to the East. The Via Latina (through
Latium) followed. To the north the Via Flaminia, to which
was added the Via Aemilia, led to the plain of the Po river.
The Via Aurélia skirted the shore on the way to Spain.
Vill. THE ADJECTIVE. THIRD DECLENSION
163.
félix, happy. omnis, all, every. brevis, brief, short.
audax, bold. facilis, easy. acer, keen, sharp.
atr6x, fierce. fortis, brave. celer, swift.
sagax, wise, shrewd. gravis, heavy. equester, equestrian.
vél6x, fleet, swift. immortalis, zmmortal.
recéns, recent. insignis, remarkable,
praeséns, present. distinguished.
164. You have learned that adjectives, through constant
use with nouns, came to be declined precisely like nouns.
For this reason, then, many adjectives were declined like
nouns of the first and second declensions; and many like
nouns of the third declension. The adjectives above are
third declension adjectives.
165. Third declension adjectives are divided into three
groups: adjectives of one termination, two terminations, and
three terminations. ‘These groups are so named because, in
the nominative singular, those of one termination have but
one form for all three genders. For instance, the form félix
may be used with a masculine, feminine, or neuter noun. Ina
two termination adjective, like omnis, there is a form omnis,
which is used with a masculine or a feminine noun, and a
form omne, which is used with a neuter noun. Adjectives
78
THE ADJECTIVE
of three terminations have a separate form for each
gender.
Learn the meanings of the adjectives given above.
166. WorpD Stupy.—Can you tell the Latin words from
which these English derivatives come: velocipede, present-
able, sagacity, celerity, fortitude, insignia, acrimonious,
brevity, atrocity, facility, mortality, recent, audacity,
equestrienne, accelerator, gravity, felicitous, omnibus, sage,
represent, omnipotent, presage, omniscient, effort, force,
comfort, grievous, gravitation, abbreviate, acrid?
Do you know the meaning of these words so well that you
can use them in sentences?
Quiz.—What are the different types of adjectives? What
are the classes of adjectives of the third declension? How
are they distinguished?
167. Félix, happy Recéns, recent
SINGULAR SINGULAR
M. F. N. M. F. N.
Nom. félix félix recéns recéns
Gen. félicis félicis recentis recentis
Dat. félici félici recenti recenti
Acc. félicem félix recentem recéns
Voc. félix félix recéns recéns
Abl. _ félice (i) félice (i) recente (i) recente (i)
PLURAL PLURAL
Nom. félicés félicia recentés recentia
Gen. félicium félicium recentium recentium
Dat. félicibus félicibus recentibus recentibus
Acc. félicés (is) félicia recentés (is) recentia
Voc. félicés félicia recentés recentia
Abl. félicibus félicibus recentibus recentibus
79
APPLIED LATIN
168. Remember that one termination adjectives have two
forms in the ablative singular. The accusative plural mascu-
line and feminine may end in -is instead of -és.
169. Like félix decline the adjectives in -x of Paragraph
163 and also
efficax, efficient (efficacious, efficacy).
fallax, treacherous, deceitful (fallacious, fallible, infallibility).
loquax, talkative (loquacious, loquacity).
rapax, thievish (rapacious, rape, rapine, rapacity).
170. Like recéns decline:
diligéns, careful (diligent).
élegans, elegant (elegance).
frequéns, frequent (frequent (verb), frequency, infrequent).
cléméns, mild (clement, clemency, inclement).
ingéns, huge.
sapiéns, wise (sapient, insipid).
veheméns, violent (vehemence, vehement).
171. Decline in full, with the rule about the agreement of
adjectives in mind: 1. Natira félix, caedés recéns, servus
loquax, avis rapax, dodnum élegans.
172. Translate, noting all possible cases: 1. Diligéns,
frequentem, sapientés, ingenti, vehementibus. 2. Rapicés,
loquacium, recente, élegantem. |
173. Translate: 1. Hom6 félix filids diligentés amat. 2.
Viatorés cladem atrdcem in valle vidérunt. 3. Led ingéns
in ripe sedébat. 4. Viri sapientés inter loquacés amicés
tacent. 5. Veheméns fili ira patrem terruit. 6. Cléméns
imperator amdrem militum habet.
Write sentences using the derivatives above.
Qui1z.—What have you learned about adjectives like félix?
80
THE ADJECTIVE
174, Fortis, forte, brave
SINGULAR
M.F .
Nom. fortis, brave forte
Gen. fortis fortis
Dat. forti forti
Acc. fortem forte
Voc. fortis forte
Abl. forti forti
PLURAL
Nom. fortés fortia
. Gen. fortium fortium
Dat. fortibus fortibus
Acc. fortés (-is) fortia
Voc. fortés fortia
Abl. fortibus fortibus
175. The great majority of third declension adjectives
follow the declension of fortis. There are only a few like
félix, and still fewer like acer. Take great pains in learning
fortis. Note especially that the ablative singular has but
one form, and that this form ends in i:
176. Like fortis practise the declension of
fragilis, -e, frail (fragile).
nobilis, -e, noble (nobility).
illistris, -e, remarkable (illustrious).
comminis, -e, common (community, commons).
facilis, -e, easy (facile, facility).
fertilis, -e, fertile (fertilize).
levis, -e, /ight (levity, levitation, irrelevant, alleviate, relief).
militaris, -e, military (militia).
navilis, -e, naval.
terribilis, -e, ¢errible.
tristis, -e, sad.
utilis, -e, useful (utility, utilitarian).
6 81
APPLIED LATIN
177. Decline in full: miles terribilis, opus facile, ager
fertilis, pigna navalis, victoria illistris.
178. Translate: 1. Pontibus fragilibus, virginum nobilium,
nomen illistre. 2. Somn6 levi, gloriae militaris, artem itilem,
anima tristis. 3. Caesar omnés imperatorés virtiite* supera-
vit. 4. In cubili lednés terrdre* mansérunt. 5. Avés sagacés
hiemem ventis vehementibus timent. 6. Commini periculd*
omnés socii bellum parabant. 7. Praesidium audacia* hos-
tium auximus.
* Note the ablative cases in these sentences. They express
the cause or reason for action.
179. RULE.—Ablative of Cause.—Cause may be expressed
in Latin by the ablative case without a preposition.
This use of the ablative is often replaced by the use of
the prepositions ob or propter, followed by the accusative;
or by the prepositions dé or ex, followed by the ablative.
180. Pick out the Latin derivatives in these English
sentences: 1. We should pity frailty. 2. Germany is
charged with militarism, England with navalism. 3. Do
you attack difficult problems with fortitude? 4. No man
should think illustrious deeds ignoble. 5. Farmers use
many preparations for fertilizing the fields.
Quiz.—How is cause expressed in Latin? In what other
ways can cause be expressed? Review the derivatives of
third declension adjectives.
82
THE ADJECTIVE
181. Acer, Acris, acre, sharp, keen
SINGULAR
M. F. N.
Nom. Acer, keen, sharp Acris acre
.Gen. Acris acris acris
Dat. Scr acri acri
Acc. acrem acrem acre
Voc. acer acris acre
Aol, . Acti acri acri
PLURAL
Nom. acrés acrés acria
Gen. acrium acrium acrium
Dat. acribus acribus acribus
Acc. crés (-is) acrés (-is) : Cre
Voc. acrés acrés acria
Abl. acribus acribus acribus
182. Though the forms of each gender are given com-
pletely, note that in quite a few cases the forms of the mascu-
line, feminine, and neuter of acer are the same. Note es-
pecially that the ablative singular of adjectives, like acer, has
but one form, and that this form ends in the letter i.
183. Practise the declension of acer, using the adjectives:
celeber, -bris, -bre, famous (celebrate, celebrity).
celer, celeris, celere, swift (accelerate, accelerator).
pedester, -tris, -tre, on foot, pedestrian.
silvester, -tris, -tre, wooded.
terrester, -tris, -tre, belonging to the earth (terrestrial).
184. Decline in full: equus Acer, poéta celeber, navis
celeris, imperium terrestre.
185. Translate: 1. ClamGrés Acrés loca silvestria plébant.
2. Fliimen véléx pontem ingentem superavit. 3. Carmina
83
APPLIED LATIN
immortalia poétarum régés antiqués mévérunt. 4. Initid
pugnae copiae pedestrés silvas dénsas plébant.
Translate: In a wooded place. Before the famous temple.
Among pedestrian forces. Beyond the kingdoms of the
earth. Sharp cold. A celebrated state.
186. EXAMPLES OF THE USE OF DERIVATIVES.—1. The
life of the wealthy man is not always felicitous. 2. Vinegar
has an acrid taste to some people. 3. An accelerator in-
creases the speed of the automobile. 4. We speak of celes-
tial and terrestrial regions. 5. Silvester was a saint of the
early church. 6. The word vinegar is formed from vinum
and acer.
Quiz.—What facts must you specially note about third
declension adjectives of three terminations?
IX. THE VERB. THIRD CONJUGATION
187.
agé, I set in motion; I drive; agere, fo set in motion; to drive.
cédo, J make a motion; I go cédere, to make a motion; to go
away; I yield; away; to yield.
dicé, J say, I state; dicere, fo say, state.
dicé, I lead; dicere, fo lead.
mitté, J send; mittere, to send.
petd, J seek; petere, fo seek.
pond, I put or place; ponere, fo put or place.
pellé, J push back; I drive back; pellere, to push back or drive back.
rego, J rule; regere, fo rule.
vert, J turn; vertere, to turn.
188. Verbs of the third conjugation can be recognized
by the form of the infinitive. This form always ends in ere,
the first e of which is short. Further, the first principal part
84
THE VERB
never has the vowel e before the final letter 6, as all second
conjugation verbs do (mone6).
189. Worp Stupy.—Not only are verbs of this conjuga-
tion very common in Latin, but the roots of these verbs are
found in a great number of English words, verbs, nouns, ad-
jectives, etc.
Ago appears in the words on
action, actual, actor, actress, cogent, enact, exact,
agitate, agile, agent, agency, react, interact, inac-
tion, transact, retroact, act.
Céd6 gives us
cede, cession, cessation, concede, recede, success,
recess, precede, proceed, procession, intercede, ex-
ceed, excess, incessant, process.
Dico underlies
dictionary, diction, dictate, contradict, edict, male-
diction, predict, verdict, indict, dictum.
Diic6 appears in the words
duke, conduct, conductor, reduce, reduction, ab-
duct, conduce, deduce, ducat, duchy, introduce,
produce, product.
Mitt6 gives us
mission, missionary, dismiss, omit, permit, trans-
mit, submit, admit, intermission, missile, promise,
emissary.
Try to make out the meanings of these words. Learn how
to spell them and talk over the proper uses with your teacher.
Qui1z.—How can third conjugation verbs be identified?
85
APPLIED LATIN
190. DUCO.—Active Voice—Indicative Mood:
SINGULAR Present Tense PLURAL
1. diico, J lead 1. diicimus, we lead
2. diicis, you lead 2. diicitis, you lead
3. dicit, he (she, it) leads 3. dicunt, they lead
Imperfect Tense
1. diicébam, J was leading 1. diicébamus, we were leading
2. diicébas, you were leading 2. diicébatis, you were leading
3. diicébat, he (she, it) was leading 3. dicébant, they were leading
~ Future Tense
1. dicam, J shall lead 1. dicémus, we shall lead
2. diicés, you will lead 2. dicétis, you will lead
3. diicet, he (she, it) will lead 3. dicent, they will lead
191. Practise these tenses, using the verbs given in
Paragraph 187. Be specially careful with the future tenses.
The future tense of the first and second conjugations ends
in -b6 in the first person singular; the future tense of the
third and fourth conjugations ends in -am in the first person
singular. Note this difference with great care.
192. Translate these verb forms: 1. Ago, cédit, dicitis,
dicis, mittunt, petimus, pOnis, pellunt, regitis, vertimus. 2.
Regébat, pellébam, ponébamus, petébas, mittébant, diicébas,
dicébatis, cédébant, agébatis, vertébat. 3. Mittent, petam,
ponémus, pellés, regétis, vertémus, agent, cédet, dicam, diicent.
WorbD STupy:
193. Petd gives us the root of these words:
appetite, compete, competition, impetuous, repeat,
petulant, competent, impetus.
P6nd appears in the words
pose, position, positive, deposit, decompose, im-
pose, expose, transpose, opponent, opposite, pro-
pose, posture, compose, compositor, exposition.
86
THE VERB
Pellé gives us
compel, repel, expel, impel, repellant, propel, pulse,
impulse, repulse, propulsion, compulsion, expul-
sion, propeller, repulsive, impulsive.
Reg6 supplies us with
regent, regal, reign, royal, regimen, direct, regu-
late, rector, regiment, incorrect, rectify, erect, regu-
lar, regalia, interregnum.
Verté underlies
avert, revert, convert, pervert, subvert, invert, di-
vert, vertical, versatile, vertigo.
Try to make these words your own possessions. Use them
in sentences. Talk them over in the class.
194.
cadé, J fall; cadere, #o fall.
curré, J run; currere, fo run.
iung6, J join; iungere, fo join.
premé,/ press hard; I overwhelm; premere, to press hard, overwhelm.
quaer6, J ask; quaerere, fo ask.
rumpé, J break; rumpere, to break.
scribé, J write; scribere, fo write.
tegd, I cover; tegere, to cover.
trahé, J draw; trahere, to draw.
tang6, I touch; . tangere, to touch.
195. Learn these verbs, and practise them in the tenses
already given.
196. Translate: 1. Aquam claram tang6d. 2. Turris dé
monte cadit. 3. Caesar signum veste tegit. 4. Sclentiam cum
ciré iungimus. 5. Ancoram ingentem ex aqua trahitis. 6.
Milités ad fossam* currunt. 7. Hostem barbarum premé-
bam. 8. Némen urbis ab homine quaerébas. 9. Ventus vél6x
87
APPLIED LATIN
nibés rumpébat. 10. Ad vicum* currébamus. 11. Sciitum
sine auxilid trahébatis. 12. Agricolae fontés cum flimine
iungébant. 13. Inignem* cadam. 14. Servum ris* diicébis.
15. Somnus milités in castris premet. 16. Litteras brevés
scribémus. 17. Viam 4 vidtoribus quaerétis. 18. Equi
celerés virum circum oppidum trahent.
*TIn these sentences you find some instances of the accusa-
tive case introduced by ad or in expressing the place to which.
197. RULE.—Accusative of Place to Which.— Place to which
is expressed by the accusative with ad or in. Names of cities
(Rdma), also ris, the countryside, and domus, a house, omit
the preposition.
198. Translate: 1. We shall turn the huge ship. 2. You
were ruling the brave allies. 3. The servants will drive the
horses. 4. We put heavy burdens upon the men. 5. You
were asking the name of the street. 6. The brothers will
send gifts to (their) father. 7. We were leading the citizens
into the temple. 8. You state the cause. g. The birds will go
- away in winter. 10. I am sending the sisters from the city.
11. The sun was driving away the cold. 12. The forests will
cover the mountains. 13. We shall go away from the river.
14. You were asking the classes of animals. . 15. The sailors
are leading the captives to Caesar. 16. I was driving 4
treacherous lion. 17. You rule provinces covered with woods.
18. Al! the men will send roses.
In your English reader find ten words derived from Latin.
Quiz.—How is place to which expressed in Latin? Are
there any exceptions? Why do you think the preposition
88
THE VERB
was omitted with the words mentioned in the rule? What
can you say about the sentence, “I am going home.”
199. DUCO.—Active Voice—Indicative Mood
SINGULAR Perfect Tense PLURAL
1. duxi, J have led 1. diximus, we have led
2. diixisti, you have led 2. dixistis, you have led
3. dixit, he (she, it) has led 3. duxérunt, they have led
Pluperfect Tense
1. dixeramus, we had led
2. dixeratis, you had led
3. dixerant, they had led
1. dixeram, J had led
2. diixeras, you had led
3. dixerat, he (she, it) had led
Future Perfect Tense
1. dixerimus, we shall have led
2. diixeritis, you will have led
3. dixerint, they will have led
1. duxerd, J shall have led
2. diixeris, you will have led
3. diixerit, he (she, it) will have led
200. Before practising these tenses, it is necessary to
learn the principal parts of the verbs already given:
I II Ill IV
ago, agere, égi, actus.
cédG, cédere, céssi, cessum.
dicG, dicere, dixi, dictus.
dics, diicere, dixi, ductus.
mitt, mittere, misi, missus.
peto, petere, petivi, petitus.
pond, ponere, posui, positus.
pells, pellere, pepuli, pulsus.
rego, regere, réx1, réctus.
verto, vercere; verti, versus.
cad6, cadere, cecidi, casum.
curro, currere, cucurri, cursum.
iungo, iungere, iunxi, idnctus.
premo, premere, pressi, pressus.
quaero, quaerere, quaesivi, quaesitus.
rumpo, rumpere, rupi, ruptus.
scribG, scribere, scripsi, scriptus.
tego, Legere, LEx1: téctus.
traho, trahere, traxi, tractus.
tango, tangere, tetigi, tactus.
89
APPLIED LATIN
201. Practise the three tenses of Paragraph 199, using
the verbs given above.
Try to determine from which principal part the English
words of Paragraph 193 are derived.
202. WorpD Stupy.—We have the following English de-
rivatives from:
cad6: cadence, casual, occasion, coincide, accident, de-
ciduous.
currd: current, currency, occur, incur, course, cursive,
recur.
iungd: join, joint, juncture, junction, injunction, re-
joinder.
prem6: press, pressure, compress, repress, express, im-
press, oppress, suppress.
quaerd: inquire, inquest, request, query, question, re-
quire, perquisite, acquire, exquisite.
Use these derivatives in sentences of your own construc-
tion.
203. Translate these expressions into English: 1. Cecidit,
cucurristis, iiinxi, pressisti. 2. Quaesivérunt, ripimus,
scripsisti. 3. Téxérunt, traxistis, tetigimus. 4. Riperat,
scripseram, cecideramus, presseras. 5. Téxerant, tetigeras,
traxeratis. 6. Itnxerant, cucurrerat, quaesiveratis. 7.
Traxerint, presser6, scripserimus, iinxeris. 8. Cecideritis,
quaesiverimus. g. Cucurrerit, riperint, tetigeris, téxerd.
204. TRANSLATE TRANSLATE
1. Bonam vitam égi. 1. We shall have fallen into the
flames.
2. Ex agro cessisti. 2. You had run to the spring.
go
THE VERB
TRANSLATE
. Cobnsul nomen urbis dixit.
. Populum clarum diximus.
. Litteras longas misistis.
. Dona grata petivérunt.
. Volimen parvum in aedificid
posueram.
. Légatés illistrés pepuleras.
. Omnés terras gladio réxerat.
. Caput lednis verteramus.
. lainxeratis.
. Imperator milités Acrés in
proelium dixerat.
. Omen bonum dixer6.
. Ab hostibus vélécibus cesseris.
. Calamitds natidnem égerit.
. Navés celerés verterimus.
. Régna lata réxeritis.
. Cordnas in capitibus posuerint.
a |
8.
18.
TRANSLATE
. The leaders had sought the
camp of Caesar.
. They have joined wine with
water.
. You had repressed the crowd.
. The soldiers will have broken
the swords.
. We had written a long letter.
You have covered the fields
with grain.
. They will have drawn the ship
from the sea.
. [have touched the fierce ani-
mal.
. You will have sought the poet.
. The sister had covered (her)
head with a garment.
. We shall have fallen from the
rock.
. You had joined shouts with
terror.
. The clouds have touched the
earth.
. [had run to (my) mother.
. You will have repressed the
boldness of the legions.
The slave will have broken
the arrows.
205. WorbD Stupy.—In English we have from:
rump6: rupture, eruption, abrupt, interrupt, rumple,
bankrupt, disrupt, corruption.
scribd: scribe, scrivener, scripture, scribble, describe,
inscribe, subscribe, prescribe.
protégé.
tego
gti
detect, detective, protect, protection, tegument,
APPLIED LATIN
trah6: attract, abstract, detract, trail, train, tract, trace,
retract, contract, distract.
tango: tact, tangent, tangible, tangle, intact, contact.
Try to make out the meaning of these derivatives, and
talk them over in class.
THE Cities or ITAty*
Though we are chiefly interested in the story of the city
of Rome and of its inhabitants, we must not forget that there
were other cities in Italy which played a great part in the
history of Roman greatness. Just south of the ‘Alps, in
the plain of the Po, were a number of important cities.
Mediolanum (medioplinum, middle of the plain) is today
Milan; Placentia (placed, the pleasing city) is Piacenza.
Cremona, an important city in antiquity, was in the late
Middle Ages the home of renowned violin makers. The city
of Mantua has become immortal because the great Latin
poet Vergil was born there. On the banks of the Arnus river
stood Pisa, famous today because of its Leaning Tower,
and Florentia (fl6reé, the flourishing city), which today is
eternally lovely Florence. South of the Liris river was sit-
uated Capua, long the second city of Italy. This city Han-
nibal, the great Carthaginian general, used as his base dur-
ing the great death struggle between Rome and Carthage.
Near Capua lay Naples, an early settlement of the Etrus-
cans in Magna Graecia. Today steamers from Italy to
America make Naples their last stopping place on the
way to the New World. Behind Naples stood Vesuvius,
*Cf. page 61.
g2
THE ADJECTIVE
a mountain which, as a volcano, overwhelmed the fair cities
of Pompéii and Herculaneum, the fashionable pleasure
resorts of the Romans, in 79 A.D. In Magna Graecia
were Tarentum (Taranto, a great modern Italian naval
base), and Brundisium (Brindisi to-day), the port from
which all steamships leave Italy for Greece and Egypt.
X. THE ADJECTIVE. COMPARISON
206. THE VALUE OF COMPARISON.—Whatever we meet
that is mew or strange we try to understand by comparing
with something we already know or with which we are famil-
iar. For instance, we realize how sweet some new thing is,
(1) by comparing it with the sweet thing that we eat con-
stantly (sugar), or, (2) by recalling all the sweet things we
have ever eaten and comparing the new thing with them.
So, for the sake of giving the proper value to new things, we
need degrees of comparison in Latin as well as in English.
The Latins used the following forms to express these com-
parative values.
207.
POSITIVE DEGREE COMPARATIVE DEGREE SUPERLATIVE DEGREE
latus, wide, latior, latius, wider, latissimus, -a, -um,
widest.
félix, happy, félicior, félicius, félicissimus, -a, -um,
happier, happiest.
recéns, Jate, recent, recentior, recentius, recentissimus, -a,
later or more recent, -um, latest or most
recent.
fortis, brave, fortior, fortius, fortissimus, -a, -um,
braver, bravest.
acer, sharp, acrior, Acrius, acerrimus, -a, -um,
shar per, shar pest.
93
APPLIED LATIN
208. Remember: (1) That the comparative degree must be
used when a comparison is to be made between two things;
(2) that the superlative must be used when three or more
things are to be compared. Incorrect use of the degrees of
comparison is a very common error among students of
English.
209. Like latus compare
altus, clarus, amplus, firmus.
Like félix compare
‘audax, atrdx, vélox.
Like recéns compare
diligéns, frequéns, ingéns, sapiéns.
Like fortis compare
nobilis, levis, tristis, fertilis.
Like acer compare
celeber.
Give the English comparison of each of the above words.
210. The degrees of comparison are also declined. The
positive (latus) you have already learned: the superlative is
also declined like the adjective latus; the declension of the
comparative you will learn in the next paragraph.
The rule regarding the agreement of an adjective with its
noun applies to the comparative and superlative degrees
as well as to the positive.
Quiz.—What is the importance of degrees of comparison?
94
THE ADJECTIVE
211. Fortior, fortius, braver
SINGULAR
M. F. N.
Nom. fortior, fortius, braver fortius
Gen. _ fortidris fortidris
Dat. — fortiori fortidri
Acc. fortidrem fortius
Voc. fortior fortius
Abl. fortidre (i) fortiGre (i)
PLURAL
Nom. fortidrés fortidra
Gen. fortidrum fortidrum
Dat. fortidribus fortidribus
Acc. fortidrés (is) fortiora
Voc. fortidrés fortidra
Abl. fortidribus fortidribus
212. Like fortior decline:
audacior, facilior, acrior, brevior, recentior, clarior.
213. Decline in full: Initium audacius, fabula brevior,
opus facilius, tempus recentius, hom6 ndbilior.
214. Translate: 1. Fortissimds hostés in proelid superabi-
mus. 2. Régnaamplidra réxeras. 3. Inter hominés honGrés
insignidrés habébunt. 4. Praesidium firmissimum in urbe
mansit. 5. Altissimds montés riri amamus. 6. Imaginem
claridrem sdlis in aqua vidés. 7. Viri fortés animalia ledni-
bus* fer6cidra in silvis petivérunt. 8. Deus ndmen omni-
bus néminibus™ altius habet. 9. Aquam bon6 vind* clar-
idrem miscémus.
* Notice the ablative cases used in the last three sen-
tences. They indicate a comparison.
215. RuLe.—Ablative of Comparison.—The ablative case
with a comparative denotes comparison.
95
APPLIED LATIN
216. Translate: 1. We have horses fleeter than the winds.
2. They saw towers higher than hills. 3. Caesar held prov-
inces more extensive than a kingdom. 4. They were adorn-
ing a building more ancient than the temple of the god.
Quiz.—How is a comparison often expressed in Latin?
Learn these irregular comparisons:
217. bonus, good, melior, befter, optimus, best.
malus, bad, péior, worse, pessimus, worst.
magnus, great, maior, greater, maximus, greatest.
parvus, small, minor, smaller, minimus, smallest.
multus, much, plis, more, plirimus, most.
Notice that in English some of these adjectives are also
compared irregularly. Learn their comparisons in English.
218. The adjective facilis, easy, is compared irregularly
as follows:
facilis, facilior, facillimus.
Like facilis compare difficilis, difficult; similis, similar;
dissimilis, dissimilar; gracilis, slender; and humilis, lowly.
219. Plis is defective in declension.
SINGULAR PLURAL
M. F. N. M. F. N.
Nom. —— plis plirés plira
Gen pliris plirium plirium
Dat. —— pliribus pliribus
Ac. — plis plirés (-is) plira
Veco. ——
All. —— plire pliribus pliribus
220. In English there are several ways of wording com-
parisons. You may say—
wide, wider, widest.
or wide, rather wide, very wide.
or wide, comparatively wide, | extremely wide.
96
THE VERB
221. Decline in full: Causa optima, aedificlum miaius,
vinum pessimum, turba maxima, flimen minus.
222. Translate: 1. Pueri boni amicds optimdés habent.
2. Opera facillima petis. 3. Gracillima gramina ventus gra-
vior pressit. 4. Turba maxima in templ6 sedébat. 5. Péidra
vina misérunt. 6. Plirimivirifamam amant. 7. Plirimae
féminae pacem petébant. 8. Dona minora amédrem mat-
orem portant. g. Fratrés dissimillimds in via vidimus.
223. Translate: 1. Rather small women, better wine, a
great reward. 2. A very lowly art, greater glory, in the
smallest danger. 3. The worst calamity, for an extremely
bad boy, more men, of the best citizens, more citizens.
XI. THE VERB. THIRD CONJUGATION IN -/O
224.
capid, capere, cépi, captus, to take.
cupid, cupere cupivi, cupitus, o desire.
facid, facere féci, factus, to make or do.
fugio, fugere figi, fugitum, o flee.
— jacid, iacere, iéci, iactus, to throw.
rapid, rapere, rapui, raptus, to snatch.
specid, specere, - spexi, spectus, fo spy.
quatio, quatere, quassi, quassus, {o shake.
225. That these verbs belong to the third conjugation is
shown by the ending of the infinitive. You will find that
verbs of the fourth conjugation also end in -i6, but you must
not confuse these verbs with them. The -i6 ending of the
first principal part may trouble you, but the ending of the
infinitive in -ere should make a mistake impossible, for the
fourth conjugation infinitive ends in -ire.
7 97
APPLIED LATIN
226. Learn the following tenses:
CAPIO.—Active Voice—Indicative Mood
SINGULAR Present Tense PLURAL
1. capié, J take I. capimus, we take
2. capis, you take 2. capitis, you take
3. capit, he (she, it) takes 3. capiunt, they take
Imperfect Tense
I. capiébam, J was taking I. caplébamus, we were taking
2. caplébas, you were taking 2. caplébatis, you were taking
3. capiébat, he (she, it) was taking 3. capiébant, they were taking
Future Tense
1. capiam, J shall take I. capiémus, we shall take
2. capiés, you will take 2. capiétis, you will take
3. capiet, he (she, it) will take 3. capient, they will take
227. In the last three tenses of the indicative these verbs
follow the conjugation of the verb diicé exactly.
Practise the conjugation of all these tenses, using the
verbs in Paragraph 224.
228. WorD StuDy.—We find in English the following
derivatives from:
capid: capture, capacious, conception, accept, receptacle,
receive, intercept, deceive, except, receipt.
cupid: cupid, cupidity.
facid: fact, facility, factor, factory, perfect, infect, affec-
tion, efface, deface, effect, affect, faculty.
fugid: fugitive, refuge, subterfuge, vermifuge, refugee.
iacid: inject, BSIECL dejection, abject, subject, object,
adjective.
rapid: rapine, rapacious, rapid, rapture, rapier, surrepti-
tious.
quatid: (often -cutid) quake, earthquake, discuss, per-
cussion, concussion.
98
THE VERB
specid: inspect, respect, retrospect, circumspect, des-
picable, suspect.
(Qui1z.—How do the verbs above differ from dic6? How
are they distinguished from verbs of the fourth conjugation?
Can you spell the derivatives above correctly?
229. For practice in the third conjugation -i6 verbs
translate the following forms:
1. Cupis, facid, fugimus, rapit. 2. Ilaciunt, quatitis, capis.
3. Faciébas, iaciébant, rapiébam, fugiébatis. 4. Cupiéba-
mus, capiébant, quatiébat. 5. Capiés, cupiémus, faciam, fu-
gient. 6. Rapiétis, iaciet, quatiam. 7. Quassi, iécistis, rapuit,
fagimus. 8. Fécisti, cupivit, cépérunt. 9. Figeras, rapu-
eram, iéceramus, quasserant. 10. Féceratis, cupiverat,
céperamus. 11. [écerimus, quasser6, rapuerimus.
230. TRANSLATE TRANSLATE
1. Vectigal magnum capi6. 1. We have taken public money.
2. Régnum ducis cupimus. 2. You have desired a_ wider
kingdom.
3. Servi ignem in insula faciunt. 3. He has made a massacre of
the soldiers.
4. Ex periculis belli fugiébas. 4. You had fled from the lion
with greatest danger.
5. Peciniam nintidrum 5. They had snatched a soldier’s
rapiébat. shield.
6. Téla barbara cum ira* 6. You had thrown the booty
iaciébatis. with care into the fire.
7. Terram magnam quatiam. 7. We shall have shaken the
mountains with courage.
8. Captivus plire cum peri- 8. They will have fled from the
culd* fugiet. envoys with disaster.
g. Virl maxim6 cum climdre* 9. Galba will have made a high
opus facient. wall around the town.
10. Vitam longidrem bond animé to. You desire quiet.
cupivisti.
99
Ii.
£2;
re,
14.
15.
16.
1:
18.
APPLIED LATIN
TRANSLATE
Agros fertilés agricolae Ei:
cépimus.
Gladiés terribilés quassérunt. 12.
Sciitum ingéns in mare iéce- 13.
ram.
Civis avem loquacem 14.
rapuerat.
Frigus hiemis figeratis. Ts:
Sédem gratam in gramine 16.
féceris.
Nobilitatem cupiverit. i:
Vestés bonds céperimus. 18.
TRANSLATE
With great boldness I take
the sailor’s oars.
He shakes the ends of the earth.
We were throwing spears from
the mountain into the sea.
They were snatching up the
roses from the grass.
You were fleeing from a sav-
age lion with great fear.
You will make a bridge across
the river.
They will desire very great
fame.
I shall take many allies to the
camp.
* Notice the ablatives introduced by cum in these sen-
tences. ‘They express manner.
231. RuLE.—Ablative of Manner.—T he ablative with cum
is used to denote the manner of an action. When the ablative is
modified by an adjective, the preposition cum may be omitted.
Quiz.—How is the manner of an.action expressed in
Latin? In English?
232
XII. THE NOUN. FOURTH DECLENSION
casus, a chance, falling, m. (case, casual).
corni, a horn, wing (of an army), n. (Capricorn).
exercitus, az army, m. _senatus, the senate, m.
impetus, a charge, attack, m. (impetuous).
passus, @ pace, m. (compass, unsurpassed).
iisus, use, advantage, m. (misuse, abuse, usual).
cursus, @ running, course, m. (incursion, concourse, excursion).
motus, @ motion, m. (motive, locomotive).
conspectus, a view, sight, m. concursus, an attack, collision, m.
occasus, the setting (of the sun), m.
manus, the hand, f. (manual, maneuver, manuscript).
I0oo
THE NOUN:
233. Words of the fourth declension have, with a few
exceptions, the same form in the nominative singular as the
form which you have already learned as the fourth prin-
cipal part of the verb. For example, take the noun métus
from moved, casus as if from cad6é, cursus from currd,
conspectus from specid. The fourth declension, then, en-
abled the Latins to use part of a verb as a noun. It is very
easy in most cases to determine the meaning of fourth de-
clension nouns by recalling the meaning of the verb from
which the noun is derived.
234. Learn this standard fourth declension noun:
Casus, casts, a chance, m.
SINGULAR PLURAL
Nom. casus, achance, m. casts, chances
Gen. casts, of a chance casuum, of chances
Dat. casui, to or for a chance casibus, fo or for chances
Acc. casum, a chance casts, chances
Voc. casus, (O) chance casts, (O) chances
Abl. casi, with, etc., a chance casibus, with, etc., chances
235. Most of the nouns of this declension are masculine in
gender. The only common neuter noun of the fourth de-
clension is corni, a horn.
Corni, cornis, a horn n.
SINGULAR PLURAL
Nom. cornu, a horn, n. cornua, horns
Gen. cornts cornuum
Dat. corna cornibus
Acc. corna cornua
Voc. corni cornua
Abl. corna cornibus
IOI
APPLIED, LATIN
236. Domus, @ house, f.,is a fourth declension noun with
some forms of the second declension. |
SINGULAR PLURAL
Nom. domus, a house, f. domis, houses
Gen. domits (domi) domuum (domérum)
Dat. domui (domé6) domibus
Acc. domum domits (domés)
Voc. domus domis
Abl. dom (domé6) domibus
Loc. domi, at home (compare note, page 67)
Domus (domestic, domicile, domesticate).
237. Write sentences containing the English derivatives
given above.
Quiz.—What do you know about the gender of the fourth
declension? Explain the locative case.
XIII. THE NOUN. FIFTH DECLENSION
238. When the nouns of the Latin language had been
examined and arranged by scholars in four declensions, there
were found to be a few left; very few, indeed, hardly twenty
that had a uniform declension. These were grouped in the
fifth declension.
Learn these nouns:
aciés, an edge, a line of battle, f. fidés, faith, f.
diés, a day, m. perniciés, destruction, ruin, f.
superficiés, a surface, f. speciés, an appearance, show, f.
effigiés, a likeness, image, f. spés, hope, f.
faciés, the face, f. rés, a thing, f.
glaciés, ice, f. planitiés, a plain, f.
seriés, a series, f. rabiés, fury, f.
I02
THE NOUN
239. Learn to decline these two fifth declension nouns:
Diés, diéi, v day, m.
Rés, rei, a thing, f.
SINGULAR SINGULAR
Nom. diés, a day, m. rés
Gen. diéi, of a day rei
Dat. diéi, to or for a duy rei
Acc. diem, a day rem
Voc. diés, (O) day rés
Abl. dié, with, etc., a day ré
PLURAL PLURAL
Nom. diés, days rés, things
Gen. diérum, of days rérum
Dat. diébus, to or for days rébus
Acc. diés, days rés
Voc. diés, (O) days rés
Abl. diébus, with, etc., days rébus
240. Nouns of the fifth declension are feminine in gender.
Diés, m., is an exception. Only the nouns diés and rés of this
declension are declined throughout in both singular and
plural. The others are declined in the singular. Among
these some have also the nominative and the accusative plural.
241. For rapidity translate the following forms, noting
all possible cases:
1. Aciés, casus, superficiéi, rés. 2. Domibus, spem, cor-
nua, manibus. 3. Perniciéi, rébus, caésum, motuum. 4.
Fidem, domi, tisum, ré, senatui. 5. Diébus, casi, rérum,
speciem, exercituum. 6. Glacié, seriem, rabiés.
242. Translate: 1. Servi montés altés diés* multés spec-
tabant.
dixit. 3. Hostés ex locd plirimds passitis cessérunt.
103
2. Multas hGras per silvam dénsam exercitum
APPLIED LATIN
*Notice the underscored accusatives in these sentences.
They express duration of time or extent of space.
243. RULE.—Accusative of Duration of Time and Ex-
tent of Space.—Duration of time and extent of space are ex-
pressed by the accusative without a preposition.
244. Translate: 1. The hours of the day. 2. Many
strange things. 3. Beyond hope. 4. Days of anger. 5. To
the faith of Caesar. 6. Because of great things. 7. The
image of a man. 8. The wing of an army.
Quiz.—How extensive is the fifth declension? Are all
fifth declension words completely declined? How are
duration of time and extent of space expressed?
Tue City oF Rome*
The first settlement at Rome was on that one of the seven
hills called the Palatine (Mons Palatinus). Around this
hill a strong wall was constructed, and inside this wall were
the barracks of the soldiers. This hill was completely
covered in later times by the houses (palatia, palaces) of
the Emperors. Near the river was another hill called the
Capitoline (Mons Capitélinus), on which stood the temple
erected to the three great gods of the Latins: Jupiter, Juno,
and Minerva. This hill had two peaks, and upon the second
peak was built a citadel called the Arx. As a center of civic
life, the Capitoline hill has given us the words capitol and
capital, which we now use in connection with our state
houses and centers of state government.
* Ch p. 76.
104
THE VERB
Between the Palatine and the Capitoline was the meeting-
place of the Romans, called the Forum, a place which has
been justly famous throughout all succeeding centuries.
Nearer the river was the Forum Boarium, to which the
Romans brought produce for exchange. Here was the
great commercial center of early Rome. Beyond the Capit-
oline lay in order the Quirinal, Viminal, Esquiline, Caelian,
and Aventine hills, which were afterward enclosed within
the walls of Rome. The Circus Maximus, or chief circus, lay
between the Aventine and the Palatine. In this circus took
place horse races, gladiatorial shows, and festal games. At
the bend in the Tiber, north of the city, was the Campus Mar-
tius, or field devoted to the god of war, Mars. In this field
the Roman armies were trained for war and their magistrates
were elected. The Janiculan hill was just across the river.
XIV. THE VERB. FOURTH CONJUGATION
245.
audio, J hear; audire, to hear.
finid, J finish; finire, ¢o finish.
haurié, J draw off; I drain; haurire, fo draw off; drain.
impedio, J hinder; — impedire, to hinder.
muni6, J fortify; munire, fo fortify.
sentid, J perceive; sentire, fo perceive (by the senses).
scid, I know; scire, fo know.
servid, J serve; servire, fo serve (followed by dat-
ive case).
venio, J come; venire, to come.
vincid, J bind; vincire, to bind.
246. Verbs of the fourth conjugation do not differ greatly
from third conjugation verbs, especially capid, rapid. The
105
APPLIED LATIN
vowel i, however, constantly appears in the forms. Verbs of
this conjugation may be recognized by the ending of the
infinitive -ire, in which the vowel i is always long.
247. WorD Stupy.—Though the number of verbs in this
group is small in comparison with the great number found
in the other conjugations, they furnish important root
verbs for the English language.
Audio is the base of audit, auditor, audience, audible,
obedience.
Fini6 gives us finish, finite, infinite, infinitive.
Hauri6 appears in exhaust, inexhaustible, exhaustion.
Impedié is found in impede, impediment. |
Minio gives munition, ammunition.
Sentid is found in sense, sensation, sentiment, sensual,
sensible, sentence, presentiment, resent, assent, consent,
scent, sentinel, nonsense.
Scid appears in science, scientific, conscience, prescience.
Servié is the base of serve, servitude, subservient.
Veni6 is particularly common: advent, adventure, vent,
prevent, intervene, invent, event, eventual.
Write out some English sentences containing these de-
rivatives.
Quiz.—How are verbs of the fourth conjugation recog-
nized?
248. AUDIO.—Active Voice—Indicative Mood
SINGULAR Present Tense PLURAL
1. audié, I hear 1. audimus, we hear
2. audis, vou hear 2. auditis, you hear
3. audit, he (she, it) hears 3. audiunt, they hear
106
1
2.
3.
I.
2;
3:
THE VERB
SINGULAR Imperfect Tense PLURAL
audiébam, J was hearing 1. audiébamus, we were hearing
audiébas, you were hearing 2. audiébatis, you were hearing
audiébat, he (she, it) was hearing 3. audiébant, they were hearing
Future Tense
audiam, J shall hear 1. audiémus, we shall hear
audiés, you will hear 2. audiétis, you will hear
audiet, he (she, it) will hear 3. audient, they will hear
Practise these tenses, using the verbs already given.
249. Translate these verb forms: :
1. Audio, finit, hauritis, impedis.
Minit, sentiunt, scis, serviunt, venitis.
Miniébat, sentiébam, sciébamus, serviébas.
Veniébant, vinciébas, audiébatis.
Finiébant, hauriébatis, impediébat.
Finient, sentiam, hauriémus, sciés.
Impediétis, serviémus, minient.
FI Or ON eS
Vincient, veniam, audiet.
250. Learn these fourth conjugation verbs:
dormié, J sleep; dormire, /o sleep.
punid, J punish; pinire, fo punish.
sancid, I ordain or establish; sancire, to ordain or establish.
sepelid, J bury; sepelire, to bury.
251. WorD STUDY:
Dormié appears in the words: dormant, dormitory.
Puni6d gives us: punish, punitive, impunity.
Sanci6 is the base of saint, sanctum, sanctify, sanctuary.
Sepelid provides the words: sepulchre, sepulture.
252. EXAMPLES OF THE USE OF THESE DERIVATIVES.—1.
The auditor examined the accounts of the bank. 2. Fire
107
APPLIED LATIN
broke out in the dormitory. 3. Francis of Assisi was a saint
of the Catholic Church. 4. Caesar led the army on a puni-
tive expedition. 5. Do not enter the Sénctum Sanctorum.
Write other similar sentences. Ask your teacher for other
derivatives.
253. Learn the principal parts of the following verbs:
audio, audire, audivi, auditus.
finid, finire, finivi, finitus.
hauriG, haurire, hausi, haustus.
impedi6, impedire, impedivi, impeditus.
minio, minire, miunivi (-ii), miinitus.
sentido, sentire, | sénsl, sénsus.
scid, scire, SCcivi, scitus.
servid, servire, servii (-ivi), servitum.
veniG, venire, véni, ventum.
vincid, vincire, vinx, vinctus.
dormi6, dormire, dormivi, dormitum.
pinio, piunire, piinivi (-ii), pinitus.
sancid, sancire, sanxl, sanctus.
sepelid, _sepelire, sepelivi (-ii), sepultus.
254. TRANSLATE TRANSLATE
1. Avem inter ntbés audio. 1. We shall hear of the terrible
dangers.
2. Labdrem diéi cum spé finis. 2. You were ending a night-
watch in the tower.
3. Fémina aquam ex fonte haurit. 3. He will drain the water from
the ditch.
4. Socids légibus malis impedi- 4. We fortify the town with a
mus. wall.
5. Oppidum valld minitis. 5. You were hindering the ardor
. of the soldiers.
6. Avés odérem silvae sentiunt. 6. The senate will perceive the
courage of the citizens.
7. Aetatem equi sciébam. 7. We know the face of the
| maiden.
8. Imperat6ri gratd serviébas. 8. You serve the senate.
108
THE VERB
TRANSLATE TRANSLATE
g. Exercitus ad castra veniébat. 9. They will come to the gate
with hope.
10. Vinum antiquum hauriébamus. 10. They will draw off the new
wine.
11. Vallum méagno labore fini- 11. I was ending the liberty of
ébatis. the captives.
12. Civés rem 4 captivis audi- 12. You will hear of the necessi-
ébant. ties of the state.
13. Manis pessim6rum servGrum —_ 13. _ [ bind the handsof the treach-
vinciam. erous slave.
14. In agro inter collés dormiés. 14. You were sleeping on a low
couch. ;
15. Dux sapiéns filids piiniet. 15. He will establish the law.
16. Pacem sine bell6 sanciémus. 16. The consul will punish the
crowd.
17. Equum in fossa alta sepeliétis. 17. You were burying the body.
18. Silvae dénsae agmen 18. They hinder the charge of
impedient. the soldiers.
255. AUDIO.—Active Voice—Indicative Mood
SINGULAR Perfect Tense PLURAL
1. audivi, J have heard 1. audivimus, we have heard
2. audivisti, you have heard 2. audivistis, you have heard
3. audivit, he (she, it) has heard 3. audivérunt, they have heard
Pluperfect Tense
. audiveram, J had heard 1. audiveramus, we have heard
2. audiveras, you had heard 2. audiveratis, you had heard
3. audiverat, he (she, it) had heard 3. audiverant, they had heard
Future Perfect Tense
1. audiveré, I shall have heard 1. audiverimus, we shall have
heard
2. audiveris, you will have heard 2. audiveritis, you will have heard
3. audiverit, he (she, it) will have 3. audiverint, they will have heard
heard
Practise the conjugation of these tenses, using the verbs
already given.
256. Translate these forms: 1. Minivit, impedivistis, hausi.
109
2. Finivisti, audivérunt, sénsimus.
APPLIED LATIN
3. Scivisti, serviérunt, |
vénistis. 4. Vinximus, dormiverat, piniveram. 5. Sanxer-
amus, sepeliveras, impediverant.
sénserant.
7. Miniverat,
impediveratis,
6. Servierds, sciveratis,
hauserint. 8.
Finiver6, audiverimus, véneris. g. Vinxeritis, dormiverimus,
puniverit. 10. Sanxerint, sepeliveris, impedivero.
i.
257.
. Nuibés limen solis
TRANSLATE
Perniciem aciéi impedivi.
. Lednem ferdcem sepelivisti.
. Caesar omnés légés bonds sanxit.
. Hominés malés piinivimus.
. In templdé dormivistis.
. Nintium fallacem vinxérunt.
. In aedificium cum filiis amici
véneram.
. Civibus nobilibus serviveras.
. Caesar omnés milités sciverat.
. Colérem vestium sénserimus.
. Urbem fossa altissima miuni-
veritis.
impedi-
verant.
. Fontés aquae malae hauserd6.
. Imperium ducis finiveris.
. Vdcem Caesaris in senati
audiverit.
IIo
3.
‘TRANSLATE
. We shall have heard the
name of the state.
. You had drained the deep
ditch.
Caesar will have fortified
the houses.
. We had hindered the way-
farer’s steps.
..They will have perceived
the odor of wine.
. You had known the affairs
of the senate.
. We have served the people.
. The end of the day will
have come.
. The enemy had drained the
rivers around the camp.
. I have ended the hope of
flight.
. You will have heard the
winds in the hills.
. I have bound the brothers -
with care.
. You had slept among the
mountain crags.
. The commander will have
ratified peace.
. We had punished the treach- -
erous envoys.
THE SENTENCE. INTERROGATIVE
TRANSLATE TRANSLATE
16. Exsulés ptniverimus. 16. You have buried the body
of Caesar.
17. Frigus flimina hieme vinxerit. 17. The mountains have _ hin-
dered the swift motion of
the winds.
18. In valle inter montés dorm- 18. He had heard the false re-
Iveritis. port.
XV. THE SENTENCE. INTERROGATIVE
258. Up to the present time we have dealt only with the
declarative sentence, the form which is used when we wish
to make a statement of fact. We now come to the inter-
rogative sentence, which is employed when we wish to ask a
question. In English this kind of sentence is shown com-
monly by the addition of a mark of punctuation called the
question mark at the end. Now, in the time of Shakespeare
it was not an uncommon practice to place this mark of punc-
tuation just above the first word of a question, so that the
reader might not have to wait till the end of the sentence,
as we do now, to find out whether or not the sentence was a
question. Among the Romans there was a similar practice.
One of three little words, -ne, ndnne, num, was usually
placed at the beginning of an interrogative sentence.
These little words told the reader or listener not only that
the sentence was a question, but also indicated what kind of
an answer was ex pected.
259. The little word -ne attached to the first word of a
sentence showed that the sentence was interrogative, and
that the answer expected might be either affirmative or nega-
TItl
APPLIED LATIN
tive. Habésne rosam? Have you a rose? Yes or no (Habed
or nén habed).
The word nonne at the beginning of a sentence indicated
a question requiring an affirmative answer. Nonne rosam
habes? You have a rose, haven’t you? Yes (Habed).
The word num at the beginning indicated a question re-
quiring a negative answer. Num rosam habés? You
haven’t a rose, have you? No (Non habed).
260. In Latin, the difference between declarative and in-
terrogative sentences is commonly shown by the addition of
these little words, but there are also other words; as, ubi,
where, and unde, whence, which may introduce questions.
Such introductory words are common. They are either
pronouns or adverbs. We shall meet them later, but for the
present remember that every interrogative sentence must be
introduced by some interrogative word.
261. Translate: 1. NOnne exercitus impetum fécit? 2.
Num flammae equos terrent? 3. Ubi servi viam parave-
runt? 4. Régésne gentés hominum regent?
1. Have you seen the captive? 2. Whence came the sound
of voices? 3. Youdon’t love money, do you? 4. Where do
the boys sleep? 5. We have served the state, haven’t we?
Quiz.—How are interrogative sentences distinguished in
Latin?
XVI. THE VERB SUM, TO BE
262. This verb, although very important, we have left till
now because it is irregular in conjugation, and does not fol-
low the forms of any of the four regular conjugations.
‘ TE2
$
THE VERB
Principal Parts: Sum, J am; esse, to be; fui, I was or I have been, —.
SUM.—Active Voice—Indicative Mood
SINGULAR Present Tense PLURAL
1. sum, J am I. sumus, we are
2. eS, you are 2. estis, you are
. est, he (she, it) is 3. sunt, they are
Imperfect Tense
1. eram, J was I. eramus, we were
. eras, you were 2. eratis, you were
3. erat, he (she, it) was 3. erant, they were
Future Tense
. erd, I shall be I. erimus, we shall be
2. eris, you will be 2. eritis, you will be
. erit, he (she, it) will be 3. erunt, they will be
Perfect Tense
1. fui, J have been 1. fuimus, we have been
2. fuisti, you have been 2. fuistis, you have been
. fuit, he (she, it) has been 3. fuérunt, they have been
Pluperfect Tense
1. fueram, J had been 1. fueramus, we had been
. fueras, you had been 2. fueratis, you had been
. fuerat, he (she, it) had been 3. fuerant, they had been
Future Perfect Tense
. fuerd, J shall have been 1. fuerimus, we shall have been
. fueris, you will have been 2. fueritis, you will have been
3. fuerit, he (she, it) will have been 3. fuerint, they will have been
263. Learn the tenses of the verb given above, and for .
practice translate the following forms of the verb sum:
1. Es, eratis, fuisti, sumus, erant, fueris.
2. Fuerimus, est, eram, er6, fuérunt, erimus.
3. Fuimus, erat, erunt, fueram, eris, eramus.
264. Examine these sentences:
1. Caesar fuit hom6, Caesar was a man.
The noun homé, though it is connected in sense with the
noun Caesar, is a part of the predicate. It is called a pred-
icate noun.
8 TT?
APPLIED LATIN
2. Flumen erat latum, 7’he river was wide.
The adjective latum, though it modifies the noun flimen,
is a part of the predicate. It is called a predicate adjective.
Predicate nouns and predicate adjectives are to be trans-
lated after their verb.
265. RULE.—Agreement in the Predicate. <A predicate
noun agrees in case with the noun it modifies; a predicate
adjective agrees in gender, number, and case.
Make up some Latin sentences using the verb sum.
XVII. THE ADVERB
266. The name of this new part of speech reveals to us zts
most important and most frequent use. The adverb belongs in
a sentence, ad in connection with verb, the verb. To a slight
extent the use of the adverb is extended beyond its use with
the verb. Sometimes an adverb modifies an adjective or
another adverb.
267. Most adverbs (1) are derived from adjectives and
(2) present degrees of comparison as follows:
(Apj.) ADVERB COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE
(clarus), claré, clarius, more clearly, clarissimé, most
clearly, clearly.
(fortis), fortiter, fortius, more bravely, fortissimé, most
bravely, bravely.
(recéns), recenter, recentius, more recentissimé, most
recently, recently, recently.
(félix), féliciter, félicius, more félicissimé, most
happily, happily, happily.
(acer), Acriter, acrius, more sharply, acerrimé, most
sharply, shar ply.
These adverbs furnish standard examples of the degrees
of comparison of first, second, and third declension ad-
114
THE ADVERB
verbs. Most first and second declension adverbs follow the
comparison of claré; most third declension adverbs are like
fortiter.
268. Some adverbs are compared irregularly:
bene (bonus), well, melius, better, optimé, best.
male (malus), iil, péius, worse, pessimé, worst.
magnopere, greatly, magis, more, maximé, most.
multum (multus), much, plus, more, plirimum, most.
parum, /i/ile, minus, /ess, minimé, /east.
saepe, ofteit, saepius, oftencr, saepissimé, oftenest.
269. Some very common adverbs are not derived from
adjectives, but are actually cases of nouns or adjectives that
are used as adverbs.
a. Some adverbs end in -6 (originally an ablative case):
subit6, suddenly; necessarid, necessarily; perpetud, cease-
lessly; prim6, at first.
b. Some adverbs end in -tim or -im (originally an ac-
cusative case): gradatim, slep by step, verbatim, word by
word, nominatim, name by name, statim, immediately.
270. ‘The following adverbs express the idea of place: ubi,
where; ibi, there; inde, thence; unde, whence; hic, here;
hic, /ither; hinc, hence.
271. The following adverbs indicate time: nunc, now;
tunc, ‘hen; iam, already; niper, recently; primum, first;
deinde, next; dénique, finally; numquam, never; semper,
always; saepe, often; antea, before; posted, afterward.
272. The adverbs tam, ita, sic, mean so; praeterea, be-
sides; propteread, on that account. The negative adverb is
non, vol.
II5
APPLIED LATIN
273. Translate the following: 1. Dux milités in pignam
saepe ducit. 2. Recenter vénérunt. 3. Impetum subité
fécérunt. 4. Légati hominés nominatim vocavérunt. 5. Inde
lednem spectat. 6. Ubi fontés sunt? 7. Nunc claré vidé-
mus. 8. Primum vénit, deinde aciem spectavit, dénique
acriter clamavit. 9. Famam numquam habébis. 1o. Nonne
fortissimi semper sumus? 11. Tunc in agro eratis. 12. Ibi
captivos tenent. 13. Poéta fata verbatim narrabat.
Qui1z.—How are adverbs formed and used?
Pick out ten adverbs in your English reader.
XVIII. THE SENTENCE. COMPOUND
The Conjunction
274. Our sentences so far have been very short and have
expressed simple ideas only. Short sentences are commonly
used by young children or those older persons whose educa-
tion has been neglected. After the short sentences of child-
hood we come to the longer sentences of youth. These
longer sentences are, first, compound, and later, complex.
275. Compound sentences are composed of two or more
short sentences of equal importance, connected by a new
part of speech called the Conjunction.
EXAMPLE.—Cesar gave the command and the soldiers obeyed.
276. Some conjunctions merely connect two sentences
(and); others connect, but at the same time show a con-
trast between the two sentences (but); others are used at
the beginning of a sentence to connect it with the sentence
which has just preceded.
116
COMPOUND SENTENCES
277. The following Latin conjunctions merely connect: et,
-que, atque, and. Color et odor; color odérque.
278. These conjunctions connect and also show a contrast:
sed, but; tamen, nevertheless; autem, however.
279. These conjunctions connect a new sentence with one
which has just preceded: nam, for; itaque, and so; igitur,
accordingly; enim, for; etenim, for.
280. These conjunctions often occur in pairs:
ét...<.et, both... and:
aut... .aut, either... .or.
vel... .vel, either... .or.
neque (nec)... .neque, (nec) neither... .nor.
Conjunctions which are used in pairs are called correla-
tive conjunctions.
281. It is important to remember that the conjunctions
autem, enim, and igitur are regularly placed second, never
first, in their sentences. The conjunction -que is always
added to the word which it ought to precede. It is called
an enclitic because it is always attached to another word.
The accent of a word to which an enclitic is attached is
on the syllable just before the enclitic, hominés’que.
282. The most common English conjunctions are and, but,
because, neither, nor, either, or, for, if, than, that.
283. Translate: 1. Hondrem glériamque petimus. 2. Et
patrem et matrem amabant filii. 3. Virum facilé cépérunt
sed fémina figit. 4. Avis frimentum rapuit, et in ripe
sédit. 5. Neque aestatem neque limen sdlis timémus. 6.
Etenim domum in insula habémus.
II7
APPLIED LATIN
284. Translate: 1. Where are the hills and valleys? 2.
And so the general led the army into camp. 3. We saw
neither houses nor low buildings. 4. For (cf. 282) the town
was on fire. 5. Nevertheless the slaves warded off the flames,
and overcame the fire. 6. Both women and men sought
flight. 7. However the danger drove them from the road.
Quiz.—Explain the words conjunction, enclitic, cor-
relative.
XIX. THE PRONOUN
285. If it were always necessary to repeat the noun-sub-
ject of a sentence, and there were no words which could re-
place the subject, we would talk something in the following
way: “John says that John saw John’s wife at John’s store
and that John’s wife said to John that John’s wife was on the
way home.”’ Happily there are words which we may use to
replace the noun. ‘These words are called pronouns, and
the word pro (for) noun (a noun) reveals the use of this
new part of speech.
286. In English and in Latin there are personal, demonstra-
tive, reflexive, interrogative, relative, and indefinite pronouns.
287. Personal pronouns replace nouns which are the
names of persons. They are usually employed when it is
desirable to emphasize the subject of a verb which is used in
the first or second persons, singular or plural. As you have
learned, the personal subjects of the verbs, unless especially
important or emphatic, are not expressed in Latin, but are
included in the verb form.
118
THE PRONOUN
288. ‘The personal pronoun of the firs/ person:
SINGULAR PLURAL
Nom. ego, I nos, we
Gen. mei, of me nostrum,(i), of us
Dat. mihi, to or for me nobis, fo or for us
Acc. mé, me nos, us
Voc. —— ,_—
Abl. mé, with, etc., me nobis, with, etc., us
289. The personal pronoun of the second person:
SINGULAR PLURAL
Nom. tia, you vos, you
Gen. tui, of you vestrum (i), of you
Dat. _ tibi, to or for you vobis, fo or for you
Acc. té, you vos, you
Voc. — ;
Abl. — té, with, etc., you vobis, with, etc., you
Learn these pronouns.
290. Translate: 1. Ego filiam régis am6. 2. Té in aedi-
ficilum portamus. 3. Nos fortissimi militum sumus. 4. Vos
equum in via vidistis. 5. Nds loquacés sumus sed numquam
mali. 6. Nos ad mare vénimus et rosés in aquam claram
lécimus. 7 VOs cum poéta* vénistis. 8. Cum virginibus
puerisque* templum spectavi. 9. Légatum técum* misi. ro.
Vobiscum in exerciti serviébamus. 11. Multa animalia
nobiscum in agro dormiunt. 12. Réx té é régn6 pellet.
*Note the use of the ablative with cum in these sentences.
They express accompaniment.
291. RuLE.—Ablative of Accompaniment.—7 he ablative
with cum expresses accompaniment.
292. The preposition cum is regularly attached (enclitic)
to the ablative cases of these two personal pronouns (técum).
119
APPLIED LATIN
293. Translate: 1.’The consul looked at the races with the
citizens. 2. Did the sad woman come with you? 3. The gen-
_ eral with leaders and envoys ran to the camp. 4. We came
with you. 5. They spoke to us about the soul.
Quiz.—What kinds of pronouns are there in Latin? in
English? How is accompaniment expressed in Latin?
THE STORY OF EARLY ROME
At the beginning, Rome was merely an outpost of the
Latin Confederacy against the Etruscans. Many soldiers
lived there. When the fortress became thoroughly estab-
lished and there was a lull in the fighting, the peaceful occu-
pations of herding and agriculture began to appear. The
farmers and herdsmen went out each morning to their work,
and returned each evening to the protection of the walls of
the Palatine. Popular tales of the Romans told an inter-
esting story of the way early Rome was filled with people.
It seems that the Romans held some great festival to which
all the maidens of the neighboring tribes were invited.
When the games were going on, and all the maidens were
intently watching, each Roman, at a given signal, seized
one for himself and kept her for his wife. Thus, they said,
domestic life began at Rome.
After Rome had become important as a large village, the
men of surrounding tribes made their homes there and in-
creased the population. Eventually Rome fell into the
power of the Etruscans, who set up a kingdom there.
When the new government was established, the leading
120
THE VERB
men of the Roman families were called together as an ad-.
visory council for the kings, and formed the Senate. De-
scendants of these senators made up the first group of citi-
zens at Rome called the Patrician Order. Men of other
tribes who had come to Rome made up the Plebeian Order,
or the common people of Rome. The Etruscan kings were
finally banished, and a Republican government under two
Consuls was set up. This government was at first entirely
controlled by the Patricians, the Plebeians having no voice
in public affairs. The later history of Rome is mainly the
story of the struggle of the Plebeians for a voice in the gov-
ernment.
XX. THE VERB. FIRST CONJUGATION
294.
arm6, armare, armavi, armatus, fo equip with weapons, arm.
creé, creare, creavi, creatus, fo create, elect.
dé, dare, dedi, datus, fo give, grant.
err6, errare, erravi, erratum, fo go astray, make a mistake.
firm6, firmare, firmavi, firmatus, /o make firm, strengthen.
memor6, memorare, memoravi, memoratus, ‘fo mention, relate.
émigré, émigrare, émigravi, émigratum, fo move away.
monstr6, moénstrare, ménstravi, ménstratus, fo show, point out.
mut6, mutare, mitavi, mutatus, fo change, alter.
std, stare, steti, statum, fo stand, stand firm.
Learn these first conjugation verbs.
295. Worp Stupy.—Can you tell the Latin base and the
English meanings of the following words? Add, army,
monster, commute, station, destiny, statute, constitution,
armory, donor, solstice, demonstrate, dative, erratic, ar-
E20
APPLIED LATIN
mada, memorandum, confirm, editor, stagnant, armistice,
firmament, memorial, monstrous, statue, render, errant,
stall, infirmary, remonstrate, surrender, disarm, standard,
armament, unerring, commuter, donation, firm, memoir,
date, immutable, erratum, memory, monstrosity, addition,
erroneous, obstacle, institute, data, error, affirm, infirmity,
memorable, mutual, erring, destitute, stable, superstition,
distance, assist, staid, stability, establish, restive, constant,
stage, standstill.
Discuss these derivatives in class. Learn to spell them
correctly. Use them in sentences.
296. LAUDO.—Passive Voice—Indicative Mood
SINGULAR Present Tense PLURAL
1. laudor, J am praised 1. laudamur, we are praised
2. laudaris, you are praised 2. laudamini, you are praised
3. laudatur, he (she, it) is praised 3. laudantur, they are praised
Imperfect Tense
1. laudabar, J was praised 1. laudabamur, we were praised
2. laudabaris, you were praised 2. laudaébamini, you. were
praised
3. laudabatur, he (she, it) was 3. laudabantur, they were
praised praised
Future Tense
1. laudabor, J shall be praised 1. laudabimur, we shall be
praised
2. laudaberis, you will be praised 2. laudabimini, you will be
. praised
3. laudabitur, he (she, it) will be 3. laudabuntur, they will be
praised praised
297. The Passive Voice. You have already learned that
the passive voice is used when the subject of the sentence is
122,
THE VERB
represented, not as acting upon some object, but as being acted
upon.
298. Examp.Les.—He strikes John (verb in the active
_ voice). He is struck by John (verb in the passive voice).
From the second of these sentences note that it is impossible
to have a direct object after a passive verb.
299. EXAMPLES.—He strikes John. Johnis struck by him.
From the second of these sentences note that the direct ob-
ject of a verb in the active voice becomes the subject of the verb
when the verb is changed from the active to the passive voice.
300. Translate for practice: 1. Amor, liberatur, 6rmamini.
2. Laudatur, vocantur, superamur, pararis. 3. Portantur,
spectamini, narrantur. 4. Parabatur, laudabatur, porta-
bamur. 5. Narrabatur, vocabantur, amabaris, spectaba-
mini. 6. Ornabantur, liberabamini, superabantur. 7. Por-
tabuntur, vocabor, superabimur. 8. Paraberis, spectabi-
mini. g. Amabimur, liberabuntur. 10. Narrabitur, cla-
mabitur, 6rnaberis.
301. Translate: 1. Neque télis neque gladiis armor. 2.
Ta réx Brittandrum é multitidine militum crearis. 3. Pro-
vinciae navibus praesidiisque maximis firmabantur sed
hostés impetitis terribilés saepe fécérunt. 4. Post pericula
et labores vitae ndmina virdrum illistrium memorantur.
5. Vos inter optim6s civés ménstrabimini.
302. Translate: 1. I shall be decorated with a crown. 2.
We shall be overcome by the cold. 3. The slaves will be
carried from the island. 4. Nevertheless they always desire
freedom. 5. At first the commander looked at the army. 6.
123
APPLIED LATIN
Then he changed the line of battle. 7. We have seen the
sunset.
Quiz.—When is the passive voice used? Can a passive
verb have a direct object?
XXI. THE PRONOUN. PERSONAL
303. The personal pronoun of the ¢iird person:
Is, Ea, Id, He, She, It, This, That
SINGULAR
M. F. N
Nem. is ea id
Gen. _eius eius eius
Dat. ei ea ei
Acc. eum eam id
Voc.
Abl. eb ea ed
PLURAL
Nom. @4i, ii eae ea
Gen. edrum earum eérum
Dat. eis, iis eis, iis eis, iis
Acc. eds eas ea
Voc. ——.
Abl. eis, iis eis, iis eis, iis
Meaning of the cases:
SINGULAR PLURAL
Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Acc,
Voc.
Abl.
he, she, it, this, that
of him, her, it, this, that
to or for him, her, it, this,
that
him, her, it, this, that
with, etc., him, her, it, this,
that
124
they, these, those
of them, these, those
to or for them, these, those
them, these, those
with, ctc., them, these, those
THE PRONOUN
304. The pronoun is, when used in agreement with a noun,
becomes a demonstrative adjective; Is hom6, this man; ea
fémina, ‘iis woman, id bellum, this war.
305. Translate: 1. Avés loquacés eis* dabuntur. 2. Ab
cis** hostés superantur. 3. Filiis* poétae novam viam
monstramus. 4. A cdnsulibus** légés malae mitabantur.
5. Ampla pr6vinciae vectigalia imperatori dabantur. 6.
Korum equi in agro sunt. 7. Aedificia magna eis faciémus.
* Many verbs are followed by two objects: the direct (accu-
sative) upon which the verb acts directly, and the indirect
(dative) with which the action of the verb is indirectly con-
cerned. ‘Thus: I give the book (d. 0.) to John (i. 0.). In sen-
tences Nos. 3, 5, 7 are cases of the dative of the indirect object.
306. RULE.—Indirect Object.—The indirect object of a
verb is put in the dative case.
** Note the instances in 2 and 4 of the ablative intro-
duced by ab (4). These ablatives are used with verbs in the
passive voice. They indicate the person by whom the action
is done. Change the verb to the active voice and you will
see that the ablative becomes the subject of the verb.
307. RuLE.—Ablative of Agent.—The personal agent with
a passive verb 1s put in the ablative case introduced by the prep-
osition ab (a).
Translate: 1. I love her son. 2. He is freed by the com-
mander. 3. They are carrying grain tothe town. 4. Their
voices are heavy. 5. We were overcome by them. 6. Are
you looking at them (fem.)? 7. We shall be armed with those
swords. 8. He was appointed consul.
125
APPLIED LATIN
(JuIz.—Give the personal pronouns for all three persons,
singular and plural. How is the indirect object expressed?
The personal agent ?
XXII. THE VERB. FIRST AND SECOND CON-
JUGATIONS
308. LAUDO.—Passive Voice—Indicative Mood
SINGULAR Perfect Tense PLURAL
. laudatus (a, um) sum, J have 1. laudati (ae, a) sumus, we have
been praised been praised
. laudatus (a, um) es, you have 2. laudati (ae, a) estis, you have
been praised been praised
. laudatus (a, um) est, ie (she, it) 3. laudati (ae, a) sunt, they have
has been praised been praised
Pluperfect Tense
. laudatus (a, um) eram, J had 1. laudati (ae, a) eramus, we had
been praised been praised
. laudatus (a, um) eras, you had 2. laudati (ae, a) eratis, you had
been praised been praised
. laudatus (a, um) erat, he (she, it) 3. laudati (ae, a) erant, they had
had been praised . been praised
Future Perfect Tense
. laudatus (a, um) erd, J shall have 1. laudati (ae, a) erimus, we
been praised shall have been praised
. laudatus (a, um) eris, you will 2. laudati (ae, a) eritis, you will
have been praised have been praised
. laudatus (a, um) erit, he (she, it) 3. laudati (ae, a) erunt, they will
will have been praised have been praised
309. These tenses are the easiest of the Latin verb be-
cause they are composed of forms which you already know.
126
THE VERB
They are made up of the fourth principal part of the verb and
tenses of the verb sum. Hence these tenses are called com-
pound tenses.
The form laudatus is really an adjective, and is declined
dike the adjective latus. You must be very careful to make
the adjective laudatus correspond im gender and number
with the gender and number of the subject of the verb, as
hom6 laudatus est, hominés laudati sunt,
fémina laudata est, féminae laudatae sunt,
carmen laudatum est, carmina laudata sunt.
310. Translate these forms for rapidity: 1. Amatus es,
Ornati sunt, paratae estis. 2. Monstrata erant, mitatae
erimus, creatum erit.
311. Translate: 1. A meis filiabus amatus sum. 2. Pericula
ab hostibus creata erunt. 3. Bella Gallica ab omnibus civi-
bus optimis memorata erant. 4. Ubisunt litterae? 5. Nomen
légis mitatum est. 6. Féminae in lice sdlis stabant. 7. Mons
altissimus in finibus hostium stat. 8. Itaque agricolae ex
agris €migravérunt.
312. Translate: 1. Toil brings fame to many men. 2. In
time of war we give aid to our friends. 3. Their house is
burning, and the slaves are bringing water. 4. Have we been
praised by the soldiers? 5. The names of evil men are never
mentioned by good citizens. 6. The enemy stood at the
head of the bridge.
313. Explain the uses of the ablative in these sentences.
Review all the English derivatives of first conjugation verbs.
127
APPLIED LATIN
314.
déleé, délére, délévi, délétus, fo blot out, destroy.
flére6, ffldrére, fl6rui, ——, to bloom.
fulgeo, fulgére, fulsi, —., to glow, flash.
liced, licére, 1iaxi, , to give light, beam.
rided, ridére, _risi, risum, o laugh (at).
caved, cavére, cavi, cautus, to beware, be on one’s guard.
torqued, torquére, torsi, tortus, fo twist.
studed, studére, studui, ——, 10 attend to, be eager (fol-
lowed by the dative).
sponded, spondére, spopondi, spénsus, to promise.
placed, placére, placui, placitus, to please (followed by the
dative).
faved, favére, favi, fautus, to favor, aid (followed by
the dative).
Learn these second conjugation verbs.
315. Worp Stupy.—Let us see what words are derived
from the verbs above:
déleé, delete, indelible.
fléred, flower, flourish, Florence, efflorescence, florist.
fulged, refulgent, effulgent.
laced, Lucy, lucent, translucent, lurid, elucidate.
rided, deride, derision, risible, ridicule.
caved, caution, precaution, cautionary.
torqued, extort, contort, distort, torture, torment.
studed, study, studious, student.
sponded, spouse, respond, sponsor, despond, irresponsible, corre-
spond.
place6, please, displease, complacent, complaisance, pleasant,
pleasure, placid.
faved, favorite, favor, disfavor, favorable.
316. EXAMPLES OF THESE DERIVATIVES IN ENGLISH.—
1. We have indelible pencils. 2. The florist sells flowers. 3.
The polished shield was refulgent in the sunlight. 4. Very
fine china through which light can shine is said to be trans-
lucent; glass through which the eye can see objects very
128 .
THE VERB
clearly is called transparent. 5. A lurid flame lighted up the
heavens. 6. Do not deride people who take precautions. 7.
By means of torture evidence was extorted from the slave.
8. An irresponsible person is a bad companion for young
people. 9. May fortune favor the brave.
aii. HABEO.—Passive Voice—Indicative Mood
SINGULAR Present Tense PLURAL
1. habeor, J am held (had) 1. habémur, we are held (had)
2. habéris, you are held (had) 2. habémini, you are held (had)
3. habétur, he (she, it) is held (had) 3. habentur, they are held (had)
. Imperfect Tense
1. habébar, J was held (had) 1. habébamur, we were held (had)
2. habébaris, you were held (had) —_2. habébamini, you were held(had)
3. habébatur, he (she, it) was held 3. habébantur, they were held (had)
(had)
Future Tense
1. habébor, J shall be held (had) 1. habébimur, we shall be held
(had)
2. habéberis, you will be held (had) 2. habébimini, you will be held
(had)
3. habébitur, he (she, it) will be held 3. habébuntur, they will be held
(had) (had)
Practise these tenses, using the verbs given in Para-
graph 314.
318. Translate: 1. Placétur, spondémur, torquéris, favé-
tur, délentur. 2. Iubébatur, tenébaris, terrébamur, vidéba-
mini, habébantur. 3. Studébitur, torquébimus, délébuntur,
tenébimini, habéberis.
319. Translate: 1. Memoria periculbrum gravidrum novis
calamitatibus délétur. 2. Aestate silvae fléruérunt. 3.
Fortina fortibus favet. 4. Captivi 4 militibus habentur. 5.
Ignis ingéns in colle fulgébat. 6. Per niibés dénsds s6l non
semper liicet. 7. Legidnés victoria risérunt et clamavérunt.
8. Nonne iram Caesaris cavémus? g. Silvae vehementibus
9 129
APPLIED LATIN
hiemis ventis torquentur. 10. Hiimanitati et libertati civés
Romani studébant. 11. Ddna amicis propter ciram dili-
gentiamque edrum spopondimus. 12. Opera militum duci
placent.
320. Translate: 1. We are moved by the dangers of the
war. 2. The streets of the town were filled by the shouts of
the wayfarers. 3. The taxes are increased because of the
lack of grain. 4. Their sons and daughters will be taught by
the poet. 5. The labor of years was destroyed by the flames.
XXIII. THE PRONOUN. REFLEXIVE
321. You have already learned the personal pronouns of
the first, second, and third persons.
In such sentences as I praise myself or you love yourself
or he strikes himself, a special kind of personal pronoun is
used for the objects myself, yourself, and himself. This pro-
noun is called the reflexive personal pronoun.
322. The reflexive pronouns of the first and second per-
sons are the same in form as the personal pronouns ego and ta.
I praise myself, | mé laudé,
You praise yourself, té laudas.
We praise ourselves, nés laudamus.
You praise yourselves, vés laudatis.
There is a special reflexive pronoun for the third per-
son: ;
THIRD PERSON REFLEXIVE PRONOUN
Nom. ;
Gen. sui, of himself, herself, itself.
Dat. sibi, to or for himself, herself, itself.
Acc. sé, himself, herself, itself.
Voc. :
Abl. sé, — with, from, in, or by himself, herself, itself.
130
THE PRONOUN. REFLEXIVE
The plural of this pronoun has the same forms as the
singular. The meanings of the plural cases are of them-
selves, to or for themselves, etc.
323. The following possessive adjectives are formed
from the personal pronouns:
meus, mea, meum, my or mine. noster, nostra, nostrum, our.
tuus, tua, tuum, your (singular). vester, vestra, vestrum, your
(plural).
suus, sua, suum, /is, her, its. suus, sua, suum, ¢heir.
These adjectives are declined like latus. The nominative
singular masculine of noster and vester are exceptional
(ager, Paragraph 46). All the other forms of these two
adjectives follow latus exactly. Suus is reflexive. If his,
her, etc., denotes possession by the subject of the verb, use
suus; if possession by someone other than the subject, use
the genitive of is (eius, e6rum, earum).
324. TRANSLATE TRANSLATE
1. Meus servus sé laudabit. 1. The king's sister looks at her
own image.
2. Nos vestris cor6nis Grnamur. 2. We know ourselves.
3. Mé in aqua vided. ae a a shines with its own
ight.
4. Régés sé ndn semper réxérunt. 4. Men love their own sons.
5. Caput tuum ad occasum solis 5. The woman is led by her own
vertébas. daughters.
6. Ars per sé valébit. 6. Caesar will be praised by his
own leaders.
7. Poéta suum carmen narravit. 7. Your sons have loved me al-
ways.
8. Nostris laboribus semper lau- 8. Your (singular) daughters give
dabimur. gifts to the sailor.
g. Noster avis edrum vocés au- g. Our horses often remain in the
diverat. fields.
10. V6s nds vestibus tegitis. 10. Where are your (plural)
weapons?
131
APPLIED LATIN
XXIV. THE VERB. SECOND AND THIRD CON-
JUGATIONS
325. HABEO.—Passive Voice—Indicative Mood
SINGULAR Perfect Tense PLURAL
. habitus (a, um) sum, J have been 1. habiti (ae, a) sumus, we have
held (had) been held (had)
. habitus (a, um) es, you have been 2. habiti (ae, a) estis, you have
held (had) been held (had)
. habitus (a, um) est, he (she, ii) 3. habiti (ae, a) sunt, they have
has been held (had) been held (had)
Pluperfect Tense
. habitus (a, um) eram, J had been 1. habiti (ae, a) eramus, we had
held (had) been held (had)
. habitus (a,um) eras, you had 2. habiti (ae, a) eratis, you had
been held (had) been held (had)
. habitus (a, um) erat, he (she, it) 3. habiti (ae, a) erant, they had
had been held (had) been held (had)
Future Perfect Tense
. habitus (a, um) eré, J shall have 1. habiti (ae, a) erimus, we shall
been held (had) have been held (had)
. habitus (a, um) eris, you will have 2. habiti (ae, a) eritis, you will
been held (had) have been held (had)
. habitus (a, um) erit, he (she, it) 3. habiti (ae, a) erunt, they will
will have been held (had) have been held (had)
Practise these tenses, using the verbs given in Paragraph
214A.
326. Translate: 1. Iissus sum, territa es, visum est,
placitum est, déléta sunt, spdnsi sumus. 2. Délétum erat,
torti erant, iiissi] erdmus, habitae eratis. 3. Visum erit,
placitum erit, territi eritis, iissi erunt.
327. Translate: 1. Captivus in supplicid aeternd habitus
sum. 2. Viri suis calamitatibus m6tierant. 3. Num sdl sé
movet? 4. In fabulis poétarum multa sunt falsa. 5. Led
atrox sé in clara fliminis aqua spectabat. 6. Omnis exer-
citus in sud locd manébat. 7. Frater sordrem suam dixit. 8.
132
THE VERB
Caput, fréns, dentés, maniis sunt partés corporis. 9. Natira
hominum vestibus bonis nén mitatur. 1o. Consulés clamér-
ibus civium territi erunt.
328. Translate: 1. The swift birds were seen in the forest.
2. Life is short and time is fleeting. 3. Above the pathless
forests the sun shines. 4. Over the river there was a frail
bridge. 5. The sad mother touched the face of her son with
her hand. 6. I am considered a citizen of many states. 7.
The bird was seen at the edge of the spring.
Review all the English derivatives of second conjugation
verbs.
329.
caed6, caedere, cecidi, caesus, to cut, kill.
créd6, _crédere, crédidi, créditus, to trust, belveve.
(followed by dative)
claud6, claudere, clausi, clausus, to close.
créscé, créscere, crévi, crétus, to increase.
flects, _flectere, fléxi, flexus, to bend.
flud, fluere, flixi, fluxum, to flow.
frang6, frangere, frégi, fractus, to break.
solv6, solvere, solvi, solitus, to loosen, free.
strué, struere, struxi, strictus, to build.
vinco, vincere, -Vicl, victus, to conquer.
Learn these third conjugation verbs.
330. WorpD Stupy.—Can you pick out the Latin bases
and define the English meanings of these words? Suicide, .
seclusion, flux, resolve, substructure, convince, reflector,
credit, flow, fraction, instruct, conviction, solve, decide, con-
clude, fluent, insolvent, obstruct, destroy, deflect, creed, fluid,
fraction, soluble, structure, fracture, concise, include, flue,
resolute, convict, destructive, flexible, credulity, affluent,
133
APPLIED LATIN
solvent, victor, dissolute, infringe, incision, conclude, con-
fluence, invincible, construct, fragment, inflection, incredi-
ble, influential, victim, superstructure, dissolve, fragile,
precise, fluctuate.
Write English sentences containing these derivatives.
SSI; DUCO.—Passive Voice—Indicative Mood
SINGULAR Present Tense PLURAL
1. dicor, J am led 1. dicimur, we are led
2. diceris, you are led 2. diicimini, you are led
3. dicitur, he (she, it) is led 3. dicuntur, they are led
: Imperfect Tense
1. dicébar, I was led 1. dicébamur, we were led
2. dicébaris, you were led 2. diicébamini, you were led
3. dicébatur, he (she, it) was led 3. dicébantur, they were led
Future Tense
1. dicar, J shall be led 1. dicémur, we shall be led
2. diicéris, you will be led 2. diicémini, you will be led
3. diicétur, he (she, it) will be led 3. dicentur, they will be led
Practise these tenses, using the verbs of Paragraph 329.
332. Translate: 1. Caedor, créditur, créscitur, flectimur,
frangimini, struuntur. 2. Vincébar, solvébaris, claudébatur,
crédébatur, caedébantur. 3. Crédétur, flectéris, créscétur.
4. Caedémur, vincémini, struentur.
333. Translate: 1. Aedificlum ingéns in colle altissim6
struébatur. 2. Manum meam cecidi. 3. Ibi flimen ndbile
fluit. 4. Portae urbis clauduntur et omnés milités terrdre
tacent. 5. Cursus aquae ab agricola flectébatur. 6. La-
bor omnia vincit. 7. Calamitatibus necessitatibusque do-
cémur. 8. Captiviin oppidum dicuntur. 9. Dentés lednis
gladid servi frangentur. 1o. Hieme frigus créscit sed
134
THE PRONOUN. DEMONSTRATIVE
aestate clar6 sdlis limine vincitur. 11. Fabula fallacis cap-
tivi ab omnibus légatis crédébatur.
334. Translate: 1. Love laughs at all restraint. 2. Broad
rivers flow from the mountains into thesea. 3. The gates of
the city are closed against the enemy. 4. Caesar built a wall
around the town. 5. We believe in virtue and nobility. 6.
The rush of the wind was overcome by the high hills. 7. A
fleet was constructed for the famous consuls.
aye XXV. THE PRONOUN. DEMONSTRATIVE
hic, haec, hoc, (this, or this man, woman, thing, according to the
gender.
iste, ista, istud, that (of yours), or that man, woman, thing, accord-
ing to the gender.
ille, illa, illud, ‘hat, or that man, woman, thing, according to the
gender.
336. These three words are pronouns because they re place
nouns. They are called demonstrative because they point
out (démonstr6) or call attention to special persons, places,
or things.
Examples as pronouns:
1. Ille est bonus homd. That is a good man.
2. Haec est mea mater. This is my mother.
Hic, iste, and ille when used in agreement with nouns
are demonstrative adjectives.
Examples as adjectives:
1. Hic homd est imperator noster. This man 1s our
commander.
2. Ista filia est sapiéns. That daughter of yours 1s wise.
These three words are, consequently, sometimes dem-
onstrative pronouns, sometimes demonstrative adjectives.
135
APPLIED LATIN
337. Hic is sometimes called a pronoun of the first person
because it always refers to some one close beside the speaker.
Iste is sometimes called a pronoun of the second person
because it refers to some one a little removed from the speaker,
that 1s, over beside you.
Ille is sometimes called a pronoun of the third person
because it refers to some one at a considerable distance from the
speaker.
338. Learn the declension of hic.
SINGULAR
Nom. hic, haec, hoc, this, he, she, 1t.
Gen. hiius, hitius, hiius, of this, of him, her, it.
Dat. huic, huic, huic, to or for this, to him, her, it.
Acc. unc, hance, hdc, this, him, her, it.
Voc. —_—_ : ; :
Abl. hoc, hac, hdc, with, etc., this. him her, it.
PLURAL
Nom. hi, hae, haec, these, they.
Gen. hérum, harum, hérum, of these, them.
‘Dat. his, his, his, to or for these, them.
Acts. “HOe; has, haec, these, them.
Voc. ; : ; : —
Abl. _ his, his, his, with, etc., these. them.
339. The pronoun hic is constanily used as an adjective,
and when so used is a demonstrative adjective.
340. Translate: 1. Hic (homd) equum in agro vidit, sed
2. Milités his gladiis caedem atr6cem
4, 3
(servi) domi sunt. 6. Haec
-(pericula) multés fortés terruérunt, sed legidnés imperatoris
numquam figérunt. 7. Héc (carmen) saepe laudatum est.
9. Hunc léga-
domum non dixit.
facient. 3. Omnés (viri) matrem Caesaris amant.
5. Rosaene aestate florent?
8. Hacin provincia consul sapienter réxit.
136
THE VERB
tum dé pace statim misimus. 10. Nunc bellum atrécissi-
mum est in Eurdpa. 11. Trans flimen latum Germani
castra posuérunt. 12. His (rébus) socii territi sunt.
341. Translate: 1. These men were dragging that anchor
from the water. 2. I am giving a gift to that son (of yours).
3. The leader of this legion saw that river and those bridges.
4. Do you favor those nations? 5. With this hope the minds
of the soldiers were filled. 6. That house (of yours) in the
valley is burning. 7. There stood the standard of Caesar.
8. We favor this law.
XXVI. THE VERB. THIRD CONJUGATION
342. DUCO.—Passive Voice—Indicative Mood
SINGULAR Perfect Tense PLURAL
1. ductus (a, um) sum, J have been 1. ducti (ae, a) sumus, we have
led been led
2. ductus (a, um) es, you have been 2. ducti (ae, a) estis, you have
led been led
3. ductus (a, um) est, he (she, it)has 3. ducti (ae, a) sunt, they have
been led been led
Pluperfect Tense
1. ductus (a, um) eram, J had been 1. ducti (ae, a) eramus, we had
led been led
2. ductus (a, um) eras, youhad been 2. ducti (ae, a) eratis, you had
led . been led
3. ductus (a, um) erat, he (she, it) 3. ducti (ae, a) erant, they had
had been led been led
Future Perfect Tense
1. ductus (a, um) eré, J shall have 1. ducti (ae, a) erimus, we shall
been led have been led
2. ductus (a, um) eris, you will have 2. ducti (ae, a) eritis, you will
been led have been led
3. ductus (a, um) erit, ke (she, it) 3. ducti (ae, a) erunt, they will
will have been led have been led
Practise these tenses, using ‘the verbs given in Para-
graph 329.
137
APPLIED LATIN
343. Translate these forms: 1. Caesus sum, créditum
est, clausum est, flexi sumus, fracta sunt. 2. Soltitus eras,
strictum erat, victi eratis, caesi erant, ductae eramus. 3.
Petitus erd, positae erunt, récti erimus, pressi eritis,
scriptae erunt. —
344. Translate: 1. Dentibus hiiius lednis caesus erd. 2.
Ex hac prévincia celeriter pulsieramus. 3. Frigus ignibus
plirimis premétur. 4. Scientia artis titilis omnibus hondrem
dat. 5. Aqua é fliimine ad urbem diicétur. 6. Auxilia 4
Caesare missa erunt. 7. Litterae recenter scriptae erant.
8. In manibus niinti magna peciinia posita est.
345. Translate: 1. The enemy quickly sought peace. 2.
He was called emperor by a happy throng. 3. At the begin-
ning of the fight the line of battle was broken. 4. However,
the legions easily retained their places and then the enemy
was driven from the camp. 5. The leader’s standard: was
being carried before the marching troops.
Review all the English derivatives of third conjugation
verbs. |
THE STORY OF LATER ROME
The Republican form of government lasted till the time
of the great general, Julius Caesar, who brought about the
changes which turned the Roman Republic into an Empire.
Caesar lived just a little while before the time of Christ,
and the republic which he ended had lasted about five hun-
dred years. The early years of the republic were occupied
with the struggles of the Patricians and Plebeians, and of
both with the tribes surrounding Rome.
‘438
THE STORY OF LATER ROME
The rising Roman power next came into conflict with the
Carthaginians, who possessed a great naval empire, with a
base at Carthage, in Africa. After the first war with this na-
tion, Rome gained control of Sicily. The second war brought
into history Hannibal, one of the world’s greatest com-
manders. Starting from Spain, Hannibal made a wonderful
passage over the Alps, overwhelmed the Romans in North
Italy, advanced toward Rome, and made his camp at Capua.
For months he remained in Magna Graecia, proving a terror
to the people of Rome. Roman mothers quieted their chil-
dren by telling them that Hannibal ‘“‘would get them if they
didn’t watch out.’ Finally he was forced to return to
Carthage because of troubles at home. The third war saw
the complete destruction of Carthage by Roman armies led
by Scipio Africanus. The supremacy of Rome over the
Western Mediterranean followed the victory of Scipié.
At the same time Roman armies conquered Greece, thus
extending their power over the Eastern Mediterranean.
At last the task of governing the whole world became too
great for the citizens of Rome. The ordinary Roman citizen
could not cope with the problems of imperial control.
Men of genius began to see an opportunity for seizing im-
perial power. Bloody civil wars became the fashion in
Rome. Marius, Sulla, Pompey, and Julius Caesar followed
one another in quick succession. Caesar was at last suc-
cessful, after a terrible period of civil war. But he was
assassinated soon after securing control. His successor,
Augustus, during a long peaceful reign, established the
139
APPLIED LATIN
Empire, which spread abroad Roman laws, customs, and
government throughout Europe and Western Asia.
XXVII. THE PRONOUN. DEMONSTRATIVE
346. Learn the declension of ille.
SINGULAR
Nom. ille, illa, illud, that, he, she, it.
Gen. illius, illius, illius, of that, him.
Dat, - ili, illi, ili, to or for that, him, her, it.
Acc. illum, illam, illud, that, him, her, it
Vo. —., —_-, ; —.
Abl. — illé, illa, illd, with, etc., that, him, her, tt.
PLURAL
Nom. _ illi, illae, illa, those, they.
Gen. illérum, illarum, illérum, of those, them.
Dat. illis, illis, illis, to or for those, them.
Acc. _ illds, illas, illa, those, them.
Voc. =, oo, ———,
Abl. _ illis, illis, illis, with, etc., those, them.
347. The declension of iste, that (of yours), he, corre-
sponds exactly in endings to the declension of ille.
348. Like hic, ille and iste are often used in agreement
with nouns. When thus used these pronouns become
demonstrative adjectives. Ille is sometimes used in the
same sentence with hic to indicate a contrast, as ille, the
former; hic, the latter.
349. Translate: 1. Illud vinum pessimum erat. 2. Ill
bell6 isti milités territi sunt. 3. Iste filius imperatorem
suum amat. 4. Illa calamitas civitatem félicem superavit.
5. Nos clamoérem magnam in ill6 templ6 saepe facimus.
140
THE PRONOUN. DEMONSTRATIVE
6. Ubi ille pons in flamine lato fuit? 7. Caesarem et Gal-
bam vidémus; ille imperator, hic agricola est.
350. Translate: 1. We see the swift motion of that river.
2. That army was led across the bridge into the territories
of the enemy. 3. The fragrance of roses is pleasing to all
men. 4. The color of the garment had been destroyed by
the light of the sun. 5. The great war has destroyed the laws
of nations. 6. In these days we seek peace not war.
Certain Irregular Adjectives
351. Certain adjectives in Latin resemble ille and iste
in declension, especially in the genitive and dative singular.
When used alone, these adjectives become pronouns.
352. Learn this declension: tétus, téta, totum, all, whole.
SINGULAR PLURAL
M. F. N. M. F: N.
Nom. tétus tota totum toti totae tota
Gen.,. tdtius totius tdtius totorum tdtarum tdtdrum
Dat. t6ti toti toti totis totis tdtis
Acc. tédtum totam totum totds totas tota
Voc. tote tota totum toti totae tota
Abl. tét6 tota toto totis totis totis
353. Learn the following irregular adjectives:
tinus, tna, inum, one, alone. sdlus, sola, sdlum, alone, only.
illus, alla, Gllum, any. alius, alia, aliud, other, another.
nillus, nilla, nillum, zone, no. alter, altera, alterum, the one,
uter, utra, utrum, which (of two). the other (of two); Genitive
neuter, neutra, neutrum, nezther singular, alterius.
(of two).
uterque, utraque, utrumque, each
(of two) both.
354. Translate: 1. Alii cdnsulés maidrés provinciads ha-
141
APPLIED LATIN
bent. 2. T6tum carmen amamus. 3. Nilli puerds malés
laudant. 4. Aliud flimen in mare fluit. 5. ‘Nos soli impera-
torés sumus.
Worp Stupy.—Explain these English words and use
them in sentences of your own: Unit, alternate, sole, alien,
neuter, union, total, alternately, soliloquy, neutrality, an-
nul, unify, in toto, null, solo, once, uniform.
XXVIII. THE VERB. THIRD CONJUGATION IN -/O
355. Review Paragraphs 224-231.
356. Learn the conjugation of the following tenses of the
passive voice of verbs in -i6.
CAPIO.—Passive Voice—Indicative Mood
SINGULAR Present Tense PLURAL
1. capior, J am taken I. capimur, we are taken
2. caperis, you are taken 2. capimini, you are taken
3. capitur, he (she, it) is taken 3. capiuntur, they are taken
Imperfect Tense
1. capiébar, J was taken I. capiébamur, we were taken
2. capiébaris, you were taken 2. capiébamini, you were taken
- 3. capiébatur, he (she, it) was 3. capiébantur, they were taken
taken
Future Tense
1. capiar, I shall be taken 1. capiémur, we shall be taken
2. capiéris, you will be taken 2. capiémini, you will be taken
3. capiétur, he (she, it) will be 3. capientur, they will be taken
taken
357. The verb facio does not possess these three tenses of
the passive voice. Instead of them the Latins used tenses
of fid, an irregular verb to be taken up later.
358. The perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect tenses of
142
THE VERB
these verbs do not differ in conjugation from the same tenses
of diicé.
Conjugate captus sum, captus eram, captus ero.
359. Practise these tenses, using the other seven verbs
given.
360. For rapidity translate these forms: 1. Capior,
iaceris, specitur. 2. Rapimur, cupimini, quatiébar. 3. Ca-
piébaris, rapiébatur, iaciébamini. 4. Cupiébamur, rapiar.
5. Capiéris, speciétur, iaciémur. 6. Cupiémini, quatientur.
7. Iactus sum, cupita es, quassi eramus, factae eratis, rapta
erunt.
361. Translate: 1. Praeda ab hostibus rapiébatur. 2.
Téla in flimen iacta erant. 3. Mirus magnus 4 militibus
capiétur. 4. Mons altus ventis vehementibus quassus erit.
5. Magna peciinia ab omnibus hominibus n6n cupitur. 6.
Dé vallo téla in dénsam turbam acciraté iaciébantur.
362. Translate: 1. The great town in the valley will be
captured. 2. This town was recently captured by the brave
soldiers. 3. Extensive provinces are desired by the king. |
4. The whole temple had been shaken by the hands of
a god. 5. In what direction had the captives fled?
Quiz.—Can you recall some of the English derivatives of
-i6 verbs given before? What must you remember about
the passive voice of faci6? Pick out in your English reader
some (1) personal pronouns; (2) possessive adjectives;
(3) reflexive pronouns; (4) demonstrative pronouns; (5)
demonstrative adjectives. Can you decline the personal
pronouns of the first and second persons in English?
143
APPLIED LATIN
XXIX. THE PRONOUN AND ADJECTIVE.
INTERROGATIVE
363. The interrogative adjective qui, quae, quod, which
or what, is declined as follows:
SINGULAR
M. F. N.
Nom. qui, quae, quod, which or what.
Gen. ciiius, cuius, cuius, of which.
Dat. cui, cui, cul, to or for which.
Acc. quem, quam, quod, which or what.
Von ——, ; —, :
Abl. qué, qua, qué, with, from, in, or by which.
PLURAL
Nom. qui,. quae, quae, which or what.
Gen. quorum, quarum, quérum, of which.
Dai. quibus, quibus, quibus, to or for which.
Acc. quds, quas, quae, which or what.
Voc. ; : —, —, .
Abl. quibus, quibus, quibus, with, from, in, or by which.
364. When this interrogative adjective is used without
any noun in agreement, it becomes an inierrogative pronoun
and is slightly different in declension and meaning.
365. The singular of the interrogative pronoun has but
two terminations, one for both the masculine and feminine and
one for the neuter. Learn its declension.
SINGULAR
M. and F. N.
Nom. quis, quid, who or what.
Gen. _ciiius, ciiius, whose.
Dat. cui, cui, to or for whom or what.
Acc. quem, quid, whom, what.
Voc. ; p ——
Abl. qué, qué, with, from, in, or by whom or what.
144
THE PRONOUN AND ADJECTIVE. INTERROGATIVE
366. Fhe plural is declined exacily like the plural of qui,
quae, quod, having separate forms for all genders.
367. The pronoun quis, quid, and the interrogative ad-
jective qui, quae, quod, are regularly used to introduce in-
lerrogative sentences.
368. Translate: 1. Quod aliud flimen ex monte vidémus?
2. Flimen Rhénum claré vidémus. 3. Quis vinum haurit?
4. Qua in urbe réx mansit? 5. Quae féminae cordnam in
templum portavérunt? 6. Qui equum parvum vinxérunt?
7. Caius rosam puer habet? 8. A quibus sociis illud bellum
paratum est? g. Quibus viris sdlis cénsul favébat? 10. Quod
periculum inum cavémus? 11. Quarum vestés servi ciriési
in aqua posuérunt? 12. Quid quaerébas? 13. Quo in proe-
lid civés niiper superati sunt?
369. Translate: 1. In what building were the women? 2.
Whom do we see in the field? 3. To what man is the
fragrance of roses pleasing? 4. With what sword was
the soldier’s hand cut? 5. The ship was drawn from the
sea without injury. 6. Whose crown is covered by the
garment? 7. Inthis recent battle was another messenger
_ killed?
Quiz.—Describe the uses of the interrogative adjective
and pronoun. How do they differ in forms? How can you
tell when the form citius is used as a pronoun? How can
you tell when it is used as an adjective? What kind of words
must introduce interrogative sentences? What other words
have you learned which can introduce interrogative sen-
tences?
t2 145
APPLIED LATIN
XXX. THE VERB. FOURTH CONJUGATION
370.
aperid, aperire, aperul, apertus, to open.
clst6di6, ciistédire, cistddivi, ctstdditus, to guard.
mollié, mollire, mollivi, mollitus, to soften.
reperi6, reperire, repperi, repertus, 0 find.
salid, salire, salui, saltus, to jump.
saevid, saevire, saevivi, saevitus, to rage.
stabilis, stabilire, stabilivi, stabilitus, to make steady.
vestid, vestire, vestivi, vestitus, to clothe.
Learn these fourth conjugation verbs.
371. WorD Stupy.—Can you tell the Latin root words
from which these derived words are formed: Custody,
mollify, aperture, sally, stability, vest, result, insult, stabil-
izer, assail, vesture, exult, investments, assault, emollient,
aperient, custodian, salient, vestment, resilience?
372. EXAMPLES OF THE USE OF THESE DERIVATIVES.—1.
If you are in the custody of an irate policeman, do not try to
mollify him with tears. 2. From an aperture in the wall a
sally was attempted. 3. What inventor can discover a
stabilizer for an aéroplane? 4. The Russian salient at
Warsaw was soon broken by the Germans. 5. Let us not
exult in the results of our investments. 6. Cold cream is
an emollient. What is an aperient? 7. Resilience is the
bouncing property in rubber. 8. He was arrested on a
charge of assult and battery. 9g. As custodian of the Seal
he was vested with great authority. 10. Do you not
admire stability of character?
Do you know any more derivatives of these verbs?
146
THE VERB
373. AUDIO.—Passive Voice—Indicative Mood
SINGULAR Present Tense PLURAL
audior, I am heard 1. audimur, we are heard
La
.
2. audiris, you are heard 2. audimini, you are heard
3. auditur, he (she, it) is heard 3. audiuntur, they are heard
Imperfect Tense
1. audiébar, J was heard 1. audiébamur, we were heard
2. audiébaris, you were heard 2. audiébamini, you were heard
3. audiébatur, he (she, it) was 3. audiébantur, they were heard
heard
Future Tense
1. audiar, J shall be heard 1. audiémur, we shall be heard
2. audiéris, yeu will be heard 2. audiémini, you will be heard
3. audiétur, he (she, it) will be 3. audientur, they will be heard
heard
374. Translate for practice: 1. Audiris, impedior, min-
itur, serviuntur, vincimur, sepelimini. 2. Aperiébatur, ves-
tiébar, impediébantur, serviébaris, vinciébamini. 3. Ves-
tiémur, piniémini, minientur, audiétur, finiétur.
375. Translate: 1. Uter servus loquax piniétur? 2. In
fossa magna milités sepelientur. 3. Léx bona ab omnibus
sancitur. 4. Tdtum templum 4 viris fortissimis cistodié-
batur. 5. Quis glériam famamque amat? 6. Gloria famaque
ab omnibus sapientibus amantur. 7. A quo pax petita erit?
8. Quis hic in locé sepelitur? 9. Ad aliud oppidum venié-
bant.
376. Translate: 1. The voice of the consul will be heard
in the midst of the shouts of the citizens. 2. In the forests
the lions and fierce animals rage. 3. The sailors leaped from
the ship. 4. The slave was guarded by the soldiers. 5. The
cause of the outcries was easily found. 6. The anger of
147
APPLIED LATIN
Caesar was softened by the sad voices of the people. 7.
The women will be clothed in elegant garments. 8. A road
was opened by the legion through the mountains. 9. What
tale has been told by the messenger?
XXXI. THE PRONOUN. DEMONSTRATIVE
377. The two demonstrative pronouns idem and ipse are
also called intensives, because they are especially emphatic.
Like hic, ille, iste, they are often used in agreement with
nouns as demonstrative adjectives. They may be, then,
either pronouns or adjectives.
378. Idem and Ipse are declined as follows:
Idem, the same
SINGULAR
M. F. N.
Nom. idem, eadem, idem, — the same (man, woman,
thing).
Gen. eiusdem, eiusdem, eiusdem, of the same.
Dat. ——eidem, eidem, eidem, to or for the same.
Acc. eundem, eandem, idem, the same.
Voc. —, , :
Abl. eddem, eadem, eddem, with, etc., the same.
PLURAL
} eidem, eaedem, eadem, the same.
Nom. } ..
lidem,
Gen. eorundem, edarundem, edrundem, of the same.
1 eisdem, eisdem, eisdem, to or for the same.
Dat. es *«
iisdem, iisdem, iisdem,
Acc. edsdem, easdem, eadem, the same.
Voc. ; —-, ;
1 eisdem, eisdem, eisdem, with, etc., the same.
Abl. iisdem, iisdem, iisdem,
148
THE PRONOUN. DEMONSTRATIVE
379. Ipse, self (himself, itself, etc.)
SINGULAR
Nom. ipse ipsa ipsum
Gen. ipsius ipsius ipsius
Dat. ipsi ipsi ipsi
Acc. ipsum ipsam ipsum
106.2 — —
Abl. ipso ipsa ipso
PLURAL
Nom. ipsi ipsae ipsa
Gen. ips6rum ipsarum ipsdrum
Dat. _ ipsis ipsis ipsis
Acc. ipsds ipsas ipsa
Vou. — — —
Abl. ipsis ipsis ipsis
380. Translate: 1. Eisdem, ipsis, edrundem, eidem. 2.
Ipsdrum, ipsam, idem. 3. Ipsi, eadem, ipsa, eadem.
381. Translate: 1. Ipsi (hominés) eandem (féminam)
amant. 2. Quis filiam poétae laudat? 3. Ndsomnés hanc
féminam laudamus. 4. Ab imperatore (ipso) alii milités
ducti sunt. 5. Ubi domus Caesaris est? 6. Altera domus in
monte Palatino nunc stat. 7. Locum ipsum cistédimus.
382. Translate: 1. The same servants serve the same
commander. 2. These same sailors leaped from the ship. 3.
We slept on the same couch. 4. The body of Caesar was
buried in the temple itself. 5. Those same men will estab-
lish peace. 6. The steps of the consul were suddenly hin-
dered by a throng of men.
149
APPLIED LATIN
XXXII. THE VERB. FOURTH CONJUGATION
383. AUDIO.—Passive Voice—Indicative Mood
SINGULAR Perfect Tense PLURAL
I. auditus (a, um) sum, J have 1. auditi (ae, a) sumus, we have
been heard been heard
2. auditus (a, um) es, you have 2. auditi (ae, a) estis, you have
been heard been heard
3. auditus (a, um) est, he (she, it) 3. auditi (ae,a) sunt, they have
has been heard been heard
Pluperfect Tense
I. auditus (a, um) eram, J had 1. auditi (ae,a) eramus, we had
been heard been heard
2. auditus (a, um) eras, you had 2. auditi (ae, a) eratis, you had
been heard been heard
3. auditus (a, um) erat, he (she, 3. auditi (ae, a) erant, they had
it) had been heard been heard
Future Perfect Tense
1. auditus (a, um) eré, J shall 1. auditi (ae,a) erimus, we shall
have been heard have been heard
2. auditus (a, um) eris, you will 2. auditi (ae, a) eritis, you will
have been heard have been heard
3. auditus (a, um) erit, He (she, 3. auditi (ae, a) erunt, they will
it) will have been heard — have been heard
Learn these tenses. Practise them, using other fourth
conjugation verbs.
384. Translate: 1. Auditum est, finita sunt, impediti
estis, minita est. 2. Sénsum erat, reperta erant, piniti
erant. 3. Sanctum erit, sepelitus eris, cistdditi’ erunt,
vestitus eris.
385. Translate: 1. Frigus hiemis limine sdlis mollitum
erat. 2. Liidus novus 4 pueris repertusest. 3. Milités aqua
150
THE HEART OF ROME
impediti sunt. 4. Labor diéi longi finitus est. 5. Praeda
ab exsulibus sepelita erat. 6. Socii ad oppidum vénérunt
sed in ptgna nostri vicérunt.
386. Translate: 1. Has any city been fortified by a wall?
2. The laws have been established by the people. 3. In win-
ter a wise woman is well clothed. 4. Flames leaped from the
fire. 5. All the leaders perceived the same ne 6. Who will
punish the treacherous envoys?
Quiz.—Can you mention some of the English derivatives
of fourth conjugation verbs?
THE HEART OF ROME
The heart of Rome was the Roman Forum, situated be-
tween the Palatine and Capitoline Hills. In that small
space the history of the world was made for centuries.
There the common people of Rome fought for suffrage, and
marked out the course later followed by the common people
of England and France, a course now being followed by the
Social Democrats of Germany, a course which has produced
the Republican Government of the United States. There
Roman Religion had its central shrine, and Roman Law, the
basis of modern law, was brought to perfection. There Cato
thundered his denunciation of Carthage; Marius and
Sulla shook the foundations of the Republic with civil war;
Cicero, Rome’s greatest orator, reached the utmost heights
of eloquence, and Julius Caesar held the destinies of the
world in his power. To that spot the victorious Roman
generals returned from their foreign conquests, and ambas-
I5ti
oe oF oc 0% ot 0
| ‘SONIGNAOWHAS SEI GV
“ | WOhYOd THL
@
4
4a
el
Bea 0008 nM l
a| o| MOL ata) Cay (Tee a
(Q) [o) ry I>
3) 3) et : ie
} G} 4 : H
3} 3 fm f H H
el} 8 i Lt ; H
faa) a iat oe & a
fo) 5
B09 9955 & €
Oo i" ,
a
SUMMARY
sadors from the ends of the world came to talk peace with the
invincible Republic. Within its limits were the offices of
bankers who controlled the money markets of the ancient
world. Crowds of people from every quarter of the Mediter-
ranean thronged its narrow passages, elbowing and jostling,
mixing their foreign languages with the native Latin.
There tarried the great Roman poets who loved to dwell on
the achievements of Rome. That was the spot which had
so great an attraction for Cicero that in his banishment he
could hardly endure life away from Rome. In the Forum
were centered all those joys of living whose loss through
banishment destroyed the genius of so great a poet as Ovid.
The Forum was the heart of Rome, and the heart of the
ancient world.
SUMMARY. FOR THE STUDENT
Before proceeding further consider carefully the follow-
ing summary of what you should have acquired by this
time in your study of the relation of Latin and English.
In the field of Grammar you should know—
1. The Parts of Speech (except the Interjection).
2. The Sentence: Simple and Compound. Declarative
and Interrogative.
3. The Declension of Regular Nouns and Adjectives.
The Comparison of Adjectives and Adverbs.
5. The Conjugation of Regular Verbs in the Indicative
Mood, Active and Passive.
6. The Conjugation of the verb Sum in the Indicative.
7. The Agreement of Adjectives with Nouns.
153
2
APPLIED LATIN
8. The Agreement of Verbs with their Subjects.
9. The Agreement of Predicate Nouns and Adjectives.
10. The Meanings and Uses of Prepositions.
11. The Following Case Constructions:
The Nominative as the Subject. The Genitive ex-
pressing Possession. The Partitive Genitive. The
Dative of the Indirect Object. The Accusative of
the Direct Object. The Accusative of Place to Which.
The Accusative of Duration of Time and Extent of
Space. The Ablatives of Means, Cause, Accompani-
ment, Manner, Comparison, Agent, Time when or
within Which, Place in Which and Place from Which.
Besides these definite acquisitions in the field of Grammar
you should by now have a clear and enthusiastic apprecia-
tion of the close dependence of English upon Latin. You
should be able to make out the meaning of many English
nouns without the aid of an English dictionary. You
should have acquired the habit of breaking up unfamiliar
compound English words into their various parts and of
bringing to bear upon each part the information which this
study of Latin has given you.
Your study of the material presented in the interchapters
should have given you a wider knowledge of the facts of
ancient geography and history. You should feel now that
the connection between the ancient and the modern world
is after all very close, that acquaintance with the facts of
modern times only is but a partial education, and that
what exists to-day is but the latest development of move-
ments which started many centuries ago.
154
THE SENTENCE. COMPLEX
XXXIII. THE SENTENCE. COMPLEX
A. IN ENGLISH
387. In the first part of this book the sentences you met
were either Simple, as “J saw the beautiful garden of the
queen’’; or Compound, as ‘“‘The general gave the command
and the soldiers charged.’”’ You are now ready to consider |
the third type of sentence, the Complex.
As has been said, the Simple sentence is the form used by
young children; the Compound, by older children who have
begun to link simple sentences together. The Complex
sentence is used by those who have been well educated and
have trained minds. Someone has said that the extent
of a man’s education can be measured by his ability to use
the complex sentence correctly.
388. The Complex Sentence.—A Complex sentence is one
that contains one independent (principal) statement or clause
and one or more dependent (subordinate) statements or clauses.
389. Clause.—A Clause is a group of words (containing
a subject and a predicate) that forms part of a sentence. It may
be Principal or Subordinate.
390. Examine the following English complex sentences
and note especially the italicized parts which mark the
dependent clauses.
1. Why he went away has never been found out. 2. I
asked what he had seen. 3. Mr. Jones called while I was out.
4. We study Latin to give us greater mastery of English.
5. Caesar was so great a military genius that we forget his
extraordinary political ability.
Each of these sentences is Complex. Each contains one
155
APPLIED LATIN
main statement and one subordinate (dependent) statement.
The dependent statement may precede or follow the main
statement, and contains a subject and a predicate of its own.
Kinds of Dependent Clauses
391. A dependent clause may take the place of a noun
(noun clause): I hear that he has gone; or of an adjective
(adjectival clause): The hat which I am holding is mine; or
of an adverb (adverbial clause): When the captain started
the soldiers followed.
Adverbial clauses are very frequent in English. The fol-
lowing words usually precede them:
In order that, that, to (purpose). I look to (in order
that I may) see.
That (result). He ran so hard that he fell down.
Because, since (cause). The picnic was postponed be-
cause 71 rained.
If, if not, unless (condition). If we win, we shall be happy.
Though, although, even if (concession). Although we
failed we were not discouraged.
After, before, since, until, till (temporal). After the war
began all the nations were involved.
Adjectival clauses are about as common as adverbial
clauses. They are introduced in English by these words:
Who, which, what, and that (relative pronouns). The
hat which J hold is mine.
Where, when, whence, why, whither, while (conjunctive
adverbs). I know the place where the violets grow.
Noun clauses for the most part follow verbs of saying,
knowing, thinking, and perceiving. ‘They are introduced by
156
THE SENTENCE. COMPLEX
the conjunctions—that, I say that the day is fair; whether,
He asked whether we were going to town; if, I shall wait to
see if they cross the river.
You should have little trouble in telling the kinds of
dependent clauses in English sentences, for at the beginning
of each clause there regularly stands one of the above in-
troductory words which serves to identify the clause.
Quiz.—What is a Complex sentence; a clause? Howcan
you tell the different kinds of clauses in English? What
are the several kinds of adverbial clauses? In your English
reader pick out a number of Complex sentences and identify
each clause. Write some complex sentences of your own.
392. Study the following sentences. Tell which are
Simple, which Complex, and which Compound. Point out
the Subordinate Clauses. Tell which Part of Speech each
word is.
1. It was often difficult to believe that the day was so
near at hand. 2. Is not the Star Spangled Banner inspiring
when we hear it played? 3. We started early because we
were to visit the mill. 4. In order to reach the town the
cavalry made a détour. 5. A merchant must know his
neighborhood before he buys his stock. 6. Throw the ball;
I will catch it. 7. Our first objective was Troy, which lay
to the north. 8. As I entered the main street I saw what
froze my heart. 9. So deep was the silence that it seemed
menacing. 10. Unless the war is speedily ended the nations
will be bankrupt. 11. I know his name and the house in
which he lives. 12. The physician came late in the day to
see his patient. 13. If the river were a little higher, our
pasture land would be under water. 14. Go and may God
157
APPLIED LATIN
bless you. 15. Let justice be done even if the Heavens fall.
16. I continued to bathe while the others were watching the
shark. 17. Ask him to wait until all are ready. 18. Before
I congratulate the gentleman, I must know whether he will
accept the appointment. 19. The Mayor’s statement shows
that he is alive to his responsibilities, though his words are
none too reassuring. 20. When a friend is telling us any-
thing except what is very short and simple, we understand
most easily if he gives us one step at a time.
B. IN LATIN
393. In the first part of this book the Latin sentences
were either Simple, as Caesar aciem spectat, Caesar looks at
the batile line; or Compound, as Caesar aciem spectat et
milités laudat, Caesar looks at the battle line and praises the
soldiers. You are now ready for the Complex sentence.
394. As in English, so in Latin, a Complex sentence
contains one independent (principal) statement or clause and
one or more dependent (subordinate) statements or clauses.
In Latin as in English dependent statements are called
subordinate clauses. Clauses have their own subjects and pred-
icates, and may take the place of nouns (noun clauses), ad-
jectives (adjectival clauses), or adverbs (adverbial clauses).
395. Examine these Complex sentences in Latin and note
the underscored words which mark subordinate clauses.
1. Puerum ad flimen dicimus ut aquam spectet. (Pur-
pose clause.) We lead the boy to the river that he may
see the water.
2. Hostés tam celeriter veniunt ut R6dmani fugiant.
(Result clause.) The enemy come so ascent that the
Romans flee.
158
THE SENTENCE. COMPLEX
3. Dum est vita spés est. (Time clause.) While there is
life there is hope.
Kinds of Dependent Clauses
396. The kinds of dependent clauses in Latin complex
sentences are not difficult to identify, for they can be
distinguished in two ways: (1) by the word which intro-
duces them; (2) by the mood of their main verb. In
dependent clauses the verb is usually a form not of the
indicative but of the Subjunctive mood. The introductory
words and the subjunctive mood combine to render the
identification of most dependent clauses easy.
Adverbial clauses in Latin are introduced as follows:
PURPOSE clauses: ut, im order that, né, in order that—
not, lest. Venimus ut spectémus. We come to (that
we may) look.
RESULT clauses: ut, so that; ut non, so hat—not. Caesar
impetum tam celeriter fécit ut hostés fugerent.
Caesar made the attack so quickly that the enemy fled.
_ TEMPORAL clauses: postquam, after, cum, when, dum,
while, until, priusquam, before, until.
Dum est vita spés est. While there is life there 1s hope.
Vénimus priusquam hostés téla iacerent. We came be-
fore the enemy could throw their weapons.
CONDITIONAL clauses: si, z/, nisi, 2f not.
Britus, si Caesarem caedat, régnum capiat. Jf Brutus
should slay Caesar he would usurp the kingdom.
CAUSAL clauses: quod, because, cum, since.
Proelium vidimus quod 4 Galba missi eramus. We
saw the battle because we had been sent by Galba.
159
APPLIED LATIN
Quae cum ita sint, consulem laudamus. Since these
things are so, we praise the consul.
CONCESSIVE clauses: quamquam, alihough, cum, al-
though. Quamquam hanc fabulam audivit, tacébat.
Although he heard this story, he was silent.
Cum clamdret, avem non terruit. Though he shouted,
he did not frighten the bird.
Adjectival clauses in Latin are introduced by the relative
pronoun, qui, quae, quod, who, which, that.
Servus qui equum dtcébat ciridsissimus erat. The
slave who was leading the horse was very inquisitive.
Oppidum quod hostés tenébant facile cépimus. We
easily captured the town which the enemy were holding.
Noun clauses will be taken up in Paragraphs 763-800.
Study the words which introduce dependent clauses so
that you may be able to identify the clauses quickly.
Let these introductory words be your signals.
Quiz.—Name the kinds of dependent clauses in Latin.
How can you tell them apart? Name the introductory
words and the clause which should follow each one.
XXXIV. THE VERB. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. CLAUSES OF
PURPOSE AND RESULT. SEQUENCE OF TENSES
397. In the earlier paragraphs of this book you met forms
of the Indicative mood only because the Latin sentences
were all statements of fact. For such sentences the Indica-
tive (the mood of fact) is the proper mood in all languages.
In Complex sentences the main statement of fact (principal
clause) takes its verb in the Indicative and the dependent
(weaker) clause takes its verb usually in the Subjunctive
160 .
THE VERB
mood. Since the Subjunctive mood (Paragraph 78) lacks
the firmness, frankness, and assurance of the Indicative, it
is naturally used in most dependent (weaker) clauses.*
THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD
398. The Subjunctive mood has all the tenses of the
Indicative except the future and future perfect. The
endings of the Subjunctive in all four conjugations are
similar, tense for tense. The endings of all present tenses
(except in the first conjugation) are alike. All imperfect
tenses have similar endings. When, then, you have learned
the Subjunctive of one conjugation you have learned the
Subjunctives of practically all conjugations, for the present
subjunctive of the First conjugation alone presents difficulties.
399. LAUDO and HABEO.—Active Voice—Subjunctive Mood
Present Imperfect Present Imperfect
SINGULAR SINGULAR
1. laudem laudarem habeam habérem
2. laudés laudarés habeas habérés
3. laudet laudaret habeat habéret
PLURAL PLURAL
1. laudémus laudarémus habeamus habérémus
2. laudétis laudarétis habeatis habérétis
3. laudent laudarent — habeant habérent
400. Learn the conjugation of the present and imperfect
subjunctive of the English verb find in Paragraph 824.
The Translation of the Subjunctive Mood
401. For the Latin forms which you have just learned we
have added no English meanings, for the Latin Subjunc-
tive, with a few exceptions, is translated into English
* Occasionally the Subjunctive mood is used as the main verb in in-
dependent statements. Compare paragraphs 522-535.
II . 161
APPLIED LATIN
exactly like the Indicative. In the English verb find (Para-
graph 824) you saw that the Subjunctive in English is
made up of a main verb find, combined with the auxiliary
verbs may, might, etc. The Subjunctive in English reg-
ularly employs these auxiliary verbs, but in Latin they
are used in the translation of purpose clauses and of one or
two conditional clauses only. Unless specially directed to
the contrary, translate the present subjunctive in Latin
like the present indicative, the imperfect subjunctive like
the imperfect indicative, etc.
402. Identify and translate these verb forms, using in
translation the corresponding tenses of the indicative:
1. Amem, clamaret, habeas, tacérent, 6rnarem, liicéret. 2.
Vocent, valeatis, portarés, augérémus, crearent, spondeamus.
3. Spectés, maneat, superet, docérem, mitétis, cavérés. 4.
Firmémus, déleam, errarétis, favérétis, darémus, studeant.
403. Practise the forms of present and imperfect tenses,
using the verbs given in Paragraph 402.
ADVERBIAL CLAUSES OF PURPOSE IN ENGLISH AND LATIN
404. A. Examine these English sentences: a
1. I go to school that I may learn (to learn) to live nobly.
2. He swims powerfully that he may not be overwhelmed.
3. We worked hard that we might not be (not to be) defeated.
The italicized words in these sentences compose adverbial
purpose clauses. Purpose clauses call attention to some-
thing which is aimed at or desired. No. 1 above is affirma-
tive; Nos. 2 and 3 are negative. Notice in these English
purpose clauses the auxiliary verbs may, might, etc. Con-
162
THE VERB
struct some sentences containing Adverbial clauses of Pur-
pose. Pick out some in your English reader.
405. B. Examine these Latin sentences:
1. Puerum ad flimen dicimus ut aquam spectet. We
lead the boy to the river that he may see (to see) the water.
2. Galba omnia parat né hostés exercitum superent.
Galba makes every preparation that the enemy may not
defeat the army.
3. Caesar oppidum munivit ut hostés terréret. Caesar for-
lifted the town that he might terrify (to terrify) the enemy.
4. Légatus castra mévit né silvestri in locéd manéret.
The lieutenant moved camp that he might not remain
in a wooded place.
The dependent clauses of these Latin sentences denote
purpose. Nos. 1 and 3 are affirmative, shown by the particle
ut; Nos. 2 and 4 are negative, shown by the particle né.
Note that the auxiliary verbs may and might are employed
in translating Latin purpose clauses into English.
406. RuLE.—Adverbial Clauses of Purpose.—Pur pose
clauses are introduced by ut, that (affirmative), and né, that not
(negative), and have their verbs in the present and imperfect
subjunctive.
407. Learn the present and imperfect subjunctives active
of the other regular conjugations in Paragraphs 827—8-o9.
These tenses are similar to those of habed, Paragraph 399.
Practise them, using the verbs given in Par. 200, 224, 253.
408. ‘Translate these sentences containing Purpose clauses:
1. Exercitum maximum paramus ut orbem terrarum vin-
camus. 2. Civés portas clausérunt né hostés oppidum sine
163
APPLIED LATIN
proelid caperent. 3. Hic servus ad cénsulem ductus est ut
fabulam narraret. 4. Pontem gravidribus ancoris firmabam
né aquae fluminis eum frangerent. 5. Itaque féminae quo-
que rosas portavérunt ut templum Ornarent. 6. Servi
diligentés in conspectti Galbae militibus bene serviébant,
ut sé laudaret. 7. Omnés barbari fossés altés fécérunt
né Caesar terram fertilem suam caperet. 8. Né impetus
aquarum navem frangat, nautae ancoram in mare iaciunt.
9. Et dux et legid eius figérunt né hostés totum exercitum
délerént. 1o. Novis rébus (a revolution) studémus ut im-
perat6rés nostrds caedamus.
409. Translate: 1. At Corinth the army fought coura-
geously to capture the city. 2. We will bind the treacherous
envoy that he may not escape. 3. Are you shouting so that
the ravenous birds may beafraid? 4. A wise general provides
an ample supply of grain that his soldiers may be vic-
torious. 5. The women brought light garments that they
might cover the body of the illustrious commander.
Quiz.—What is the nature of the subjunctive mood?
What are the meanings of the tenses? Pick out some pur-
pose clauses in Paragraph 392. How is purpose expressed?
410.
absentia, -ae, absence, f. centuri6, centuridnis, a centurion,
abundantia, -ae, plenty, f. military officer, m.
ara, -ae, an altar, f. adventus, -iis, arrival, coming,
Carrus, -i, @ cari, m. m. ;
aurum, -i, gold, n. acerbus, -a, -um, biiter.
biduum, -i, ‘wo days, n. adversus, -a, -um, unfavorable.
beneficium, -i, service, n. aliénus, -a, -um, strange, foreign.
arbor, arboris, a tree, f. amicus, -a, -um, friendly.
arx, arcis, a citadel, f. angustus, -a, -um, arrow.
augur, auguris, a prophet, m. acriter, sharply, keenly.
altitiid6, altitidinis, height, f. aliquandé, some time, at length.
arcus, -tis, bow, arch, m. audacter, boldly.
cliéns, clientis, a retainer, m. adhic, up to this time.
canis, canis, a dog, m. and f. celeriter, swiftly, quickly.
164
THE VERB
Study and learn these words. Practise the declensions
of the nouns and adjectives. Compare the adverbs.
411. Worp Stupy.—Give the meaning of the following
derivatives. Use them in sentences. Add others.
absence carryall altitude oriole abundant
amity beneficial arc arboretum _acerbity
accelerate arch auspicious adverse client
alienate advent benefice alias beneficent
adventitious inaugurate _ benefit inaugural adversity
celerity alien cart alienist canine
acid car enmity amiable carriage
Quiz.—Tell something about the augur, cliéns, centuri6.
SEQUENCE OF TENSES IN ENGLISH AND LATIN
412. A. In a Complex sentence there are at least two
parts: an independent statement or clause and a dependent
statement or clause. A Complex sentence must then con-
tain at least two verbs: one the main verb, the other the
dependent verb. In well-written English Complex sentences
care is always taken to have the tenses (time) of these two
verbs related to each other in a way that produces sense;
that is, the main verb is always followed by that tense of
the dependent verb which, combined with it, will produce
a sensible sentence.
413. Examine these English sentences:
1. He entered because he had paid for his ticket. 2. We
ran because a soldier followed us. 3. If we should see an
accident we would not laugh.
In each of these sentences the main verb is followed by a
tense of the dependent verb which produces sense. Replace
the verb had paid by pays, ran by run, would not laugh by
165
APPLIED LATIN
laugh. ‘The sentences now are meaningless. These new
tenses of the dependent verbs do not produce sense, for
when the main verb is in the present tense, the dependent
verb should also be in a present tense; and when the main —
verb is in a past tense, the dependent verb should be in a
past tense. This relation of the tenses in complex sentences
is called Sequence of tenses (sequor, fo follow).
414. In Latin also you must be very careful to see that the
tenses of the main and the dependent verbs are properly related.
In Latin as well as in English a main verb in present or
future time is followed by a dependent verb in a tense
that denotes the same time or time Jater than that of the
main verb, and a main verb in past time by a tense that
shows the same point in past time as the main verb or time
more remote. ‘Tenses that denote present or future time are
called primary, those that denote past time, secondary.
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY TENSES
415. In the Indicative mood (the mood of the main verb)
the primary tenses are the present, future, and future perfect;
the secondary tenses are the imperfect, perfect, and pluperfect.
In the Subjunctive mood (the mood of the dependent
verb) the primary tenses are the present and the perfect; the
secondary tenses are the imperfect and the pluperfect.
416. RuLE.—Sequence of Tenses.—When the main verb
is present, future, or future perfect indicative, a dependent
subjunctive must be put in the present tense if it shows con-
tinued action at the same time or time later than that of the
main verb, or in the perfect tense to express completed action.
166
THE VERB
When the main verb is in the imperfect, perfect, or plu-
perfect indicative, a dependent subjunctive must be put in
the imperfect tense to express continued action in past or
future time, or in the pluperfect tense to express completed
action in past time.
DIAGRAM
Present ‘Dpsedat
Future | Indicative followed by pres Subjunctive.
Future Perfect erfec
Fase Indicative followed by niet Subjunctive.
Pluperfect
417. Examine the Latin sentences in Paragraph 408
which contain purpose clauses. All the dependent verbs in
those sentences are in the present or the imperfect subjunc-
tive. These dependent verbs illustrate the rule for the se-
quence of tenses. As the idea of purpose can refer only to
actions in future time, the present and the imperfect tenses
of the subjunctive only can be used in purpose clauses.
418. Translate: 1. In the broad field were tall trees. 2.
The soldiers of Caesar brought plenty of grain to the city
that they might hinder the enemy for two days. 3. At
length the envoy came to the citadel with the wagons. 4.
There was an altar between the arch of victory and the
bridge. 5. Who is running quickly to see the approach of
the centurion? 6. That dog of yours is in the narrow road.
7. Strange dogs are not always friendly. 8. Up to this time
the legion has not moved camp. 9. The king’s retainers
guarded the narrow place between the town and the forest.
Quiz.—What is meant by the Sequence of Tenses? Name
the primary and secondary tenses of the Indicative and
167
APPLIED LATIN
Subjunctive. What do the tenses of the Subjunctive imply
in dependent clauses? What special rule applies to adverbial
clauses of purpose?
419. LAUDO and HABEO.—Passive Voice—Subjunctive Mood
Present Imperfect Present Imperfect
SINGULAR SINGULAR
1. lauder laudarer habear habérer
2. laudéris laudaréris habearis habéréris
3. laudétur laudarétur habeatur habérétur
PLURAL PLURAL
1. laudémur laudarémur habeamur habérémur
2. laudémini laudarémini habeamini habérémini
3. laudentur laudarentur habeantur habérentur
420. Learn these forms. Practise the tenses, using the
verbs in Paragraphs 294, 314. Note specially the present
subjunctive passive of Laud6.
421. The Present and Imperfect tenses of the Third and
Fourth Conjugations are similar to those of Habed, rather
than those of Laud6. Learn them in Paragraphs 827-8-9.
Practise their forms, using the verbs given in Paragraphs
224, 329, 370-
422. For rapidity in identification translate these forms:
1. Amer, clamarétur, superarétur, caveattir, Ornarer. 2.
Vocenter, habedris, portaréris, augérémur, crearentur.
3. Spectéris, spondeatur, miitémini, docérer, firmémur.
ADVERBIAL CLAUSES OF RESULT IN ENGLISH AND LATIN
423. A. Examine the following English sentences:
1. He talks so fast that I cannot follow him.
2. His army was so large that the enemy fled.
3. The city was so well fortified that it escaped assault.
In these sentences the italicized words compose clauses
168
THE VERB
unlike the kind you have already considered. These clauses
indicate result, not purpose. The dependent clause in No. 1
is negative; in Nos. 2 and 3, affirmative. You may feel a little
uncertain at first about being able to distinguish between
purpose and result clauses, but if you will remember that
result clauses are regularly concerned with something which
has taken place and purpose clauses with something which is
desired to take place, your trouble will disappear. Further, in
English complex sentences which contain result clauses the
word so (compare the preceding sentences) usually acts as
an indicator or signal of the approach of a result clause.
Get into the habit of looking for this word so when you are
asked to pick out result clauses.
424. Compose some English complex sentences contain-
ing adverbial clauses either of purpose or of result. Review
the conjugation of the Indicative mood of the verb ¢o find
in Paragraph 824. Ask your teacher to explain the meaning
of the terms simple, progressive, and emphatic.
- 425. B. Examine these Latin sentences:
1. Tam celeriter hostés veniunt ut ROm4ni terreantur.
The enemy come so quickly that the Romans are terrified.
2, Bellum tam terribile fuit ut totae natiénés délérentur.
The war was so terrible that whole nations were blotted out.
3. Flamen est tam latum ut impetum barbarorum non
timeamus.
The river is so broad that we do not fear the attack of
the barbarians.
4. Meus servus tam acciratus erat ut non erraret.
My slave was so careful that he did not make mistakes.
169
APPLIED LATIN
The words in the Latin sentences that are underscored
compose result clauses; the first two being affirmative, the
last two negative. Note that the dependent verbs in these
clauses are forms of the present and the imperfect tenses of the
subjunctive mood. ‘The introductory particles are ut, that,
for affirmative result, and ut n6n, that not, for negative result.
Ut and n6n are frequently separated by one or more words.
426. Just as there appears in English sentences the word
so to call attention to the coming of result clauses, in Latin
sentences also certain words meaning so (or the like) appear
with equal effect. These words are:
tam, ita, sic, so. tantus, -a, -um, so great. talis, tale, of such a kind.
These words generally precede result clauses but never pur-
pose clauses. Make use of them, especially when identifying
affirmative purpose or affirmative result clauses. As the
introductory particles preceding negative purpose and nega-
tive result clauses are different (né against ut nén), negative
clauses should not trouble you.
427. RuLE.—Adverbial Clauses of Result.—Result is ex-
pressed by the subjunctive, usually the present or the 1mperfect,
introduced by the particles ut (affirmative) and ut nin (nega-
tive). These tenses of the subjunctive are used in accordance
with the rule for the sequence of tenses.
428.
aequo, aequare, aequavi, aequatus, to make equal.
locé, locare, locavi, locatus, to place, locate.
probé, probare, probavi, probatus, o prove, approve. .
privo, privare, privavi, privatus, /o deprive.
pugno, pignare, pignavi, pignatus, /o fight.
proper6, properare, properavi, properatus, to hasten.
turbé, turbare, turbavi, turbatus, 0 disturb.
vast, vastare, vastavi, vastatus, to lay waste, ravage.
170
THE ROMAN FORUM
429. Translate: 1. Dux castra tam angusto in locd posuit
ut milités oppidum non vidérent. 2. Centuridnés virtitem
fortina aequant ut Caesar vincat. 3. Servi mei tam bene
mihi serviunt ut eds semper liberem. 4. Tam celeriter
milités ad provinciam properavérunt ut finés non vastaren-
tur. 5. Clamor hostium tantus erat ut ad arcem fuge-
rémus. 6. Biduum in oppidd mansimus ut légati cum
cOpiis suis venirent. 7. Adhic bellum tam terribile fuerat
ut totae natidnés délérentur. 8. Aurum auguri aliéné
datum est ut civés fatum urbis audirent. 9. Maniis-ne
captivi vincitis ut eum aur6 su6 privétis? 1o. Rés militaris
in absentia Caesaris sic turbata est, ut ab omnibus civibus
domum ex Africa vocarétur.
1. At length we saw the citadel and the high altar. 2.
There were so many carts in the town that the roads were
closed. 3. The immortal gods do not approve the gifts of
men so evil that they have no friends. 4. Who hastened to
the city to bury the body of his friend? 5. Lest the roses be
broken by the heavy winds, the maidens covered them with
light garments.
- Quiz.—What does the word result mean? Name one
point of difference between the ideas of purpose and result.
How can you distinguish between the particles which in-
troduce purpose and result?
THE ROMAN FoRUM
Let us take a little closer view of the Heart of Rome. The
plan of the Forum shows only a number of black lines lying
in a rather narrow enclosure. These lines mark the sites
of buildings which were once the joy of all citizens of the
I7I
APPLIED LATIN
Roman Republic. If you were to take a walk through the
Forum to-day you would see a mass of ruins that would mean
but little to you unless you were acquainted with the story
that goes with each of the fallen structures. The impression
you would gain would be one of disappointment at the ruins
rather than of exaltation at their former grandeur. To-day,
however, you would see a great deal more of the Forum
than was visible in the Middle Ages, for in those days the
dirt and the débris of the centuries following the fall of
Rome in 476 A. D. covered the Heart of Rome. While
Italy was under the control of foreign kings and Rome no
longer the imperial city, the famous buildings of the Forum
became the prey of men who used the marble to construct
new buildings or burned it for the sake of the lime it con-
tained. So, in those years many of the old buildings abso-
lutely disappeared and of the others only a few walls and
columns remained standing. The Roman of the Middle
Ages walked across the Forum, caring little for the ruined
buildings and fallen columns. His principal street followed
the line of the Sacra Via. All sorts of traffic passed under
the Arch of Severus. When interest began to be taken in
this spot once more, the dirt of the centuries was removed.
What was left of the ruins was carefully treasured and as far
as possible was returned to its former condition. As you
go through the Forum to-day these ruins appear on every
side, and with difficulty can you imagine the grand buildings
that once filled the area.
Nore.—See page 152, and illustration facing page 310.
172
THE VERB
XXXV. THE VERB. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. CLAUSES OF
TIME. COMPOUND VERBS OF THE FIRST
CONJUGATION
430. LAUDO and HABEO.—Active Voice—Subjunctive Mood
Perfect Pluperfect Perfect Pluperfect
SINGULAR SINGULAR
laudaverim laudavissem habuerim habuissem
laudaveris laudavissés habueris habuissés
laudaverit laudavisset habuerit habuisset
PLURAL PLURAL
laudaverimus laudavissémus habuerimus habuissémus
laud4veritis laudavissétis habueritis habuissétis
laudaverint laudavissent habuerint habuissent
For the forms above no English meanings are added.
Translate them as if they were forms of the indicative mood.
431. Learn also the same tenses of the other regular con-
jugations in Paragraphs 827-8-9. Practise these tenses,
using the verbs in Paragraphs 68, 114, 200, 224, 253.
432. For rapidity in identification name and translate the
following forms of the subjunctive mood:
vastaverint pugnaverit locavissem piignavissémus
cavisset favissent paruerimus auxerim
probaverim privavisset turbavissent properaverimus
ADVERBIAL CLAUSES OF TIME IN ENGLISH AND LATIN.
TEMPORAL CLAUSES IN PAST TIME
433. A. Examine these English Complex sentences:
1. After the stranger arrived, the news spread abroad. 2.
When the train stopped, we got off. 3. When the parade had
passed by, the spectators went home.
In these sentences the italicized words compose Temporal
(time) clauses. You should have little difficulty in rec-
ognizing temporal clauses because the words which intro-
173
APPLIED LATIN
duce them clearly indicate time, as, when or after. The
clauses above are all laid in past time; cf. dependent verbs.
434. Construct some English sentences containing Tem-
poral clauses in past time. Notice what introductory par-
ticles youuse. Pick out the Temporal clauses in Par. 392.
435. B. Examine these Latin sentences:
1. Postquam exercitum vidimus imperatérem laudavimus.
After we saw the army we praised the commander.
2. Cum Caesar Gallés superavisset ROmani provinciam
multés annds habébant. When Caesar had overcome the
Gauls the Romans held the province for many years.
Each of these Latin complex sentences contains a fem-
poral clause in past time. Such clauses are regularly intro-
duced by the words postquam, after, and cum, when. Post-
quam is followed by the indicative mood, usually in the per-
fect tense. Cum is followed by the subjunctive mood in the
imperfect or the pluperfect tenses. Notice that the action
implied in the temporal clauses above is completed before
the action of the main verb begins.
436. RuLe.—Adverbial Clauses of Time (Past).— Tem-
poral clauses in past time are introduced by the words post-
quam, after, and cum, when. The perfect indicative usually
follows postquam, the imperfect or the pluperfect subjunctive
follows cum.
437. Translate: 1. Postquam carrus ad flimen tractus
erat exsulés aurum in navi posuérunt. 2. Cum Caesar
Rdmae biduum mansisset cOpiae cOnsulum vénérunt. 3.
Quis virginem laudabat cum rosds in agro lato peteret?
174
THE VERB
4. Iste filius, centurid,* bene ptignabat cum imperator
suus vidéret. 5. Postquam arbor nobilis cecidisset, arcum
victoriae striximus. 6. Postquam dux, Galba,* multés diés
mansit ut legidnés venirent, sic territus est ut castra in
locum adversum movéret. 7. Cum féminae, régis filiae,
portam urbis peterent, omnés civés ad collem properavérunt.
8. Tam clara v6x consulis fuit ut per vids latas audirétur. 9.
Captivos diligentius cist6dimus né fugiant. 10. Cum clientés
vénissent consul illtistris calamitatem recentem narravit.
*Note.—In Nos. 4, 6, and 7 are instances of Apposition.
The nouns centurid and Galba refer to the same persons as
the nouns félius and dux. Centurié and Galba are in the
same cases as the nouns filius and dux and serve to explain
them. Such nouns are said to be in apposition with the
nouns they explain.
438. RuLE.—Apposition.—A noun which explains or iden-
tifies another noun and refers to the same person or thing ts
put in the same case with the noun it explains.
439. Translate: 1. When Caesar, the consul, had over-
come the enemy the Romans built a huge arch of victory.
2. Did the slave guard the gold, after he had put it in the
tree? 3. When we were looking at the sunset we did not
perceive the approach of our friends. 4. Sailors were drag-
ging the heavy anchor to the sea that they might throw it
into the water. 5. We love horses so much that we never
frighten them.
Quiz.—What particles introduce temporal clauses in
past time? Give several examples of apposition in English.
175
APPLIED
440.
ala, -ae, a wing (of a bird), f.
avaritia, -ae, greed, f.
adoléscentia, -ae, youth, f.
cibus, -i, food, m.
biennium, -i, ‘wo years’ time, n.
bracchium, -i, an arm, n.
castellum, -i, a redoubt, n.
cohors, cohortis, a cohort, troop, f.
comes, comitis, a companion, m., f.
coniunx, coniugis, @ consort, usu-
ally a wife, f.
consuétido, consuétidinis, a cus-
tom, f.
commiutatid, commiutatidnis,
change, f.
a
Study and learn these words.
the nouns and adjectives.
Worp Stupy.—Explain the m
LATIN
condicié, condicidnis, a condi-
tion, terms, f.
cupiditas, cupiditatis, desire, f.
ascénsus, -Us, d” ascent, m.
cantus, -Us, @ song, m.
apertus, -a, -um, open.
argenteus, -a, -um, of silver.
aureus, -a, -um, of gold.
beatus, -a, -um, Dlessed.
carus, -a, -um, dear.
laetus, -a, -um, happy.
certe, certainly.
circiter, about.
continenter, continually.
cotidié, daily.
Practise the declension of
Compare the adverbs.
eaning of these English de-
rivatives. Use them in sentences of your own. Add others.
avarice cupidity conjugal castle adolescence
incantation comity cohort commuter certain
recant commutation ascendant biennial > commutator
concomitant charm castellated chant cupid
count ascent cherish caress condition
441. LAUDO and HABEO.—Passi
ve Voice—Subjunctive Mood
PERFECT—SINGULAR
1. laudatus (a, um) sim habitus (a, um) sim
2. laudatus (a, um) sis habitus (a, um) sis
3. laudatus (a, um) sit habitus (a, um) sit
PERFECT—PLURAL
1. laudati (ae, a) simus habiti (ae, a) simus
2. laudati (ae, a) sitis habiti (ae, a) sitis
3. laudati (ae, a) sint habiti (ae, a) sint
PLUPERFECT—SINGULAR
1. laudatus (a, um) essem habitus (a, um) essem
2. laudatus (a, um) essés habitus (a, um) essés
3. laudatus (a, um) esset habitus (a, um) esset
PLUPERFECT—PLURAL
1. laudati (ae, a) essémus habiti (ae, a) essémus
2. laudati (ae, a) essétis habiti (ae, a) essétis
3. laudati (ae, a) essent habiti (ae, a) essent
176
THE VERB
These tenses are formed by combining the perfect passive
participles laudatus and habitus with two tenses of the sub-
junctive of the verb sum.
The perfect subjunctive of a regular verb contains the
present tense of the subjunctive of sum: the pluperfect
subjunctive contains the imperfect subjunctive of sum.
You should find these two compound tenses as easy as were
the compound tenses of the indicative (Paragraph 308).
While you are learning these two tenses learn also the sepa-
rate conjugation of these two tenses of sum (Paragraph 831).
442. The Perfect and Pluperfect subjunctives of the other
regular conjugations are formed like the tenses given above.
Learn them in Paragraphs 827-8-9.
Practise these tenses, using the verbs in Paragraphs 68,
114.200, 224,257.
For rapidity in identification name and translate:
armati simus firmatus sis miutata sit sepulti sint
territi essétis doctae sitis impeditus essés datum sit
monstratumesset auditum sit tracti essétis plétum sit
ADVERBIAL CLAUSE OF TIME (CONTEMPORANEOUS) IN
ENGLISH AND LATIN
443. A. Examine these English sentences:
1. While there is life there is hope. 2. Let us remain at
peace as long as we can.
The italicized words in these sentences mark temporal
clauses. In each case the action of the dependent verb is
contemporaneous with, that is, takes place at the same time
as that of the main verb.
12 Ds Ae
APPLIED LATIN
444. B. Examine these Latin sentences:
1. Dum est vita spés est. While there 1s life there is hope.
2. Dum flimen altum erat in castris manébamus.
While the river was high, we remained in camp.
3. Dum cénsulés dicébant milités fortés erant.
While the consuls were leading, the soldiers were brave.
In the sentences above the underscored words mark
contemporaneous temporal clauses. The introductory word
which regularly begins such temporal clauses is dum, while.
There are two constructions with dum, and dum has a
separate meaning for each construction.
Dum means (1) as long as (all the time that), and connects
two periods of time of equal length. Dum est vita spés est.
As long as (all the time that) there is life there is hope
Dum means (2) while, and indicates a space of time within
which an action takes place, which action does not occupy
the whole time indicated by the dependent verb.
Dum milités in Gallia pignabant Caesar Roémam vénit.
W hile the soldiers were fighting i in Gaul Caesar reached Rome.
Note the difference between these two meanings and uses
of the word dum. When dum means as long as, the dependent
verb may be in amy tense of the indicative, but when dum
means while, its verb must stand in the present indicative.
445. RuLE.—Contemporaneous Temporal Clauses.—A
temporal clause introduced by dum, as long as, takes its verb
in any tense of the indicative mood. Dum, while, indicating
a space of time during which the action of the main verb takes
place, has its verb in the present indicative only.
178
THE VERB
446. Translate: 1. Dum cornt exercitiis fugit Caesar
cohortés suas in hostés misit. 2. Avaritia est cupiditas auri.
3. Viri magna cum virtite pignant dum cibum bonum
habent. 4. Dum apertis in campis erant, comités ducis
auream arborem petébant. 5. Arbor autem in silva dénsa
apud fontem stetit. 6. Dum virginés deis beatis serviébant
semper in templ6 manébant. 7. Dum exercitus Romanus
in Africa est, Caesar castella multa cépit. 8. Commita-
tidnem fortinae ndn cupiébamus dum nostrae cohortés
superabant. 9. Quae condicidnés pacis erunt? 10. EKandem
cOnsuétiidinem biennium tenébas.
447. 1. In the silvery water of the fountain the maiden
saw her face. 2. While youth remains, hope is continually
fresh. 3. Certainly I will do the task. 4. While the lion
was standing near the tree, the maiden fled into an open
field. 5. What song do we hear daily?
Quiz.—What is the meaning of the word contemporaneous ?
Explain the difference between the two types of temporal
clauses you have had. Explain castellum, cohors. What can
you find out about the Roman army?
ADVERBIAL CLAUSES OF TIME (FUTURE) IN ENGLISH AND
. LATIN
In the preceding paragraphs you have met with complex
sentences containing dependent clauses (temporal) both in
past and in contemporaneous time. There is still a further
class of temporal clauses, those referring to future time.
448. A. Examine these English sentences:
1. We waited until the parade appeared. 2. He remained
at home until the messenger could return. 3. Before they
could recover from flight, they were attacked by Caesar.
179
APPLIED LATIN |
In each of these sentences there is a temporal clause, the
time of which is later than the time of the main verb. In
the first sentence the action implied in the dependent verb
actually takes place; in the second there is an expectation
that the action will take place but the sentence does not
state whether or not it did take place. In the third sentence
the action of the dependent verb is anticipated or expected
but it never actually takes place, being prevented or fore-
stalled by the rapidity of Caesar’s attack.
449. B. Examine these Latin sentences:
1. Manéb6 dum mé vocabis. J shall remain until you
call me. 2. Manébis-ne dum té vocet? Wall you wait
until he calls you? 3. Oppidum minivi priusquam hostés
vénérunt. I fortified the town before the enemy came. 4.
LegiOnés prius figérunt quam Caesar auxilium mitteret.
The legions fled before Caesar could send aid. 5. Impetum
non fécit priusquam nintius veniret. He did not make the
attack until the messenger could come.
In these Latin sentences the action of the dependent verb
takes place or is expected to take place at a time later than
that of the main verb. These temporal clauses, then, are
laid in future time. In Nos. 1 and 3 the action actually takes
place. This is shown by the use of the Indicative mood. In
No. 2 there is an expectation that the action will take place
but no assurance that it does; in Nos. 4 and 5 the action
which is anticipated never takes place. In such sentences as
2, 4, and 5 the idea of expected action or anticipated action
is shown by the Subjunctive mood. The introductory part-
icles are dum, wnizl, and priusquam, until or before.
180
THE VERB
450. RuLE.—Temporal Clauses in Future Time.—Tem-
poral clauses in which the action of the dependent verb takes
place or 1s expected to take place at a time later than that of the
main verb are introduced by the particles dum, until, and
priusquam, wntil or before. When the action really takes place,
the indicative mood 1s used; when the action is ex pected or antic-
ipated (especially if we know that it was prevented from taking
place), the subjunctive is used, dum being followed by the present
or the imperfect tenses, priusquam usually by the imperfect.
In temporal sentences like those above the subjunctive
is often translated with the English auxiliaries can and could.
Priusquam may be separated into two parts; cf. sentence 4.
451. Translate: 1. Légétum n6n vocavi priusquam
Caesar vénit. 2. Centuridnés ipsi sine imperatore castellum
cépérunt priusquam hostés auxilia mitterent. 3. In templd
aureo cotidié sedébimus dum niintius nds vocabit. 4. Hostés
pacem prius petivérunt quam oppida sua miinirent. 5. Com-
ités fortés régis sé armavérunt priusquam ille eds in hostés
duxit. 6. Canés celerés ndn mansérunt dum led veniret.
7. Milités captivum in castell6 ciistédiunt dum exercitus
hostium superabitur. 8. Civés ports oppidi non clausérunt
priusquam adventum equérum audivérunt. 9g. Proelium
atrox finitum est priusquam dux auxilia vociret. 10. Quis
vir celeber lednem rapacem cecidit priusquam virginem
parvam caperet.
1. I will remain there until you come. 2. You called the
slave before he drove away the dog. 3. They fortified the
town before they asked for liberty. 4. Who fled before the
fire destroyed the house? 5. That ship was broken by the
winds before the anchor could be thrown into the water.
181
APPLIED LATIN
Quiz.—How can you distinguish temporal clauses in
future time from the other types of temporal clauses ? How
may priusquam be otherwise written?
COMPOUND VERBS OF THE FIRST CONJUGATION
452. In the acquisition of any language, whether ancient
or modern, there are two things absolutely essential: an
extensive vocabulary and rapidity in its use. Think how
dull would be the study of English if your knowledge of
English words were limited and you were constantly driven
to the use of the English dictionary. Your progress would be
so slow that all interest in your work would rapidly vanish.
In the building of an extensive vocabulary there are two
elements to be considered, the noun and the verb. Of these,
the verb is the more important. It has been said that a
student who has completely mastered a thousand verbs has
already secured a working knowledge of a new language.
This statement grows out of the fact that the meaning of a
new noun may often be made out from the meaning of the
words which surround it, especially from the meaning of the
verb with which it is associated. In other words the con-
text (surrounding words) often reveals the meaning of new
nouns. The acquisition of great lists of nouns is consequently
of less importance than the learning of many verbs.
Though the learning of a large number of verbs is a
serious task, there are ways by which the labor involved
may be lightened. Many verbs are compounded of a simple
verb and a prefix (preposition). The meaning of a compound
182
THE VERB
verb will be easy for you to make out without consulting
a dictionary if you know (1) the meaning of the simple verb
and (2) the meaning of the prefix employed. In Paragraphs 30
and 40 you met with the most common prefixes used in the
making of compound verbs. Review them carefully at this
time. In the following pages there will be lists of compound
verbs based on the simple verbs which you have learned.
453. Review the first conjugation verbs in Par. 68, 294.
454. Learn these compound verbs:
The Clam6, Dé, and Par6é Groups
clam6, clamare, clamavi, clamatus, to shout
conclam6 (1) * exclam6 (1) reclamé (1)
cry aloud shout out cry out against
do, dare, dedi, datus, fo give
add6 (3) abdé (3) condé6 (3)
add hide put together, found (city)
circumdé (1) déd6 (3) perdo (3)
surround surrender lose
prodé (3) redd6 (3) d6né (1)
betray give back present
Note that dare changes to dere when the compound verb belongs to the
third conjugation. Circumdare is an exception.
paro, parare, paravi, paratus, fo prepare
-compar6 (1) praepar6 (1) séparo (1)
provide, get ready get ready beforehand prepare apart, separate
The prefix sé found in sépard means apart, aside.
455. Translate: 1. Cum urbs 4 militibus capta esset,
omnés civés magno clamore conclamavérunt. 2. Exsulés
in dénsas silvas sé abdidérunt ut poenas fugerent. 3. Magna
in insula urbem condidit né 4 cdpiis pedestribus caperétur.
4. eee urbem fossa circumdedit. Itaque dux fortis num-
: Noise that - numeral following each verb indicates the conjugation
to which the verb belongs.
183
APPLIED LATIN
quam sé dédidit. 5. Quae copiae nostras minitidnés per-
dunt? 6. Préditi sumus 4 légatis ipsis. 7. Caesar pectiniam
captivisreddébat. 8. Frimentum cotidié paramus. 9. Adhiic
omnia comparata sunt. 1o. Coniunxne tibi cibum dedit?
Certé. 11. Cum consul 6ratidnem habuisset, civés irati
reclamavérunt. 12. Omnia mihi addita sunt.
456. Worpb Stupy.—Explain these derivatives. Use them
in sentences of your own.
claim compare apparel proclaim data
clamor separate preparation reclamation preparedness
reclaim donor apparatus render condition
condiment donation perdition date declaim
proclamation condone acclaim addition irreparable
add repair surrender prepare disclaim
457. Select some English verb, as claim, and give as many
compound derivatives of it as you can.
Quiz.—What two things are essential in language study?
Discuss some ways of learning vocabulary.
458. The Portd, Std, and Voc6d Groups
porto, portare, portavi, portatus, /o carry
comporté (1) déporté (1) exporté (1)
bring together, collect carry off, lay waste carry away, export
importé (1) reportd (1) transporté (1)
carry in, import carry back carry over, transport
st6, stare, steti, statum, fo stand
exsist6 (3) consisté (3) désisté (3)
stand forth take position, consist desist from, stop, cease
resist6 (3) statud (3) constitud (3)
resist set up, resolve establish, determine
institud (3) restituéd (3) exstd (1)
establish, determine restore, reéstablish stand out, appear
vocé, vocare, vocavi, vocatus, to call, summon
advocé (1) avocé (1) convocé (r)
call to, summon call away call together
évoco (1) prévocé (1) revoco (1)
call out, challenge challenge call back, recall
184
THE PRINCIPAL BUILDINGS IN THE ROMAN FORUM
459. Translate: 1. In absentia Caesaris abundantia
frimenti comportata erat. 2. Sé suaque omnia in vicina
oppida déportabant. 3. Ex Britannia cibus importabatur.
4. Cdpiae hostium niper in Galliam transportatae sunt.
5. Multds edrum ducés convocavi né auxilium adinimicés
mitterent. 6. Milités ab opere ad castellum revocati sunt. 7.
Tam celeriter hoc bell6 déstitimus ut civés domi terrérentur.
8. Fratrem tuum in locum gratiae et honoris restituébamus.
g. Centuridnés legidnis impetum fécérunt ut hostibus resis-
terent. 10. Multi viri fortés no6minatim évocati erant.
460. Worp Stupy.—Explain these English words. Use
them in sentences of your own.
portable convoke institution portico existence
resistance vocative extant advocate evoke
restitution irrevocable porter exporter transportation
obstacle consistence imports opportunity vocabulary
vocation statute constant insist comport
provocation porch persistence desist reporter
stability superstition avocation constitution equivocal
constable deportation revocation vowel distant
THE PRINCIPAL BUILDINGS IN THE ROMAN FORUM
As you look at the map you notice at the left the Tabu-
larium, the building in which were kept the state records of
the Republic. From this spot, which is rather high, a view
of the whole Forum can be had. On the left across the
Forum appear the Arch of Severus, the Rostra, the ruins
of the Temple of Concord, the remains of the Forum, the
Sacra Via, the huge arches of the Basilica Aemilia, the site of
the temple erected to Julius Caesar, the Regia, and the site
of the Temple of Vesta. On the right appear the columns
which mark the Temple of Saturn, the ruins of the Basilica
Iulia, and the site of the Temple of Castor. Beyond the limit
185
APPLIED LATIN
of the map were the Arches of Constantine and Titus and
the famous Colosseum. Here and there in the Forum were
streets leading from the center to the outer parts of the city.
Of these, the most famous was the Sacra Via, along which
the triumphal processions of the Roman generals took their
winding course to the Temple of Jupiter on the Capitoline
Hill. Through the Forum ran the great sewer, Cloaca Max-
ima, which drained the low lying valley of the Forum.
You must not think that the Forum and its buildings were
all constructed at one time. On the contrary, the Forum
had a gradual development, buildings being added at various
times. The early buildings were made of any material
which could be easily’ obtained; the later buildings were
faced with marble, giving much splendor to the Forum.
XXXVI. THE VERB. SUBJUNCTIVE OF SUM. CLAUSES
OF CONDITION AND CAUSE. COMPOUND VERBS
OF THE SECOND CONJUGATION
461. THE VERB SUM.—The Subjunctive Mood
SINGULAR
Present Imperfect Perfect Pluperfect
sim essem fuerim fuissem
sis essés fueris fuissés
sit esset fuerit fuisset
PLURAL
simus essémus fuerimus fuissémus
sitis essétis fueritis — fuissétis
sint essent fuerint fuissent
Learn these four tenses. You have already met the first
two in Paragraph 441. The perfect subjunctive of sum is
the same as the future perfect indicative except in the first
person singular. The pluperfect has the endings of the
imperfect essem with change of e to z before s.
186
THE VERB
The same caution is to be taken regarding the transla-
tion of the different subjunctive forms of sum as of the sub-
junctive forms of the regular verbs. Use as meanings of the
subjunctive forms of sum the meanings of the corresponding
tenses of the Indicative unless specially directed otherwise.
462. For rapidity of identification name and translate:
1. Fueris, simus, fuissent, essent, fuissés, sitis, fuerit.
ADVERBIAL CLAUSES CONTAINING A CONDITION IN
ENGLISH AND LATIN
A. With the Indicative Mood
463. A. There are many occasions in speaking and writ-
ing when we express an idea about which we have some
doubt or which can be true only under certain conditions or
circumstances. Sentences which contain statements whose
truth is affected by some circumstance or other are called con-
ditional sentences. Examine the following English sentences:
1. If we are well we are happy. 2. If we were well we
were happy. 3. If we shall be well we will be happy.
The italicized words indicate the two parts of these
sentences, one a statement of fact and the other a clause
containing a condition or circumstance affecting the truth
of the main statement. Each of these dependent clauses is
introduced by the word zf. Clauses so introduced are con-
ditional clauses. The main statement in a sentence con-
taining a conditional clause is called the conclusion.
Remember, then, that all conditional sentences are made
up of two parts, the condition and the conclusion. ‘The con-
ditional clause may appear either before or after the con-
187
APPLIED LATIN
clusion. You will have no trouble in identifying a condi-
tional clause if you will always look for the introductory
word 7 or its negative if not or unless.
- 464. B. In Latin as well as in English there are many
occasions for the use of conditional sentences. Look at the
following examples:
1. Si valémus laetisumus. Jf we are well we are happy.
2. Sivalébamus laetieramus. Jf we were well we were happy.
3. Si valébimus laeti erimus. If we shall be well we will be
happy.
In these sentences, which are Latin translations of the
English sentences above, there are two parts, the condition
(underscored) and the conclusion. Each of the sentences
is named from the kind of condition which it contains.
The first is called a Simple Present condition because the
condition and conclusion are in present time (present
indicative). The second is called a Simple Past condition
because both its parts are in past time (imperfect indicative).
The third is called a More Vivid Future condition because
both its parts are in future time (future indicative). Most
conditional sentences in Latin take their verbs in the
indicative mood. You will have no difficulty with condi-
tions which employ the indicative if you translate the
tenses of the indicative accurately.
465. RuLE.—Simple Conditions.—Simple conditions in
- Latin are introduced by the particle si, if (negative nisi, if not
or unless). In both condition and conclusion the verbs are
in the indicative mood.
188
THE VERB
466.
curé, curare, curavi, curatus, to care for, provide for.
crem6, creméare, ; to burn.
’
impetr6, impetrare, impetravi, impetratus, /o gain a request.
paco, pacare, pacavi, pacatus, to pacify.
purgé, pirgdre, pirgavi, purgatus, /oclean, purify.
iaceé, _iacére, iacui, to lie, recline.
’
mereo, merére, merul, meritus, to deserve, merit.
lated, latére, latui, ee to lie hidden.
déterred, déterrére, déterrui, ———, to frighten off.
pended, pendére, pependi, ———, to hang, be suspended.
Learn these verbs.
467. Translate: 1. Arborés multaés altasque cremamus
né lednés in silvis dénsis lateant. 2. Augurne aurum dili-
genter ciravit dum filia sua veniret? 3. Cum nintius
fabulam longam narravisset, 4 cOnsule impetravit. 4. Nisi
Caesar in Gallia piignabit, illa provincia omnis numquam
pacabitur. 5. Si equus nunc in campo 1at6 est, sub arbore
lacet. 6. Multis beneficiis hondrem amplum merébat. 7.
Si Galba laetus erat, cOnsulés RO6m&ni quoque erant laeti.
8. Si post aedificium angust6 in locd latébimus, comités
nos ibi numquam petébunt. 9. Quis ROmae reget si Caesar
caesus erit? 10. Nisi ancora de navi ingenti pendébit,
venti vehementés navem movébunt.
468. 1. If we shall shout we shall frighten the birds from
the trees. 2. The horse was certainly in the field if the gate
was shut. 3. I took care of the golden gift while the prophet
was cleaning the altar. 4. What shall we deserve if you
pacify the nation with our help? 5. When we shall have
gained our request from Caesar, we will destroy the letter.
469. Worp Stupy.—Explain these derivatives and use
them in sentences of your own.
curious curator procure impend cremation
purgative deter pacify latent curate
sinecure demerit purge pensive secure
suspend independence meritorious adjacent crematory
189
APPLIED LATIN
B. With the Subjunctive Mood .
470. Beside simple conditions with the indicative there
are some in Latin which make use of the subjunctive mood
in both the condition and the conclusion. Study the follow-
ing examples:
1. Si valeamus laeti simus.
If we should be well we would be happy.
2. Si valérémus laeti essémus.
If we were well we would be happy.
3. Si valuissémus laeti fuissémus.
If we had been well we would have been happy.
These conditional sentences bear the following names:
No. 1 is called a Less Vivid Future condition; No. 2 a
Contrary to Fact condition in Present time; No. 3 a Con-
trary to Fact condition in Past time.
The Less Vivid Future condition is merely a weaker form
of the Simple Future condition (cf. Paragraph 464). Instead
of using the auxiliary verbs shall and will in the condition
and the conclusion, this condition uses the weaker forms
should and would. Both verbs are in the present subjunctive.
Contrary to Fact conditions contain statements which
would be true under just the opposite (contrary) circum-
stances to those given in the conditional clause. For ex-
ample, “If we were now well, we would be happy,”
really
means we are not now happy because we are not well. “If
we had been well we would have been happy,” really means
we were not happy because we were not well. As you see by
‘
reversing the translation “‘ we are not happy because we are
not well,” the time of the condition is really present, though
190
THE VERB
the tense of the subjunctive used in Latin is imperfect.
“We were not happy because we were not well” shows that
the time of the condition is past though the tense of the
subjunctive used in Latin is pluperfect. Consequently the
conditions are called present and past contrary to fact.
471. RuLte.—Conditions Requiring the Subjunctive Mood.
—Less Vivid Future conditional sentences take the present sub-
junctive in both condition and conclusion. Present Contrary to
Fact conditional sentences take the imperfect subjunctive,
and Past Contrary to Fact the pluperfect subjunctive in both
the condition and the conclusion.
472. Translate: 1. Si fortiina bona sit réx sim. 2. Nisi
beneficiis maégnis hondrem merérem, hdc in l6c6 nunc n6én
essem. 3. Si frigus hiemis grave sit, ingentem ignem curem.
4. Si c6pia frimenti comportata esset, milités cibum certé
habuissent. 5. Omnis Gallia. facile celeriterque pacata
esset si Caesar primo dux fuisset. 6. Hic servus ex manibus
meis n6n fiigisset nisi dormivissem. 7. Hae rosae dé ara
antiquaé semper pendébunt nisi venti eds frangent. 8.
Extra oppidum milités latébant dum ab hostibus peté-
bantur. g. Nisi nibés dénsae fuissent, s6l claré lixisset. 10.
Portas cotidié claudémus dum auxilium 4 Caesare mittatur.
473. 1. If the ditch had been wide the horses would
never have escaped. 2. The women would adorn the temple
with roses if the day should be clear. 3. We will praise the
general that he may be happy. 4. The task was so easy
that we did it in two days. 5. If we were in Gaul we would
now be leading our armies against the enemy.
Quiz.—Describe the conditional sentences explained in
these paragraphs. Make up a number of similar sentences.
IQI
APPLIED LATIN
474.
culpa, -ae, a fault, f.
domina, -ae, a lady, mistress, f.
epistula, -ae, a Jetter, f.
dolus, -i, a trick, stratagem, m.
concilium, -i, a council, n.
caelum, -i, the sky, n.
déditid, déditidnis, surrender, f.
déprecator, déprecatoris, inter-
cessor, Mm.
dolor, doloris, grief, m.
dictator, dictat6ris, a dicta-
tor, m.
eques, equitis, a knight, m.
existimatid, existimatidnis, opin-
ton, gudgment, f.
explorator, expl6ratoris, a scout, m.
cénsus, -iis, a rating, census, mM.
circuitus, -Us, circuit, m.
conatus, -us, an attempt, m.
confertus, -a, -um, crowded.
cotidianus, -a, -um, daily.
ctnctus, -a, -um, all together.
cupidus, -a, -um, desirous.
diligenter, diligently.
dia, a long time, long.*
facile, easily.
Study and learn these words. Practise the declension of
all the nouns and adjectives. Compare the adverbs.
475. Worp Stupy.—Give the meaning of the following
derivatives. Use them in sentences. Add others.
council conative census circuitous _ ceiling
condolence facile domineer domesticate dominion
diary equipage equestrian diligent deprecate
esteem estimation difficult dolorous explorer
censor cerulean culpable dominate circuit
dictate dictatorial censure doleful reconcile
ADVERBIAL CLAUSES OF CAUSE IN ENGLISH AND LATIN
476. A. In the following English sentences the words
italicized mark a clause expressing cause.
1. I looked at the picture because you told me to. 2. Since
you have come so early let us now take a walk in the garden.
3. As the sun has already risen there is nothing to delay us.
There are three words commonly used in English to in-
troduce dependent clauses which express Cause.
These
are because (which contains the word cause itself), since,
*Note.—Comparison dit, Jong, diitius, dititissimé.
192
THE VERB
and as. These words should aid you in picking out causal
clauses. Read the main statements in the sentences above.
Does not each one seem to demand an explanation? As
you read you expect to find out why J looked at the picture
and how it happens we can now walk in the garden and why
nothing now delays us. When some explanation or reason
seems to be demanded by the meaning of the main state-
ment be on the lookout for a dependent clause of cause.
477. B. The same facts are true of Latin sentences con-
taining causal clauses. Examine these sentences:
1. Celeriter véni quod poenam timui.
I came quickly because I feared the penalty.
2. Caesar, cum hostés eum terrérent castra m6vit.
Since the enemy frightened Caesar, he moved his camp.
The underscored words in these sentences compose causal
clauses. In Latin as in English there are introductory words
which serve to identify causal clauses. These are commonly
quod, because, and cum, since. The dependent verb follow-
ing quod is regularly in the indicative mood; the dependent
verb after cum, since, is in the subjunctive.
In Latin as in English the main statement often seems to
demand an explanation or reason before the sentence can
be considered complete. To emphasize this demand and
to get us ready for a causal clause the Latins often inserted
in the main statement one of the following expressions:
Hac dé causa, for this reason, qua dé causa, for this reason,
quam ob rem, for this reason.
EXAMPLE: Hac dé causa Caesar impetum fécit quod
13 193
APPLIED LATIN
hostés dormiébant. Caesar made an attack (for this reason)
because the enemy were asleep.
478. RuULE.—Causal Clauses.—De pendent clauses express-
ing cause are introduced by the particles quod, because, andcum,
since. After the word quod the indicative mood is used; after
cum, the subjunctive. When the verb is in the subjunctive, the
tenses used follow the regular rule for Sequence.
479. Translate: 1. Servi dominam-non laudabant quod
culpaés multés habébat. 2. Hac dé causa epistulam non
scripsimus quod dolum civium scivimus. 3. Quod dépre-
cator vir nobilis fuit, Caesar oppidum non délévit. 4. Cum
hi viri omnés libertatis cupidi essent, dictatdri Acriter re-
sistébant. 5. Consul, cum pecitiniam civitati dedisset, ab
omnibus civibus didi amabatiir.
480. 1. The horsemen led the captives about the town
in a long circuit because they feared the attacks of the
citizens. 2. We shall conquer easily because the gods will
send us aid. 3. We made the ascent quickly because the
scouts had shown us the way. 4. What is the judgment of
the council? 5. The consuls made a census of the city in
order that they might punish the evil citizens.
Quiz.—Pick out some causal clauses in your English
reader. Tell how you identify them in English and Latin.
Compound Verbs of the Second Conjugation
The Habeé, Maned, and Moved Groups
481. habed, habére, habui, habitus, to have, hold
adhibed (2) prohibed (2) débed (2)
have at hand, apply, use restrain, prevent not to have, owe, dé-habed
praebed (2) habitd (1) débilitd (1)
have ready, furnish inhabit weaken, dé-habil-1td
prae-habed
Note that in compound verbs habeé changes to -hibed.
194
THE VERB
maneo, manére, mansi, mansum, /o remain
permaneé (2) remane6 (2)
to last through, remain remain
moveo, movére, m6vi, motus, /o move
amoved (2) commoved (2) émoveé (2)
move away, remove move thoroughly, disturb move out
removeé (2) promoved (2)
move back, withdraw move forward
Learn these compound verbs.
482. Translate: 1. Né oppidum caperétur, civés doldés
multds adhibuérunt. 2. Viri fortissimi ill6s equités ab an-
gusta via* prohibébant. 3. Gloériam hondremque dictatori
débémus quod cépiam magnam cibi nobis dedit. 4. Codn-
sulés cénsum civium imperatori praebuérunt ut viri mali dé
urbe pellerentur. 5. Exsulés in insula habitabant. 6. Cdn-
atibus dolisque légaét6rum cohortés débilitatae sunt. 7.
Caesar castra ex angustd loc6d* inter montés 4movit. 8.
Clam6ribus captiv6rum hac dé causa facile comm6ti sumus,
quod ciincti pacem diligenter petébant. 9. Aurum é carré*
rem6vi ut in aedificid ponerem. 10. Cum hostés milités
nostrés ab oppid6 prohibérent, Caesar aciem prom6vit.
483.* In sentences 2, 7, 9, 10, are instances of the
ablative with ab, dé, or ex expressing the idea of removal
or separation. This construction is common after verbs
signifying removal or separation.
484. RuLE.—The Ablative of Separation.—The ablative
with ab, dé, or ex is used with verbs signifying separation or
removal to ex press separation.
485. Study these English derivatives. Use them in sen-
tences of your own.
debilitated permanent promotion habit motor
inhabitant manse removal remainder emotion
prohibition mobile prohibitive manor remote
momentum commotion mob remnant automobile
195
APPLIED LATIN
The Pled, Seded, and Tened Groups
486. pleé, plére, plévi, plétus, to fill
compled (2) reple6é (2) suppled (2)
jill completely full up again fill up, supply
seded, sedére, sédi, sessum, #o sit, be settled
circumseded (2) obsided (2) possided (2)
sit around, surround sit against, besiege possess
praesided (2) resided (2) superseded (2)
preside over, watch over remain seated, remain refrain from
Note that seded becomes -sided in many compounds. In some it
appears as -sid6 (assid6, sidere, sédi, —) and these verbs belong to the
third conjugation.
tened, tenére, tenui (tentus), to hold
abstined (2) contined (2) distined (2)
abstain from contain, limit, bound hold apart
obtined (2) pertined (2) retined (2)
hold, obtain pertain, have to do with hold back, retain
sustined (2) tempté (1)
hold up, sustain try, attempt ‘
Note that tened becomes -tine6 in most compounds.
Learn these compound verbs.
487. Translate: 1. Carrds frimentd complévi ut multi-
ttid6 civium cibum habéret. 2. Tam multi equités vids ob-
sédérunt ut legidnés nostras ab oppid6 prohibérent. 3. Galba
magnam partem pr6vinciae possidébat. 4. Légati quod
cépids hostium in montibus vidérunt proelid abstinuérunt.
5. Fossa aqua compléta est né equités ROmani impetum
facerent. 6. Pars magna Galliae fliminibus latissimis mon-
tibusque altidribus continétur. 7. Nostri finés ad montés
pertinent et ad occ&sum sdlis spectant. 8. Caesar Galbam,
socium suum, in concilid retinuit. 9. Dii impetiis bar-
bardrum maxima cum virtite sustinébantur. 10. Quod vias
per provinciam exploratdrés non scivérunt, hostés forttinam
belli ndn temptavérunt.
196
THE USES OF THE BUILDINGS IN THE FORUM
488. Study these English derivatives. Use them in sen-
tences of your own.
complete replete pertain residuary continence
sustain detain implement supersede attempt
entertainment retention obsession continent supply
assessor resident insidious impertinent contention
retentive expletive obtain continuance session
abstain reside - temptation assizes president
complement _ besiege possessor supplement subside
THE USES OF THE BUILDINGS IN THE FORUM
Now that you have become acquainted with the names
of the chief buildings, you should learn something about
their uses. As was said, the Tabularium contained the
records of the Republic and later of the Empire. The Arch
of Severus was erected to recall the glories of the family
of Severus which gave to the Empire two important em-
perors. The Rostra was the platform from which many of
the great Roman orators delivered speeches to the Roman
people assembled in the open space before it. As there were
no newspapers like ours at Rome, if the ordinary citizen
wished to know what was going on, he hurried down to the
Forum and there listened to speeches from the Rostra and
discussed the news with his fellow-citizens. Before the
Roman Senate voted on important policies of the govern-
ment, some leading member of the administration often
addressed the people from the Rostra. Thus the citizens
were early informed of the debates which were to follow
inside the senate house. The two Basilicas (Aemilia and
Iulia) were the centers of the law courts. In them the legal
magistrates of the city used to hold court, and the decisions
197
APPLIED LATIN
handed down were not only important at that time, but
exist today embedded in the laws of many modern nations.
Because these speeches were delivered in the Forum they
were called forensics, a term still employed.
XXXVII. THE SENTENCE. COMPLEX. CLAUSES OF
CONCESSION. TYPES OF RELATIVE CLAUSES. COM-
POUND VERBS OF THE THIRD CONJUGATION
ADVERBIAL CLAUSES OF CONCESSION IN ENGLISH
AND LATIN
489. In the following English sentences there are ex-
amples of Concessive or Adversative Clauses. As you read
over each sentence, notice that the idea contained in the
italicized clauses contradicts or opposes that contained in
the main statement. If the clause is true, the main state-
ment must be false. If the main statement is true, how can
the facts in the dependent clause be set aside? In such
sentences the adverse facts of the dependent clause are
passed over (conceded). The main statement is considered
true, with certain concessions.
1. Although the day was cloudy, still we went on a picnic.
2. The dog is faithful, although his master abuses him.
In the first sentence you would expect to remain at home
on cloudy days and you certainly would not go on a picnic.
In the second you hardly expect a dog whose master abuses
him to be faithful. These adverse or contrary facts must
be conceded before the main statements are true.
In English, Concessive clauses are shown by the use
of the introductory words although or though. Often, the
198
THE SENTENCE. COMPLEX
words still or nevertheless are found in the main statement,
when the sentence contains a concessive clause.
490. These Latin sentences contain concessive clauses:
1. Quamquam puer saepe clamavit tamen agricolae non
vénérunt.
Although the boy often cried out, the farmers did not come.
2. Cum multa téla iaceret, avem n6n terruit.
Though he threw many missiles, he did not frighten the
bird.
3. Cum opus longum sit tamen epistulam scribam.
Though the task is a long one, nevertheless I will write
the letter.
As you read these sentences you note that each one con-
tains a clause, which is opposed to the main statement.
You expect the farmers to come; one stone usually frightens
a bird; long tasks are often left undone. Such clauses
must be conceded (concessive). They are introduced in
Latin by the words quamquam, although, and cum, although.
The indicative mood (usually the perfect tense) follows
quamquam, the subjunctive (tense according to the se-
quence of tense rule) follows cum. Tamen, nevertheless,
often appears in the main statement.
491. RuULE.—Concession.— Concession 1s expressed in
Latin by the indicative (usually the perfect tense) introduced
by quamquam or the subjunctive (tense according to the regular
rule for sequence) introduced by cum.
492. Translate: 1. Quamquam pueri omnés conclima-
vérunt avés n6n territi sunt. 2. Servum nén pinivimus cum
doli eius pessimi fuissent. 3. Cum ntibés dénsae in caelé
199
APPLIED LATIN
essent, sol tamen licébat. 4. Caesar provinciam Galliae
superavit cum illi virl Acerrimé pignavissent. 5. Quamquam
carmina laudavistis tamen poétae aurum n6n dedistis. 6.
Cum urbs bene miinita esset, Galba eam maxim6 impeti
cépit. 7. Quamquam milités pacem post déditidnem peti-
vérunt, tamen non impetravérunt. 8. Cum canés pro porta
lacérent fémina cibum nGn iacuit. 9. Nautae ndn commdti
sunt cum mare ventis continenter crésceret. 10. Quamquam
servus saepe clamavit equus domum ex agr6 non vénit.
493. 1. We did not emigrate from the province though
fertile fields were shown to us. 2. Though we served our
commander well he never praised us. 3. The runaway slave
was caught though he had fled into the mountains. 4.
Desire for gold does not now overcome the scout though in
youth he indulged this fault. 5. When he had related the
terms of peace the Romans sent him to Caesar.
Quiz.—What English words are used to introduce clauses
of concession, cause, time, purpose, result?
494.
figiira, -ae, a figure, shape, f. gubernator, gubernatéris,a pilot,m.
gemma, -ae, a gem, f. exitus, -iis, a, going out, end, m.
incola, -ae, an inhabitant,m. cdnsénsus, -iis, consent, m.
dominus, -i, @ master, m. dexter, dextra, dextrum, rzght.
collum, -i, the neck, n. fégregius, -a, -um, remarkable.
exemplum, -i, example, n. ferax, feracis, fertile.
facultas, facultatis, capacity, f. finitimus, -a, -um, neighboring.
fortitids, fortitidinis, bravery, f. féliciter, happily, fortunately.
flés, fléris, a flower, m. feré, almost, nearly.
furor, furéris, rage, m. forte, perhaps.
foedus, foederis, a treaty, n. fortiter, bravely.
formid6, formidinis, fear, f. fristra, in vain.
Study and learn these words. Practise the declensions of
the nouns and adjectives. Compare the adverbs.
200
THE SENTENCE. COMPLEX
495. WorD Stupy.—Give the meaning of the following
English derivatives. Use them in sentences. Add others.
faculty figured gem collar-bone infuriated
federal governor inflorescence ambidextrous formidable
configuration egregious florist frustrate furore
exemplary consensus government dexterous florid
flourish floral exit fortitude confederacy
TYPES OF RELATIVE CLAUSES
496. Up to the present time in the treatment of the
Complex sentence you have been dealing only with subor-
dinate clauses which have modified the main verb (adverbial
clauses). There are, however, complex sentences in which
the subordinate clause is not adverbial (does not modify the
main verb) but is adjectival (modifies some noun in the
main sentence). Such clauses are called adjectival clauses.
They are introduced by the Relative pronoun who, which,
that. This relative pronoun serves to connect or relate the
clause which it introduces with some noun in the main sen-
tence. This noun is called the antecedent of the clause.
Relative Clauses in English and Latin
497. A. Examine these English sentences:
t. The man who wore the black hat was the President.
2. We respect the boy who is honest. 3. Caesar sent soldiers
who were to cross the bridge. 4. There are some men who
think that all they hear is true.
In these sentences the italicized words compose relative
clauses, introduced by the relative pronoun who, which, and
that. This pronoun resembles other pronouns in that it
stands for a noun; it differs slightly in that usually it im-
mediately follows its antecedent.
201
APPLIED LATIN
The relative pronoun in English is thus declined:
Masculine, Feminine, and Neuter—Singular and Plural
Nominative, who. Genitive, whose. Accusative, whom.
The relative clauses in the English sentences above are
not all of the same kind. In sentences 1 and 2 they merely
take the places of adjectives (adjectival relative clauses).
They add bits of description to their antecedents which
could have been done by the use of a single adjective, if
there had existed in the language an adjective which meant
what the entire clause means. No. 3 not only describes, but
also adds an idea of purpose to the antecedent (relative
clause of purpose); No. 4 expresses a trait or characteristic
of the antecedent (relative clause of characteristic).
Construct some English sentences containing relative
clauses. In your reader pick out some relative clauses.
498. B. Examine these Latin sentences:
1. Servus qui equum dicébat erat ciiridsissimus.
The slave who was leading the horse was very inquisitive.
2. Caesar oppidum quod hostés tenébant facile cépit.
Caesar easily took the town which the enemy were holding.
Complex sentences containing relative clauses are very
frequent in Latin. As in English, such clauses may (1) simply
modify their antecedent as adjectives or may (2) add an
idea of purpose or characteristic. These two types of rela-
tive clauses can be readily distinguished in Latin by the
mood of their verbs. Simple adjectival clauses regularly take
the indicative mood; the other adjecyes clauses take the
subjunctive mood.
499. Learn the declension of the relative pronoun qui,
quae, quod, who, which, that.
202
THE SENTENCE. COMPLEX
SINGULAR
M. ‘ 7
Nom. qui, quae, quod, who.
Gen. cuius, cuius, Cuius, whose.
Dat. cui, cui, Cui, to or for whom.
Acc. quem, quam, quod, whom.
roc. =, ——, —, nares
Abl. qué, qua, qué, with, etc., whom.
PLURAL
| M. F. ;
Nom. qui, quae, quae, who.
Gen. quorum, quarum, quérum, whose.
Dat. quibus, quibus, quibus, to or for whom.
Acc. qués, quas, quae, whom.
Voc. —-, ; : ;
Abl. quibus, quibus, quibus, with, etc., whom.
500. While considering relative clauses we must take
up the agreement of the relative with its antecedent. In
sentence 1 the relative gui s masculine singular to agree
(as adjective) with its antecedent servus. It is nominative
not because servus is nominative, but because qui is the sub-
ject of the clause (qua : . . ddcébat) in which it (qui)
stands. In sentence 2 quod is neuter singular in agreement
with its antecedent oppidum. It is accusative in case because
it is the direct object. of the verb tenébant, the verb of the
clause (quod . . . tenébant) in which the quod stands.
501. RuLEe.—Simple Adjectival Relative Clauses.—
Relative clauses which simply add facts of description to their
antecedents are introduced by the relative pronoun qui, quae,
quod, and take their verbs in the indicative mood.
502. RuLE.—Agreement of the Relative Pronoun.—
The relative pronoun must agree with its antecedent in gender
and number. Its case depends upon its use in tis own clause.
203
APPLIED LATIN
503.
cernd, cernere, crévi, crétus, to discern, distinguish.
cold, colere, colui, cultus, to till, cherish, dwell in.
divid6, dividere, divisi, divisus, o separate, divide.
fundéd,. fundere, fidi, fiisus, to pour forth.
gero, gerere, gessi, gestus, to bear, carry on, wage.
préndd, préndere, prehendi, prehénsus, /o seize, grasp.
rud, ruere, ruil, ritus, to fall down, tumble down.
sterno, sternere, stravi, stratus, to strew, spread out.
tolld, tollere, sustuli, sublatus, fo lift up, remove.
tribué, __ tribuere, tribui, tribitus, to assign, allot.
relinqu6, relinquere, reliqui, relictus, 0 /leave, abandon.
discé, discere, didici, : to learn.
Learn these verbs.
504. Translate: 1. Milités qui bellum gerébant exem-
plum égregium fortittidinis praebébant. 2. Num rosas pr6
porta templi illius dei qui auxilium urbi misit fristra stra-
vimus? 3. Virgo quae ex furore lednis fiigerat dextram
meam préndébat. 4. Venti gubernatorem qui caelum
spectabat in mare iécérunt. 5. Quis fortiter sed fristra
pugnabat? 6. Agricola agrds feracés, florés, et flimen
finitimum amat et colet. 7. Sine cOnsénsii socidrum num-
quam petivi condicidnés pacis quae mé 4 patria divisérunt.
8. Forte incolae gemmas sub arbore alta abdidérunt. 9.
Venti vélocés domum quam incolae in insula striixerant feré
stravérunt. 10. Vinum, quod servi in aedificid condiderant,
in flimen dominus fidit. |
505. 1. The outcome of the battle took away all hope of
surrender. 2. The tree which recently fell broke the dog’s
neck. 3. In youth we learned many poems which related
the fate of our city. 4. By means of a treaty we made peace
with the Romans. 5. Fortunately we saw the general who
had completed the war.
506. Worp Stupy.—Explain these English derivatives.
Use them in sentences of your own.
204
discern
reprehend
relic
effusion
street
foundry
apprehend
THE SENTENCE.
decree
relinquish
discreet
profuse
confusion
secretary
fund
inculcate
prostrate
retribution
disciple
cult
COMPLEX
derelict
colony
tributary
tribute
dividend
consternation gesture
stratum
diffuse
ruin
prize
comprehend
prison
delinquent
division
discipline
Quiz.—What are the types of relative clauses in English?
What is meant by the agreement of the relative?
507.
ianua, -ae, a door, f.
insania, -ae, madness, f.
iiistitia, -ae, justice, f.
humus, -i, the ground, m.*
ferrum, -i, 7ron, n.
hospitium, -i, Hospitality, n.
hérés, hérédis, an heir, m.
iidex, itidicis, a judge, m.
iter, itineris, a journey, n.
interpres, interpretis, an inter-
preter, n.
lac, lactis, milk, n.
ném6, némini, xo one, m.t
lapis. lapidis, a stone, m.
consulatus, -is, the consulship, m.
conventus, -iis, a meeting, m.
frigidus, -a, -um, cold.
impudéns, impudentis, shameless.
incrédibilis, incrédibile, wnbeliev-
able.
inermis, inerme, weaponless.
hodié, to-day.
interdum, meanwhile.
item, likewtse.
inferus, -a, -um, /ow.f
graviter, heavily.
Study and learn these words. Practise the declension of
the nouns and adjectives.
Compare the adverbs.
508. Worp Stupy.—Explain the meaning of the following
derivatives. Use these derivatives in sentences. Add others.
hospitable
justiciary
insanity
frigidity
humor
lactic
judge
host
lapidary
consulate
itinerant
item
convention
itemize
hotel
humidity
inheritance
janitor
impudent
dilapidated
interpret
lapis lazuli
exhume
heredity
judiciary
refrigerator
credulous
inferior
sane
humiliate
inhumation
humble
itinerary
gravity
gravitate
* Note: Locative of humus, humi, on the ground.
+ Note: Ném6 usually lacks the genitive and ablative singular. For
them nillius and nill6 are used.
t Note: Comparison of inferus: inferus, inferior, infimus, or imus.
205
APPLIED LATIN
RELATIVE CLAUSES OF PURPOSE AND CHARACTERISTIC
509. Examine these Latin sentences:
1. Caesar milités qui pontem frangerent ad fliamen misit.
Caesar sent soldiers who should (to) break down the
bridge.
2. Non iddneus erit qui ad illud oppidum mittatur.
He will not be the proper man (who should be sent) to
send to that walled town.
These two sentences illustrate types of relative clauses
which take their verbs in the subjunctive mood. No. 1 con-
tains a clause of purpose; No. 2, a clause of characteristic.
Of these the relative clause of purpose is more common.
Relative clauses of purpose are the same in form as the
ordinary clauses of purpose except that the relative pronoun
is used in place of the introductory particle ut. The tenses
of the subjunctive employed are the present after primary
tenses, the imperfect after secondary tenses.
510. RULE.—Relative Purpose Clauses.—Relative clauses
of purpose are introduced by the relative pronoun qui, quae,
quod, who, which, that, and take their verbs in the present and
the imperfect subjunctive, according to the rule for sequence
in purpose clauses. The negative is non.
511. A relative clause of characteristic is used in Latin
to call attention to some ¢razt or characteristic of its ante-
cedent. The second sentence above illustrates such a clause.
Ordinarily clauses of characteristic follow these words:
dignus, -a, -um, worthy. sunt qui, there are those who.
indignus, -a, -um, unworthy. ném6 est qui, there is no one who.
idéneus, -a, -um, suitable, proper. quis est qui, who 1s there who?
sdlus, -a, -um, alone, only. anus (sdlus) est qui, he is the only
one who.
206
THE SENTENCE. COMPLEX
When these words precede a relative clause you may be
sure that the clause is one of characteristic. The verb in
such a clause will be in the subjunctive mood and the
tense will follow the regular rule for the sequence of tenses.
512. RuLE.—Relative Clauses of Characteristic.—Rela-
tive clauses of characteristic are introduced by the relative pro-
noun qui, quae, quod, who, which, that, and take their verbs
in the subjunctive mood according to the rule for sequence.
513. Translate: 1. Interdum servi qui aedificia nova
struerent 4 domino riri relicti sunt. 2. Socii inermés non
iddnei sunt qui duci forti tribuantur. 3. Quis est qui
pectiiniam magnam non amet? 4. Hominem quaesivimus
qui viam inferidrem mOnstraret. 5. Sunt qui consulatum
propter ilstitiam mereant. 6. Item legidnés quae 4 pro-
vincia hostés déterrérent hodié missae sunt. 7. Ile indignus
erat qui impetradret. 8. Quis fabulam incrédibilem in
conventi narravit? g. Ném6 est qui vel lac frigidum vel
aquam fontis frigidi aestate non laudet. 10. Milités qui
in provinciam iter fecérunt lapidés humi vidérunt.
514. 1. Today we are seeking the hospitality of the
judge. 2. This heir is the only one who gives money to his
friends. 3. Who is there who would carry on a war in vain?
4. We drove away the men who were to make the attack.
5. I will give my iron and gold to no one.
Qu1z.—How can you tell the difference between ordinary
relative clauses and those of purpose and characteristic?
Pick out some examples of each kind in your English
reader.
207
APPLIED LATIN
Compound Verbs of the Third Conjugation
SIS: The Ago, Cad6, and Claud6 Groups
ago, agere, égi, actus, fo set in motion, drive
cogo (3) exigd (3) redigé (3)
drive together, force, drive out, exact (taxes) drive back, reduce
collect (con-agé)
transigé (3) agitd (1)
drive through, accomplish move, pursue
Note that agé becomes -ig6 in most compounds.
cadé, cadere, cecidi, , to fall
accidé (3) concid6é (3) excidd (3)
fall, to happen fall down, collapse fall out
Note that cad6 becomes -cid6 (i short) in compounds. The perfect is
-cidi, not cecidi, in compounds; as accid6, accidere, accidi, ——. Excidd
has a fourth part, excasum.
claud6, claudere, clausi, clausus, to shut, close
conclidé (3) exclidd (3) inclid6 (3)
shut around, surround shut out, exclude shut in, confine
interclids praecladé (3)
shut off, cut off shut off
Note that claud6 becomes -clid6 in compounds.
516. Translate: 1. Socii ROmandrum navés coégérunt.
2. EKodem feré tempore quamquam aestas exacta est
Caesar bellum cum hostibus gessit. 3. Dux illtistris copias
nostras in castra redégit. 4. Haec omnia transacta sunt
dum Galba in Gallia est. 5. Téla quae ex inferidre locd
iacta sunt graviter accidérunt. 6. Cum impetus fliiminis
maximus esset pons necessari6 concidit. 7. Anni tempore
nostrae navés ab apert6 mari excliidébantur. 8. Exercitus
ré friimentaria intercliisus est, quod cdnsulés barbards
flamine quo portabatur non prohibuérunt. 9. Exploratorés
leOnés ex silva agitabant. 10. Quae legid idénea est quae
interpretés et légatds habeat?
208
THE SENTENCE. COMPLEX
517. Study these derivatives. Use them in sentences.
agitate exact transact seclude accident
actor clause counteract conclusion casual
exclusion enact redactor cogent decadent
include conclusive _ recluse occasional actual
deciduous cloister incident exigency preclude
518. The Céd6, Em6, and Flué Groups
céd6, cédere, cessi, cessus, fo make a motion
concéd6é (3) décédé (3) excéd6 (3)
retire, yield go away, depart move out, go forth
intercéd6 (3) praecédé (3) recéd6 (3)
go between, intervene go before, surpass go back, recede
succéd6 (3) antecéd6 (3) discéd6 (3)
go up, approach, succeed go forward, surpass go away, depart
procédé (3)
go forward, advance
em6, emere, émi, émptus, fo take, buy
adimé (3) eximé (3) interimé (3)
take away take away, remove kill
redim6 (3) sim6 (3) cénsimé (3)
buy back, ransom take on (sub-emo) use up, consume
flué, fluere, fluxi, fluctum, fo flow
conflué (3) influé (3) proflud (3)
flow together flow into flow forth, arise
519. Translate: 1. Caesar, cum proelium male fécisset
ab urbe concessit. 2. Tanta militum virtiis fuit ut dé vallo
décéderet némo. ~3. Qua dé causé Romani Gallds quoque
virtiite* praecédunt. 4. Incolae earum regidnum omnés
Britannés scientia* et culti* et himanitate* antecédébant.
5. Cum cladés atr6x fuisset omnis spés victdriae adémpta est.
6. Dux audax gratiam et amicitiam militum omnium peci-
nia redémit. 7. Quis cdnsul cdpids hostium trans flimen
égit cum omnia edrum téla cdnsimpta essent? 8. Aquae
hiius fontis in flimen latum influunt. 9. Hoc flimen pro-
fluit ex ill monte altissim6 qui in finibus socidrum est. 1o.
Haec flimina pro castellé cénfluébant.
14 209
APPLIED LATIN
520.* In sentences 3 (virtite) and 4 (scientia, culti, hi-
manitate) are four instances of the ablative used to point
out exactly or specify the respect in which the action of the
main verb is true. This ablative is called the Ablative of
Specification. It never takes an introductory preposition.
521. RuLE.—Ablative of Specification.—T he ablative with-
out a preposition is used to express that in respect to which
anything 1s true or 1s done.
522. Study these derivatives. Use them in sentences.
antecedent fluctuate concession influential sumptuous
accession recessional consumption redeem presumptive
ancestor precedent precede peremptory incessant
successor confluence predecessor reflux processional
recede affluent cession fluency superfluous
intercede assume coempt exemption exceed
THE RELIGION OF ROME
In the Forum and its vicinity were the centers of the
Religious Life of the Romans. The chief temples were situ-
ated on the top of the Capitoline Hill. There were the Tem-
ples of Jupiter, Juno, and Minerva. In the Forum were the
Temples of Saturn, which contained the Bank of the Roman
Government, of Castor, of Julius Caesar, and of Vesta.
The Temple of Vesta was the most important and the oldest.
It was indeed the center of the religion connected with the
Home. Just as every house had its particular shrine to the
god who watched over its inhabitants and near it the sacred
fire, so there was a similar shrine to the divinity who
watched over the whole city. This divinity was the goddess
Vesta. Her temple was a circular structure which is thought
to have reproduced the form (circular) of the early Roman
210
THE VERB
house. In this temple labored the twelve Vestal Virgins,
whose business it was to keep alive the sacred fire and
to attend to the service of Vesta. Near by was the
Regia, the home of the Pontifex Maximus, who superin-
tended the entire religious life of the citizens. He occupied
a place closely resembling the office of the Pope of the
Roman Church. There were a number of Colleges, so called,
bands of priests who attended to certain clearly defined
duties in connection with religion and assisted the Pontifex
Maximus. The twelve great Gods of the Romans were
Jupiter, father of gods and king of men; Juno, wife of
Jupiter and queen of Heaven; Minerva, goddess of wisdom;
Apollo, god of music, prophecy, the sun, trade; Diana, sister
of Apollo, goddess of the hunt; Mars, god of war; Venus,
goddess of beauty; Vulcan, god of fire, the arts of the gold-
smiths, blacksmiths, etc.; Mercury, messenger of the gods;
Vesta, goddess of the hearth and of the family; Ceres,
goddess of the harvests and crops; Neptune, god of the sea.
XXXVIII. THE VERB. SUBJUNCTIVE IN EXHORTA-
TIONS AND WISHES. THE IMPERATIVE. COM-
MANDS AND PROHIBITIONS
523. In your study of the Subjunctive mood you have
so far examined its use only in dependent statements or
clauses. Being a mood suited to weaker statements, it is
most frequently found in subordinate clauses. Still there are
some independent statements in which the subjunctive
mood is employed. Such sentences are not frank expres-
sions of fact, but statements about whose outcome the
211
APPLIED LATIN
speaker is uncertain. Independent sentences of this kind
comprise Exhortations and Wishes.
Exhortations and Wishes
524. A. Examine these English sentences:
1. Let us attack the town with courage. 2. Let them
not praise the decision of the senate. 3. May you be
happy. 4. Would that I were now in Paris. 5. Would
that the Great War had never begun. |
Of these sentences, Nos. 1 and 2 are Exhortations; Nos. 3, 4,
and 5, Wishes. Themood employed in each is the subjunctive.
Though each makes an independent statement, there
lurks about these sentences a feeling of uncertainty. In
No. 1 we realize that there is some dowbi about the attack
being made courageously; in No. 3 we have no assurance
that happiness will follow the wish; in Nos. 4 and 5 there
is a wish for a change which can never take place.
Construct some English Wishes and Exhortations.
525. B. Exhortations and Wishes take the subjunctive
mood in Latin also. Examine these sentences;
Exhortations
1. Oppidum cum virtite oppignémus. Let us attack the
town with courage.
2. Né senatum laudent. Let them not praise the senate.
Both of these sentences ‘are exhortations. The present
tense of the subjunctive is used and the negative is né.
Only the first and third persons singular or plural of the
present tense are used. Ordinarily exhortations occur only
in the first person plural.
THE VERB
526. RuLE.—Exhortation.—The first and third persons
singular and plural (usually the first person plural) of the
present subjunctive are employed to express an exhortation.
The negative 1s né.
527. Translate: 1. Gubernator navem diligenter ctiret né
mari superétur. 2. Nédominus servum qui bene serviit hodié
puniat. 3. Colamus semper libertatem htmanitatemque
et nostri finitimi nds laudabunt. 4. Né omnés cupidi auri
sint. 5. Cum calamitatés veniant virttitem firmam fortiti-
dinemque retineamus. 6. Clientés laeti beneficia Caesaris
semper laudent. 7. Adversisin rébus audax sim. 8. Altitt-
dine montis né terreamur. Ascénsus facilis est. 9. Acerbum
vinum aqua bona misceamus. 10. Lednés cum furore saeviant.
528. 1. Let the maidens adorn the walls of the temple
with roses. 2. If the general has made a mistake let him
move his camp. 3. Let us carry on the war courageously.
4. May the winds quickly drive away the clouds. 5. Let
the nations of the world seek peace with honor.
Quiz.—When may the subjunctive mood be used in
independent statements?
529. Study and learn these words. Practise the declen-
sion of the nouns and adjectives.
industria, -ae, industry, f. ménsis, ménsis, a month, m.
lina, -ae, the moon, f. iuvenis, -is, @ young man, m.
nota, -ae, a spot, mark, f. mercator, mercatoris, @ mer-
medicina, -ae, remedy, f. chant, m.
medicus, -i, a@ doctor, m. cultus, -iis, civilization, m.
instititum, -i, a custom, n. equitatus, -tis, cavalry, m.
intervallum, -i, an interval, n. iniquus, -a, -um, unequal, unfair.
iidicium, -i, a judgment, n. invitus, -a, -um, unwilling.
laus, laudis, praise, f. magnificus, -a, -um, grand, mag-
latitido, latitidinis, width, f. nificent.
latus, lateris, a side, flank, n. mattrus, -a, -um, early, ripe.
lénitas, lénitatis, gentleness, f. liber, libera, liberum, free.
‘ehlaat liberalitatis, /iberal- libenter, gladly.
ay, tf.
213
APPLIED LATIN
530. Worpb Stupy.—Explain the meanings of the follow-
ing English derivatives. Use them in sentences of your
own. Add any other derivatives that you can.
latitude youthful cult iniquity industrious
junior laud | mature lateral interval
collateral lunar merchandise illiberal medicinal
remedy magnificerit market mercantile _ institute
merchant lunatic medicated judicious culture
laudable magistrate notation equilateral premature
lenient commerce juvenile prejudice master
Wishes
531. The following sentences express simple wishes in
present time.
1. Valeas. May you be well. 2. Diés clarus sit. May
the day be fair. 3. Né Galli Romanos superent. May the
Gauls not conquer the Romans.
These wishes are all made in present time with the hope
that they may come to pass in the future. There is no
assurance, however, that they will come to pass. In such
wishes the subjunctive is used in the present tense. The
negative is né.
532. RuLE.—Simple Wishes.—The present tense of the
subjunctive mood is used to express a simple wish. The nega-
live is né.
533. The following sentences express wishes which the
speaker knows can never be fulfilled; which, in other words,
are hopeless.
1. Utinam natidnés pacem nunc facerent.
Would that the nations were now making peace.
2. Utinam régem vidissémus.
Would that we had seen the king.
214
THE VERB
3. Utinam né Galli in Germania essent.
Would that the Gauls were not in Germany.
4. Utinam né dominus servum pinivisset.
Would that the master had not puntshed the slave.
The wishes in these sentences are called Contrary to Fact.
They can never be fulfilled. All the facts are against them.
For instance, one could wish that the nations were now
making peace, but they are not doing so; or that he
had seen the king, when he has not. Contrary to
Fact (hopeless) wishes in present time take the imperfect
subjunctive (Nos. 1 and 2); in past time the pluperfect
subjunctive (Nos. 3 and 4). They are regularly introduced
by the word utinam, would that.
534. RULE.—Contrary to Fact (hopeless) Wishes.—The
imperfect subjunctive introduced by utinam, would that, is
used to express a hopeless wish in present time; the pluperfect
subjunctive with the same introductory word to express a hope-
less wish in past time. The negative is né.
535. Translate: 1. Mercator sapiéns, laetus sis indus-
triad magnifica. 2. Utinam né haec proelia cotidiana cultiis
nationum délerént. 3. Utinam lina clara nunc licéret. 4.
Domine, utinam né tam 4cerrimé servum pinivissés. 5.
Utinam artem medicinae in adoléscentia acciraté didicis-
sémus. 6. Servus bonus et itilis multds annés sis. 7. Uti-
nam explorator viam in silva apertam nobis monstravisset.
8. Utinam laudés medicis hic in bellé libenter darentur. 9.
Utinam né 4 cdpiis hostium provincia tam laté déléta esset.
to. Roma, famam maximam gloriamque habeas.
536. 1. Would that the cavalry were now victorious. 2.
215
APPLIED LATIN
Would that the body had been buried with honor. 3. May
you be free and diligent, dear companion. 4. May the moon
shine with clear light. 5. Would that the enemy had not
waged an unfair war.
Quiz.—Construct some Simple and Contrary to Fact
wishes in English.
The Sentence. Imperative
537. There are three kinds of sentences: the declarative,
the znterrogative, and the imperative. Declarative sentences
state facts; interrogative sentences ask questions; impera-
tive sentences voice commands. For imperative sentences
there is a special mood of the verb called the Imperative.
The Imperative in English and Latin
538. The following English sentences are imperative:
1. Lead the troops against the enemy. 2. Come all ye
faithful. 3. Lift up your hearts.
Learn the imperative mood of the English verb to find in
Paragraph 824. Give the imperatives of the English verbs
see, bring, help, do. Write some commands in English.
539. | LAUDO and HABEO.—Imperative Mood—Active
and Passive
PRESENT ACTIVE PRESENT
Singular Singular
2. lauda, praise (thou) 2. habé, have (thou)
Plural Plural
2. laudate, praise (ye) 2. habéte, have (ye)
PASSIVE
Singular Singular
2. laudiare, be (thou) praised 2. habére, be (thou) had (held)
Plural Plural
2. laudamini, be (ye) praised 2. habémini, be (ye) had (held)
216
THE VERB
Learn the imperatives of Laudé and Habeé and also of
the other regular conjugations in Paragraphs 827-8-9. Note
that the present imperative passive is the same in form as
the present infinitive active.
The imperative of Sum is es, be thou, este, be ye. § 831.
540. From the paragraphs at the back of the book you
see that there is also another tense of the imperative mood,
the future. The future tense of the imperative is very rare,
being found only in laws, treaties, and the ritual of religion.
In English this tense of the imperative can be seen in the
sentence, ‘‘ Thou shalt have no other gods before Me.” The
future imperative is mot included in the work of this book.
541. For practice translate the following imperatives:
1. Cernite, délé, diic,* para. 2. Tribue, es, caedite, mané.
3. Saevite, veni, dic,* este. 4. Amate, cape, relinque, favéte.
Commands
542. The following Latin sentences are imperative:
1. Porta hoc frimentum ad urbem. Carry this grain to
the city. 2. Venite laeti. Come ye happy ones.
In each of these examples the imperative is used to ex-
press a command. Notice that the verb in each case is in
the second person. A real command can be given only
in the second person. If the first or third is used in English
the expressions are mild commands or exhortations (J 524).
543. RULE.—Commands are expressed by the present
imperative.
*NotTE.—The present imperatives of dicé, feré, dicd, facid, are
irregularly dic, fer, dic, and fac.
217
APPLIED LATIN
Prohibitions
544. A command which is put in the negative—as, Don’t
talk out loud; Boys! Dont make such a disturbance—is
called a Prohibition (negative command). In the expression
of Prohibitions the Latins did not use the present impera-
tive combined with the negative, as is done in English, but
ordinarily used the imperative of the verb N6l6, J am unwill-
ing (noli, be unwilling to or don’t, singular; and ndlite, be
unwilling to or don’t, plural, followed by the present infinitive
of the verb containing the command.
545. Examples of Prohibitions.
1. N6li aciem turbare. Be unwilling to (don’t) throw the
batile line into confusion. 2. Nolite ddna mala filiis vestris
dare. Be unwilling to (don’t) give your sons evil gifts.
546. RULE.—Prohibitions.—The imperative of the verb
N6ld (ndli, singular; ndlite, plural) followed by the present
infinitive ts commonly used in Latin to express a prohibition.
547. Translate: 1. Portate frimentum ut cibus militibus
sit.* 2. Mitte nintium né calamitds civitati* sit. 3. Vocate
servos ut aedificio* praesidium sit. 4. Dum spés victoriae
manet, ptignate acriter. 5. Noli servum pinire quod liber-
tatem petit. 6. Milités, ndlite iniqu6é locd piignare! 7. Nautae,
nolite latittiidinem maris timére! 8. Date ded laudés si auxi-
lium mittet. 9. Cum Caesar superétur, tamen este fortés et
audacés. 10. Noli pectiniam aliénam cupiditate tangere.
* NotE.—The dative case is often used with the verb sum
to indicate the possessor. “Ut cibus militibus sit”? means
that the soldiers may have food (that food may be to the soldiers).
The thing possessed is in the nominative case.
218
THE VERB
548. RULE.—Dative of the Possessor.—The dative case
is used with the verb sum to denote the possessor. The thing
possessed 1s the subject of sum.
549. 1. Galba (dat.) had sons and daughters. 2. Praise
the industry of the careful slave. 3. Do not send the mes-
senger to the redoubt. 4. The young man has a horse.
5. What gifts shall that son of yours have?
Compound Verbs of the Third Conjugation
550. The Curré, Diicé, and Flecté Groups
curr6, currere, cucurri, cursum, /o rum
accurr6é (3) concurré (3) décurré (3)
run to run together run down from
occurr6é (3) praecurré (3)
run to meet outrun, excel
Note: Some verbs, compounds of curré, have the perfect in curri, not
cucurri.
diicé, diicere, duxi, ductus, fo lead
addiicé (3) condiicé (3) dédiicé (3)
lead to, induce hire, collect lead away
édiicé (3) indiicé (3) intrédtcé (3)
lead out lead on, influence lead in, introduce
— -perdticé (3) prodiicé (3) redicé (3)
lead through, construct lead forth, prolong lead back, reduce
subdiicé (3) tradticé (3)
lead up lead across, cheat
flecté, flectere, flexi, flectus, to bend
inflecté (3) reflecté (3)
bend away, bend back, reflect, think
down about
551. Translate: 1. Cum signum é tribinali datum esset
milités concurrérunt. 2. Tam incrédibili celeritate ad fli-
men decucurrérunt ut ind tempore et ad silvas et in flimine
essent. 3. Clientés omnés quérum magnum numerum
habébat ad eundem locum condiixit. 4. Dédiicimus equés
219
APPLIED LATIN
dé collibus ad oppidum. 5. Galba cum régni cupiditate in-
ductus esset maximas cOpids coégit. 6. Utinam né exerci-
tum R6manum in finés Gallérum intrddiixisset! 7. Nonne
apud oppidum hostium fossam altam perdicis? 8. Cum
ferrum sé inflexisset, hac dé causa sua téla Gallds ipsds
impedivérunt. 9. Arborés inflectébant ut finitimorum
equitatum impedirent si ad eds vénissent. 10. Caesar suas
copias in collem finitimum subdicit.
552. Study these English derivatives from the verbs
above. Use them in sentences of your own.
concourse reflex induction occurrence flexible
abductor produce excursion induce occur
deduction deflect current discursive recourse
cursory duct course productivity reduction
introduction inflection conduct deduce incur’
genuflection discourse cursive traduce concur
precursor introductory adduce reflector currency
553. The Caedé, Iungé, and Mitts Groups
caed6, caedere, cecidi, caesus, to cut
concid6é (3) incidd (3) occid6é (3) succidd (3)
cut down, cut to pieces cut into cut down, kill cut down
Note that caedé becomes -cid6 (i long) and that the third
principal part is -cidi (not cecidi) in compounds.
iung6, iungere, iinxi, iinctus, to join
adiung6 (3) coniung6 (3)
join to, add join together, unite
mitt6, mittere, misi, missus, to send
admitt6 (3) amitté (3) committé (3)
admit, commit let go, lose intrust, commit
démitté (3) dimitt6 (3) émittd (3)
let down, send away send away, dismiss send forth, let go
intermitté (3) omittd (3) promittd (3)
interrupt, stop, check give up, omit proffer, promise
permitté (3) praemitté (3) remitté (3)
permit, allow send in, advance _ send back, relax, weaken
transmittd (3)
send across, convey across
220
THE ROMAN HOUSE
554. Translate: 1. Nostri maégnam partem edrum con-
cidérunt. 2. Altera filiarum occisa, altera capta est. 3. Cum
frimenta succisa essent, aedificia quoque milités nostri dé-
lévérunt. 4. Ea loca finitimae prdvinciae adiungémus.
5. Si omnés civés cum légati cdpiis sé conitinxissent, facile
hostibus restitissent. 6. Quod frimenta amissa erant; e6
tempore cibus eis domi non erat. 7. Caesar celeriter con-
cilium dimisit sed virum retinuit. 8. Cum equi ex con-
specttii omnium ducti essent, proelium commisit. 9. Quod
iter nillam partem diéi intermissum est in finés hostium
celeriter vénit. 10. Magnum numerum captivdrum domum
remittamus.
555. Study these English derivatives from the verbs
above. Use them in sentences of your own.
adjoin disjoin excise yoke demise
committee suicide intermittent remiss intermission
jointure concise homicide pretermit remission
conjugal permission subjoin transmitter admission
omission incision juncture commissary decision
promissory decide subjugation demit admittance
compromise commission emit promise joint
premise surmise adjunct precise remit
THE RoMAN HovusE
You have seen that the Roman Forum was crowded with
public buildings and temples, but as yet you have heard
nothing of the ordinary house which served the average
Roman. Look at the plan below. You see at once that the
Roman house consisted of two parts. Each part surrounded
a central area or court. The front part of the house was Ro-
man and bore Latin names; the rear was adopted from the
Greek houses and bore Greek names. The oldest form of
the Roman house was probably like the circular Temple
Bak
APPLIED LATIN
of Vesta. It had alow roof with a small smoke hole. Its
door was very large. To this early form of Roman house
was given the name atrium. From it the later house de-
veloped. The hole in the roof was made larger and the
door smaller. Beneath the smoke hole there was placed a
basin to catch the rain water which fell through the enlarged
smoke hole. There were in later houses about this basin
(impluvium): the vestibulum (where one took off the san-
dals), guarded by the ianitor or door-keeper; the atrium or
eho nein Ma eS
4 | ATRIUM hale [| eeristve—
A Ped : of ‘ “6 | i
VESTIBULUM [orate EA aay ° ° =
cial © F
ea re
PLAN OF A RoMAN HOUSE
large court, entered from the vestibulum; and several rooms
about the atrium used as sleeping rooms or store rooms.
Often the room nearest the street was let to a merchant.
All connection with the house itself was then blocked up
and a special entrance was made from the street. Such a
shop was called a taberna (tavern). In the alae (two im-
portant rooms at the back of the atrium) were placed the
wax images of the ancestors of the family, arranged in such
a way that they could be connected by a line, thus revealing
222
THE VERB
the family tree or genealogy. In funeral processions these
images or masks were removed from the alae and worn by
different members of the family, so that the dead person
was apparently escorted to the grave by his ancestors as
well as his descendants.
XXXIX. THE VERB. PARTICIPLE. ABLATIVE ABSO-
LUTE. INFINITIVE. COMPLEMENTARY INFINITIVE
556. Besides the regular moods, indicative, subjunctive,
and imperative, there are included in a complete conjuga-
tion a number of forms, as the participle, the infinitive, the
gerund and gerundive, which are partly verbs and partly
nouns or adjectives. Asan example of a verb used as a noun,
consider the word running in the following sentence: Run-
ning is good exercise. The word running is a part of the
verb to run, but in this sentence it is used as a noun, not as
a verb. In the sentence, “The hurrying crowds passed on,”’
the word hurrying is part of a verb used as an adjective.
| The Participle in English and Latin
557. A. One of the important parts of the verb outside
the three regular moods is the Participle. The Participle is
in reality a verbal adjective. It is used in agreement with a
noun like the ordinary adjective.
In the conjugation of the English verb there are two
participles in the active voice and two participles in the
passive voice. In the verb ¢o find they are:
ACTIVE .
Pres. finding: Pres. being found
Perf. having found Perf. having been found
223
APPLIED LATIN
Give all the participles of the English verbs send, make,
lay, lend. Pick out other instances of the participle in the
English reader you are using.
558. Note the italicized words in these sentences:
1. A black horse drawing a light wagon won the race.
2. The wagon drawn by the black horse won the race.
In these two sentences the italicized words are participles
(verbal adjectives). Drawing is a present active, drawn is a
perfect passive participle. The participle being a verb may
have a direct object (No. 1) or adverbial modifiers (No. 2).
559. B. In the Latin verb there are the following parti-
ciples:
LAUDO and HABEO.—Participles—Active and Passive
ACTIVE VOICE
Present laudéns (laudantis), habéns, habentis,
praising having
Fuiure laudatirus, -a, -um, habitirus, -a, um,
about to praise about to have
Perfect
PASSIVE VOICE
Present ——
Future ——— (laudandus, (habendus, -a, -um,
-a, -um, about to be about to be had)*
praised)*
Perfect laudatus, -a,-um, hav- habitus, -a, -um,
ing been praised having been had
560. Learn the participles of the other regular verbs in
Paragraphs 827-8-9. Of Sum there is only the future parti-
ciple futirus, -a, -um, about to be. Paragraph 831. Parti-
ciples are declined like adjectives; the present active like
recéns, the others like latus.
* Laudandus and habendus are usually called Gerundives.
224
THE VERB
561. The following sentences illustrate the use of the
participle as an adjective (Attributive participle) :
1. Puellae deum laudantés templum 6rnabant. Maidens
while praising the god were decorating the temple. 2. Romani
ab hostibus perm6ti oppidum reliquérunt. Zhe Romans
having been thoroughly terrified left the town. 3. Equum
niper captum vidimus. We saw the horse that had been
lately caught.
In these sentences the participle is used as an attributive
(limiting) adjective. As part of a verb, however, it retains
its verbal force, taking in the first sentence a direct object,
in the second and third adverbial modifiers, ab hostibus and
niper. The participle may be used in agreement with any
noun in a sentence. In sentences 1 and 2 it agrees with the
subject, in 3 with the object.
562. Translate: 1. Oppidum délétum 4 civibus amatum
est. 2. LeGnem sub arbore sedentem vidimus. 3. Num via
illis incolis émigrAtiris mdnstrata est? 4. Nds castellum
praesidid novo firmatiri primd niintium ad Caesarem
mittémus. 5. Spectate sdlem liicentem. Clarissima lice
longé latéque fulget. 6. Donum aquae serv6 territd placuit.
7. Né illi portas claustiri adventum legidnis timeant. 8.
Rémi nautarum impeti maris fracti dé navis latere pendé-
bant. 9. Déditid post proelium facta iram Caesaris délévit.
10. Quis fabulas 4 fallaci augure dictas audiet?
563. 1. Let us drive out the enemy from the conquered
province. 2. The laughing maiden saw her face in the water.
3. Soldiers who are about to make a charge are often over-
come by fear. 4. Speak freely to the man asking the road.
5. Do not fear the victorious leader.
15 225
APPLIED LATIN
Quiz.—Pick out some participles in your English reader.
ménsa, -ae, a fable, f. obses, obsidis, a hostage, m.
mora, -ae, delay, f. ictus, -ts, a stroke, m.
nervus, -i, @ sinew, cord, m. lapsus, -iis, a slip, m.
iugum, -i, a yoke, ridge, n. medius, -a, -um, middle.
maleficium, -i, a misdeed, n. mirus, -a, -um, marvelous.
matrim6nium, -i, marriage, n. nonnillus, -a, -um, some, several.
més, méris, a habit, custom, m., nidus, -a, -um, bare.
pl., character. oppidanus, -a, -um, belonging to
mors, mortis, death, f. a town.
mulier, mulieris, @ woman, f. mane, carly in the morning.
munitid, miunitidnis, fortifica- male, ill.
tion, f. maximé, especially.
nox, noctis, night, f. minimé, /east of all.
564. Study and learn these words. Practise the declen-
sions of the nouns and adjectives. Compare the adverbs.
565. WorpD Stupy.—Explain the meaning of these de-
rivatives. Use them in sentences. Add others.
moratorium elapse immediate mediator mediocrity
immortality denuded minimum morality immoral
matrimonial miracle relapse admire ammunition
mortgage malefactor lapse yoke malcontent
medium enervate mortuary mortify nerve
nocturnal maximum equinox collapse maleficent
miraculous demoralize malice mortal nude
The Ablative Absolute
566. Besides the use of the participle as an attributive
adjective there is a construction in which the participle
replaces the verb of a dependent clause. This construction
is called the Ablative Absolute.
567. Examine these Latin sentences:
1. His rébus factis, imperator castra mOvit.
These things having been done (when these things had
been done) the commander moved his camp.
226
THE VERB
2. Hostibus atrécidribus, milités impetum Acridrem fé-
cérunt.
The enemy being rather fierce (because the enemy were
rather fierce) the soldiers made a sharper attack.
3. Caesare duce, spés bonds habébimus.
Caesar being the leader (if Caesar is the leader) we shall
have good hopes.
The underscored words in these sentences mark instances
of the Ablative Absolute construction. This construction
is composed usually of a noun (or pronoun) and a parti-
ciple. It gets the name ablative because both the noun and
the participle stand in the ablative ¢ase; the name absolute
because it is not grammatically connected with any word in
the rest of the sentence. It can be dropped from its sen-
tence without spoiling the sense; its noun subject is never the
same as the subject, object, or indirect object of the main
sentence. From the translations given above you can see
that the Ablative Absolute replaces dependent clauses. In
No. 1 it replaces a temporal, in No. 2 a causal, in No. 3 a
conditional clause. The Latins liked this construction be-
cause it enabled them to put the substance of a long de-
pendent clause into a very few words.
568. The most common form of this construction is a
noun (or pronoun) and a perfect passive participle in the
ablative, as in the first sentence. In the Ablative Absolute
the only other participle used was the present active. The
second and third sentences show the form of this construc-
tion when the present participle of Sum was required.
In these sentences the noun subject of the construction
227
APPLIED LATIN
stands alone, the participle of the verb sum (which did not
exist) being understood. In No. 2 the adjective atrocidri-
bus is a predicate adjective; in 3 the noun duce is a predi-
cate noun. (Compare Paragraphs 264, 265.)
569. RuLE.—The Ablative Absolute.—A noun (or pro-
noun) and a participle, perfect passive or present active, may
be put in the ablative case to express the time, cause, condition
or other circumstance of an action.
Note.—When the participle required would be the present
participle of the verb sum, the construction consists of a noun
and an adjective, or two nouns in the ablative.
570. Translate: 1. Proelid fact6, oppidani sé suaque
omnia sine mora dédidérunt. 2. Exercitus vester ab hos-
tibus pulsus et sub iugum missus est. 3. Equitatus sine ull6
maleficid iter per provinciam fécit. 4. His rébus auditis,
Galba filiam suam Caesari in matrimdnium dedit. 5.
Poéta mortem tristem avis parvi magnific6 carmine nar-
ravit. 6. Duce fallaci, miinitidnés nostrae facile captae
sunt. 7. Montibus altidribus et fliiminibus 1atidribus,
exploratorés inimicds minitidnibus nostris, facile prohib-
ébamus. 8. His rébus niintiatis, obsidés medid in oppidd
mane reliquimus et figimus. 9. Didi atque Acriter ptigna-
bant. 1o. Scititis ind icti télorum fractis, tamen multi
nud6 corpore impetum fécérunt.
571. 1. Let us praise the wonderful judgment of the
leader. 2. I have no bad habits and least of all do I com-
mit misdeeds. 3. The death of the woman having been
announced early in the morning, her father and brother in
sadness remained at home during the whole day. 4. Several
of the townspeople fortified the town, though hostages had
228
THE VERB
been given to Caesar. 5. When the cart had been filled with
gold, the slave dragged it into an open field.
Quiz.—Explain the Ablative Absolute construction. Why
did the Latins like it?
The Infinitive
572. The Infinitive is another one of those forms, in-
cluded in the conjugation of regular verbs, which are verbal
nouns or verbal adjectives. The participle which you have
had was a verbal adjective; the infinitive is a verbal noun.
As a noun it may be used as the subject or the object of a
verb. Asa verb it may have its own subject or object and
may be limited by adverbial modifiers. It gets its name,
infinitive, from in, not, and fini, to end or limit. It is un-
limited with respect to the person and number of its subject,
that is, the form of the infinitive does not change whether
its subject is first, second, or third person, singular or plural.
The subject of an infinitive is put in the accusative case.
A. The Infinitive in English
573. Examine these English sentences: 1. To see is to
believe. Infinitives as subject nominative and as predicate
nominative. 2. To see the sun is a treat. Infinitive (with
direct object) used as subject nominative. 3. The general
ordered the soldiers to take the town quickly. Infinitive (with
subject accusative and adverbial modifier) used as direct
object (accusative). The preceding sentences show that in
English the infinitive is used as a noun (having cases) and
as a verb (having adverbial modifiers).
Learn the infinitives of the verb to find, Paragraph 824.
Give all the infinitives of the English verbs, see, send,
229
APPLIED LATIN
play, hope. Pick out the infinitives in the following English
sentences:
1. When night came the hostages were ordered to depart.
2. If you are sent to aid the troops be sure to fight coura-
geously. 3. He is said to have believed the guide’s report.
4. We see that the soldiers are about to cross the canal. 5.
Who ordered the slave to be punished?
B. The Infinitive in Latin
574. LAUDO and HABEO.—The Infinitive—Active and Passive
ACTIVE VOICE
Present laudare, to praise habére, to have
Perfect laudavisse, to have praised habuisse, to have had
Future \audatirus, -a, -um esse, habitirus, -a, -um esse, fo be
to be about to praise about to have
PASSIVE VOICE
Present laudari, to be praised habéri, to be had
Perfect laudatus, -a, -um esse, to habitus, -a,.-um esse, fo have
have been praised been had
Future \audatum iri, to be about to habitum iri, to be about to be
be praised . had
575. Learn the forms of the infinitive in all the regular
conjugations, §[827—8—-9, and of the verb sum, 4/831.
576. For practice translate the following forms:
1. Serviri, paratirus esse,* égisse, impeditds esse,* sédisse.
2. Verti, mOtirds esse, ptinitum Iri, itissum esse, monére.
*Note that the future infinitive active and the perfect
infinitive passive are composed of the future active and per-
fect passive participles, combined with esse, the infinitive
of the verb sum. These participles are really predicate
adjectives and must agree with the accusative subject of
the verb form esse in gender, number, and case.
Examine these Latin sentences: 1. Vidére est crédere
230
THE VERB
To see ts to believe. Infinitives used as subject and predicate
nominative. 2. Sdlem vidére est bonum. To see the sun
is good. Infinitive (with direct object) used as subject. 3.
Imperator milités oppidum celeriter oppignare itissit. The
general ordered the soldiers to attack the town quickly. Infini-
tive (with subject accusative and adverbial modifier) used
as direct object.
The Infinitive is often used in Latin to complete the
meaning of another verb. When so used, the infinitive is
called Complementary, from compled, to fill out, complete.
The Complementary Infinitive (Jnfinitive without subject)
577. Examine this sentence: Frimentum ad urbem por-
tare cénsuévit. He was accustomed to carry grain to the city.
In this sentence the main verb was accustomed, taken by
itself, means but little. Nobody would say, I am accus-
tomed, without adding what he is accustomed to do. The
main verb, then, must have another verb to complete its
meaning. In this sentence the infinitive portare, complet-
ing the meaning of cénsu€vit, is a complementary infinitive.
A complementary infinitive does not have a subject.
578. The Complementary infinitive is often found after:
cOnsuésco, cénsuéscere, cOnsuévi, cdnsuétus, to become accustomed.
débed, débére, débui, débitus, ¢o owe, ought.
contend6, contendere, contendi, contentus, fo hasten.
cupid, cupere, cupivi, cupitus, o desire.
incipid, incipere, incépi, inceptus, /o begin.
propero, properare, properavi, properatus, to hasten.
579. Translate: 1. Beneficia Caesaris laudare cOnsuéscé-
bamus. 2. In adoléscentiaé rés magnificas facere cupimus.
3. Cum hostés figissent iter per proévinciam facere incépi-
231
APPLIED LATIN
mus. 4. N6nnilli qui téla Amiserant ad oppidum currere
contendébant. 5. Serv6 liberat6 ddna multa dare débémus.
6. Cum equitatus timeat, nds cum virtiite piignadre incipia-
mus. 7. Mulierés templum dei mane ornare cOnsuéscébant.
8. Quod iuvenés famam glériamque petunt eds laudare
débémus. 9. Flimine vehementi, imperator castra movére
contendit. 10. Incipite fossas sine mora facere.
580. 1. We were least of all accustomed to conquer. 2.
Who ought to be happy? 3. We ought not to punish our
commander. 4. Who was accustomed to carry grain to the
city? s. We began to bind the captive’s hands.
Quiz.—Describe the uses of the Infinitive. Give the
infinitives of the verbs in 4578.
Compound Verbs of the Third Conjugation
581. The Prem6, Peté, and Pellé6 Groups
premo, premere, pressi, pressus, fo press, oppress
comprim6 (3) déprimé (3) exprimé (3)
restrain, repress depress, sink press out, extort
imprim6 (3) opprimé (3) reprimé (3)
press into, engrave crush, oppress press back, repress
pets, petere, petivi, petitus, to seek
appeto (3) repetd (3) suppeté (3)
seek for, strive after seek again, repeat __ be at hand, be available
pellé, pellere, pepuli, pulsus, fo drive, push
compello (3) dépelld (3) expelld (3)
drive together, compel drive away, avert drive out, expel
propello (3) impellé (3) repelld (3)
drive forward, propel drive on, impel drive back, repel
appellé (1)
call, name
Learn these compound verbs:
582. Translate: 1. Num Caesar exercitum quem hostés
in Gallia habent facile opprimet? 2. Oppidis captis, tamen
fugam Gallérum reprimere n6n cupiunt. 3. Té cdnsule,
amicitiam populi Ro6mani cupidissimé appetimus. 4. In-
232
THE VERB
jiriis atrdcissimis exercitus ab his oppidanis poends bellé
repetivit. 5. Maximum numerum carrorum plévérunt ut in
itinere copia friimenti suppeteret. 6. Copiae imperatoris
celeriter ex locd, inferidre in flimen compulsae sunt. 7.
Milités, multis télis iactis, vall6 sciita dépellere incipiébant.
8. Num oppidan6s qui in ill6 oppidd habitabant sine mora
expulistis? 9. Galli 4 ducibus impulsi bellum cum populd
R6Omano diii gerébant. 1o. Concursi et télis militum re-
pulsi hoc conatii destitimus.
583. Study these English derivatives of the verbs above.
Use them in sentences of your own.
compress impetus compel expression appetite
pressure depression __ repelling repulsive dispel
repress depressing _ petition competent competition
printer propulsion oppression impulsive — express
compulsory irrepressible impetuous competitor impression
repetition expel appellation compulsion inexpressible
584. The Pind, Regi, and Solvé Groups
pond, ponere, posui, positus, fo place, put
compéné (3) dép6né (3) dispén6 (3)
put together, construct, put aside, set aside put apart, arrange, dis-
compose pose
exp6nd (3) imp6né (3) interp6dn6 (3)
put forth, explain put upon, impose _—_— put between, interpose
praep6né (3) proponé (3)
put in charge of put forward, propose
reg6, regere, réxi, réctus, to rule, direct
corrigo (3) dirigé (3) _ rigd (3)
reform, correct direct, guide raise up, make erect
pergd (3) surgé (3)
keep straight along, go . raise, rise (sub-rego)
on (per-rego)
Note that rego becomes -rig6 in compounds.
solvé, solvere, solvi, solitus, to loosen, release
absolvé (3) dissolv6 (3) persolvé (3) resolv6 (3)
free,acquit _ setfree,dissolue __returnthanks,paya __ loosen, resolve,
penalty cancel
233
APPLIED LATIN
Learn these compound verbs.
585. Translate: 1. Impedimenta trans flimen déposita
sunt. 2. Hoc opere fact6, praesidia dispdnamus et castra
miniamus. 3. Atque cdpids hostium in omnibus collibus
expositas et armatas vidit. 4. Captivus dratidne Caesaris
adductus préposuit quod ante tacuerat. 5. Haec animalia
cum concidissent sé maxima cum difficultate éréxérunt. 6.
Qua ré niintiata, legidnés ad castra medio in colle laetae per-
gunt. 7. Hi principés inimici Caesarem sine civium auxilid
occidérunt. 8. Ita sive casi sive cénsilid dedrum immortal-
ium ea natid poends persolvit. 9. Num nautae tantas
navés facile regunt? 10. Cohortibus nostris laté dispositis,
tamen multi barbari post proelium figerunt.
586. Study these derivatives. Use them in sentences.
solvent deposit resurrection repose component
regal opposition dissolution — resolute interposition
decompose solution incorrigible rectangle soluble
posture impose regicide ° insolvent exponent
insurgent deposition postpositive opponent indissoluble
resolution erect positive preposition insurrection
surge proposition absolution composure exposition
suppose absolute disposition transpose reign
MODERN CONVENIENCES IN THE ROMAN HOUSE
At the rear of the Roman part of the house was the tab-
linum, in which the pater familias (father of the family) held
private conversations with his friends or transacted im-
portant private business. The tablinum was his office.
Beyond the tablinum lay the Greek part of the Roman
house. The land upon which this part was placed had
been originally a grass plot or a garden, and the tablinum
was perhaps the shed under which the family cattle found
refuge. At any rate the Peristyle, or Greek part of the
234
MODERN CONVENIENCES IN THE ROMAN HOUSE
house, seems to have replaced such a grass plot, for in it was
usually a pretty garden surrounded by Greek columns.
Around this central garden (hortus) were a number of
rooms devoted to the more intimate life of the family.
Here were rooms set apart for sleeping purposes (cubicula),
dining rooms (cénacula), the kitchen (culina), the library
(bibliotheca), the picture gallery (pinacotheca), and a num-
ber of lounging rooms. In Roman houses there were no
extensive cellars and no great furnaces. The climate of
Italy was such that the houses could be heated by small
fires that were carried in braziers from room toroom. Fur-
nace pipes and furnaces as we know them were not in use
among the Romans. There was water service in some
Roman houses, for pipes for carrying water have been found
in the ruins at Rome and elsewhere. Fresh water was
brought from the country by great aqueducts, the remains
of which are still to be seen in the neighborhood of Rome.
Most Roman houses had but one story, though some have
been found that had asecond story above the atrium to which
scalae (stairs) led. In the more thickly inhabited parts of the
city a number of houses were joined together to make what
resembled our tenement houses. ‘These were called insulae
(islands), because they were surrounded on all sides by
streets as an island is by water. The upper stories of
Roman houses were built of sun-dried bricks and wood. After
heavy rain storms these stories were rendered so weak and
insecure that they often plunged down into the narrowstreets
and so were constantly a menace to people in the streets.
235
APPLIED LATIN
XL. THE VERB. GERUND AND GERUNDIVE. PERI-
PHRASTIC CONJUGATIONS. SUPINE
The Gerund in English and Latin
587. A. Among the forms included in the conjugation of
a regular verbis the Gerund. Like the infinitive, the Gerund
isa verbal noun. In the following sentences the italicized
words are instances of the Gerund in English:
1. I prefer reading to writing, for writing tires me. 2. I
dislike your coming late. 3. We learn to write by writing.
The forms of the Gerund are zdentical in spelling with that
of the present participle of the active voice. Both end in the
letters -ing. Though you may have difficulty in distinguish-
ing between these forms, keep in mind that the participle
is a verbal adjective and the Gerund a verbal noun. In the
preceding sentences all the uses of the Gerund are shown.
In Nos. 1 and 2 there are instances of the Gerund as subject
and object; in No. 3 of the gerund as object of a preposition.
The present participle being an adjective could be used in
none of these constructions.
588. B. In Latin as in English the Gerund is a verbal noun
of neuter gender. The Gerund in Latin is declined only in the .
singular and lacks the nominative case. This case is replaced
by the present infinitive, a verbal noun. The Gerund is
found only in the active voice.
589. | LAUDO and HABEO.—The Gerund—Active Voice
Nom. (laudare), praising (habére), having
Gen. laudandi, of praising habendi, of having
Dat. laudandé, to or for praising habend4, to or for having
Acc. laudandum, praising habendum, having
Voc.
Abl. laudandé, by praising habend6, by having
236
THE VERB
500. Learn the Gerunds of the other regular verbs in
Paragraphs 827-8-9.
591. For practice translate the following forms: I.
Regendi, movend6, capiendum. 2. Torquendum, serviendi,
Srnandd. 3. Pacand6, portandum, audiendi.
592. Examine these sentences:
1. Vidére est crédere. Seeing is believing. 2. Cicerd
artem dicendi didicit. Cvzcero learned the art of speaking.
3. Caesar locum pignand6o iddneum monstravit. Caesar
pointed out a place suitable for fighting. 4. Nos milités ad
pignandum misit. We sent soldiers to fight. 5. Galba cé-
dendé numquam vicit. Galba never conquered by retreating.
These sentences illustrate all the cases of the Gerund.
The genitive and the accusative are the most common. In
No. 1 the present infinitive is used in place of the missing
nominative of the Gerund.
Uses of the Gerund
593. A. The genitive of the Gerund is used (1) with the
word causa, for the sake of, to express purpose.
pignandi causa, for the sake of fugiendi causa, for the sake of flee-
fighting. ? ing.
Note that the word causa is the ablative singular of
causa, a cause. It always follows the gerund it modifies.
(2) As a simple limiting genitive following a noun.
ars dicendi, the art of speaking amor habendi, the love of having
(oratory). (avarice).
B. The accusative of the Gerund is very common. It is one
of the neatest ways of expressing purpose in Latin. This
case is always introduced by the preposition ad, #o.
237
APPLIED LATIN
eee for fighting, to ad spectandum, for looking, to look.
ght.
594. Of the other cases the dative is used after certain
adjectives which are followed by the dative, No. 3. The
ablative is used as an ablative of means or of cause, No. 5.
Notice that in none of the sentences above is the Gerund
used with a direct object. When such a construction would
be called for, the Latins commonly used the Gerundive
(Paragraph 600). Keep this fact well in mind when using
or translating the Gerund.
595. Translate: 1. Pueri sapientés artem pignandi
discere cupiunt. 2. Quis 6rator illistris scientiam dicendi
docére consuéscébat? 3. Nonne in locd pignandd iddned
dux sagax castra ponet? 4. Dona amore dandi_ saepe
dantur. 5. Puer domi dormiendi causa mansit.
596. 1. To conquer is to overcome. 2. Some men learn
to rule by obeying. 3. For the sake of learning let us be
diligent. 4. By yielding Galba never defeated his foes. 5.
By serving well the slave gained his request.
Quiz.—Is the Gerund used with a direct object?
597.
6ra, -ae, the shore, f. Cicer6, Cicerénis, Cicero, m.
penna, -ae, a feather, f. metus, -is, fear, m.
patria, -ae, native country, fath- par, paris, equal.
erland, f. créber, crébra, crébrum, fre-
6ceanus, -i, the ocean, m. quent.
meritum, -i, a reward, merit, n. sinister, sinistra, sinistrum, /eft,
mendacium, -i, a lie, n. evil.
negotium, -i, business, n. paratus, -a, -um, ready.
obsidi6, obsididnis, a siege, f. pauci, paucae, pauca, few.
occasi6, occasidnis, an occasion, f. modo, lately, just now.
opinid, opinidnis, an opinion, f. mox, soon.
6rdé, Grdinis, rank, order, m. nondum, voi yet.
6s, Gris, the mouth, n. ndnnumquam, sometimes.
os, ossis, a bone, n. dlim, formerly, once.
238
THE VERB
598. Study and learn these words. Practise the declen-
sions of the nouns and adjectives. Compare the adverbs.
599. WorD Stupy.—Explain the meaning of these de-
rivatives. Use them in sentences.
pen oral impair patriot ordinance
occasional disparage negotiate paucity orifice
pencil ordinary parity opinionated peer
apparatus ossify meritorious interoceanic pair
order par sinister patriotism pinion
The Gerundive or Future Passive Participle
600. The Gerundive is a verbal adjective. It occurs only
in the passive voice, and is declined like the adjective latus.
As a verbal adjective it is often included among the parti-
ciples as the future passive participle. It is taken up at this
point because its uses are the same as those of the Gerund.
The Gerundives of the regular conjugations are:
First laudandus, -a, -um, to be praised.
Second habendus, -a, -um, fo be had.
Third diicendus, -a, -um, fo be led.
‘* capiendus, -a, -um, fo be captured.
Fourth audiendus, -a, -um, /o be heard.
Uses of the Gerundive
601. The common uses of the Gerundive are the same as
those of the Gerund: (1) the genitive, either limiting or with
causa to express purpose; (2) the accusative, with ad to
express purpose; (3) the ablative to express means or cause.
As was said in Paragraph 594, the Gerundive is regularly
used in place of the Gerund with a direct object. In
order that you may be able to use the Gerundive when-
239
APPLIED LATIN
ever the Gerund would take a direct object let us see how
this change from the Gerund to the Gerundive works out.
GERUND
I. pacem petendi causa, fo seek peace.
For 2. ad petendum pacem, #o seek peace.
3. pacem petendd, by seeking peace.
GERUNDIVE
pacis petendae causa.
the Latins said: ad pacem petendam.
pace petenda.
In the first group are examples of the Gerund with direct
object, a construction which the Latins rarely used. In the
second group are the uses of the Gerundive, which took the
place of the Gerund. In changing from the Gerund to the
Gerundive note (1) that the Gerundive is put in the case of the
Gerund it replaces, (2) that the direct object (of the Gerund) is
made to agree with the Gerundive in case, (3) that the Gerun-
dive (adjective) agrees with the direct object in gender, number,
' and case.
602. Now that you have had both the Gerund and the
Gerundive and have noticed how nearly alike they are you
may feel a little uncertainty about being able to distinguish
between them. Remember, however, that the Gerund isa
verbal noun, neuter in gender, never declined in the plural, and
rarely found with a direct object; while the Gerundive is an
adjective, has all three genders, both numbers, never stands
alone, but always near the noun it modifies.
603. Translate: 1. Lednés ad flimen ad aquam haurien-
dam vénérunt. 2. Pauci dram Oceani navium videndarum
causa petunt. 3. Patria ab omnibus civibus optimis amatur.
4. Finés Gallorum ab his fliminibus ad montés et eam par-
240
THE VERB
tem Oceani quae est ad Hispaniam pertinent. 5. Oppidani
omnés ad negdtium faciendum parati sunt. 6. Obsididne
finita, occsid pacis petendae ab incolis capta est. 7. Cicerd
Orationem ad populum pro lége nova habuit. 8. Mox
ossa corporis omnia discémus. 9g. Nos ad carmina poétae
audienda nonnumquam concurrimus. 10. Cum esset Caesar
in Gallia, crébrae epistulae ad eum 4 nintiis missae sunt.
604. 1. The mouth is one part of the face. 2. Their left
hands were encumbered with shields. 3. Caesar once col-
lected ships to destroy the fleet of the enemy. 4. Did fear
take possession of the ranks of the soldiers when the signal
for fighting was given? 5. They all shouted to frighten us.
605. We have not spoken of the Gerundive in English be-
cause properly the English verb has no Gerundive form, the
Gerund being used with or without a direct object. In the
following sentences the Gerund in English is used with direct
object: 1. I walked abroad for the sake of seeing the country.
2. Basketball is a splendid game for testing one’s endurance.
3. By sailing the boat skilfully we reached land.
Quiz.—What replaces the Gerund with direct object?
How can you tell the Gerund from the Gerundive?
The Periphrastic Conjugations
606. Before leaving the subject of the Participles and the
Gerundives we should consider two special conjugations in
which these two forms are used. The future active Participle
and the Gerundive (future passive participle) combined
with certain forms of the verb sum make up two conjuga-
tions called the Active and the Passive Periphrastic. Do not
let this long word periphrastic confuse you, for it merely
16 241
means a roundabout way of speaking.
607. The Active Periphrastic is composed of the future
APPLIED LATIN
The Active Periphrastic
active participle combined with the verb sum.
Pres.
Imp.
Fut.
Per.
Plup.
Futp.
Pres:
Imp.
Perf.
Plup.
Pres.
Port.
These are all the forms of the active periphrastic, there be-
ing no imperatives, participles, etc. This conjugation is used
when one wishes to speak of an action as about to take place.
Its underlying idea is the expression of intention or futurity.
LAUDO.—The Active Periphrastic
INDICATIVE
laudatirus, -a, -um sum, J am about to praise.
laudatirus, -a, -um eram, J was about to praise.
laudatirus, -a, -um er6, J shall be about to praise.
laudatirus, -a, -um fui, J was (have been) about to praise.
laudatirus, -a, -um fueram, J had been about to praise.
laudatirus, -a, -um fuer6, J shall have been about to praise.
SUBJUNCTIVE
laudatirus, -a, -um sim.
laudatirus, -a, -um essem.
laudattrus, -a, -um fuerim.
laudatirus, -a, -um fuissem.
INFINITIVE
laudatirus, -a, -um esse, to be about to praise.
laudatirus, -a, -um fuisse, to have been about to praise.
608. Learn the other active periphrastics in Par. 830.
609. For practice translate the following forms:
captirus erd ornatiira essés visirum fuisse
m6tiri fuerint victiri fuissémus habitiri fueris
Note that the participle being really a predicate adjective
must agree with the subject of the forms of sum.
610. Translate: 1. Féminae templum dei 6rnatirae sunt.
2. Quis servus equum captirus est? 3. Né tuam opinio-
242
The forms of these
conjugations are made up of two verbs rather than of one.
THE VERB
nem miutatirus sis. 4. Epistulam scripttrus sum. 5.
Viatorés viam monstrattri fuérunt.
1. Caesar was about to change his lines of battle.
2. What oration is Cicero about to deliver?
The Passive Periphrastic Conjugation
611. Just as the Future active participle was used in
the formation of the Active Periphrastic, so the Gerundive
(future passive participle) is used in the formation of the
Passive Periphrastic conjugation. The underlying idea ex-
pressed by the forms of this conjugation is that of obliga-
tion, necessity, or duty.
LAUDO.— The Passive Periphrastic
INDICATIVE
Pres. \audandus, -a, -um sum, J am to be praised, must be praised.
Imp. \audandus, -a, -um eram, / was éo be praised.
Fut. laudandus, -a, -um er6, I shall have to be praised.
Perf. laudandus, -a, -um fui, J have had to be praised.
Plup. laudandus, -a, -um fueram, J had had to be praised.
Futp. laudandus, -a, -um fueré, J shall have had to be praised.
SUBJUNCTIVE
Pres. laudandus, -a, -um sim.
Imp. laudandus, -a, -um essem.
Perf. laudandus, -a, -um fuerim.
Plup. laudandus, -a, -um fuissem.
INFINITIVE
Pres. laudandus, -a, -um esse, to be about to be praised, must be praised.
Perf. laudandus, -a, -um fuisse, to have been abewst to be praised.
612. Learn the other Passive Periphrastics in Par. 830.
613. For practice translate these forms:
laudandi fuerint dicendi eritis vincendum fuerat
gerendum est regendus sum vocandi sumus
614. Translate: 1. Réx idistitid laudandus est. 2. Via
ab illis incolis* qui frimentum portabant quaerenda fuit.
243
APPLIED LATIN
3. Si victiri sumus, bellum Caesari* cum fortitiidine ger-
endumest. 4. Oratid prd med amicé Cicerdni* habenda erit.
5. Si negdtium bene finiverd meis amicis laudandus ero.
615. *RULE.—Dative of Agent.—With the Passive Peri-
phrastic the dative case is employed to express the personal
agent instead of the ablative with a (ab). The dative shows the
person upon whom the duty or obligation rests.
616. 1. I must praise Cicero’s oration. (Cicero’s oration
must be praised by me.*) 2. You must love your native
country. 3. He will have to punish the soldier. 4. Will the
general have to change his opinion? 5. The siege will have
to be given up.
Quiz.—How are the Periphrastic Conjugations formed?
What idea underlies each?
617.
potentia, -ae, power, f. pulvis, pulveris, dust, m.
pictiira, -ae, a painting, f. simptus, -iis, expense, m.
puella, -ae, a girl, f. portus, -is, a port, m.
oculus, -i, am eye, m. plénus, -a, -um, full.
nihil, nothing.t pristinus, -a, -um, former, earlier.
6tium, -1, /ezsure, n. privatus, -a, -um, private.
pabulum, -i, fodder, n. propinquus, -a, -um, zeighbor-
ovis, ovis, a sheep, f. ing, near.
palis, palidis, a swamp, f. piblicus, -a, -um, public.t
pastor, pastoris, a shepherd,m. _ partim, partly.
pondus, ponderis, a weight, n. postridié, next day.
prex, precis, a prayer, f. pridié, the day before.
pudor, pudoris, shame, m. prope, almost.
618. Study and learn these words. Practise the declen-
sions of the nouns and adjectives. Compare the adverbs.
619. WorpD Stupy.—Explain the meaning of these Eng-
* Reverse the order of words in the other sentences of 616.
+ Nihil is an indeclinable noun, that is, its form does not change to show
cases. It is often followed by a partitive genitive.
tRés piblica—ihe Republic, the State.
e445
THE VERB
lish derivatives. Use them in sentences of your own. Add
any others you can.
pastoral depict prayer ewe potential
publicity approach propinquity impudent pabulum
port republic plenary picturesque powder
otiose negotiate deprivation pristine privation
power sumptuous imprecation impotent pulverize
pound annihilate __ nihilist ponderous _ oculist
The Supine
620. The last of the forms included in the conjugation of
a regular verb is the Supine. Like the Gerund, the Supine
is a verbal noun. It was originally a fourth declension noun,
declined like césus, Paragraph 234, but in the course of
time all its forms disappeared except the accusative and the
ablative singular.
621. LAUDO.—The Supine—Active Voice
Acc. laudatum, fo praise.
Abl. laudati, in praising.
Learn the supines in Paragraphs 826-7—8-9.
The Uses of the Supine in Latin
622. The Accusative case was used after verbs of motion
to express purpose. Examine these sentences:
1. Spectatum veniunt. They came to look.
2. Nos militem calamitatem nintiatum misimus. We
sent a soldier to report the disaster.
The accusative of the Supine enabled the Latins to ex-
press purpose without being forced to the constant use of a
subordinate clause introduced by ut.
The Ablative case was used chiefly with certain adjectives
to draw attention to a condition or quality. The Supine
245
APPLIED LATIN
was used with: facilis, -e, easy, as, facile facta, easy in the
doing (to do); mirus, -a, -um, wonderful, as, mirum dicta,
wonderful to relate; mirabilis, -e, remarkable, as, mirabile
visi, remarkable to see; horribilis, -e, dreadful, as, horribile
auditi, dreadful to hear. Thus:
1. Illi hominés—horribile dicti—sudés filids occidérunt.
Those men—horrible to relate—slew their own sons.
2. Pastor ingéns—mirabile vist—montem totum quatié-
bat. The huge shepherd—wonderful to see—was shaking the
whole mountain.
623. Compound Verbs of the Third Conjugation
The Rump6, Scribé, and Strudé Groups
rump6, rumpere, rapi, ruptus, to break, burst
abrumpé (3) corrump6 (3) érump6 (3) interrump6 (3)
break off corrupt burst forth break through
scribd, scribere, scripsi, scriptus, to write
circumscribé (3) conscribé (3) déscribé (3)
confine, limit enroll, levy write down, describe
inscribé (3) praescrib6 (3)
write upon, inscribe prescribe, direct
strué, struere, strixi, strictus, to pile up, arrange
déstrud (3) exstrud (3) instrué (3)
destroy build up, construct arrange (troops), plan
obstrué (3)
build against, barricade
Learn these compound verbs.
624. Translate: 1. Posted signd datd ex castris pristina
virtute potentiaque Grupuérunt. 2. Puella parva oculds
magnos bracchiaque gracilia habuit. 3. Pastorés ovibus ni-
hil pabuli in palidibus repperiunt. 4. Deus haec Gtia nobis
fécit. 5. Postridié legid nova in prévincid 4 Caesare con-
scripta est. 6. Vidébasne pulverem in e& parte quam in
246
THE VERB
partem milités iter fécerant? 7. Turri prope exstriicté,
barbari ex mtir6 oppidi risérunt. 8. Equitatus in sinistra
parte aciéi instruébatur. g. Ex omnibus partibus partim
castra altidre vall6 minire partim portas obstruere incipient.
10. Inter propinquas natidnés Galba magnum numerum
equitatis sud simptt conscribébat.
625. Study these derivatives. Add any others you know.
abrupt describe disrupt prescription ascribe
interrupt instrument rupture transcribe scripture
inscription — subscribe instruction destroy bankrupt
construction rescript subscriber destruction conscription
obstruct corruption circumscribe eruption scribe
626. The Tangé, Tendo, and Traho Groups
tango, tangere, tetigi, tactus, fo louch
atting6 (3) contingé (3) | redintegr6 (1)
touch, reach touch, happen (of good renew, restore (red-in-
fortune) (dat.) tegro)
Note that tangd becomes -ting6 in most compounds. The third prin-
cipal part of the -ting6 verbs is -tigi (not tetigi).
tend6, tendere, tetendi, tentus, fo stretch
contendé (3) intend6 (3) ostendé (3) praetendé (3)
struggle with, contend, stretch out, strain show, disclose hold forth
hasten
The third principal part of tend6 compounds is -tendi.
trahé, trahere, traxi, tractus, fo draw
“contrahé (3) détraho (3) extrah6 (3)
draw together, collect draw off, rob (dat.) draw out
retrah6 (3) abstrahé (3)
draw back, recall draw away
Learn these compound verbs.
627. Translate: 1. Haec terra quam niper Galli possi-
débant finés R6manorum attingit. 2. Paucis post diébus
portis capiendi causa proelium redintegravérunt. 3. Illi
feré cotidianis proeliis cum Gallis contendunt quiin socidrum
247
APPLIED LATIN
finibus bellum gerunt. 4. Oculis nostr6rum mentibusque ad
pugnam intentis, illae cohortes celeriter ad nostras mitini-
tidnés pervénérunt. 5. Navés multas in tinum locum con-
tractas légatis tribuit. 6. Caesar, sciitd militi détract6, in
proelium processit. 7. Quis equum fugitivum retrahet?
8. Omnés oppidani maniis ad Caesarem tendunt?
628. Study these derivatives from the verbs above.
attack tangent attendant _— portray distend
pretentious detract ostensible —_ tangible attend
extend intensive portend retrace attractive
extensive contiguous entreaty portentous extract
attention abstract extent intend treaty
redintegration subtract contract ostentatious tractable
integer contingent intact tractor tension
distract contact intangible trait entire
629.
rapina, -ae, robbery, f.
régina, -ae, a queen, f.
ripa, -ae, a river bank, f.
pagus, -i, a district, m.
plumbum, -i, Jead, n.
pomum, -i, an apple, n.
praemium, -i, a reward, n.
pés, pedis, the foot, m.
plébés, plébis, the common peo-
princeps, principis, a chieftain, m.
profectié, profectidnis, a depar-
ture, f.
principatus, -is, chieftainship, m.
planitiés, -éi, a plain, f.
pulcher, pulchra, pulchrum,
beautiful.
aualis, quale, of what sort.
quantus, -a, -um, how much.
ple, m. reliquus, -a, -um, remaining.
possessi6, possessiénis, owner- quam, than.*
ship, f. rirsus, again.
potestas, potestatis, power, f.
praetor, praetéris, an official,
praetor, m.
repente, suddenly.
satis, enough.t
potius, rather.
630. Study and learn these words. Practise the declen-
sions of the nouns and adjectives. Compare the adverbs.
631. WorpD Stupy.—Explain the meanings of the English
derivatives; use these words in sentences of your own:
* Quam is often used after a comparative to denote a comparison.
t Satis is often followed by a partitive genitive.
248
THE OCCUPATIONS OF THE ROMANS
rapine riparian pagan plebeian pomegranate
pedal principle principality pretorian principal
impediment satisfy plain quality relic
princess pulchritude plumb rapture premium
rapacious quantity plumber possessor plummet
quadruped explain insatiable saturate disqualify
THE OCCUPATIONS OF THE ROMANS
In the Forum men of all ranks of society met and lounged
about. This spot was the favorite place in Rome for all
kinds of meetings and was always crowded with people.
Romans thronged the streets leading to the Forum and
elbowed and jostled one another upon the SacraVia. On the
steps of the temples, in many cases broad and expansive,
the loungers sat. conversing or playing at games like back-
gammon. A great deal of business other than that connected
with the government was transacted in the Forum. Along
the Sacra Via were many small shops of the more expensive
kinds. Here were the shops of jewelers and money changers.
On the little streets leading to the Forum were shops in
which almost anything desired could be purchased. Among
the men who patronized these shops many trades were
represented. The common people were banded into trades
unions at an early time, and these unions or guilds made their
importance felt on many occasions.* There were two groups
among the working people, those whose trade required
dexterity and skill, as doctors and architects, and those who
did the commoner forms of labor, as carpenters, goldsmiths,
fullers, shoemakers, etc. The unions of these workers were
* Compare the opening scene in Shakespeare’s “‘ Julius Caesar.”
249
APPLIED LATIN
organized originally to maintain their traditions and to
preserve the worship of the divinities who were the special
protectors of the individual trades. No Roman citizen at
first entered these professions because the pursuit of busi-
ness was considered beneath his dignity and there was
little respect for labor. From early times business and pro-
fessional activities were carried on by slaves or freedmen;
slaves who had bought their freedom or for special services
had been freed by their masters. Later the Romans did
enter upon such work, but there always remained the same
idea that occupation in labor for which wages were paid was
beneath the notice of the real Roman citizen.
XLI. THE PRONOUN AND ADJECTIVE. INDEFINITE
632. In the first part of this book you learned a number
of pronouns, such as hic, iste, ille, idem, etc., which were
called demonstrative pronouns because they pointed out
definitely the person, place, or thing for which they stood.
Then there came the relative pronouns, the personal pro-
nouns, and the reflexive pronouns. Besides these there are
in all languages certain pronouns which refer not to definite
persons or things but to some person or thing but slightly
known, indefinite, or referred to only in a general way. ‘These
pronouns being general are called Indefinite Pronouns.
The Indefinite Pronouns in English and Latin
633. Examine these English sentences:
1. Somebody sent me these flowers. 2. Did anybody ring
the bell? 3. Each sought the first place for himself.
250
THE PRONOUN AND ADJECTIVE. INDEFINITE
The words italicized are indefinite pronouns.
Other Indefinite Pronouns in English are: Some, some-
one, any, anyone, one, any, other, another, few, many, none,
all, more, most, certain.
Construct English sentences containing these pronouns.
Be careful to note that these indefinite pronouns imme-
diately become indefinite adjectives if made to modify a
noun, as, any man, few books, certain ideas. Construct some
sentences also using these words as indefinite adjectives.
Pick out some instances of the use of indefinite pronouns
or adjectives in your English reader.
634. The Indefinite pronouns in Latin are:
M. and F. N
quis, quid, anybody, anything (used only with si, nisi,
né, num).
aliquis, aliquid, someone, something.
quisquam, quicquam, amyone, anything (no plural).
M. F. N.
quidam, quaedam, quiddam, a certain one or thing.
quivis, quaevis, quidvis, anyone (you wish), anything.
quisque, quaeque, quidque, each one, each thing.
635. When these indefinite pronouns are joined to a noun
in agreement they become indefinite adjectives, as follows:
M. F. N.
qui, qua (quae), quod, some, any (used only after
si, nisi, né, num).
aliqui, aliqua, aliquod, some.
quidam, quaedam, quoddam, certain.
quivis, quaevis, quodvis, any.
quisque, quaeque, quodque, each.
These words, when pronouns, are regularly declined like
the interrogative pronouns quis, quid; when adjectives, like
the relative pronoun qui, quae, quod, except that the in-
251
APPLIED LATIN
definites qui and aliqui have qua and aliqua in the feminine
singular nominative.
Learn the declensions of quis and aliquis in Paragraph 823.
636. Translate: 1. Aliquis mihi hds flérés misit. 2. Si
quis plumbum his in montibus repperiat, Réspiblica prae-
mium det. 3. Quale régnum huic réginae fuit? 4. Inter
Romanos quidam praetdrés potestatem Insignem posséd-
érunt. 5. Quisque princeps sibi principatum petébat. 6.
Poma ex arbore apud fliminis ripam in aquam repente
cecidérunt. 7. Quaedam planitiés pulchra ad finés huius
pagi pertinet.. 8. Né quisquam profectidnem plébis qui
novis rébis studet rirsus laudet. 9. Si quis satis frimenti
possidébit, praetor qui cOpiam friimenti cirat id capiet
potius quam alius quem plébés non iiissit. 10. Quid prae- —
mium mdaius quam id quod 4 plébe mihi datum est nunc
cupi6?
637. 1. The rest of the fruit we will carry to the house of
our chief. 2. If anyone should deprive the praetor of his
power the common people would arm themselves. 3. What
sort of feet has the horse? 4. Let each man take care of his
own possessions rather than those of another man. 5. Some
trees are higher than others.
XLII. THE INTERJECTION. NUMERALS
The Interjection in English and Latin
638. Up to the present time you have met with all the
parts of speech except the Interjection. This part of speech
is not very common; still it occurs enough times to make its
acquaintance important. The Interjection, as its name
shows (inter, between, iacid, to throw), is a word inserted at
some point in a sentence to produce a certain effect. Inter-
252
THE INTERJECTION. NUMERALS
jections reveal the feeling of the writer or speaker. They
may indicate sorrow or joy, happiness or depression. They
have no grammatical connection with the sentence in which
they occur, and may be dropped without spoiling the sense.
639. The commonest interjections in English are: hurrah,
alas, hollo, lo, behold, pst.
In Latin the commonest interjections are: O (oh); én
(lo); ecce (behold); ehem (hem); id (hurrah); heu (alas);
heus (hey); st (hist).
The Numerals
640. The Numerals are words which name numbers
(numerus, a number). As parts of speech, numerals are either
adjectives or adverbs. The following kinds of numerals exist
in English and Latin: Cardinal numerals, as inus, one;
duo, ‘wo; trés, three; etc. Ordinal numerals, as primus,
first; secundus, second, etc. Distributive numerals, as
singuli, one at a time; bini, two at a time; etc. Numeral
Adverbs, as semel, once; bis, twice; etc.
641. Learn the numerals given in Paragraph 822.
642. In English the numerals are not declined; in Latin
the Cardinal numerals up to three, and hundreds from two
hundred up to one thousand, are adjectives with all three
genders. The Ordinals and Distributives are declined like
latus. Distributives are found only in the plural.
643. Learn the declensions of inus, duo, trés, and mille.
Paragraph 819.
644. The following numeral words are important:
253
APPLIED LATIN
simplex, simplicis, one fold, simple. duplex, duplicis, two fold,
double. triplex, triplicis, three fold, triple. quadruplex, quadruplicis,
four fold, quadruple. quincuplex, quincuplicis, five fold, quintuple.
These numeral adjectives are declined like félix.
645. Translate: 1. Tertid dié duae’ cohortés legidnis
iter tria milia passuum facile fécérunt. 2. Acié triplice
Instriictéa, quadringenti ex hostibus occisi sunt. 3. Heu!
Nonne leOnem rapacem inter ovés vidémus? 4. Ecce
hom6 quem hiimanitate itistitidque omnés et liberi et servi
amabant. 5. I6! ‘Trés avés pulcherrimas in silva extra
urbem hodié cépimus. 6. Cum binae et ternae navés sin-
gulas circumstetissent, milités maxima cum virtiite eas
délére contendérunt. 7. Lina semel duodétriginta diébus
pléna est. 8. Cum servus claré bis vocatiis esset, tamen
non celeriter vénit. 9. Quinque filii et quattuor filiae
dlim fuérunt régi qui natidnés Britanniae regébat. 10.
Cum haec urbs in duds partes flimine dividerétur, alteram
partem Gallis concessit, alteram ab his relictam cohortibus
duodecim attribuit.
646. 1. We sent the first letter today. 2. Lo! three trees
were standing on the hill. 3. Hist! The Praetor is coming
with forty clients. 4. When a double line of battle has been
drawn up let us begin the battle. 5. Does each legion have
ten cohorts?
647. Study these English derivatives.
primer tertiary quinquennial bicycle unify
unicycle disunited combine second sextet
millennium _ single simple prime universal
double university binocular trio duplicity
secondary uniform singular duplicate duet
quaternary primitive unity quartette mile
unique primate sexennial duodecimo dual
254
THE INTERJECTION. NUMERALS
648.
rota, -ae, a wheel, f. scelus, sceleris, a crime, n.
ruina, -ae, a ruin, collapse, f. senex, senis, a7 old man, m.*
sententia, -ae, an opinion, f. pariés, parietis, a house wall, m.
radius, -i, spoke (of wheel), ray,m. meridiés, -éi, midday, m.
punctum, -i, a point, n. risticus, -a, -um, rustic, belong-
pilum, -i, a javelin, spear, n. ing to the countrys
pretium, -i, price, n. saevus, -a, -um, savage, cruel.
radix, radicis, a root, f. summus, -a, -um, /ighest.
robur, rdboris, timber, n. tacitus, -a, -um, silent.
ratid, ratidnis, a reason, plan, f. séparatim, separately.
reditid, reditidnis, a return, f. simul, at the same time.
salis, salitis, safety, f. tandem, at length.
649. Study and learn these words. Practise the declen-
sions of the nouns and adjectives. Compare the adverbs.
650. Worp Stupy.—Explain these English derivatives:
rotary radius summit prize sententious
corroborate tacit robust eradicate savage
pungent salubrious ray sum depreciate
senile rusticate radical salutary parietal
rotund irrational radiator meridian radiance
651. Compound Verbs of the Third Conjugation
The Capid, Quatid, Rapid Groups
capid, capere, cépi, captus, fo take, capture
accipio (3) excipid (3) praecipio (3)
receive, accept receive, take up advise, warn
recipio (3) suscipié (3) occup6 (1)
receive, betake oneself undertake seize, capture
Note that capid becomes -cipid in compound verbs.
quatid, quatere, quassi, quassus, fo shake
concutid (3) excutid (3) percutid (3) recutid (3)
shake up, shatier shake off smite shake
Note that quatid becomes -cutid in compounds.
rapid, rapere, rapui, raptus, fo snatch up
corripio (3) diripid (3) éripio (3) tisirpé (1)
snatch up, pull apart, plunder snatch away, save seize for use, use
press on
Note that rapid becomes -ripi6 in compounds.
* Senex is irregularly declined—Sing., senex, senis, seni, senem, senex,
sene; Pl., senés, senum, senibus, senés, senés, senibus.
255
APPLIED LATIN
652. Translate: 1. Cuique carrd quattuor rotae erant.
2. Pilis missis, decem milia ex legidnibus novis saliitem
in fuga petébant. 3. Reliquum spatium quod n6dn amplius
pedum séscentdrum est continet mons magna altitiidine, ita
ut radicés montis ex utraque parte ripds fliminis contingant.
4. Ill6 punctti temporis mirabile visi arbor, rdbore fracté,
ruind magna cecidit. 5. Id maximé ea ratidne fécit quod
hostés agrés Galldrum occupaverant. 6. Tandem spé do-
mum reditidnis sublata, senés riistici propter scelera in
silvas dénsds sé recépérunt. 7. Simul quisque tacitus urbem
séparatim reliquit et né caperétur sé eripuit. 8. Illum
qui Galbam pild percussit hostés saevi sciitis protexérunt.
9. Néhanc rem suscipiamus. to. Galli celeriter ex c6n-
suétiidine sua, acié facta, impetis pil6rum excipiébant.
653. 1. The savage lion betook himself to the mountains.
2. The wall of the house fell with a heavy crash. 3. Finally a
price was set by theold man. 4. Each wheel has twelve spokes.
5. How great and of what sort were the slave’s crimes?
654. Study these derivatives from the verbs above.
accept acceptable principle repercussion rapacious
captious receptacle inception recipient exceptionable
susceptible preceptor receipt percussion precept
655. Compound Verbs of the Third Conjugation
The Facid, Iacid, and Specid Groups
facid, facere, féci, factus, to make, do
conficid (3) déficid (3) interficié (3)
accomplish, complete fail, give out kill, do to death
praeficid (3) satisfacid (3) reficid (3)
put at head of, putin appease, satisfy (dat.) make over, repair
command (dat.)
iacié, iacere, Geel, iactus, to throw, hurl
conicié (3) déicié (3) proicié (3)
hurl, throw throw down, cast down hurl forward, abandon
reicid (3) iacté (1)
throw, hurl back throw, toss
256
THE INTERJECTION. NUMERALS
speci6, specere, spéxi, spectus, fo look
circumspici6 (3) cénspicié (3) déspicié (3)
look around, look over catch sight of, behold look down on, despise
perspicié (3) suspicié (3) exspecté (1)
see through, see clearly, look under, suspect look for, await
understand
Learn these compound verbs.
656. Translate: 1. Milités, este fortés, pila conicite,
déicite hos saevGs virds dé miiré! 2. Ad has rés cdnficiendas
triduum simamus. 3. In Gallia legidnés Caesaris milia
militum interfécérunt. 4. Ob eas causas Galbam légatum ei
munitidni quam fécerat praefécit. 5. Item si hostés
R6mAnis satisfaciant Caesar cum eis pacem faciat. 6. Cum
rés frimentaria eds déficeret, concilid convocat6 quisque
domum contendit. 7. Téla missa excipiant séque ex labore
reficiant. 8. Cum hdés légatds in castris cOnspéxisset, sé
in fugam dedit. 9. Cum tnus pagus facile victus sit, né
Caesar ob eam rem aut vict6riam suae magnopere virtiti
tribuat aut hostés déspiciat. 10. Si omnés idem sentient
et probabunt nintium exspectent.
657. 1. When the grain supply failed all hope of re-
turning home was taken away. 2. Inaspace of three days
the war with the slaves was completed. 3. What leader
slew those three brave centurions? 4. The leader whom we
put in command of the fortification was despised by the
enemy. 5. The old men were forced to leave the wall.
658. Study these derivatives. Add any others you know.
Use them in sentences of your own.
affection refectory respectable project conjecture
adjective defeat sufficient proficient efficacious
circumspect acceptance subject perspective prefect
despise faction counterfeit object defect
inspector aspect affect projection — suspicion
perfect inject abject expectation disjection
surfeit species infection facilitate confectionery
17 257
APPLIED LATIN
Some Toots USED BY THE ROMANS
Almost any sort of a workman at Rome was called a
Smith (faber). To distinguish the individual trade the name
of the material with which the man worked was added.
With some exceptions the same tools were used at Rome
which are used now universally. The hammer (malleus) and
anvil (incus), axe (seciris), tongs (forceps), bellows (follis),
and adze (ascia) of to-day were used two thousand years ago.
Other implements, as the saw (serra), file (lima), plane
(runcina), chisel (scalprum), mallet (malleolus), lathe
(tornus), and boring instruments (terebrae), were common.
Among instruments for ensuring accuracy were the com-
passes (circinus) and square (norma). For the spirit level:
the libella was used. This consisted of three pieces of wood
’ forming an A with the exact center of the cross-bar marked.
Astring with a plummet attached hung from the apex so that
the plummet would touch the central mark when the legs
rested on a level surface. All the simple mechanical powers
were used, as the lever (vectis), the inclined plane, and the
pulley (trochlea). There was also an instrument like a
derrick for lifting heavy weights by means of a windlass.
As Roman buildings were rarely of wood there was little
employment for the carpenter. Carpenters were mostly con-
cerned with the making of ships and wagons (carpenta),
from which word comes the name. The mason was more
important than the carpenter, for stone and cement were
universally employed in building. The mason’s trowel was
called trulla. The use of cement in building construction
258
THE VERB. DEPONENTS
was the greatest contribution of the Romans to the art of
building. The cement (caementum) manufactured by the
Romans was much stronger than the cement we use to-day.
Many of the cement constructions of the Romans have
lasted in first-rate shape to the present day. Even now
Roman cement can hardly be broken up by modern picks.
XLII. THE VERB. DEPONENTS. SEMI-DEPONENTS.
“COMPOUND VERBS OF THE FOURTH
CONJUGATION
659. In the work so far you have met with regular verbs
only, sum excepted. Before we pass to verbs which are
irregular in the majority of their forms, certain verbs must
be considered which are regular in forms, but irregular
in translation. These verbs are called Deponents, from
déponere, fo cast aside. They have cast aside all the forms
of the active voice (except one or two) but retain their pas-
sive voices in full. The passive forms of Deponent verbs have
active meanings. It isa little difficult at first to get into the
habit of translating passive forms as if they were active.
The forms in themselves do not cause trouble, for learning
the forms of a deponent verb is like learning the passive
voice of a regular verb alone. There are deponent verbs in
all the four conjugations.
660. Examples of Deponent verbs:
First conjugation, cdnor, cdnari, cdnatus sum, fo try.
Second conjugation, vereor, veréri, veritus sum, /o fear.
Third conjugation, sequor, sequi, secitus sum, /o follow.
‘a patior, pati, passus sum, /o bear, endure.
Fourth conjugation, potior, potiri, potitus sum, /o seize.
661. Learn the conjugation of cénor and vereor in Para-
259
APPLIED LATIN
graph 835. Notice especially these forms of the active voice
which are included in the conjugation of deponent verbs:
1. The future infinitive, as conatirus, -a, -um, esse.
The Latins did not like the form of the future infinitive
passive because it was a little unwieldy and bungling.
This infinitive form is often lacking even among the regular
verbs. Whenever possible the Latins avoided it, and in
deponent verbs they easily replaced it with the future
active infinitive.
2. The present and future participles ; céndns, cénatirus.
As the passive voice of the ordinary verb showed only the
_ perfect participle, the Latins, in order to complete the parti-
ciples of Deponent verbs, added these two participles from the
active voice. Thus the active present participle (as cénans)
and the future participle (as cénatirus) are included in
deponent verbs, each retaining its active meanings. Be care-
ful never to translate the perfect participle of a deponent
verb with a passive meaning. Cdénatus means having at-
tempted, not having been attempted. This is perhaps the
most common error in the use of the Deponent verbs.
662. Some common deponent verbs of the first and
second conjugations are:
First CONJUGATION
arbitror, arbitrari, arbitratus sum, _#o think.
cohortor, cohortari, cohortatus sum, o exhort, encourage.
hortor, hortari, hortatus sum, to urge.
miror, mirari, miratus sum, to admire.
moror, morari, moratus sum, to delay.
téstor, téstari, téstatus sum, to be a witness.
populor, populari, populatus sum, to devastate.
vagor, vagari, vagatus sum, to wander.
260
THE VERB. DEPONENTS
SECOND CONJUGATION
fateor, fatéri, fassus sum, to say, admit.
polliceor, pollicéri, pollicitus sum, to promise.
intueor, intuéri, intuitus sum, to gaze at.
663. Translate: 1. Caesar, equis rem6tis ut spem fugae’*
tolleret, suds cohortatus proelium commisit. 2. Viatdrésne
altitidinem montis et latitidinem fliminis mirabantur?
3. Servi fugitivi quattuor diés in illis finibus morati ad
socids suds sé recépérunt. 4. Oratidne habita, Cicerd deds
immortalés téstatus est. 5. Qui nostras urbés populaban-
tur? 6. Ea quae pollicémur mox faciémus. 7. Unus ex
omnibus nihil earum rérum faciébat sed tristis, capite
démiss6, terram intuébatur. 8. Meds centuridnés cotidié
cohortari cOnsuésc6. 9. Manibus impeti fliminis impeditis,
media in aqua morari incépérunt. 10. Quis dona maxima
clientibus pollicébatur?
664. 1. Marvel at the works of poets. 2. Those leaders,
having devastated my fatherland, killed myson. 3. Let the
citizens refrain from praising the man who promises Caesar
a crown. 4. We delayed one day to finish the business. 5.
Gaze upon the beautiful moon.
665. Worp Stupy.—Study these English derivatives:
arbitrate intestate confess vagabond _ exhortation
depopulate professor protest admire vagrant
666.
stella, -ae, a star, f. téstis, téstis, @ witness, m.
tuba, -ae, a trumpet, f. timor, timGris, fear, m.
toga, -ae, the toga, a garment, f. timidus, -a, -um, timid.
sonus, -i, @ sound, m. urbanus, ~a, -um, belonging to
responsun, -i, reply, n. the city.
studium, -i, a pursuit, study, n. validus, -a, -um, strong, vigorous.
solum, -i, the ground, n. vastus, -a, -um, emply, vast.
servitus, servititis, slavery, f. vérus, -a, -um, rue.
socer, soceri, a father inlaw, m. iltra, beyond.
sanguis, sanguinis, blood, m. ana, together with (with cum).
scriptor, script6ris, a@ writer, m. vix, scarcely.
sors, sortis, a Jot, f. undique, on ali sides.
261
APPLIED LATIN
667. Study and learn these words. Practise the declen-
sions of nouns and adjectives. Compare the adverbs.
668. WorD Stupy.—Explain these derivatives. Use
‘them in sentences of your own.
Stella constellation stellar verisimilar person
study ultramarine consonant responsive urban
convalescence valid testament invalid student
timid suburb sort urbane sangfroid
sonorous intimidate ulterior testify testimony
veracity timorous verify sole (noun) servitude
attest sound studious sanguinary avail
669. The commonest third conjugation deponents are:
adgredior, adgredi, adgressus sum, /o aitack.
morior, mori, mortuus sum, /o die.
nascor, nasci, natus sum, to be born.
labor, 1abi, lapsus sum, to slip.
loquor, loqui, locitus sum, to speak.
obliviscor, oblivisci, oblitus sum, to forget.
proficiscor, proficisci, profectus sum, /o set out.
queror, queri, questus sum, to complain.
ulciscor, ulcisci, ultus sum, to take vengeance on.
itor, iti, tisus sum, to use, enjoy.
670. Learn the conjugation of the third conjugation
deponent verb sequor, in Paragraph 835.
671. Translate: 1. Nonnumquam stella ardéns ex caelé
in 6ceanum labitur. 2. Omnia ind tempore erant agenda;
signum tuba dandum, ab opere milités revocandi, aciés
instruenda est. 3. Civis qui togam gessit, locd ndobili
natus est. 4. Una cum socer6 med Roéma Athénds ad
studium dicendi incipiendum profectus sum. 5. Poéta
véra dei respdnsa male narrabat. 6. Sine vestrd sanguine
hostés superavi. 7. Viri liberi servittitém et commita-
tidnem fortiinae semper queruntur. 8. Nés, téstés huius
sceleris, vix praetOrem urbanum retinébamus. 9. Scriptorés
Romani antiqui sortibus vix crédidérunt. 10. Qua in ré
262
THE VERB. DEPONENTS
Caesar et publicés et privat&s initirias ultus est, quod
haec natid patrem eius soceri interfécerat.
672. 1. Our army attacked the enemy without fear. 2.
Timid wayfarers never set out to the lands beyond the
mountains. 3. Concerning the responses of the god we
spoke gladly. 4. Were you born in noble station? 5. On
the third day many of the captives died, for few were
accustomed to endure slavery. ’
673. Worp Stupy.—Explain these derivatives. Use them
in sentences of your own.
aggressive oblivion querulous _ native patient
moribund egress nation digress nascent
collapse natural interlocutor ingress use
innate passive relapse utensil congress
progress renaissance mortuary elocution impassive
674. The commonest fourth conjugation deponents are:
experior, experiri, expertus sum, to test, try.
mentior, mentiri, mentitus sum, /o Jie.
métior, métiri, ménsus sum, to measure.
molior, moliri, molitus sum, to build, attempt.
orior, oriri, ortus sum, to arise, begin.
partior, partiri, partitus sum, to divide.
675. Learn the conjugation of the fourth conjugation
deponent verb potior, in Paragraph 835.
676. Translate: 1. Nisi quid auxili in Caesare populoque
R6dmand erit, nds quoque ina cum Gallis éventum for-
tiinae experiémur. 2. Pueri boni numquam mentiuntur.
3. Quddam dié Caesar militibus frimentum mensus erat.
4. Haec pars Galliae ad orientem sdlem pertinet. 5. Prius-
ad bellum gerendum partitus est.
677. 1. They fortified their town that they might not
experience the same bad fortune. 2. When Caesar had
measured out the grain for the soldiers he encouraged each
263
APPLIED LATIN
man separately. 3. When the sun had risen, light filled the
whole temple. 4. Divide the army and conquer the enemy
without delay. 5. We have cast you from the city because
you were attempting evil deeds.
Semi-deponents
678. In the preceding paragraphs you met with the most
common deponent verbs of the four conjugations. There
are beside these a few which are called Semi-deponents,
because some of their forms are from the active voice
and some passive. The commonest semi-deponents are:
auded, audére, ausus sum, to dare (Complem. Infin.).
cénfidé, confidere, confisus sum, 0 trust firmly (Dat. of Per-
sons, Abl. of Things).
diffids, diffidere, diffisus sum, 0 distrust (Abl. of Things).
gaude6é, gaudére, gavisussum, orejoice (Abl. of Cause).
soled, solére, solitus sum, 0 be accustomed (Complem.
Infin.).
679. Translate: 1. Adventum lednis virg6é timida exspec-
tare ausa est. 2. Dux noster hunc régem rébus suis diffi-
dentem éréxit. 3. Gaudent quod occ4si6 sui purgandi data
est. 4. Sonum tubarum et equorum currentium audire solé-
bant. 5. Quis validus sine precibus mori audet?
680. 1. Dare to tell a true story without shame. 2. Men
who trust their own ability overcome many evils. 3. Before
afight the Romans were wont to draw up their line of battle.
4. Did you rejoice when the tricky leader gave the crown
to Caesar? 5. Some men dare to attack any savage animal.
681. Worp Stupy.—Explain these derivatives; use them
in sentences of your own:
experience __ bipartite rejoice passion orient
partition audacity compassion mensuration confiderice
demolish fidelity mete diffiident originate
perfidy order gay compatible insolent
264
THE VERB. DEPONENTS
682. Compound Verbs of the Fourth Conjugation
The Salis, Sentid, and Venio Groups
sali6, salire, ; , to leap
désilid (4) resilid (4) salté (1) insultd (1) resulté (r)
leap down leap back dance leap upon leap back
sentid, sentire, sénsi, sénsus, fo perceive
adsenti6 (4) consentié (4) dissenti6 (4)
agree, assent think with, agree feel different, disagree
praesentiéd (4)
feel before, look before
venié, venire, véni, ventum, fo come
advenio (4) convenio (4) circumveni6 (4)
come to, approach come together, assemble come around, surround
évenié (4) invenio (4) perveni6 (4)
come out, happen come upon, find come through, arrive,
(by chance) reach
provenio (4)
come forth, turn out (well, ill)
683. Translate: 1. Désilite, milites! Né ducem hostibus
prodamus. 2. Féminae saltabant et aedificium cantibus
complébant. 3. Concilid convocaté, principés qui undique
convénerant cum légatis ROmanis cOnsénsérunt. 4. Quem
exitum habuit consilium Galbae et edrum qui dissentiébant?
5. Hostés nostrds milités 4 latere aperto adgressi circum-
venire cOnabantur. 6. Ea rés legidni felicitér Eveniat. 7.
E6 in locé navés XXVIII instrict&s invénit. 8. Haec pars
socidrum militibus legidnis ndnae et decimae forte obvén-
erat. go. Cum id nintiatum esset, légatus iter per provin-
ciam celerrimé fécit et RO6mam pervénit. 10. Véni Caesarem
laudatum n6n sepultum.
684. 1. Let us agree with these men who have established
‘the custom. 2. We have with us the soldiers who have lately
assembled from the province. 3. By chance Caesar met
Galba together with twelve cohorts. 4. We found the town
situated near the banks of the river. 5. The general was
killed while he was coming to his son.
265
APPLIED LATIN
685. WorD Stupy.—Explain these English derivatives.
Use them in sentences of your own:
desultory adventitious exult inventory assent
assailant dissent provenience insult presentiment
convent prevention — sensitive salient convention
intervention advent consensus convenient contravene
dissenter resilient circumvent revenue sally
sense event convene consent assault
eventual avenue result sentence invention
SKILLED WORKMEN AMONG THE ROMANS
The Architects (architecti) were an important group of
workmen. As their (Greek) name implies, they were usually
Greeks, not Romans. Assisting the architects were the sur-
veyors (finitérés) who, besides the work usually done by
surveyors, also laid out the lands for colonists and the camps
for armies.
The Romans found a great deal of employment for the
Painter (pictor). As there was not much furniture, few
tapestries, and no framed pictures. in the ordinary house,
the Romans had to depend for ornamentation on pictures
painted on the walls. Ordinary rooms were whitewashed
by a workman called a dealbator (albus, white). He used
a trowel (trulla) and worked on a scaffold (machina). Show
rooms were decorated by a real artist (pictor parietarius,
pariés, an interior wall). The painter of wall decorations
used a pencillus or brush. The walls of rooms often pre-
sented scenes from outdoor life, as landscapes, gardens,
harbors, fountains, etc.
The Potter was in great demand at Rome and throughout
the ancient world as well. So extensive was the use of pot-
266 |
THE VERB. IRREGULAR
tery that the manufacture of earthenware was carried on
at any large estate where the proper kind of clay (argilla)
could be found. The potter (figilus) made vessels both by
hand and with the potter’s wheel (rota figularis). Clay
vessels, after being turned on the wheel, were baked in an
oven (fornax, furnace).
The Goldsmiths and Silversmiths knew about the same
processes then as to-day. Works of gold and silver were
very highly prized. Gem cutters were very skilful, as the
ancient cameos we now possess easily show. Makers of
perfumery and ointments carried on a thriving trade. Their
products were sent to all parts of the world in dainty little
vases of many shapes. Probably the “alabaster jar of
precious ointment’? was manufactured by one of the expert
perfumers of that day.
XLIV. THE VERB. IRREGULAR
Vol6, Nolo, Mal6. Ed, Ferd, Fid. Compounds of Sum
686. There are in all languages verbs whose forms are
irregular. Many are only slightly irregular, as dé, dare,
dedi, datus, fo give. This verb belongs to the first conjuga-
tion, except the perfect dedi, which is really a third conjuga-
tion form. Maned is a second conjugation verb, except the
perfect mansi, which belongs to the third conjugation.
Among the Latin verbs that are specially irregular are
those mentioned at the head of this paragraph. These
verbs, as their meaning will show you, are very common,
not only in Latin but in all other languages. Words that are
267
APPLIED LATIN
especially common have a tendency to become irregular.
Think for a moment of the English verb to be. It has forms
derived from four different verbs, be, zs, am, was.
687. The principal parts of vol6, nolo, mals, are:
vold, velle, volui, ,» towish.
ndld, ndlle, nolui, » to be unwilling.
malo, malle, malui, » bo prefer.
N6l6 and mal6d are compounds of vol6. N6ld equals
non vold, J do not wish; malo equals magis, more, volé,
I wish more, I prefer.
All three verbs are similar in conjugation. In n6lé and
mal6 the presence of nén and magis causes some irregulari-
ties not found in vol6 itself.
688. The conjugation of volé is—
INDICATIVE
Pres. volé, vis, vult, volumus, vultis, volunt.
Imp. volébam, volébas, etc.
Fut. volam, volés, etc.
Perf. volui, voluisti, etc.
Plup. volueram, volueras, etc.
Futp. voluer6, volueris, etc.
SUBJUNCTIVE
Pres. velim, velis, velit, velimus, velitis, velint.
Imp. vellem, vellés, vellet, vellémus, vellétis, vellent.
Perf. voluerim, volueris, etc.
Plup. voluissem, voluissés, etc.
INFINITIVE PARTICIPLE
Pres. velle, Pres. voléns, -ntis.
Perf. voluisse.
689. Learn the conjugations of ndlé6 and malé in Para-
graph 833. Note also Paragraphs 544-546.
690. For practice translate these forms: 1. Vis, mi§lis,
nollet, voluisti, ndlet. 2. Ndlle, volentés, mavult, n6n vis, vel-
lémus, ndli. 3. Voluisse, mallent, ndlumus, malle, voluissent.
268
SOME IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES
691. Translate: 1. Postridié Caesar priusquam sé hostés
ex terrdre et fuga reciperent proelium committere voluit. 2.
Visne mé venire? 3. In libertate permanére malumus quam
ROmanorum servitiitem pati. 4. Qua dé causa civés 6ra-
tidnés Cicerdnis malébant? 5. Si nos a flimine discédere
nolimus, hostés celeriter fugiant. 6. Ndolite servum pinire
sine causa véra. 7. Num ille omnés esse liberds volébat?
8. Malimus ptignare potius quam fugere. 9. Domi manére
maluissem nisi cOnsul mé vocavisset. 10. Utinam né fémi-
nae lidds ROmanorum spectare voluissent.
692. 1. Those who were willing to make the journey
assembled from all sides. 2. Who does not prefer honor
rather than gold? 3. I shall be unwilling to attack our
allies. 4. Don’t write the letter. 5. Let us be willing to
try all the fortunes of war.
SOME IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES
693. Most of the adjectives which you have met up to
the present time have been regular in inflection and com-
parison. There are a few adjectives, irregular in com-
parison, which are not only very common in Latin, but
have a host of derivatives in English.
The most important of these are:
exterus, outward, exterior, outer, extrémus (extimus), farthest.
inferus, below, inferior, /ower, infimus (imus), /owest.
posterus, following, posterior, /ater, postrémus (postumus), Jast.
superus, above, superior, higher, suprémus (summus), highest.
(in, 27), interior, inner, intimus, inmost.
(pré, before), prior, earlier, primus, first.
(prope, near), propior, nearer, proximus, nearest.
(altra, beyond), ulterior, further, altimus, farthest.
Note that in the last four the missing positive degree is
supplied by means of a preposition or an adverb.
269
APPLIED LATIN
694. Translate: 1. Hi finés ad inferidrem partem fli-
minis pertinent. 2. Ab ed loco collis nascébatur, passiis
circiter ducent6s infimus apertus, ab superi6re parte silves-
tris. 3. Postérd dié castra ex ed locd summ6 mOta sunt.
4. Locis superidribus occupatis, itinere exercitum nostrum
prohibére cOnabantur. 5. Légatus aestate missus est qui
duds legidnés novds in interidrem Galliam dédiceret. 6.
Cum quisque sibi primum itineris locum peteret profectid
similis fugae erat. 7. Prima lice, clamdre audits, omnés
figérunt. 8. Proxima nocte obsidés convenire itissit. 9. In
ulteridrem Galliam properémus ad haec conficienda. 1o.
Num exercitum in iltimas terras mittémus?
695. Worp Stupy.—Explain these English derivatives:
infernal superior ultimo primordial exterior
inferiority intimacy primate ultimatum _ posterior
prior supernal external proximity prime
posthumous interne supreme ulterior extremity
696.
unda, -ae, a wave, f. vesper, vesperis, evening, m.
saxum, -i, @ rock, n. voluntas, voluntatis, wll, wish, f.
subsidium, -i, aid, n. vulnus, vulneris, @ wound, n.
suffragium, -i, a ballot, n. vér, véris, the spring, n.
triduum, -i, three days’ time, n. véritas, véritatis, the truth, f.
vadum, -i, a ford, n. victor, victéris, a victor, m.
verbum, -i, a word, n. vis (vis), force, pl., strength, {.*
vinculum, -i, a bond, chain, n. vetus, veteris, old.
uxor, ux6ris, a wife, f.
Learn these words. Practise the declensions.
697. WorpD Stupy.—Explain these English derivatives:
inundate veracious victorious _ victory vim
verbatim vulnerable involuntary verbal veracity
vespers volition suffragette adverb voluntary
invulnerable verity suffrage volunteer = verdant
verb undulate redound inveterate subsidiary
*The declension of vis is: Singular, vis, (vis) —, vim, vis, vi; Plural,
virés, virium, viribus, virés, virés, viribus.
270
THE VERB. IRREGULAR
E6, Fero, Fido
698. The principal parts of these irregular verbs are:
E6, ire, ii (ivi), itum, fo go.
Fer6, ferre, tuli, latus, to bear, carry.
Fi6, fieri, factus sum, to become, happen.
Of these verbs the last two are quite irregular. As you
can see from the principal parts, the verb feré is apparently
composed of the forms of three distinct verbs. In this it is
like the verb to be in English and Sum in Latin, which are
made up of four separate verbs.
Fid is the verb which, as has been already mentioned
(Paragraph 357), the Latins used in place of some tenses of
the passive of the verb facié, to do, make. |
699. Learn the conjugations of these three verbs in
Paragraphs 836-7-8.
700. For practice identify the following forms:
1. Is, fers, fis, feras, eds, fias. 2. Iéns, feréns, fieri, ibunt,
ferri, latiirus esse. 3. Fiet, fiat, eund6, ferris, fertis, fierent.
701. Translate: 1. Illi vi coacti nds per suds finés ire
passi sunt. 2. Tum saxa magni ponderis ad mirum lata
sunt. 3. Aciés tertia ab imperatore nostris* subsidid* missa
erat. 4. Equitatus socidrum hoc in proelid impedimento*
hostibus* erat. .5. Ferte magnam cdpiam frimenti quae
auxilid* duci* sit. 6. Fiat itistitia. 7. Ad vesperum centurié
vulneribus confectus interfectus est. 8. Eamus ad oppidum
ut praesidid* oppidanis* simus. 9. Ei qui trans vada ierant
suis auxilium ferre ausi sunt. 10. Poéta veterem calamitatem
populi Romani et pristinam virtitem Gallorum narrabat.
*In sentences 3, 4, 5, and 8 there are instances of two
datives used with the verb sum. These two datives com-
271
APPLIED LATIN
pose the Double Dative construction. One dative is a dative
of indirect object (nostris, 3; hostibus, 4; duci, 5; oppidanis,
8); the other dative indicates the purpose for which some-
thing serves (subsidid, 3; impedimentd, 4; auxilid, 5; prae-
sidid, 8). Translate sentence 3, were for an aid to our men.
702. RuLE.—Double Dative.—Two datives are often used
with sum in Latin, one (of reference) indicating the person
affected, the other (of purpose) showing that for which a thing
serves.
703. 1. The cavalry was sent as an aid to the army.
2. Who hastened to go to the bridge? 3. The shields were
a hindrance to the soldiers while fighting in the waves. 4.
The huge rocks were a fortification for the camp. 5. In the
spring beautiful flowers bloom.
704. The E6 and Ferd Groups
e6, ire, ii, (ivi), itum, to go
adeo exed ined pered transed
go to, visit go out go into perish, be lost go across
fer, ferre, tuli, latus, to bear, carry
adferé confer6 differé
bring to, bring news _ bring together, collect, bear apart, differ, post-
compare pone
effer6 inferd offerd
bear out bear against, wage bring before, offer
perfero praefero ; profer6
bear through, endure, bear before, prefer bring forward, extend
announce
refer6 transfer6
bear back, report carry over, transfer
For principal parts of fer6 compounds consult vocabulary.
705. Translate: 1. Neque enim quisquam praeter mer-
catorés illas urbés adiit, neque illi ipsi quicquam praeter
Oram Oceani vidérunt. 2. Facile erit, cum virtite omnibus
272
THE VERB. IRREGULAR
praestémus, dé finibus nostris cum omnibus copiis exire.
3. Vére initd6, cum multi periissent, tamen hostés pontem
in provinciam nostram transire cOnatisunt. 4. Cum esset
Caesar in tlteridre Gallia, crébrae ad eum epistulae afferé-
bantur. 5. Copia maxima frimenti in oppidum sine
Caesaris voluntate confertur. 6. Hi omnés lingua, instititis,
légibus, inter sé differunt. 7. Nonne quisque trium ménsium
cibum dom6 efferet? 8. Cum tridui viam prdécessisset cum
omnibus copiis ad urbem occupandam contendit. 9.
Altitaido fliminis erat circiter trium pedum. to. Refer has
rés ad senatum.
706. 1. After they had proceeded a journey of five days,
they saw the enemy drawn up on the hills. 2. Carry away
from home food for (of) two months. 3. Though the depth
of the river was about (of) eight feet, the knights crossed
without delay. 4. I will report these affairs to the senate.
5. If all nations differ in laws and customs there is no com-
mon civilization.
707. WorD Stupy.—Explain these English derivatives.
Use them in sentences of your own:
initial conference ambition proffer confer
circuit preference translation initiation dilate
transference relation deference __ offertory transient
collation transitory exit elated inference
different ’ transit reference obituary defer
COMPOUNDS OF SUM
708. In English the verb ¢o be is very common. It is used
in almost all relations and can be associated with almost any
sort of idea. For instance, we can say I am away from town;
I was present at the meeting; my equipment is lacking with
respect toa top coat; I ‘am able to write and to read. In such
statements the English verb is followed by a group of words
18 273
APPLIED LATIN
introduced by a preposition. In Latin the preposition is
often attached to the verb Sum, making a Compound Verb.
The Important Compounds of Sum are:
absum, abesse, 4fui, to be away, absent (a (ab) with abl.).
adsum, adesse, adfui, to be present (dat.).
désum, deésse, défui, to be lacking (dat.).
intersum, interesse, interfui, fo be between, present (dat.).
praesum, praesse, praefui, o be in charge of, be head of (dat.).
possum, posse, potui, to be able (complem. infin.).
supersum, superesse, superfui, /o be left, survive (dat.).
Most of these verbs are conjugated like the verb sum with-
out irregular forms. Possum, to be able, a compound of potis, -
pote, an adjective meaning able, has some irregular forms
brought about by the difficulty in combining potis with the
forms of sum. Compare pot-fui, potui, perfect of possum.
709. Learn the conjugation of possum in Paragraph 837.
710. For practice name and translate the following forms:
1. Potes, supersunt, praeést, deésse, poterit.
2. Interest, adsit, possimus, interfuit, potuerit.
3. Praefueramus, potuisse, aberunt, poterat.
711. Translate: 1. Harum omnium gentium fortissimae
sunt iltimae quod 4 cultti et him{anitate prdvinciae
longissimé absunt. 2. Hac 6ratidne habitaé, omnés qui
aderant precibus tristissimis auxilium 4 Caesare petere con-
abantur. 3. Rébus in adversis fortiina etiam duci optim6
nonnumquam deést. 4. Illa pars hostium quae flimen
oppidi capiendi causa transierat domum redire n6n potuit.
5. Utinam illi principés qui summ6 magistratui praeérant
suds clientés rapina prohibére potuissent. 6. Quis precibus
captivorum resistere potest? 7. Proelid factd, pauci super-
fuérunt. 8. Ndnne manis servi fallacis vinculis vincire
potes? 9. Dux barbarus qui nunc oppid6 praeést nintium
274
EXERCISES IN DERIVATIVES. SUFFIXES
ad Caesarem dé pace mittere ndn poterit. 10. Ponte in
flimine facto ut reliquas cOpids sequi posset, Galba exer-
citum tradixit.
712. 1. I am able to tell the truth without shame. 2.
He made so great a bridge that the whole army was able
to cross in one day. 3. Those who were present praised the
oration of Cicero. 4. Because those who were in charge of
the town were unwilling to close the gates our men were able
to break in quickly. 5. Sometimes words fail an orator.
XLV. EXERCISES IN DERIVATIVES. SUFFIXES
713. Your work so far with the derivation of English
words from Latin words has been devoted especially to
explaining the meanings of words by separating prefixes
(prepositions) from root words. Before finishing this part
of the work you should know something of the various
suffixes that appear in Latin and later in English and be
able to tell what they mean.
Some Common Suffixes
714. A. Many Latin words end in -tor (masc.) and -trix
(fem.), which indicate agency. Victor, one who conquers
(masc.); victrix, one who conquers (fem.); administrator,
one who manages (masc.); administratrix, one who manages
(fem.). Similarly, pastor, réctor, ciradtor, executrix.
B. Many Latin words end in -men, which indicates the
thing accomplished: li-men, the result of the sun’s shining,
carmen, the result of the poet’s singing; a4gmen limen.
C. Many Abstract words are formed in Latin by the end-
ings -tia, -tas, and -tid6, denoting qualities and conditions.
275
APPLIED LATIN
amicitia, friendliness; civitas, the state; latitid6, breadth.
D. The Endings of many adjectives mean pertaining to
or connected with. Examples:
R6m-anus connected with Rome, Roman.
milit-aris mt the soldier, military.
fer-tilis i “* feré, to bear, fertile.
eques-ter es “ a knight, equestrian.
loqu-ax . * loquor, to speak, full of talk.
fac-ilis “* facié, to do, easy, do-able.
aur-eus : “ aurum, gold, golden.
When trying to make out the meanings of adjectives
separate the verb or noun from the suffix and then use
the ordinary English adjective which is based on the mean-
ing of the root word, as: Publi-cus (populus, people), public,
popular; frigi-dus (frigus, cold), cold, frigid.
715. In English nouns, agency is indicated by the suffixes
-er Or -or; as, carrier, conductor. Abstract nouns have the
suffixes -ness; as, goodness, fulness: -ship; as, apprentice-
ship; -hood, as childhood; and -dom, as freedom. Adjec-
tives have many suffixes, all meaning pertaining to; as
waxen, harmful, stormy.
716. WorpD Stupy.—Examine the word lists at the end of
this book, Topic LIII, for words with suffixes. Collect some
representative examples of each kind.
Quiz.—What is a suffix? What Latin suffixes denote
agency; result of action? Why is pertaining to a compre-
hensive meaning for adjectival suffixes? Can you name any
more suffixes common in English nouns or adjectives?
Consider -ist, -age, -ance, -y, -ure, -ent, -ous.
Pick out the Latin derivatives in the following extract:
; 276
EXERCISES IN DERIVATIVES. SUFFIXES
717. Mr. Attorney-General had to inform the jury that
the prisoner before them, though young in years, was old
in treasonable practices, which claimed the forfeit of his
life. That this correspondence with the public enemy had
been continuous. That it was certain the prisoner had been
in the habit of passing and repassing between France and
England, on secret business of which he could give no
honest account. That if it were not in the nature of traitor-
ous ways to thrive, the real wickedness and guilt of his ways
might have remained undiscovered. That Providence, how-
ever, had put it into the heart of a person who was beyond
fear and beyond reproach, to ferret out the nature of the
prisoner’s schemes and, struck with horror, to disclose them
to his Majesty’s Chief Secretary of State and most honor-
able Privy Council. That this patriot would be produced
before them. That his position and attitude were on the
whole sublime. That he had been the prisoner’s friend, but
at once in an auspicious and an evil hour detecting his in-
famy, had resolved to immolate the traitor he could no
longer cherish in his bosom on the sacred altar of his coun-
try. That, if statues were decreed in Britain, as in ancient
Greece and Rome, to public benefactors, this shining citizen
would assuredly have had one. That virtue, as had been
observed by the poets, was in a manner contagious; more
especially the bright virtue known as patriotism. That the
lofty example of this immaculate and unimpeachable wit-
ness for the crown had communicated itself to the prisoner’s
servant and had engendered in him a holy determination
277
APPLIED LATIN
to examine his master’s table drawers and pockets and
secrete his papers.—DIcKENs’ “ Tale of Two Cities.”’
XLVI. THE SUBJECT. CONSTRUCTIONS THAT RE-
PLACE A NOUN AS SUBJECT. INFINITIVE.
NOUN CLAUSE
718. In the preceding paragraphs of this book you have
met with sentences in Latin which have followed the ordi-
nary sentence structure, that is, noun, subject, noun, object,
and verb with adverbial modifiers. If in actual speech or
writing sentences should follow this form exactly, every
sentence would be like every other sentence. Reading or
speaking would be very monotonous. To guard against this
eternal.sameness the Latins often used an infinitive or a
clause in place of a noun as either the subject or the object
of a verb. In the following pages we shall take up some of
these variations of the subject and the object.
The Infinitive as Subject, with Sum
719. In Paragraph 572 you learned that the Infinitive is
partly a noun and partly a verb. Asa noun the infinitive may
be used as the subject of a sentence, especially with the verb
sum. This is true both in Latin and in English. Examine
these English sentences:
1. To see is to believe. 2. To see the sun is pleasant.
In the first sentence /o see is an infinitive used as the sub-
ject of the verb which is a part of the verb fo be. To believe
is an infinitive used as a predicate noun. In the second sen-
tence to see the sun is the complete subject of the verb is. In
this case the words the sun compose the direct object of the
278
THE SUBJECT
Infinitive. The object of an infinitive stands in the accu-
sative case, unless the verb requires some case other than
the accusative for its object.
720. Compose some English sentences in which the infini-
tive, with and without an object, is used as the subject.
721. Examine these Latin sentences:
1. Vidére est crédere. To see is to believe.
2. Sdlem vidére bonum est. To see the sun.ts good.
From these sentences you see that the infinitive may be
used in place of a noun as subject, in Latin as it is in English.
722. RULE.—Infinitive as Subject.—The Infinitive with
or without a subject or object may be used as the subject of a
verb, especially the verb sum.
The Infinitive as Subject of Impersonal Verbs
723. The verb sum as used in the preceding Paragraph is
an Impersonal Verb, but the name impersonal is usually
restricted to a certain class of verbs which occur only in the
third person singular and always have neuter subjects.
‘Such verbs are called impersonal because they have neuter
(impersonal) subjects. The infinitive or a clause, because
neuter in gender, is often the subject of such neuter verbs.
724. The following impersonal verbs commonly take the
infinitive or a clause as the subject:
licet, licére, licuit (licitum est), 7 is permitted (dat.).
oportet, oportére, oportuit, it 1s necessary.
decet, decére, decuit, it is fitting.
praestat, praestare, praestitit, it 1s better.
constat, cénstare, cénstitit, it 1s agreed.
libet, libére, libuit, it suits (dat.).
placet, placére, _placuit (placitum est), it is pleasing (dat.).
"279
APPLIED LATIN
725. Learn the conjugation of the impersonal verb licet
given in Paragraph 834.
As you have noted from the conjugation of licet these
verbs have but one form, the third person singular, of each
tense. When these verbs have a subject expressed it is
regularly an infinitive either present or perfect.
726. For practice translate the following forms:
Licet, oportébat, cdnstitit, libére, placuit, praestabit.
A Clause as Subject of Impersonal Verbs
727. The following verbs usually take a clause intro-
duced by ut, that, with the subjunctive present or imperfect
as their subjects.
additur and accédit, zt zs added. accidit, 2t happens.
restat, 7t remains. contingit, 7t happens.
fit, it happens. sequitur, i/ follows.
728. RULE.—The Infinitive or a Clause as Subject.—
Many impersonal verbs take the infinitive or a clause as their
subjects.
729. Translate: 1. Eadem nocte accidit ut lina esset
pléna. 2. Nobis sine maleficid iter per prdvinciam facere’
liceat. 3. Caesarem satis friimenti ad exercitum mittere
oportébit. 4. Patriam amare omnés civés optimés decet.
5. Gall6rum quam ROmanG6rum servitiitem perferre praestat.
6. Nobis ad castra ire libet neque hanc occdsidnem negoti
bene gerendi amittere. 7. Plirimas navés in illum locum
ubi Caesarem primum bellum gestiirum esse cdnstabat
celeriter coégérunt. 8. Sequitur ut collés et flimina huius
terrae tibimdnstrem. 9. Contigit ut ill6 dié 4 senatii abessem.
10. Quam ob rem factum est ut bellum in Gallia gererétur.
730. 1. It is now possible for me to lead my horse to the
280 °
THE OBJECT
bridge. 2. It will be necessary for us to (we must) make
peace. 3. On the same day it happened that the sun shone
with clear light. 4. It happened that Caesar was at Rome
on that day. 5. It is agreed that the enemy will betake
themselves home.
TRANSLATION. ‘THE CREATION OF THE WORLD
731. Caelum et terram intra sex diés Deus creavit.
Prim6 dié liicem fécit. Secundé6 dié fécit firmamentum, quod
caelum vocavit. Tertid dié aquas in inum locum coégit
et é terra plantas et arborés édiixit. Quartd dié sdlem et
linam et stellas fécit. Quint6 dié avés quae volitant in
Aére, et piscés qui natant in aquis; sextd dié omnia ani-
mantia, postrémd hominem fécit; et dié septimd quiévit.
For unfamiliar words in the translation exercises consult
the general vocabulary.
XLVII. THE OBJECT IN ENGLISH EXPRESSED BY
THE GENITIVE IN LATIN
732. The regular case of the direct object of a verb is the
accusative. This is true both in English and in Latin. In
English there are few, if any, exceptions to this rule. In
Latin some verbs, which in English govern an accusative
as object, may be followed by some other case. In Latina
genitive, dative, or ablative may replace an English accu-
sative.
Latin Verbs that take a Genitive
733. A. Verbs of Memory or Forgetfulness.
memini, meminisse, ; to keepin mind remember.
obliviscor, oblivisci, oblitus sum, ¢o forget.
Memini is a defective verb; that is, only a few of its forms
281
APPLIED LATIN
exist. Memini, though perfect tense in appearance, is used
as a present; thus, memini means J remember, memineram,
I was remembering, etc.
734. Examine these sentences:
1. Cicerdnis memini. J keep Cicero in mind, I remember
Cicero.
2. Initriarum omnium obliviscor. J forget all injuries.
735. B. Impersonal Verbs.
pudet, pudére, puduit, it shames.
piget, pigére, piguit, it grieves.
paenitet, paenitére, paenituit, it repents.
taedet, taedére, taeduit, it bores.
miseret, miserére, miseruit, it pities.
736. Examine these sentences:
1. Tuaérum rérum mémiseret. I pity your affairs (it pities
me of your affairs).
2. Suisceleris sé paenitébit. He will repent his wickedness.
Each of these verbs is impersonal. They are accompanied
by an accusative of the person who feels the emotion indicated
by the verb, and the genitive of the cause of the emotion.
Latin Adjectives followed by the Genitive
737. In like manner there are some Latin adjectives
which are followed by an objective genitive.
plénus, -a, -um, full of. inscius, -a, -um, unconscious of.
particeps, participis, sharing in. memor, memoris, mindful of.
peritus, -a, -um, skilled in. oblitus, -a, -um, forgetful of.
imperitus, -a, -um, unskilled in. expers, expertis, devoid of.
cupidus, -a, -um, desirous of. avidus, -a, -um, desirous of.
738. Translate: 1. Omnés gentés antiquarum inidriarum
meminerint. 2. Calamitatis reipiblicae oblivisci nén pos-
sum. 3. Galba peritissimus rei militaris erat. 4. Mé sceleris
niper facti paenitet. 5. Omnés carri qui nunc in ila via
282
THE OBJECT
manent pléni frimenti sunt. 6. Mé scelerum nonnumquam
pudet. 7. Dum nds inter hés civés manébimus cdnsuétidi-
num edrum memorés simus. 8. ROmani praeter omnés
gentés avidi laudis fuérunt. 9. Numquam mé amicitiae
tuae paenitébit. 10. Verbdrum huius cdnsulis mé semper
taedet.
739. 1. I will remember the words of the leader for many
years. 2. I am disgusted with the story. 3. We do not
praise leaders who are unskilled in military affairs. 4. In
the spring the rivers are full of water. 5. We pity your grief.
TRANSLATION. JOSEPH AND His BRETHREN
740. Iacobus habuit duodecim filids, inter qués erat
Iosephus. Hunc pater prae céteris amabat, quod senex
eum genuerat. Illi togam textam é filis varii coloris dederat.
(Quam ob causam Iosephus erat suis fratribus invisus, prae-
sertim postquam eis duplex somnium narravit, quo futira
elus magnitid6 portendébatur. Illum tantopere Gderant ut
eum amicé loqui nén possent. Haec porrd erant Iosephi
9
somnia. “Ligabamus,” inquit, “simul manipulds in agro.
Ecce manipulus meus surgébat et réctus stabat. Vestri
autem manipuli circumstantés meum venerabantur. Postea
in somnis sdlem, linam, et indecim stellas mé adorantés
vidi.” Fratrés igitur ei invidébant, et pater rem tacitus con-
siderabat. Quddam dié cum fratrés Iosephi gregés procul
pascerent, ipse domi remanserat. Iacobus eum ad fratrés
misit. Quilosephum venientem videntés cénsilium illius
occidendi cépérunt. ‘Ecce,’ dicébant, ‘“‘somniator venit.
Occidamus illum et in puteum proiciamus. Dicémus patri,
999
‘fera dévoravit Iosephum.
283
APPLIED LATIN
XLVIII. THE OBJECT IN ENGLISH EXPRESSED BY
THE DATIVE IN LATIN
741. Many verbs in Latin are followed by the dative,
which in English are followed by an accusative.
Consider these examples:
1. I envy the successful general.
2. He pardoned the offenders without exacting any
penalty.
3. The army threatened the fortified town.
In each of these sentences the English verb is followed by
the accusative case. If, however, you will consider what is
meant by the verb, you will see that the direct object ts really
included in the verb itself. What appears in English as the
direct object is in reality the indirect object.
“T envy the general,” means I feel envy for the general.
“He pardoned the offenders,” means he gave pardon to the
offenders. |
“The army threatened the town,” means the army made a
threat to the town.
Thus you see why the Latins used the dative after such
verbs. The commonest verbs which take the. dative are:
faved (2), to favor. imper6 (1), to command.
placed (2), to please. pared (2), to obey. ~
displiceé (2), to displease. - resist6 (3), to resist.
fid6 (3), to trust. repigné (1), to resist.
diffidd (3), to distrust. invided (2), to envy.
créd6 (3), éo believe. igndscé (3), to pardon.
persuaded (2), to persuade. parcé (3), to spare.
noceé (2), to harm. servi6 (4), to serve.
studeé (2), to desire. minor (1), ¢o threaten.
Learn the principal parts of these verbs in the general
vocabulary.
284
THE OBJECT
742. In like manner certain Latin adjectives are followed
by the dative. These are:
acceptus, -a, -um, acceptable aequalis, aequale, equal to.
to. idéneus, -a, -um, szitable for.
par, paris, equal to. amicus, -a, -um, friendly to.
dispar, disparis, unequal to. invisus, -a, -um, hateful to.
743. Translate: 1. Fortina fortibus favet. 2. Quam ob
rem ei placuit ut ad ducem légatos mitteret. 3. Huic fabulae
libenter crédidissem si mihi narrata esset. 4. Hostés nobis
facile nocére ndn possunt. 5. Num haec déna maximé
accepta Caesari fuérunt? 6. Haec causa his rebus omnibus
repugnabat quod obses nobilis amicus populo Romano
erat. 7. Si pacem petent nods his sceleribus igndscémur.
8. Finitimi nostri nobis inimici sunt et nostrae virtiti
invident. 9. Légatus cupiditate adductus novis rébus
studébat. ro. Locum ptignand6 iddneum monstrabant.
744. 1. We believe the words of our friends. 2. Spare
those nations which are friendly to your fatherland. 3.
What commander unskilled in military affairs dares to
-issue commands to us? 4. No oration can be found equal to
his courage. 5. The other centurions envied Galba.
TRANSLATION. JOSEPH SOLD INTO EGYPT
745. Ruben, qui erat nati maximus fratrés 4 tanto
scelere déterrébat. ‘‘ Nolite,’’ inquiébat, ‘‘ puerum inter-
ficere. Est enim frater noster. Démittite eum potius in hanc
foveam.”’
In anim6 habébat Iosephum ex edrum manibus
liberare et illum extrahere é fovea atque ad patrem redicere.
His verbis ad mitius consilium déducti sunt. Ubi Iosephus
ad fratrés suds pervénit el togam détraxérunt qua inditus
erat et eum in foveam détrisérunt. Deinde cum cénsé-
dissent ad simendum cibum, cOnspexérunt mercatorés qui
285
APPLIED LATIN
Aegyptum cum camélis varia ardmata portantibus peté-
bant. Illis in mentem vénit Iosephum illis mercatéribus
véndere. Qui Iosephum viginti nummis argenteis €mérunt
eumque in Aegyptum dixérunt. Tunc fratrés Iosephi
tinxérunt togam eius in sanguine haedi quem occiderant, et
eam ad patrem cum his verbis misérunt: “‘ Invénimus hanc
togam.”’ Quam cum agn6visset, pater exclamavit, ‘Toga
filii mei est. Fera pessima Iosephum dévoravit.’’ Deinde
vestem scidit. Omnés filii eius convénerant ut dolérem
patris lénirent sed Iacobus cdnsdlatidnem accipere ndluit
dixitque, “‘Ego maeréns cum filid med in sepulchrum dé-
scendam.”’ |
XLIX. THE OBJECT IN ENGLISH EXPRESSED BY TWO
ACCUSATIVES IN LATIN
Two Accusatives in Latin and English
746. Often verbs in both Latin and English are followed
by two objects, each of which is in the accusative case.
Examine these English sentences:
1. They called him king and father of his people.
2. The American voters elected Mr. Wilson President.
3. Lappoint you superintendent.
747. In each of these examples there are two accusatives
following the verb. Such a construction is common after
verbs of electing, choosing, calling, nominating, as:
appellé, appellare, appellavi, appellatus, to call, name.
creo, creare, creavi, creatus, o create, elect.
dicé, dicere, dixi, dictus, to say, appoint.
noémin6, ndmindre, nédminavi, ndminatus, fo nominate, name.
facio, facere, féci, factus, to make.
dicé, dicere, duxi, ductus, to lead, consider.
habed, habére, habui, habitus, 0 hold, regard.
286 '
THE OBJECT
748. RULE.—Two Accusatives.—Two nouns in the accu-
sative may be used as the objects of verbs meaning to elect,
choose, call, nominate.
749. Translate: 1. Caesarem patrem appellémus. 2.
Cum Galli aliquem régem credvissent, scutd eum sustulé-
runt. 3. Tine Cicerdnem praetorem nominavisti? 4. Civés
laeti mé consulem rirsus facient. 5. Quis dratidnés Gal-
bae €gregias dicit?
1. I consider you an enemy of the republic. 2. We will
elect these two men praetors. 3. I was elected king by the
chieftains of Gaul.
Two Accusatives. A Noun and an Infinitive
750. In Paragraph 719 you learned that the infinitive,
being a noun, could be used as a subject or as a predicate
noun. The infinitive is also frequently used as an object.
Study these English sentences:
1. I order you éo bring (the bringing of) the book.
2. He forbids them fo leave (the leaving of) the table.
In each of these examples the infinitive is used as the
object of the main verb.
751. These Latin verbs are followed by an object Infini-
tive with noun subject.
iubeé, iubére, idissi, idissus, to order.
veté, vetare, vetui, vetitus, to forbid.
patior, pati, passus sum, to permit.
cégé, cégere, coégi, coactus, to compel, force.
Examine these Latin sentences:
1. Iubed té scittum portare. J bid you carry the shield.
2. Coégit eds obsidés dare. He forced them to give hostages.
This construction is often called the Object Infinitive.
287
APPLIED LATIN
The nouns té and eds are subjects of the infinitives portare
and dare. Remember that the subject of an infinitive
regularly is put in the accusative case. Do not confuse this
construction with the Complementary Infinitive. The
Object Infinitive regularly has a subject; the Complemen-
tary Infinitive has none.
752. RULE.—Object Infinitive—An infinitive, with sub-
ject in the accusative, may be used after the verbs mentioned in
Paragraph 751 as an object.
753. Translate: 1. Omni spé reditidnis sublata, dux eds
trium ménsium cibum efferre itissit. 2. Caesar ab opere
singulds légatds discédere vetuerat. 3. Né eds per nostrés
finés ire patiamur. 4. Suis moribus captivum ex vinculis
dicere coégérunt. 5. Oppid6 capt6, Caesar milités praedam
capere vetuit.
754. 1. Did you order the citizens to elect this man a
praetor? 2. The Romans forced the enemy to send messen-
gers concerning peace. 3. I will not permit you to free this
slave.
TRANSLATION. ‘THE BIRTH OF MOSES
755. Mulier Hebraea filium peperit. Quem cum élegan-
tem vidéret, servare voluit. Quaré eum tribus ménsibus
abscondit, sed cum eum diitius occultare n6n posset, fiscel-
lam scirpeam siimpsit quam bitiimine ac pice linivit.
Deinde infantulum intus posuit et eum inter arundinés
ripae fliiminis exposuit. Sécum tinam comitem, sordrem
pueri, habébat, quam stare procul itissit ut éventum rei
exploraret. Mox filia Pharadnis ad flimen vénit ut corpus
ablueret. Fiscellam in arundinibus haerentem prdspéxit
288 :
THE OBJECT
tinmamque é@ famulabus suis illtic misit. Aperta fiscella,
cernéns parvulum vagientem, illius miserata est. “‘ Iste est,”’
inquit, “‘inus ex infantibus Hebraedrum.” Tunc soror
)
pueri, accédéns, “‘ Visne,’’ ait, “ ut mulierem Hebraeam
- accessam quae parvulum nitriat” et matrem vocavit. Cui
filia Pharadnis puerum alendum promissa mercéde dedit.
Itaque mater puerum nitrivit et adultum reddidit filiae
Pharadnis quae illum adoptavit et Mosem, id est, servdtum
ab aquis nominavit.
L. THE OBJECT IN ENGLISH EXPRESSED BY THE
ABLATIVE IN LATIN
The Ablative after Certain Verbs
756. A number of verbs which in English are followed by
the accusative case in Latin govern an ablative.
Examine these English sentences:
1. They used the skins of animals for clothes.
2. We have enjoyed a long period of prosperity.
3. The barbarians aie all kinds of meat.
In these sentences the objects of the verbs are in the
accusative case. In Latin these same verbs are followed by
the ablative case.
/ho¥
ator, uti, asus sum, to use.
fruor, _ frui, frictus sum, {0 enjoy.
fungor, fungi, finctus sum, 0 do one’s duty, perform.
potior, potiri, potitussum, 0 seize, to get possession of.
véscor, Véscl, ; to eat.
758. RuLE.—The Deponent verbs wttor, fruor, fungor,
potior, véscor, and their compounds are followed by the abla-
live case.
19 289
APPLIED LATIN
The Ablative after Certain Adjectives
759. Certain Latin adjectives govern the ablative case.
dignus, -a, -um, worihy. indignus, -a, -um, wnworthy.
contentus, -a, -um, conient with. frétus, -a, -um, relying on.
praeditus, -a, -um, endowed with.
760. Translate: 1. Galli eddem consilid isi sua oppida .
aedificiaque omnia incendérunt. 2. Eds qués laude dignés
dicimus semper laudémus. 3. Si vos libertate contenti
fuissétis, numquam régem ex aliéna gente creavissétis. 4.
Omnibus in vita rébus fruuntur ina cum eis quérum sé
amicitiae dedérunt. 5. Fréti virtiite castellis hostium
celeriter potiamur. 6. Poétae sunt hominés arte égregia
fabularum dicendarum praediti.
761. 1. While we are in the country let us enjoy all the
flowers. 2. Be content with small things. 3. The inhabi-
tants of this island used lead and gold. 4. When Galba
seized a town he forbade the soldiers to injure the towns-.
people.
TRANSLATION. CROSSING THE RED SEA
762. Post paucds diés multitido Hebraedrum ad litus
maris rubri pervénit ibique castra posuit. Brevi tempore
régem paenituit quod tot milia hominum dimisisset et
ingenti exerciti colléct6 eds perseciitus est. Hebraei cum
vidissent ex tina parte sé mari intercliisds esse, ex altera
parte Pharadnem cum omnibus cdpiis instare magn6 timore
correpti sunt. Tunc Deus Mosi: ‘“ Prdtende,’’ inquit,
‘“‘ dexteram tuam in mare et divide aquas ut illae Hebraeis
gradientibus iter siccum praebeant.” Fécit Moses quod
iusserat Deus. Cum manum super mare extensam tenéret
aquae divisae sunt, et intuméscentés hinc et inde pendébant.
290
THE OBJECT. NOUN CLAUSES
Flavit etiam ventus veheméns quo alveus exsiccatus est.
Tunc Hebraei in mare siccum ingressi sunt: Erat enim aqua
tamquam miurus 4 dextra edrum et laeva. Réx quoque
Aegyptius Hebraeds gradientés insectitus mare qua patébat
cum tiniverso exercitt ingredi non dubitavit. Cum Aegyptii
in medi6 mari prdégrederentur Dominus edrum currts sub-
vertit et equités dé@iécit. Meti percussi Aegyptii fugere
coepérunt at Deus Mosi dixit, ‘‘ Extende rirsus dextram
in mare ut aquae in locum suum revertantur.”’ Paruit Moses
et statim aquae refluentés Aegyptids et edrum curris et
equités obruérunt. Universus exercitus Pharadnis in mediis
fluctibus délétus est nec inus nintius tantae cladis super-
fuit.
LI. THE OBJECT. NOUN CLAUSES
A. Clauses of Purpose
763. In the preceding Paragraphs you have seen that
certain cases other than the accusative are employed in
Latin to translate expressions which in English appear
as the direct object of the verb. In Paragraph 572 you
found that the infinitive could be used as the subject or the
object of a verb. These cases are sufficient to show that
Latin does not follow unvaryingly the normal structure of noun
(subject), verb (predicate), and noun (object). We must now
take up some examples of the direct object replaced by a
clause (noun clause).
The Object Clause of Purpose
764. Examine these English sentences:
1. Ladvise him fo act (that he act) as mediator.
201
APPLIED LATIN
2. Caesar persuades Galba to send (that he send) aid.
3. Cicero urged Catiline to depart (that he should depart).
In each of these sentences the part in italics composes a
Clause. ‘These clauses are noun clauses because they take
the place of a single noun, as in 1, his acting as mediator, in
2, the despatch of aid, in 3, Catiline’s departure. If you
will consider these noun clauses accurately you will see that
in each case the clause represents something which would
naturally take place in the future. Object clauses of this
kind include also an idea of purpose or expectation. They
are consequently Object Clauses of Purpose. They are
introduced by the regular purpose particles ut (affirmative)
and né (negative), and are followed by the present or im-
perfect subjunctive according to Sequence. |
765. Object Clauses of Purpose often follow these verbs:
moned, monére, monui, monitus, to advise, warn
(ace).
mando, mandare, mandavi, mandatus, fo enjoin, command
(dat.).
hortor, hortari, hortatus sum, to urge (acc.).
impetro, impetrare, impetravi, impetratus, fo gain a request
(a (ab) with abl.).
persuade6, persuaddére, persudsi, persuasus, to persuade (dat.).
permitt6, permittere, permisi, permissus, fo permit (dat.).
imper6, imperdre, imperadvi, imperatus, to command (dat.).
6rd, rare, éravi, ératus, to plead (acc.).
petd, petere, petivi, petitus, to seek (a (ab) with
abl.).
rogo, rogare, rogavi, rogatus, to ask (acc.).
* These verbs are accompanied by a dative, accusative or
ablative of the person directly affected. The subjunctive
mood in the present and imperfect tenses is employed in
object clauses of purpose as in the ordinary clause of purpose.
2092
THE OBJECT. NOUN CLAUSES
766. RULE.—Object clauses of purpose take the present
and imperfect subjunctive introduced by ut, that (affirmative),
né, that not (negative).
767. Translate: 1. Caesar légaétum monuit ut omnés
centuriOnés 4 legidne discédere vetaret. 2. Huic mand6 ut,
omnibus rébus visis, ad mé celerrimé revertatur. 3. Gallo
cuidam persudsum est ut ad hostés transiret. 4. Milités
longiore Oratidne cohortatus né anim6 perturbarentur proeli
committendi signum dedit. 5. A finitimis suis impetra-
vérunt ut per finés obsidés ire paterentur. 6. His expléra-
toribus imperavit ut omnés civitatés adirent et hortarentur
ut populi Romani fidem sequerentur. 7. Galli petuntur
sibi concilium totius Galliae in diem certum vocare liceat.
8. His militibus permittamus ut oppid6 potiantur. 9. E6
tempore Oravit né quid Caesar gravius in fratrem statueret.
10. Cum rogarent ut eius voluntate sibi iter facere licéret
impetravérunt.
768. 1. I urge you not to send aid to our enemies. 2.
Who warned Caesar to fear the consuls at Rome? 3. We
will order these men to send grain to the city. 4. He asked
his brother not to lead the cavalry. 5. They sought the
right to occupy the plain.
TRANSLATION. THE BIRTH OF SAMSON
769. Cum Hebraei in potestate Philistaedrum et ab illis
affligerentur, Samson, futtrus ultor hostium, natus est. Puer —
crévit; intdnsam habuit barbam. Incrédibili corporis
robore fuit. Obvium lednem mani interfécit.
Samson adultus Philistaeds multis cladibus affécit. Cépit
trecentas vulpés quaérum caudis accénsas lampadés alligavit
et in hostium agr6és immisit. Tunc forte messis matira erat;
293
APPLIED LATIN
ita facile incendium fuit. Omnés segetés vineae et oleae
extistae sunt; nec inimicam gentem varlis incommodis
vexare déstitit. Traditus Philistaeis ripit vincula quibus
cOnstrictus erat; et maxilla asini arrepta hoc télo quod
casus dederat, mille hostium prdéstravit.
Quddam dié Samson urbem PhilistaeGrum ingressus est,
ibique pernoctatirus vidébatur. Philistaei occasionem cap-
tantés portas obserari itissérunt né quis exiret. Per totam
noctem silentés expectabant ut SamsOnem mane exeuntem
interficerent. At Samson media nocte surréxit, et ad portam
urbis vénit quam cum clausam invénisset humeris cum posti-
bus et seris sustulit atque in verticem montis vicini portavit..
Tandem Philistael qui Samsdnem comprehendere non
potuerant illtus uxdrem peciinia corripérunt ut ea virum
proderet. Mulier vir6 persuasit ut sibi causam tantae vir-
tiitis indicaret; et ubi virés scivit eius in capillis sitas
esse, caput dormientis totondit atque ita eum Philistaeis
tradidit. Illi effosis oculis vinctum in carcerem déiécérunt
diique lidibrid habuérunt. Sed spatid temporis crinis
-accisus créscere et cum crine virtiis redire coepit; iamque
Samson recepti rdboris cénscius iiistae ultiénis tempus
opperiébatur.
Erat Philistaéis mds, cum diés festds agerent, SamsOnem
prodiicere quasi in pompam piublicam capt que insultare.
Dié quédam cum publ cum convivium celebrarétur Sam-
sonem addici iubent. Domus in qué omnis populus et
principés Philistaedrum epulabantur subnixa erat duabus
columnis mirae magnitiidinis. Samson adductus inter col-
204
THE OBJECT. NOUN CLAUSES
umnas statuitur. Tum ille occésidne iténs columnas con-
cussit et turba omnis ruina domis obruta est simulque
Samson ipse cum hostibus ndn inultus occubuit.
Quiz.—How many words in Paragraph 803 can you ex-
plain and use?
B. Clauses of Fearing
770. Just as there are object clauses after certain verbs
which express the purpose or intention of the verb, so there
are noun clauses following verbs and other expressions
which involve the idea of Fearing. In such an English sen-
tence as this: We fear (that the enemy may make an attack)
the part enclosed in the parenthesis, though an entire clause,
is really the direct object of the verb fear. This whole clause
could have been expressed by a single noun. For instance,
what we really feared was a fear, thus, we fear (a fear). If,
however, any one were to speak thus without telling at the
same time what his fear was, no one would pay much atten-
tion to the utterance. Consequently it is necessary always
to enlarge upon the idea which would be contained in the
noun fear. From this comes the origin of the object clause
of fearing. Such a clause being in reality the enlargement
of a single noun is called a noun clause.
771. Object Clauses of Fearing follow these Latin verbs:
timed, timére, timui, to fear.
vereor, veréri, veritus sum, to fear.
metud, metuere, metui, : to fear.
772. Examine these Latin sentences:
1. Verémur né hostés impetum faciant.
We fear that the cnemy will make an attack.
205
APPLIED LATIN
2. Verémur ut hostés impetum faciant.
We fear that the enemy will not make an attack.
The underscored words in each case compose an Object
Clause of Fearing. Notice that these clauses are introduced
by the particles né and ut. In such clauses the word né
introduces a clause expressing a positive fear; the word ut
a negative fear. In the other uses of ut and né you have ob-
served that ut has introduced affirmative statements, né,
negative. In fearing clauses these words have a reverse sig-
nification. You may feel some uncertainty about being able
to tell the difference between the clauses which employ
ut and né. Always note carefully the verb which precedes
the clause. The verbs of fearing, vereor, timed, etc., will
always serve as a signal, a veritable red flag, to prepare you
for the approach of an object clause of fearing.
773. RULE.—Object clauses following verbs or other ex-
pressions of fearing take their verbs in the subjunctive, intro-
duced by the particles né (affirmative) and ut (negative). The
tenses of the Subjunctive used follow the regular rule for
Sequence.
774. Translate: 1. Vereor né dux suum exercitum trans
flimen tradiicat. 2. Timébat ut milités iter facerent. 3.
Quis veritur né obsidés fugiant? 4. Verentur né vulnera
multa 4 sociis suis accepta sint. 5. Itaque veritus ut oppi-
dum capi posset Caesar impeti déstitit. 6. Timed né Galba
milités obsidés interficere itisserit. 7. Metuébat ut aciés in
locd pignandso id6ned instricta esset. 8. Verébatur ut nds
légAtds dé pace ad sé mitterémus. 9. Timed ut tibi haec dina
_ dare possim. 10. Metuébamus né castra ab iis vidérentur.
296
THE OBJECT. NOUN CLAUSES
775. 1. I fear that he will command the soldiers to cross
the river. 2. Who fears that the sun will not shine to-day?
3. They feared that they would not have sufficient grain.
4. Having feared that the enemy would flee without a battle
Caesar ordered his cavalry to hasten. 5. I fear that you
will not praise my poems.
TRANSLATION. DAVID AND GOLIATH
776. Seciitum est bellum cum Philistaeis. Cum aciés in
conspectii essent, Philistaeus quidam, nomine Goliathus,
vir mirae magnittdinis, ante drdinés progressus est et Unum
ex Hebraeis ad singulare certamen saepe prodvocabat.
Lorica squamata induitur. Ocreds in criribus aereas habé-
bat; cassis aerea caput eius operiébat et clipeus aereus
humerds tegébat. Tum Saul magna praemia et filiae nuptias
el promisit qui provocantis spolia retulisset. At némd
contra illum exire audébat et Goliathus suam Hebraeis
ignaviam cum irrist ac lidibrid exprobrabat. David igno-
minia populi sui commOtus sé sponte ad pignandum obtulit.
Itaque adductus est ad Saulem qui eius aetate cOnsiderata
pignae diffidébat. ‘‘ Non poteris,” inquit, “ adoléscentulus
cum vir6 rdbustissim6 pignare.” Respondit David, “Noli
timére, O réx. Cum ovés patris mei pascerem leo gregem
invasit ovemque corripuit. Ego illum persecitus occidi
et ovem é faucibus illius éripui. Ursum pariter interféci.
Deus qui mé 4 ledne et ursd défendit mé quoque 4 Philistaed
ists défendet.” Tum Saul, “ Abi,” inquit, “cum ista
fidticia Deus té adiuvet.”’
Saul ipse sua iuveni arma accomodare voluit. Galeam
297
APPLIED LATIN
capiti eius imposuit, lorica pectus circumtéxit, latus gladio
accinxit. David ver6é iis impeditus armis quibus non erat
assuétus vix incédere poterat. Quare onus incommodum
déposuit. Simpsit autem pedum pastorale quo Uti cdn-
suéverat et fundam cum quinque lapidibus in sacculd. Sic
- armatus adversus Philistaeum processit. Accédébat ex
adverso Goliathus qui viso adoléscente, “‘ Num,’ inquit,
““mé canem esse putas qui mé cum baculéd adgrediaris?”’
Cui David respondit, “‘ Tu venis ad mé cum gladio et hasta
et cliped, ego autem venid in ndmine Domini exercituum
quem probris lacessere ausus es.” Tunc lapide funda
misso, Philistaeum in fronte percussit et humi préstravit
currénsque suum iacenti gladium détraxit qud caput illi
praecidit. Ea ré perculsi Philistaei in fugam versi sunt et
victoriam Hebraeis concessérunt.
Quiz.—How many words in Paragraphs 804, 805, can you
explain and use?
C. Indirect Questions
777. Look back for a moment to Paragraphs 258-260.
In those paragraphs you learned to distinguish the [nterrog-
ative sentence: that is, the sentence which asks a question.
The particles né, ndnne, num, served then to indicate this
type of sentence. You had no difficulty in recognizing a
direct question because of the presence of these words.
Sometimes it becomes necessary to repeat a question which
has already been asked. Repeated questions are called
Indirect Questions.
Examine these English sentences:
208
THE OBJECT. NOUN CLAUSES
1. Mr. Jones to Mr. Smith: ‘ Hello! Smith, what do
you think of the war?”
2. Mr. Smith later to Mr. Brown: ‘“ Jones asked me to-
day what I thought of the war.”
In the first sentence Mr. Jones put a direct question to
Mr. Smith; in the second Mr. Smith repeated the question
indirectly to Mr. Brown. The words “ What I thought of
the war’? compose an Indirect Question. Notice that in
English the direct question is followed by a mark of inter-
rogation, the indirect question merely by a period. An
indirect question is really a noun clause in that it takes the
place of a single noun. This will be apparent if you supply
instead of the clause ‘‘ What I thought of the war’’ the word
question.
778. How are you to recognize the noun clause contain-
ing an indirect question? In the first place indirect ques-
tions can be recognized by the fact that they are always
introduced by an interrogative word. The most frequent
introductory words are:
quis, quid, who, what. cur, why.
qui, quae, quod, who, which, what. utrum, whether, an, or.
qualis, quale, what sort of. sive ... sive, whether... or.
quantus, -a, -um, how much. si, zf, whether.
quando, when. num, whether.
In the second place the nature of the verb upon which the
indirect question depends is an indication of the kind of
clause to be expected. Indirect questions usually follow (1)
verbs which themselves ask a question, as—
quaer6 quaerere, quaesivi, quaesitus, fo ask (a (ab) with abl.).
rogo, rogare, rogavi, rogatus, to ask (acc.).
poscd, pdscere, popdsci, to demand (a (ab) with abl.).
299
APPLIED LATIN
(2) verbs which mean to consider, deliberate, wonder, as-
certain, and doubt. With each of these verbs there is an
idea of interrogation implied.
cégnésc6é, cdgnéscere, cégnévi, cdgnitus, to know.
constitué, cdnstituere, constitui, cdnstititus, to determine.
exspect6, exspectare, exspectavi, exspectatus, fo expect, await.
intelleg6, intellegere, intelléxi, intelléctus, to understand.
779. Examine these sentences:
. I ask what he is doing. Rogo quid faciat.
. I asked what he was doing. Rogavi quid faceret.
. I asked what he. had done. Rogavi quid fécisset.
4. I asked whether he was victorious or was defeated.
Rogavi utrum vinceret an vincerétur.
Ww N
In these sentences notice first that the verb in the indirect
question is in the subjunctive; second, that the tense of
the subjunctive used depends upon the regular rule for the
sequence of tenses ; and third, that the clause is, in each case,
introduced by an interrogative word. In the fourth sen-
tence there is an example of the double indirect question.
In such a sentence there are two interrogative clauses,
each introduced by an interrogative word, the first by
utrum (whether), the second by an, or. Two other words
similarly used are: |
Sive . . . sive, whether . . . or
780. RuLEe.—Indirect questions regularly have their verbs
in the subjunctive mood and their tenses follow the rule for
the sequence of tenses.
781. Translate: 1. Rogavi cir mea carmina laudavisset.
2. Quaer6d unde milités frimentum portaverint. 3. Popd-
scérunt 4 captivis quantae copiae hostibus essent. 4. Ro-
300
THE OBJECT. NOUN CLAUSES
gavimus utrum illi amici an inimici essent. 5. Non scivistis
' sive exercitus vicisset sive victus esset. 6. Cogndscere volui
quanto in periculd urbs esset. 7. COnstituere non possum
num equitatus hodié Romam perveniat. 8. Hostés exspec-
tabant si nostri hanc paltidem transirent. g. Intellegere
volumus qualés cOpiae missae sint. 10. Ntintius qui missus
erat nobis narravit quae rés factae essent.
782. 1. I do not know whose horse this is. 2. Ask the
captives from what direction the enemy have come. 3.
We waited (to see) if the cavalry would cross the marsh.
4. Let us ask what has been done. 5. He could not deter-
mine who had taken the gold.
TRANSLATION. DAVID AND ABSALOM
783. Absolon, filius Davidis, paternum régnum affec-
tavit. Multitidine imperita concitaéta adversus patrem
rebellavit. Id ubi cOgnévit, David excessit Hierosdlyma
veritus né, si ibi remanéret, Absolon cum exercitii veniéns
urbem régiam obsidéret, eamque ferrd et igni vastaret.
Absolon, profect6 patre, Hieros6lymam ingressus est, ibique
aliquamdiii moratus est; quae rés saliiti Davidi fuit; nam
interim David cdpias collégit séque ad bellum comparavit.
Iam aderat Absolon cum exercitii et proelium mox erat
committendum: Sui comités régi suasérunt né certamini
interesset. Quapropter David Ioabum suis cdpiis praefécit
séque in urbem vicinam contulit. Abiéns autem Ioabdé
céterisque ducibus praecépit, ut Absoloni parcerent sibique
filium incolumem servarent.
Acriter utrimque pignatum est: sed Ded favente victoria
penes Davidem fuit. Terga vertérunt Absoldnis milités é
301
APPLIED LATIN
quibus viginti duo milia cecidérunt. Absolon fugiéns mild
insidébat. Erat autem prdmisso et déns6d capills. Dum
praecipiti cursii subter dénsam quercum fertur, coma eius
ramis implicata est, et ipse suspénsus adhaesit, mil6 in-
terim praetereunte et cursum pergente.
Stabat interea David ad portam urbis, expectans éven-
tum ptignae et maximé dé filii salite sollicitus. Cum
éventus proeli illi ntintiatus esset, Absoldne interfect6, non
modo non laetatus est dé victoria sed maximum quoque
dolérem ex morte filii cépit. Inambulabat in cénaculd
maeréns, et in has vocés identidem érumpéns: ‘ Fili mi,*
Absolon, Absolon, fili mi; utinam pr6é té moriar, Absolon,
fili mi, fili mi, Absolon.”’
Quiz.—How many words in Paragraphs 806, 807,can you
explain and use?
D. Indirect Statements in English and Latin
784. In the preceding paragraphs you have seen that the
direct object in English (a noun in the accusative) may be
replaced in Latin by other cases and other constructions in
accordance with the nature of the Latin verb with which
it is associated. The verb, then, 1s the important word.
Verbs of fearing took an object clause, verbs of interrogation
took an indirect question clause, etc. In like manner verbs
of saying and thinking often take an object clause expressed
by the accusative and the infinitive in English and in Latin.
785. A. Examine these English sentences: |
* Vocative singular of filius meus.
302
THE OBJECT. NOUN CLAUSES
. I believe him to be an honest man.
. We know them to be men of ability.
. Who thinks that all he hears is true.
. I perceive that the opinions of men differ.
BW DN H
Each of these sentences contains a statement put indi-
rectly. This construction is called Indirect Discourse. It
is common after verbs of saying and thinking in English
and Latin. The accusative and the infinitive compose a
noun clause. Let us examine this noun clause a little more
closely.
Suppose that to-day you were thinking as follows: The
day will be cloudy. If to-morrow you should wish to repeat
the thought of to-day, you would say, Yesterday I thought
the day would be cloudy. The words the day would be cloudy
are really the direct object of the verb thought. They re-
place the single noun thought contained in the verb itself.
Yesterday I thought a thought (that the day would be cloudy).
Since this construction really replaces a noun it is a noun
clause.
786. Construct some sentences containing Indirect state-
ments (noun clauses) after the verbs to say, think, know,
perceive.
787. B. Examine these Latin sentences:
1. Servus clamat. The slave is shouting. Present Time.
In direct discourse after a primary tense (pres., fut., or
fut. perf.) this sentence would be:
dicit, says
dicet, | servum clamare. He | will say ae Sayer hi ~
dixerit, will have said g
5°53
APPLIED LATIN
After a secondary tense it would be:
dicébat, was saying
dixit, servum clamare. He | said jap slave was
dixerat, had said &-
2. Servus clamabat. The slave was shouting. Past Time.
In indirect discourse, after a primary tense, this sen-
tence would be: dicit (dicet, dixerit) servum clamavisse.
He says (will say, will have said) that the slave was shouting.
After a secondary tense it would be: dicébat (dixit,
dixerat) servum clamavisse. He was saying (said, had said)
that the slave was shouting.
3. Servus clamabit. The slave will shout. Future Time.
In indirect discourse, after a primary tense, this sentence
would be: dicit (dicet, dixerit) servum clamatirum esse.
He says (will say, will have said) that the slave will shout.
After a secondary tense it would be: dicébat (dixit,
dixerat) servum clamatirum esse. He was saying (said,
had said) that the slave would shout.
From these sentences you see that the tense of the infinitive
in Indirect discourse 1s the same as the tense of the main verb
used in the direct statement; present, if the direct statement was
in present time; perfect, if it was in past time; future, if it was
in future time. To determine what tense of the infinitive
to use be sure to turn the indirect statement back to its
direct form. Then use the tense of the infinitive which re-
produces the time (present, past, or future) of the original
direct statement.
_ 788. RuLE.—Indirect Discourse.—A/fter verbs of saying
and thinking a quoted statement is put in the infinitive with
304
THE OBJECT. NOUN CLAUSES
subject in the accusative. The tense of the infinitive is present,
perfect, or future according to the time, present, past, or future,
in which the direct statement was made. The subject must al-
ways be ex pressed.
If the subject of the indirect discourse infinitive is the same
as the subject of the verb of saying, the reflexive pronouns mé,
té, sé, nds, vs, sé must be used as the subject of the infinitive.
1. Dic6 mé aquam vidére. I say that I see the water.
2. Dixit sé aquam vidére. He says that he sees the water.
If the subject of the infinitive is a person other than the
subject of the verb of saying, eum or illum (not mé, té, sé,
etc.), should be used to show the contrast. Servus dicit
eum aquam vidére. The slave says that he (someone not the
slave) sees the water.
If the original direct statement contained a verb in the
passive voice the tense of the passive infinitive indicated by
the time of the verb of the direct statement must be used.
789. The commonest verbs of saying, thinking, knowing,
perceiving, in Latin are:
dicé, dicere, dixi, dictus, to say.
scid, scire, scivi, scitus, to know.
puto, putare, putavi, putatus, to think.
sentié, sentire, sénsi, sénsus, to perceive.
Other verbs followed by the same construction are:
arbitror, arbitrari, arbitratus sum, to think.
nuintid, nintiare, nintiavi, nuntiatus, 0 announce.
nego, negare, negavi, negatus, to deny.
responded, respondére, respondi, responsus, toreply.
existim6, | existimare, existimavi, existimatus, fo think.
cognosco, cdgnoscere, cOgnovi, cognitus, to learn.
audio, audire, audivi, auditus, to hear.
vided, vidére, vidi, visus, to see.
intelleg6, intellegere, intelléxi, intelléctus, to understand.
20 305
APPLIED LATIN
790. Translate: 1. Dicimus nds ventirés esse. 2. N6nne
scivisti hostés prdfiigisse? 3. Arbitramur haec carmina
optima esse. 4. Niintius, cum Galbam montem cépisse re-
spondisset, abiit. 5. Omnés conclamavérunt cum temp-
lum 6rnatum esse audivissent. 6. N6n negavi dratidnem
illo dié habitam esse. 7. Cum intelléxissent Caesarem in
Italiam profectum esse hostés domum sé recépérunt. 8.
Put6 mé iter per hanc provinciam factiirum esse. 9. Num
dixit sé cor6nam Caesari dare voluisse? 10. Sentid omnés
civés libertatem amare.
791. 1. Did you not know that you were in great peril?
2. They thought that the town had been taken. 3. We hear
that Galba has crossed the river. 4. Who replied that
Caesar had a crown? 5. Did you say that the enemy would
set out early in the morning? —
TRANSLATION. ‘THE JUDGMENT OF SOLOMON
792. Duae mulierés in eadem dom6 habitabant. Utraque
eddem tempore puerum peperit. Unus ex his puerulis post
diem tertium nocte mortuus est. Mater puerum alterius
mulieris dormientis subripuit et in huius locd filium suum
mortuum supposuit. Orta inter duds mulierés gravi alter-
catidne, rés ad Soloménem délata est. Difficilis erat atque
perobsctira quaestiG, cum niillus téstis esset. Réx autem ut
exploraret latentem véritatem, ‘‘ Dividatur,” inquit, ‘‘ puer
dé quo contréversia est, et pars tina tini mulieri, altera
alterI détur.”” Itdicid assénsit falsa mater, altera vérd ex-
clamavit, “‘ Noli,’ quaesd, “‘ puerum occidere, O Réx. Ista
totum habeat.”” Tum réx ait, ‘“Rés est manifésta. Haec
véré est mater pueri.”’ Et huic illum adiidicavit.
306
THE OBJECT. NOUN CLAUSES
Quiz.—How many words in Paragraphs 808, 809, can you
explain and use?
E. Dependent Clauses in Indirect Statements
793. In the preceding paragraphs you learned that the
infinitive (with subject accusative) is used as the direct
object of verbs of saying, thinking, knowing, and perceiving.
When a Simple or a Compound sentence is to be transferred
from the direct to the indirect discourse this construction
is not difficult. If, however, the direct statement is a Com-
plex sentence (one containing dependent clauses), trans-
ference is a little troublesome because the form which the
dependent clause will take in the indirect statement is
affected by the rule for sequence of tenses.
794. A. Examine this English sentence:
The men, who are defending the town, are brave.
If this is to be put into indirect discourse following a
primary tense its form would be: Caesar says that the men
who are defending the town, are brave.
After a secondary tense it would be: Caesar said that the
men who were defending the town, were brave.
In the first sentence both the tenses of the infinitive and
the dependent verb are the same as they were in the direct
statement. In the second sentence both the infinitive and
the dependent verb change to past tenses because of the
time of the main verb. In English, then, after secondary
tenses one has to be very careful to maintain the correct sequence.
795. Compose some sentences in direct discourse in
397
APPLIED LATIN
English and change them to the indirect discourse after
both primary and secondary tenses.
796. B. The same situation arises in Latin in connection
with the translation of complex sentences. Examine the
following Latin sentences:
Direct
1. Viri qui oppidum défendunt fortés sunt.
The men who are defending the town are brave.
Indirect
2. Caesar dicit virds qui oppidum défendant fortés esse.
Caesar says that the men who are defending the town are
brave.
3. Caesar dixit virds qui oppidum défenderent fortés esse.
Caesar said that the men who were defending the town were
brave.
797. In Indirect discourse after a primary tense the verb
of the dependent clause is put in the subjunctive mood in
the present or perfect tense. If the infinitive of the indirect
discourse, even after a primary tense, is perfect, the depen-
dent verb is put in the imperfect or pluperfect subjunctive.
In Indirect discourse after a secondary tense the verb of
the dependent clause is put into the subjunctive imperfect
or pluperfect. C/. sentence 3, {[796.
798. RULE.—Dependent clauses in Indirect discourse
regularly take their verbs in the subjunctive. If both the verb
of saying and the infinitive are primary tenses, the verb of the
dependent clause will be in the present or the perfect sub-
308
THE OBJECT. NOUN CLAUSES
junctive. If either the verb of saying or the infinitive is a
secondary tense, the verb of the dependent clause will be in the
imperfect or the pluperfect subjunctive.
799. Translate: 1. Dicit montem quem 4 Galba occu-
pari voluerit ab hostibus tenéri. 2. Arbitrati sunt illds
qui montem occup4vissent mansiros esse. 3. Caesar negat
sé expulisse Gallds qui ea loca incolerent. 4. Caesar negat
sé expellere Gallos quiea loca incolant. 5. Caesar negavit sé
expulsirum esse Gallds qui ea loca incolerent. 6. Galli
putavérunt principés, quod intellegerent quantam calami-
tatam civitati intulissent, in Britanniam profiigisse. 7.
Nunc vided nillum subsidium fuisse quod submitti posset.
8. Hostés dixérunt sé ex hominum milibus LX vix ad quin-
gentds qui arma ferre possent redactds esse. 9g. Caesar
dixit sé id quod antea fécisset factirum esse. 10. Cogno-
vimus hostés agr6s qu6s armis possédissent tenére voluisse.
800. 1. Galba thinks that the soldiers who have occupied
the mountain are brave. 2. I perceive that the slaves fled
because they were severely punished. 3. They heard that
the enemy would cross the bridge which had recently been
made. 4. I deny that I praised the oration which was de-
livered by Cicero. 5. Who thought that the townspeople
would seek peace after the town had been taken?
TRANSLATION. JOSHUA STOPS THE SUN
801. Régés conitinctis viribus prdgressi sunt adversus
Hebraeds. At Deus dixit “‘ Josue; ndli timére eds; tua erit
victoria.”’ Iosue igitur magn6 impetii illds adortus est; qui
subita formidine correpti figérunt. Cum autem diés in
vesperum inclinaret, ré nondum confecta, Iosue itissit sdlem
consistere et vers stetit sdl et diem prddiixit ddnec hostium
exercitus délétus fuisset.
309
APPLIED LATIN
Quiz.—How many words in Paragraph 810 can you ex-
plain and use? }
LII. SELECTION FOR TRANSLATION
CAESAR. GALLIC WAR. Booxk I, CHAPTERS 1-8
802. 1. Gallia est omnis divisa in partés trés; quarum
tinam incolunt Belgae, aliam Aquitani, tertiam qui ipsdrum
lingua Celtae, nostra Galli appellantur. Hi omnés lingua,
instititis, légibus inter sé differunt. Gallds ab Aquitanis
Garumna flimen, 4 Belgis Matrona et Séquana dividit.
Horum omnium fortissimi sunt Belgae, propterea quod 4
culti atque himanitate provinciae longissimé absunt, mini-
méque ad eds mercatorés saepe commeant atque ea quae
ad efféminandGs animos pertinent important; proximique
sunt Germanis qui trans Rhénum incolunt, quibuscum con-
tinenter bellum gerunt. Qua dé causa Helvétii quoque
reliqués Gallés virtite praecédunt, quod feré cotidianis
proeliis cum Germanis contendunt, cum aut suis finibus eds
prohibent aut ipsi in edrum finibus bellum gerunt.
Eérum ina pars, quam Gallds obtinére dictum est, ini-
tium capit 4 flimine Rhodan6; continétur Garumna flimine,
Oceané, finibus Belgarum; attingit etiam ab Séquanis et
Helvétiis flimen Rhénum; vergit ad septentridnés. Belgae
ab extrémis Galliae finibus oriuntur; pertinent ad inferid-
rem partem fliminis Rhéni; spectant in septentridnem et
orientem sdlem. Aquitania 4 Garumna flimine ad Pyré-
naeds montés et eam partem Oceani quae est ad Hispaniam
pertinent; spectat inter occdsum sdlis et septentridnés.
310
‘WOAO. NVNOY AHL JO MAA
SELECTION FOR TRANSLATION
2. Apud Helvétids longé nobilissimus fuit et ditissimus
Orgetorix. Is, M. Messala et M. Pisdne consulibus, régni
cupiditate inductus coniiirationem nobilitatis fécit, et civi-
tati persudsit ut dé finibus suis cum omnibus c6piis exirent:
perfacile esse, cum virtiite omnibus praestarent, tdtius
Galliae imperio potiri.
Id hoc facilius eis persuasit, quod undique loci natira
Helvétii continentur: ina ex parte flimine Rhén6 latissim6
atque altissim6, qui agrum Helvétium 4 Germ§anis dividit;
altera ex parte monte [ura altissimG, qui est inter Séquands
et Helvétids; tertid, lacti Lemanné et flimine Rhodané, qui
prévinciam nostram ab Helvétiis dividit.
His rébus fiébat ut et minus laté vagadrentur et minus
facile finitimis bellum inferre possent; qua ex parte hominés
bellandi cupidi magn6 dolore adficiébantur. Pr6é multiti-
dine autem hominum et pro gloria belli atque fortitidinis,
angustos sé finés habére arbitrabantur, qui in longitiidinem
milia passuum CCXL, in latitidinem CLX XX patébant.
3. His rébus adducti et auctdritate Orgetorigis permdti
constituérunt ea quae ad proficiscendum pertinerent compa-
rare, iiment6rum et carrdrum quam maximum numerum
coemere, sémentés quam maxims facere, ut in itinere copia
frimenti suppeteret, cum proximis civitatibus pacem et
amicitiam cdnfirmare. Ad eas rés conficiendés biennium
sibi satis esse diixérunt; in tertium annum profectionem
lége confirmant. |
Ad eas rés conficiendis Orgetorix déligitur. Is sibi léga-
tidnem ad civitatés suscépit. In ed itinere persuadet Casticd,
: 311
APPLIED LATIN
Catamantaloedis filis, Séquand, cuius pater régnum in
Séquanis multds annds obtinuerat et 4 senatii populi
Romani amicus appellatus erat, ut régnum in civitate sua
occuparet, quod pater ante habuerat; itemque Dumnorigi
Haedu6, fratri Diviciaci, qui ed tempore principatum in civi-
tate obtinébat ac maximé plébi acceptus erat, ut idem c6na-
rétur persuadet, eique filiaam suam in matrimGdnium dat.
Perfacile factti esse illis probat conata perficere, propterea
quod ipse suae civitatis imperium obtentirus esset; ndn
esse dubium quin totius Galliae plirimum Helvétii possent;
sé suis cOplis sudque exerciti illis régna conciliatirum cdn-
firmat. Hac 6ratidne adducti inter sé fidem et itis iirandum
dant et régnd occupatd per trés potentissimGés ac firmis-
sim6s populds tdtius Galliae sésé potiri posse spérant.
4, Ea rés est Helvétiis per indicium énintiata. Moribus
suis Orgetorigem ex vinculis causam dicere coégérunt;
damnatum poenam sequi oportébat, ut igni cremarétur.
Dié cOnstitiita causae dictidnis Orgetorix ad itdicium
omnem suam familiam, ad hominum milia decem, undique
coégit, et omnés clientés obaeratdsque suds, quorum mag-
num numerum habébat, eddem condtixit; per eds, né
causam diceret, sé Gripuit. Cum civitas ob eam rem incitata
armis iis suum exsequi cOnarétur, multitidinemque homi-
num ex agris magistratiis cOgerent, Orgetorix mortuus est;
neque abest suspicio, ut Helvétii arbitrantur, quin ipse sibi
mortem cOnsciverit.
5. Post eius mortem nihil6 minus Helvétii id quod
coOnstituerant facere coOnantur, ut é finibus suis exeant.
312
SELECTION FOR TRANSLATION
Ubi iam sé ad eam rem paratés esse arbitrati sunt, oppida
sua omnia, numero ad duodecim, vicds ad quadringentés,
reliqua privata aedificia incendunt; frimentum omne,
praeter quod sécum portatiri erant, combtrunt, ut, domum
reditidnis spé sublata, paratidrés ad omnia pericula sub-
eunda essent; trium ménsium molita cibaria sibi quemque
dom6 efferreiubent. Persuadent Rauracis et Tulingis et Lato-
brigis, finitimis, uti eodem isi consilid, oppidis suis vicisque
extstis, tina cum eis proficiscantur; Boidsque, qui trans
Rhénum incoluerant et in agrum Noricum transierant N6ré-
jamque oppignaverant, receptés ad sé socids sibi adsciscunt.
6. Erant omnin6 itinera duo quibus itineribus dom6
exire possent: tinum per Séquands, angustum et difficile,
inter montem Iiram et flimen Rhodanum, vix qua singuli
carri diicerentur; m6ns autem altissimus impendébat, ut
facile perpauci prohibére possent: alterum per provinciam
nostram, mult6 facilius atque expeditius, propteread quod
inter finés Helvétidrum et Allobrogum, qui niiper pacati
erant, Rhodanus fluit, isque ndn nillis locis vad6 transitur.
Extrémum oppidum Allobrogum est proximumque Helvé-
tidrum finibus Genava.
Ex ed oppidd pons ad Helvétids pertinet. Allobrogibus
sésé vel persuadsiirds (quod ndndum bond animé in populum
Rdmanum vidérentur) existimabant, vel vi codctirds ut
per suds finés eds ire paterentur. Omnibus rébus ad pro-
fectisnem comparatis diem dicunt qua dié ad ripam Rho-
dani omnés conveniant. Is diés erat a. d. v. Kal. Apr., L.
Pisodne, A. Gabinio consulibus.
373
APPLIED LATIN
7. Caesari cum id niintiatum esset eds per prévinciam
nostram iter facere cOnari, matirat ab urbe proficisci, et
quam maximis potest itineribus in Galliam ilteridrem con-
tendit et ad Genivam pervenit. Prédvinciae t6ti quam
maximum potest militum numerum imperat (erat omnin6
in Gallia ilteridre legid tina), pontem qui erat ad Genaévam
iubet rescindi.
Ubi dé eius adventii Helvétii certidrés facti sunt, légatds
ad eum mittunt nodbilissimés civitatis, cuius légatidnis
Namméius et Verucloetius principem locum obtinébant, qui
dicerent, ‘‘sibi esse in anim6 sine all6 maleficid iter per pré-
vinciam facere, propterea quod aliud iter habérent nillum; .
rogare ut elus voluntate id sibi facere liceat.”’
Caesar, quod memoria tenébat L. Cassium cdnsulem
occisum exercitumque eius ab Helvétiis pulsum et sub iugum
missum, concédendum non putabat; neque hominés inimicé
anim, data facultate per pr6vinciam itineris faciendi, tem-
peratirds ab initria et maleficid existimabat. Tamen, ut
spatium intercédere posset dum milités quds imperaverat
convenirent, légatis respondit sé ad diem déliberandum
simptirum; si quid vellent, ad Id. Apr. reverterentur.
8. Interea ea legidne quam sécum habébat militibusque
qui ex provincia convénerant, 4 lacii LemannG, qui in flimen
Rhodanum influit, ad montem Iiram, qui finés Sequanorum
ab Helvétiis dividit, milia passuum decem novem mirum
in altitiidinem pedum sédecim fossamque perdicit. E6
opere ‘perfect6 praesidia disp6nit, castella commiinit, qué
facilius, si sé invit6 transire cOnarentur, prohibére posset.
314
LATIN DERIVATIVES
Ubi ea diés quam cOnstituerat cum légatis vénit, et légati
ad eum revertérunt, negat sé more et exempl6 populi Romani
posse iter alli per pr6vinciam dare; et, si vim facere cénentur,
prohibitirum ostendit. Helvétii, ea spé déiecti, navibus
itnctis ratibusque compliribus factis, alii vadis Rhodani, qua
minima altitid6 fliminis erat, nonnumquam interdii, saepius
noctii, si perrumpere possent cdnati, operis miinitione et
militum concursii et télis repulsi, h6c cOnati déstitérunt.
LIII. LATIN DERIVATIVES USED IN MODERN STUDIES
AND BUSINESS
803. A. CIVICS
government committee patriotism privilege
family treaty pension exemption
tribe appointment petition eminent
state president prohibition domain
people cabinet debt veto
popular secretary registration power
majority supreme obedience amendment
minority court license pro tempore
representative criminal army candidate
delegate equity navy republican
legislature appeal militia nomination
judiciary initiative camp progressive
executive referendum international nation
constitution function ambassador census
charter probate minister jurisdiction
federal local consul preamble °
convention option arbitration vice president
centralized recorder union Magna Charta
party assessor colonies population
civil auditor confederacy judge
liberty coroner revenue ordinance
declaration municipality continental estate
independence mayor revolution responsibility
citizen council currency society
franchise primary compromise campaign
vote public senate commerce
suffrage opinion finance labor
office naturalization —_ election corporation
congress patents electoral department
315
APPLIED LATIN
trade intrastate indirect tax protection
immigration martial law money education
industry resolutions banks unionism
interstate village notes penal
804. B. GENERAL SCIENCE
vacuum diffusion of compounds current
column of water __ liquids precipitates motor
density saturated solu- element arc light
variation tion metal gravitation
apparatus temperature combustion mass
volume ebullition spontaneous momentum
valve condensation sound accelerated mo-
quantity solidification vibration tion
tension liquefaction intensity pendulum
attraction latent heat velocity suspension
adhesion expansion radiation curvilinear mo-
capillary tube collision refraction tion
vaporization compression spectrum centripetal mo-
concave mirror friction opaque tion
convex mirror _ inertia transparent centrifugal mo-
press conductor pigment tion
specific gravity sensation compass lever
substance properties induction fulcrum
solids composition electricity circumference
molecules mixture alternating intermittent
805. C. NATURAL SCIENCE
germination Leaves: biflorum papaver, poppy
plant linear rotundiflora prunus Per-
cell lanceolate versicolor sica, peach
propagation spatulate color cerasus, cherry
terminal bud ovate Trees: castanea,
annuals orbicular pinus, pine chestnut
biennials inflorescence picea, spruce malus, apple
perennials solitary flowers abies, fir Vitis, grape
tendrils fertilization larix, larch viola, violet
bulbs follicule arbor vitae, lilium, ily
structure genus cedar rosa, rose
coniferous species populus, poplar linum, flax
Buds: spore quercus, oak _ cordate
lateral fronds ulmus, elm fascicle
axillary vegetation ' pyrus, pear _ herbaceous
accessory folium prunus, plum sessile
supernumerary grandiflora acer, maple _ sterile
dormant perfoliata iuniperus, red truncate
adventitious longiflorum cedar fruit
316
insect
hibernate
luxuriant
adaptation
806.
abrasion
abscess
absorbent
acclimate
accretion
acetic
acetylene
acid
adipose
adulterate
aerate
aggravate
alimentary
alveolar
amputate
angina pectoris
aqua
artery
arsenic
asafetida
assimilate
belladonna
bicarbonate
bilious
cancer
capsicum
capsule
carbolic
carbonate
cardiac
807.
alto
cantata
concert
crescendo
diminuendo
808.
abomination
admonition
adoration
LATIN DERIVATIVES
migration nutrition
receptacle crop rotation
corolla fibre
filament elongated
D. MEDICINE
cartilage fluid
cerebrum flux
cervical formula
claret fumigate
clavicle gelatin
cologne germicide
coma hospital
constipation influenza
consumption injurious
contagious inoculate
corpuscle insanity
corrosive intestinal
costal eruption
cranium jugular
crude laceration
curvature lacteal
cutaneous ligament
cuticle liniment
decoction lumbar
delirium “malaria
dementia malignant
demulcent materia medica
disinfect medical
dislocation mercury
dissolve morbid
dorsal mortal
effusion muscle
emollient nasal
essence nerve
fever nostrum
E. MUSIC
fortissimo pedal
interlude piano
juvenile quacrille
nocturne quartette
octave serenade
F. RELIGION
advocate beneficent
austerity celestial
benediction ceremonial
digestion
grain
cereal
nut
noxious
occipital
oculist
operation
ossify
palate
parietal
patella
precipitate
pulmonary
pulse
pulverize
rabies
respiration
saleratus
sanatory
sanitary
solution
soporific
spinal
sponge
sterilize
sulphur
tepid
terra
tumor
vaccinate
varicose
vein
vertigo
soprano
tempo
tremulo
tuba
virtuoso
clerical
communion
conference
consecrate
consolation
creed
crucifix
curate
deity
devotion
dignitary
disciple
dissenter
divinity
en ag
epistle
eternal
gentile
809.
abolitio
abrogate
accession
accessory
accomplice
accusation
actionable
adjudicate
adjutant
administer
admissible
affidavit
affirmation
agency
alias
alibi
alienate
alimony
allegation
antemortem
antenuptial
appeal
appellant
arbitration
arson
assault
assignor
attest
attorney
bail
APPLIED LATIN
humiliation officiate
immortality omnipotent
incarnate pagan
incense pastoral
infernal penance
infidel penitence
infinite piety
inheritance postulant
inspiration prelate
lucifer propaganda
matin purgatory
mediator rationalist
miracle rector
novice redemption
offertory resurrection
G. LAW
bailiff defamatory
belligerent default
brief demise
capias demur
caveat deponent
certiorari derogative
chancellor devise
chancery ._ digest
circumstantial dismissal
client dissolve
codicil divorce
commitment domicile
competent duress
complicity equity
compromise evidence
concurrent exception
conditional execution
confession executor
consideration exemplary
consummate exemption
continuance extenuating
contributory extortion
conveyance gratuitous
corpus habeas corpus
covenant illicit
criminal immaterial
criminate implicate
deceased inalienable
decedent incendiary
decision incident
318
revelation
reverent
revival
ritual
sacrament
sacred
sacrifice
sacrilege
secular
serpent
superstition
supreme
tabernacle
unity
vesper
indemnity
indeterminate
inherit
innocent
inquest
intervene
irrelevant
jurisdiction
justifiable
lapse
larceny
legacy
legitimate
libel
litigant
magistrate
martial
minority
mitigate
negligence
nullify
obligate
original
priority
parole
penal
peremptory
perjury
posse —
possession
prejudice
presumptive
probate
procedure
promissory
proviso
810.
agent
annuity
ASSESS
assets
auction
bonus
capital
collateral
commerce
commission
consignee
contract
debit
credit
deficit
surplus
firm
fraud
fund
importer
indemnity
index
legal tender
letter of credit
maturity
minimum
maximum
negotiate
proceeds
par
partner
premium
prime
pro rata
ad valorem
protest
reciprocity
receiver
redemption
LATIN DERIVATIVES
quasi solicitor
relative subpoena
remedy summary
remitter supersede
rescind surrogate
sentence tenable
H. BUSINESS
restraint of trade acceptor
salvage salable
sample circular
satisfaction prudential
security advertiser
signature discretion
solvent competition
specie transferable
staple remit
subcontract marginal
vendor margin
administrator certificate
article percentage
bona fide compensate
commute manifest
convertible infringement
counterfeit injunction
decimal consolidate
delinquent mercenary
denomination _ proprietary
deterioration credentials
director assignee
acceptance valid
accommodation usury
account interest
accountant fiduciary
actuary attachment
assignment quotation
audit successor
bankruptcy dividend
calendar duplicate
cancel extortionate
certify facsimile
salary mercantile
tangible millionaire
legible monetary
discount notary public
freight obligation
promissory preferred stock
tenement
testify
testimony
title
tort
trespass
profit
property
solicit
subsidy
antedate
collect
consignment
consul
corporation
creditor
customer
daily
debenture
debtor
defalcation
deposit
document
dormant
equitable
expedite
extension
finance
fluctuate
foreclosure
liquidate
lucrative
manager
merchandise
money
negotiable
patent
pecuniary
preferential
proposition
salary
signature
transfer
value
commode
APPLIED LATIN
elaborately crescent novelty subtraction
excelsior facet pencil superficial
genuine focal portfolio valley
lustre focus portrait addendum
oriental lunette receipt articulation
partition monocle recipe ascent
perambulator solitaire affinity castellated
refrigerator spectacles aggregate double
renovate circumference alluvium error
rustic crown calx flexure
sectional decoration diluvium foundry
ammunition design erosion furnace
anchor permanent ferruginous isolating
candelabrum quality fissure involve
cereal rosette flume limit
chandeliers forfeit semi-professional machine
differential album galena oblique
dividers certificate igneous orifice
LIV. SYNOPSIS OF FORMS
NOUNS
811. First Declension
SINGULAR porta, f., a gate PLURAL
Nom. porta, a gate.
Abl. porta, with, etc., a gate.
portae, of a gate.
portae, to or for a gate.
portae, gates.
portarum, of gates.
portis, to or for gates.
portas, gales.
portae, (O) gates.
portis, with; etc., gates.
Second Declension
dénum, n.
a gift
Gen.
Dat.
Acc. portam, a gate.
Voc. porta (O) gate.
812.
annus, m.
a year
Nom. annus
Gen. anni
Dat. anné
Acc. annum
Voc. anne
Abl. anné
Nom. anni
Gen. ann6érum
Dat. annis
Acc. -annés
Voc. anni
Abl. annis
donum
doni
don6é
donum
donum
dond
dona
donérum
donis
dona
dona
donis
puer, m.
a boy
SINGULAR
puer
pueri
puero
puerum >
puer
puero
PLURAL
pueri
puerorum
pueris
pueros
pueri
pueris
320
vir, m.
aman
ager, m.
a field
ager
agri
agro
agrum
ager
agro
agri
agrorum
agris
agros
agri
agris
SYNOPSIS OF FORMS
"Slo. Third Declension
consul, m. hiems, f. hom6, m. __legié, f. nomen, n.
a consul winter a man a legion a name
SINGULAR
*N.,V. consul hiems hom6 legid nomen
Gen. cOnsulis hiemis hominis legidnis nominis
Dat. consuli hiemi homini legi6ni nomini
Acc. consulem hiemem hominem legidnem nomen
Abl. codnsule hieme homine legidne nomine
PLURAL
Nom. consulés hiemés hominés _legidnés nomina
Gen. consulum hiemum hominum legidnum nodminum
Dat. codnsulibus hiemibus hominibus legidnibus ndminibus
Acc. cOdnsulés hiemés hominés ___legidnés noOmina
Abl. codnsulibus hiemibus hominibus legidnibus ndminibus
amor, m. frater, m. Caesar, m. corpus, n. aetas, f.
love a brother Caesar a body age
SINGULAR
N.,V. amor frater Caesar corpus aetas
Gen. amOris fratris Caesaris corporis aetatis
Dat. amori fratri Caesari corpori aetati
Acc. amodrem fratrem Caesarem corpus aetatem
Abl. amore fratre Caesare corpore aetate
PLURAL
N.,V.amorés fratrés Caesarés corpora aetatés
Gen. amorum fratrum Caesarum corporum aetatum
Dat. amoribus fratribus Caesaribus corporibus aetatibus
Acc. amorés fratrés Caesarés corpora aetatés
Abl. amoribus fratribus Caesaribus corporibus aetdtibus
vox, f. urbs,f. civis,m. ntbés, f. sedile,n. animal, n.
avoice acity acitizen a cloud a seat an animal
SINGULAR
N.,V. vox urbs civis nubés sedile animal
Gen. vocis urbis __civis nibis sedilis animalis
Dat. voici urbi civi nubi sedili animali
Acc. vocem ourbem civem nibem sedile animal
Abl. voice urbe cive (i) nitbe sedili animali
PLURAL
N.,V.vocés urbés_ civés niubés sedilia animalia
Gen. vOcum urbium civium nibium sedilium animalium
Dat. vocibus urbibus civibus nibibus sedilibus animalibus
Acc. vocés urbés___ civés (is)ntibés(is) sedilia animalia
Abl. vocibus urbibus civibus nibibus_ sedilibus animalibus
*From this point, when the Nominative and Vocative are the same, they
will be placed in the same line.
21 321
APPLIED LATIN
814. Fourth Declension 815. Fifth Declension
Casus,m. domus, f. corni, n. diés,m. _rés, f.
achance a house a horn a day a thing
SINGULAR
N.,V.casus domus cornta diés rés
Gen. casts domis (domi) cornts diéi rei
Dat. casui domui (dom6) corna diéi rei
Acc. casum domum cornt diem rem
Abl. casi domi (domé) cornu dié ré
PLURAL
N.,V. casis domis cornua diés rés
Gen. casuum domuum cornuum diérum rérum
(domérum) |
Dat. casibus domibus cornibus diébus rébus
Acc. casts domiis (domés) cornua diés rés
Abl. casibus domibus cornibus diébus rébus
ADJECTIVES
816. First and Second Declensions
latus, wide
SINGULAR PLURAL -
M. F. N. M. F. N.
Nom. latus lata latum lati latae lata
Gen. lati latae lati lat6érum latarum IJatérum
Dat. \até latae laté6 latis latis latis
Acc. litum laitam Ilatum latés latas lata
Voc. late lata latum lati latae lata
Abl. lat6 lata laté latis latis latis
817. Third Declension
félix, happy
SINGULAR PLURAL
M.and F. N. M. and F. N.
N.,V. félix félix félicés félicia
Gen. félicis félicis félicium félicium
Dat. félici félici félicibus félicibus
Acc. félicem félix félicés félicia
Abl. félice (i) félice (i) félicibus félicibus
recéns, recent
SINGULAR PLURAL
M.and F. N. M. and F. N.
N.,V.recéns recéns recentés recentia
Gen. recentis recentis recentium recentium
Dat. recenti recenti recentibus recentibus
Acc. recentem recéns recentés (is) _recentia
Abl. recente (i) recente (i) recentibus recentibus
322
SYNOPSIS OF FORMS
fortis, brave
SINGULAR PLURAL
M.and F. N. M. and F. N.
N.,V. fortis forte fortés fortia
Gen. fortis fortis fortium fortium
Dat. forti forti fortibus fortibus
Acc. fortem forte fortés (is) fortia
Abl. forti forti fortibus fortibus
acer, swift, keen
SINGULAR PLURAL
M. F. N. M. F. N.
N.,V. acer acris acre acrés acrés acria
Gen. Acris acris acris acrium acrium acrium
Dat. acri acri acri acribus acribus acribus
Acc. acrem acrem acre acrés (is) Acrés(is) dcria
Abl. acri acri acri acribus acribus acribus
IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES
tétus, whole, all
SINGULAR PLURAL
Nt N. M. F. N.
Nom. totus tota totum toti totae tota
Gen. tdtius tdtius totius tot6rum tdtarum tdtérum
Dat. toti toti toti totis totis totis
Acc. tdtum tdtam totum totds totas tota
Voc. tote tota totum toti totae tota
Abl. tdt6 tota tots totis totis totis
818. Comparative Adjectives
fortior, braver
SINGULAR PLURAL
_M.and F. N. M. and F. :
N.,V. fortior fortius fortidrés fortidra
Gen. fortidris fortidris fortidruin fortidrum
Dat. fortidri fortidri fortidribus fortidribus
Acc. fortidrem fortius fortidrés (is) fortidra
Abl. fortidre (i) fortiGre (i) fortidribus fortidribus
819. Special Adjectives
plus, more mille, thousand
SINGULAR PLURAL SINGULAR PLURAL
M.andF. WN. M. and F. N.
N.,V plis plirés plira mille milia
Gen. ——— pliris. plirium plirium milium
Dat. pliribus _ pliribus milibus
Acc. ——— polis plirés(is) plira mille milia
Abl. —— plire pliribus pliribus milibus
323
APPLIED LATIN
duo, two trés, three
M. ; N. M. and F. N.
N.,V.duo duae duo trés tria
Gen. dudrum duarum duérum trium trium
Dat. dudbus duabus duébus tribus tribus
Acc. duds duas duo trés (tris) tria
Abl. dudébus duabus duébus tribus tribus
820. Regular Comparison of Adjectives
POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE
latus, wide latior, latius latissimus
félix, happy félicior, félicius félicissimus
recéns, recent recentior, recentius recentissimus
fortis, brave fortior, fortius fortissimus
acer, sharp acrior, acrius acerrimus
Irregular Comparison of Adjectives
facilis, easy
similis, szmilar
bonus, good
malus, bad
magnus, great
parvus, small
multus, much
exterus, outward
inferus, below
posterus, following
superus, above
in, in, within
pro, before
prope, ear
ultra, beyond
821.
claré, clearly
fortiter, easily
recenter, recenily
féliciter, happily
acriter, sharply
bene, well
male, ii]
magnopere, greatly
multum, much
parum, /itile
_saepe, often
dit, long
facilior, facilius facillimus
similior, similius simillimus
melior, melius optimus
péior, péius pessimus
maior, maius maximus
minor, minus minimus
, plus plirimus
exterior, exterius
inferior, inferius
extrémus (extimus)
infimus (imus)
postrémus (postumus)
posterior, posterius
suprémus (summus)
superior, superius
interior, interius,inner intimus
prior, prius, former primus
propior, propius,earer proximus
ulterior, ilterius, farther tltimus
ADVERBS
Regular Comparison
clarius clarissimé
fortius fortissimé
recentius recentissimé
félicius félicissimé
Acrius acerrimé
Irregular Comparison
melius optimé
péius pessimé
magis maximé
plis plirimum
minus minimé
saepius saepissimé
diitius dititissimé
324
822.
SYMBOL
SYNOPSIS OF FORMS
CARDINAL
anus, -a, -um, one
duo, -ae, -0, wo
trés, tria, three
quattuor, four
quinque, five
sex
septum
octo
novem
decem
indecim
duodecim
tredecim
quattuordecim
quindecim
sédecim
septendecim
duodéviginti
undéviginti
Viginti
viginti inus
tnus et viginti
triginta
quadraginta
quinquaginta
sexaginta
septuaginta
octoginta
nonaginta
centum —
ducenti, -ae, -a
trecenti, -ae, -a
quadringenti, -ae, -a
quingenti, -ae, -a
séscenti, -ae, -a
septingenti, -ae, -a
octingenti, -ae, -a
nongenti, -ae, -a
mille
Numerals
ORDINAL
primus, -a, -um, first
secundus, -a, -um,
second
tertius, third
quartus, fourth
quintus, fifth
sextus
septimus
octavus
nonus
decimus
indecimus
duodecimus
tertius decimus
quartus decimus
quintus decimus
sextus decimus
septimus decimus
duodévicésimus
tiindévicésimus
vicésimus
vicésimus primus
anus et vicésimus
tricésimus
quadragésimus
quinquagésimus
sexagésimus
septuagésimus
octégésimus
nonagésimus
centésimus
ducentésimus
trecentésimus
quadringentésimus
quingentésimus
séscentésimus
septingentésimus
octingentésimus
nongentésimus
millésimus
325
DISTRIBUTIVE
singuli, -ae, -a,
one each (at a
time)
bini, -ae, -a, /wo
each
terni, -ae, -a,
three each
quaterni, -ae, -a,
four each
quini, -ae, -a, five
each
OTHER NUMERALS
semel, once
bis, fwice
ter, thrice
quater, four times
simplex, single,
one fold
duplex, double,
two fold
triplex, triple,
three fold
quadruplex,
four fold
quincuplex,
five fold
APPLIED LATIN
823. PRONOUNS
PERSONAL
ego, J ti, thou sui, of himself
SING. PLor. SING. PLUR. SING. PLUR.
N.,V.ego néos ti vos
Gen. mei nostrum tui vestrum sui sui
(nostri) (vestri)
Dat. mihi ndbis tibi vobis sibi sibi
Acc. mé nés té vos sé sé
Abl. mé _ ndbis té vobis sé sé
Demonstrative Pronouns
hic, this
SINGULAR PLURAL
M. F. N. M. ie: N.
hic haec hoc hi hae haec
huius huius huius horum harum horum
huic huic huic his his his
hunc hanc hoc hés has haec
hdc hac hoc his his his
ille, that
SINGULAR PLURAL
M. ; N. M. F. N.
ille illa illud illi illae illa
illius illius illius ill6rum illarum ill6rum
illi illi illi illis illis illis
illum illam illud illés illas illa
illd illa illd illis illis illis
is, this, that
SINGULAR PLURAL
M. F, N. M. F. N.
is ea id ei (ii) eae ea
eius eius eius eérum earum eorum
ei ei ei eis (iis) eis (iis) eis (iis)
eum eam id eds eas ea
e6 ea e6 eis (iis) _eis (iis) eis (iis)
idem, same
SINGULAR ; PLURAL
M. F. N. M. F :
idem eadem idem eidem eaedem eadem
- (iidem) 7
eiusdem eiusdem eiusdem edrundem earundem edrundem
eidem eidem eidem eisdem eisdem eisdem
(iisdem) (iisdem) (iisdem)
eundem eandem idem edsdem easdem eadem
eddem eadem eddem eisdem eisdem eisdem
(iisdem) (iisdem) (iisdem)
326
SYNOPSIS OF FORMS
ipse, self
SINGULAR PLURAL
M. F, N. M. F. N.
ipse ipsa ipsum ipsi ipsae ipsa
ipsius ipsius ipsius ipsdrum ipsarum ipsdrum
ipsi ipsi ipsi ipsis ipsis ipsis
ipsum ipsam ipsum ipsds ipsas ipsa
ipsd ipsa ips6 ipsis ipsis ipsis
Interrogative
quis, who, which, what
SINGULAR
M. and F. N.
quis quid In plural declined like
cuius cuius the Relative
cui cui
quem quid
quo quo
Relative
SINGULAR PLURAL
‘M. F. N. M. F, N.
qui quae quod qui quae quae
cuius cuius cuius quérum quarum qudrum
cui cui cui quibus quibus quibus
quem quam quod quos quas quae
qué qua qué quibus quibus quibus
Indefinite
quis, any, any one
SINGULAR PLURAL
M. F. N. M. Pine N.
quis (qui) quae(qua) quid(quod) qui quae quae (qua)
cuius cuius cuius quérum quarum qu6rum
cui cui cui quibus quibus quibus
quem quam quid(quod) quds quas quae (qua)
qué qua qué quibus quibus quibus
aliquis, some, some one
SINGULAR PLURAL
M. F. N. M. . F. N.
aliquis aliqua aliquid aliqui aliquae aliqua
(aliqui) (aliquod)
alicuius alicuius alicuius aliquérum aliquarum aliquérum
alicui alicui alicui aliquibus aliquibus aliquibus
aliquem aliquam aliquid aliqués aliquas aliqua
(aliquod)
aliqué aliqua aliqué aliquibus aliquibus aliquibus
327
APPLIED LATIN
824. CONJUGATION OF THE ENGLISH VERB
Simple
I find
You find
He finds
We find
You find
They find
Simple
T found
You found
He found
We found
You found
They found
Simple
IT shall find
You will find
He will find
We shall find
You will find
They will find
Progressive
I shall be finding, etc.
Simple
I have found
“You have found
He has found
We have found
You have found
They have found
Progressive
FIND
PRESENT
Progressive
I am finding
You are finding
He is finding
We are finding
You are finding
They are finding
Past
Progressive
I was finding
You were finding
He was finding
We were finding
You were finding
They were finding
FUTURE
PERFECT
Pluperfect
I had found
You had found
He had found
We had found
You had found
They had found
Progressive
Active Voice—Indicative Mood
Emphatic
I do find
You do find
He does find
We do find
You do find
They do find
Emphatic
I did find
You did find
He did find
We did find
You did find
They did find
Volitional
I will find
You shall find
He shall find
We will find
You shall find
They shall find
Progressive
I will be finding, etc.
Future Perfect
I shall have found
You will have found
He will have found
We shall have found
. You will have found
They will have found
Progressive
I have been finding, etc. I had been finding, I shall have been find-
etc.
328
ing, etc.
SYNOPSIS OF FORMS
Subjunctive Mood
PRESENT
Simple Progressive Emphatic
if) I, you, he, find if) I, you, he, be _ if) I, you, he, do find
finding
if) we, you, they, find _if) we, you, they, if) we, you, they, do
be finding find
PAST
Simple Progressive Emphatic
if) I, you, he, found if) I, you, he, were if) I, you, he, did find
finding
if) we, you, they, found if) we, you, they, if) we, you, they, did
were finding find
Potential Mood
PRESENT PAST
Simple Simple
I, you, he, may find I, you, he, might find
We, you, they, may find We, you, they, might find
Progressive Progressive
I, you, he, may be finding I, you, he, might be finding
We, you, they, may be finding We, you, they, might be finding
PERFECT PLUPERFECT
Simple Simple
I, you, he, may have found I, you, he, might have found
We, you, they, may have found We, you, they, might have found
Progressive Progressive
I, you, he, may have been finding I, you, he, might have been finding
We, you, they, may have been We, you, they, might have been
finding finding
Imperative Mood Infinitives Participles
PRESENT TENSE PRESENT PRESENT
find (thou, you) to find finding
find (ye, you) to be finding
PERFECT PERFECT
to have found having found
to have been finding having been finding
eo
PRESENT
finding
APPLIED LATIN
Gerunds
PERFECT
having found
having been finding
Passive Voice—Indicative Mood
PRESENT (Simple)
I am found
You are found
He is found
We are found
You are found
They are found
Progressive
‘I am being found, etc.
PERFECT
I have been found, etc.
PRESENT
if) I be found, etc.
PRESENT
I may be found, etc.
Imperative Mood
PRESENT
be found
to have been found
Past (Simple)
I was found
You were found
He was found
We were found
You were found
They were found
Future (Simple)
I shall be found, etc.
Volitional
I will be found, etc.
Progressive
I was being found, etc.
‘PLUPERFECT © FUTURE PERFECT
I had been found, I shall have been found,
etc. etc.
Subjunctive Mood
Past
if) I were found, etc.
Progressive
if) I were being found
Potential Mood
PAST PERFECT
I might be found, Imay have been found,
etc, etc;
PLUPERFECT
I might have been
found, etc.
Infinitives Participles
PRESENT PRESENT Past
to be found being found found
PERFECT PERFECT
having been found
339
825.
SYNOPSIS OF FORMS
FIRST CONJUGATION. LAUDO. VERBS INA
Principal Parts, laud6, laudare, laudavi, laudatus
Indicative
ACTIVE
Pres. laudé, laudas, laudat, etc.
I praise, am praising, do
Imp.
praise.
laudabam, laudabas, lauda-
bat, etc.
I was praising, praised, did
Fut.
praise.
laudabé, laudabis, laudabit,
etc.
I shall praise.
Perf.
I have praised.
laudavi, laudavisti, laudavit,
ete.
Plup. \audaveram, laudaveras,
laudaverat, etc.
I had praised.
Futp. laudaveré, laudaveris,
laudaverit, etc.
I shall have praised.
Present
laudem
laudés
laudet
laudémus
laudétis
laudent
Present
lauder
laudéris
laudétur
laudémur
laudémini
laudentur
PASSIVE
laudor, laudaris, laudatur, etc.
I am praised, am being praised.
laudabar, laudabaris, laudaba-
tur, etc.
I was praised, was being
praised.
laudabor, laudaberis, laudabit-
ur, etc.
I shall be praised.
laudatus, -a, -um, sum, es, est,
etc.
I have been praised, was
praised.
laudatus, -a, -um, eram, eras,
erat, etc.
I had been praised.
laudatus, -a, -um, er6, eris, erit,
eve.
I shall have been praised.
Active—Subjunctive
Imperfect
laudiarem
laudarés
laudaret
laudarémus
laudarétis
laudarent
Perfect Pluperfect
laudaverim laudavissem
laudaveris laudavissés
laudiverit lauddvisset
laudaverimus laudavissémus
lauddveritis laudavissétis
laudaverint laudavissent
Passive—Subjunctive
Perfect Pluperfect
Imperfect
laudarer
laudaréris
laudarétur
laudarémur
laudarémini
laudarentur
laudatus, -a,-um, laudatus, -a, -um,
sim, sit, sis
laudati,
simus, sitis,
sint
331
essem, essés, es-
set
laudati, ae, -a, es-
sémus, essétis,
essent
-ae, -a,
APPLIED LATIN
Imperative
ACTIVE PASSIVE
Present Future Present Future
2. lauda 2. laudaté, 2. laudare, 2. laudator,
praise thou _thoushalt praise be thou praised thou shalt be
praised
3. laudaté, 3. laudator,
he shall praise he shall be prais-
ed
2. laudate, 2. laudatéte, 2. laudamini,
praise ye you shall praise be ye praised
3. laudanté, 3. laudantor,
they shall praise they shall be
praised
Infinitive
ACTIVE PASSIVE
Pres. laudare, to praise laudari, to be praised
Perf. laudavisse, to have praised laudatus, -a, -um, esse, fo have
been praised
Fut. laudatirus, -a, -um, esse, laudatum iri, to be about to be
to be about to praise praised
Participle
ACTIVE PASSIVE ;
Pres. laudians, -antis, praising Perf. laudatus, -a, -um, having
Fut. laudatirus, -a, -um, about to been praised
praise
Gerund Gerundive
Nom. laudandus, -a, -um, to be loved
Gen. laudandi, of praising ;
Dati. laudand6, to or for praising Supine
Acc. laudandum, praising Acc. laudatum, to praise
Abl. laudando, by praising Abl. laudatt, in praising
826. SECOND CONJUGATION. HABEO. VERBS IN E
Principal Parts, habed, habére, habui, habitus
Indicative
ACTIVE
Pres. habeé, habés, habet, etc.
Imp. habébam, habébas, habébat,
etc.
Fut. habéb6,habébis, habébit, etc.
Perf. habui, habuisti, habuit, etc.
Plup. habueram, habueras, habu-
erat, etc.
Futp. habuer6, habueris, habuerit,
etc.
PASSIVE
habeor, habéris, habétur, etc.
habébar, habéb4aris, habébatur,
etc:
habébor, habéberis, habébitur, etc.
habitus, -a, -um, sum, es, est, etc.
habitus, -a, -um, eram, eras, erat,
etc.
habitus, -a, -um, erd, eris, erit,
etc:
332
SYNOPSIS OF FORMS
Active—Subjunctive
Present Imperfect Perfect Pluperfect
habeam habérem habuerim habuissem
habeas habérés habueris habuissés
habeat habéret habuerit habuisset
habeamus habérémus habuerimus habuissémus
habeatis habérétis habueritis habuissétis
habeant habérent habuerint habuissent
Passive—Subjunctive
Present Imperfect Perfect Pluperfect
habear habérer habitus, -a,-um, habitus, -a, -um,
habearis habéréris sim, sis, sit essem, essés,
habeatur habérétur esset
habeamur habérémur habiti, -ae, -a, habiti, -ae, -a, es-
habeémini habérémini simus, sitis, sémus, essétis,
habeantur habérentur sint essent
Imperative
ACTIVE PASSIVE
Future Present Future
2. habé 2. habét6 2. habére 2. habétor
. 3. habét6 3. habétor
2. habéte 2. habététe 2. habémini
3. habenté 3. habentor
Infinitive
Pres. habére Pres. habéri
Perf. habuisse Perf. habitus, -a, -um, esse
Fut. habitirus, -a, -um, esse Fut. habitum iri
Partieiple
Pres. habéns, entis Perf. habitus, -a, -um
Fut. habitirus, -a, -um
Gerund Gerundive
Nom. habendus, -a, -um
Gen. habendi
Dat. habendé
Acc. habendum
Abl. habendé
Supine
Acc. habitum
Abl. habitt
Note: Supply the meanings of the tenses, etc., from the conjugation
of laudo.
333
APPLIED LATIN
827. THIRD CONJUGATION. DUCO. VERBS IN E
Principal Parts, dticé, dicere, dixi, ductus
Indicative
ACTIVE
Pres. diicé, diicis, diicit, etc.
Imp. diacébam, diicébas, dicébat,
CtC.
Fut. diicam, diicés, diicet, etc.
Perf. diixi, dixisti, dixit, etc.
Plup. dixeram, dixeras, diixerat,
etc;
PASSIVE
dicor, diceris, dicitur, etc.
diicébar, diicébaris, diicébatur,
ele.
diicar, diicéris, diicétur, etc.
ductus, -a, -um, sum, es, est,
€tG;
ductus, -a, -um, eram, eras,
Futp. dixer6, dixeris, dixerit, etc.
erat, etc.
ductus, -a, -um, er6, eris, erit,
Cre:
Active—Subjunctive
Present Imperfect Perfect Pluperfect
dicam diicerem dixerim dixissem
diicas dicerés dixeris dixissés
diicat diceret dixerit dixisset
dicamus diicerémus dixerimus dixissémus
dicatis dicerétis dixeritis dixissétis
dicant diicerent dixerint dixissent
Passive—Subjunctive
Present Imperfect Perfect Pluperfect
dicar diicerer ductus, -a, -um, ductus, -a, -um,
dicaris diiceréris sim, sis, sit essem, essés,
dicatur dicerétur esset
dicamur diicerémur ducti, -ae, -a, ducti, -ae, -a,
diicamini diicerémini simus, sitis, essémus, essétis,
dicantur dicerentur sint essent |
Imperative
Present _ Future Present Future
2. diic* 2. dicité 2. diicere 2. dicitor
3. diicité 3. dicitor
2. dicite 2. dicitite 2. dicimini
3. diicunto 3. diicuntor
Infinitive
Pres. dicere Pres. dici
Perf. diixisse
Fut.
ductirus, -a, -um, esse
Perf. ductus, -a, -um, esse
Fut.
ductum iri
* Regular verbs end in this form in -e, da#cd makes an irregular impera-
tive form dic.
334
SYNOPSIS OF FORMS
ACTIVE
Pres. diicéns, -entis
Fut. ducttrus, -a, -um
Participle
PASSIVE
Perf. ductus, -a, -um
Gerund Gerundive
Nom. dicendus, -a, -um
Gen. dicendi
Dat. diacendd Supine
Acc. dicendum Acc. ductum
Abl. dicendé Abl. ducti
828. THIRD CONJUGATION. CAPIO. VERBS IN IO
Principal Parts, capid, capere, cépi, captus
ACTIVE Indicative PASSIVE
Pres. capi6, capis, capit, etc. capior, caperis, capitur, etc.
Imp. capiébam, capiébas, capiébat, capiébar, .capiébaris, capiéba-
etc. tur, .ctc.
Fut. capiam, capiés, capiet, etc. capiar, capiéris, capiétur, etc.
Perf. cépi, cépisti, cépit, etc. captus, -a, -um, sum, es, est, etc.
Plup. céperam, céperas, céperat, captus, -a, -um, eram, eras,
GiC; erat, etc.
Futp. cépers, céperis, ceperit, etc. | captus,-a,-um, er6, eris, erit, etc.
Active—Subjunctive
Present Imperfect Perfect Pluperfect
capiam caperem céperim cépissem
capias caperés céperis cépissés
capiat caperet céperit cépisset
capiamus caperémus céperimus cépissémus
capiatis caperétis c€peritis cépissétis
capiant caperent céperint cépissent
Passive—Subjunctive
Present Imperfect Perfect Pluperfect
capiar caperer captus, -a, -um, captus, -a, -um,
capiaris caperéris sim, sis, sit essem, essés,
capiatur caperétur esset
capiamur caperémur capti, -ae, -a, capti, -ae, -a, es-
capiamini caperémini simus, _ sitis, sémus, essétis,
capiantur caperentur sint essent
Imperative
ACTIVE PASSIVE
Present Future Present Future
2. cape 2. capitd 2. capere 2. capitor
: 3. capitd 3. capitor
2. capite 2. capitéte 2. capimini
3. capiunté 3. capiuntor
335
Pres.
Perf.
Fut.
Pres.
Fut.
Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Acc.
AOl.
APPLIED LATIN -:
ACTIVE Infinitive PASSIVE
capere Pres. capi
cépisse Perf. captus, -a, -um, esse
captirus, -a, -um, esse Fut. captum iri
Participle
capiéns, -entis Perf. captus, -a, -um
capttrus, -a, -um
Gerund Gerundive
capiendus, -a, -um
capiendi
capiend6 Supine
capiendum Acc. captum
capiend6é Abl. capti
829. FOURTH CONJUGATION. AUDIO. VERBS INI
Pres,
Imp.
Fut.
ery.
Plup.
Fuip.
Principal Parts, audi6, audire, audivi, auditus
Indicative
PASSIVE
audior, audiris, auditur, etc.
audiébar, audiébaris, audiéba-
ACTIVE
audi, audis, audit, etc.
audiébam, audiébas, audié-
bat, etc. tur, etc.
audiam, audiés, audiet, etc. audiar, audiéris, audiétur, etc.
audivi, audivisti, audivit, etc. auditus,-a,-um, sum, es, est, etc.
audiveram, audiveras, audiv- auditus, -a, -um, eram, eras,
erat, etc. erat, etc.
audiver6, audiveris, audiverit, auditus, -a, -um, er6, eris, erit,
CC. etc,
Active—Subjunctive
Present Imperfect Perfect Pluperfect
audiam audirem audiverim audivissem
audias audirés audiveris audivissés
audiat audiret audiverit audivisset
audiamus audirémus audiverimus audivissémus
audiatis audirétis audiveritis audivissétis
audiant audirent audiverint audivissent
Passive—Subjunctive
Present Imperfect _ Perfect Pluperfect
audiar audirer auditus, -a, auditus, -a, -um,
audiaris audiréris -um, sim, essem, essés,
audiatur audirétur sis, sit esset
audiamur audirémur auditi, -ae, auditi, -ae; -a, es-
audiamini audirémini -a, simus, ésmus,__ essétis,
audiantur audirentur Sitis, sint essent
336
SYNOPSIS OF FORMS
ACTIVE Imperative PASSIVE
Present Future Present Future
2. audi 2. audité 2. audire 2. auditor
3. audits 3. auditor
2. audite 2. auditote 2. audimini
3. audiunto 3. audiuntor
Infinitive
Pres. audire Pres. audiri
Perf. audivisse Perf. auditus, -a, -um, esse
Fut. auditirus, -a, -um, esse Fut. auditum iri
_Participle
Pres. audiéns, -entis Perf. auditus, -a, -um
Fut. auditirus, -a, -um
Gerund Gerundive
Nom. audiendus, -a, -um
Gen. audiendi
Dat. audiendé Supine
Acc. audiendum . Acc. auditum
Abl. audiendé Abl. audita
830. THE PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATIONS
Indicative
ACTIVE PERIPHRASTIC PASSIVE PERIPHRASTIC
Pres. laudatirus sum, laudandus sum,
I am about to praise I must be praised
Imp. \audatirus eram, laudandus eram,
I was about to praise I had to be pratsed
Fut. laudatirus eré, laudandus eré,
I shall be about to praise I shall have to be praised
Perf. laudatirus fui, laudandus fui,
I have been about to praise I have had to be praised
Plup. laudatirus fueram, laudandus fueram,
I had been about to praise I had had to be praised
Futp. laudatirus fueré, laudandus fuerd,
I shall have been about to praise I shall have had to be praised
Subjunctive
: ACTIVE PASSIVE
Pres. laudatirus sim laudandus sim
Imp. laudatirus essem laudandus essem
Perf. laudatirus fuerim laudandus fuerim
Plup. laudatirus fuissem laudandus fuissem
Infinitive
Pres. laudatirus esse laudandus esse
Fut. laudatirus fuisse laudandus fuisse
22
57
APPLIED LATIN
In the periphrastic conjugations there are no forms of
the imperative, participles, gerund, gerundive, or supine.
The periphrastic conjugations of the other regular verbs
ave;
ACTIVE PASSIVE
habitirus sum, etc., habendus sum, etc.,
I am about to have I must be had (held)
- ductirus sum, etc., dicendus sum, etc.,
I am about to lead I must be led
captirus sum, etc., capiendus sum, etc.,
I am about to take I must be taken
auditirus sum, etc., audiendus sum, etc.,
I am about to hear I must be heard
831. THE VERB SUM
Principal Parts, sum, esse, fui, ——., fo be
Indicative
Pres. sum, es, est, etc., Perf. fui, fuisti, fuit,-etc.,
I am, etc. I have been, etc..
Imp. eram, eras, erat, etc., Plup.fueram, fueras, fuerat,
I was, etc. etc., I had been, etc.
Fut. erG, eris, erit, etc., Futp. fuer, fueris, fuerit, etc.,
I shall be, etc. I shall have been, etc.
Subjunctive
Pres. Imp. Perf. Plup.
sim essem fuerim fuissem
sis essés fueris fuissés
sit esset fuerit fuisset
simus essémus fuerimus fuissémus
sitis . essétis fueritis fuissétis
sint essent fuerint fuissent
Imperative Infinitive
Pres. es, be (thou) Fut. esté, thou shalt be Pres. esse, to be
estd, he shall be Perf. fuisse, to have been
este, be (ye) estéte, ye shall be Fut. futtrus, -a, -um, esse,
sunté, they shall be to be about to be
Participle
Fut. futirus, -a, -um, about to be
338
SYNOPSIS OF FORMS
832. THE VERB POSSUM
Principal Parts, possum, posse, potui, ——,, fo be able
Indicative
Pres. possum, Perf. potui,
I am able, I can I have been able, could
potes, potuisti,
you are able, you can you have been able, could
potest, potuit,
he (she, it) is able, can he (she, it) has been able,
could
possumus, potuimus,
we are able, we can we have been able, could
potestis, potuistis,
you are able, you can you have been able, could
possunt, potuérunt,
they are able, they can they have been able, could
Imp. poteram, poteras, poterat, etc., Plup. potueram, potuerds, pot-
I was able (could), etc. uerat, etc.,
I had been able, etc.
Fut. poter6, poteris, poterit, etc., utp. potuerdé, potueris, potuerit,
I shall be able, etc. I shall have been able, etc.
Subjunctive
Pres. Pay: Imp. Plup.
possim potuerim possem potuissem
possis potueris possés potuissés
possit potuerit posset potuisset
possimus potuerimus possémus potuissémus
possitis potueritis possétis potuissétis
possint potuerint possent potuissent
Infinitive Participle
Pres. posse, to be able Pres. poténs, -entis, (adjective),
Perf. potuisse, to have been able powerful
833. THE IRREGULAR VERBS, VOLO, NOLO, MALO
Principal Parts: vold, velle, volui, , to wish
n6lé6; ndlle, ndlui, , to be unwilling
mal6, malle, malui, ——, fo prefer
Indicative
Pres. volo nolé malé
vis non vis mavis
vult non vult mavult
volumus nolumus malumus
vultis non vultis mavultis
volunt nolunt malunt
339
Imp.
Fut.
Perf.
Plub.
Fuip.
Pres.
Imp.
Perf.
Plup.
Pres.
Fut.
Pres.
Perf.
Pres.
834.
volébam, -bas, etc.
volam, -és, etc.
volui, -isti, etc.
volueram, -eras,
CLC:
voluer6, -eris, etc.
velim
velis
velit
velimus
velitis
velint
vellem
vellés
vellet
vellémus
vellétis
vellent
voluerim, -eris, etc.
voluissem, -és, etc.
velle
voluisse
voléns, -entis
APPLIED LATIN
ndlébam, -bas, etc.
nolam, -és, etc.
nolui, -isti, etc.
nolueram, -eras,
CLC:
ndluers, -eris, etc.
Subjunctive
nolim
nolis
nolit
nolimus
nolitis
nolint
nollem
ndllés
nollet
ndllémus
nollétis
nollent
ndluerim, -eris, etc.
ndluissem, -és, etc.
Imperative
noli
nodlite
nolits
nolits
nolitéte
nodluntd
Infinitive
nolle
noluisse
Participle
ndléns, -entis
IMPERSONAL VERB
malébam, -bas, etc.
malam, -és, etc.
malui, -isti, etc.
mAalueram, -eras,
eic.
mAluers, -eris, etc.
malim
malis
malit
malimus
malitis
malint
mallem
mallés
mallet
mallémus
mallétis
mallent
maluerim, -eris, etc.
mAluissem, -és, etc.
malle
maluisse
Principal Parts, licet, licére, licuit (licitum est), it 7s allowed
Pres.
Imp.
Fut.
Perf.
Plup.
Futp.
Indicative
licet
licébat
licébit
licuit (licitum est)
licuerat
licuerit
Subjunctive
Pres. liceat
Imp. licéret
Perf. licuerit
Plup. licuisset
340
Infinitive
Pres. licére
Perf. -licuisse
Fut. licitirum esse
SYNOPSIS OF FORMS
wiessea snytj0d
urs snjrj0d
remmjod
rerjod
o1e snytjo0d
urese snjyij0od
ums snj1}0d
rerjod
reqanod
mjyuntjod
rururtjod
Imurtjod
injtj0d
sttjod
rorjod
wiassa snssed wiesse snjyndas
wis snssed
Jar9}ed
retjed
o1a snssed
uevie snssed
uns snssed
rerjed
reqaijed
imjuntjed
ruyurtjed
murjed
myned
s1o}ed
Jorjyed
wis snyndos
Jezonbas
zenbas
019 snjnoos
ureie Ssnjndes
uns sn}nodas
renbas
reqaonbas
imjyunnbas
rururmnbas
inurmbas
Injinbes
stonbas
ronbas
W9SSd SN}LIOA
WIS SN}LIOA
I9IQIOA
IedI9A
earounf{[qng
019 SN}LIDA
UIBI9 SN}LIOA
WINS SN}LIOA
IOQQI9A
Ieqa1oA
InjUdI9A
TUTUIQIOA
INUIQIIA
IN}QIOA
SLIQIOA
IOIIOA
dATBOIPUT
wiesse snjeUu0d
fo uorssassog 423 0 ‘tans snyyod ‘tm,0d ‘1on0d
4vaq ‘dans oj ‘cans snssed ‘1yed ‘101;ed
moyof oj ‘tans snjynoes ‘Inbes ‘ronbes
4vaf 01 MINS SN}WIOA ‘TI9IVA ‘I09IeA
iduajy ‘€44 02 “ans snyeuOd ‘IIeUOd ‘1009
SdagqA LNANOdaAd
‘dmg
wis snyeu0o “fuag
Jareuod ‘duy
IIUOD ‘Sag
paray anny 4DYs J ‘Qe snyeugd “djny
pata, poy J “urera snyeuod *dnjq
pag J ‘vans snyeuod ‘fuag
Ky yDys J SIOQVUOD "ny
Suita spa J ‘reqeuod “duy
K44 Kay] Sinyuruod
(44 nok ‘rarareuod
(44 am ‘inureuod
Sard (42 ‘ays) ay ‘myeugd
K4q nok ‘stzeuod
&44 J ‘IOUOD “Sad
“Ses
341
APPLIED LATIN
nyj0d
umn3130d
tpuotjod
snpuotjod
snjzrjod
sninjijod
suatjod
asso sninjij0d
esse snyrj0od
11130d
nssed
umnssed
Ipusrjed
snpuar}ed
snssed
sninssed
suarjed
esse sninssed
esse snssed
Wed
10z1}ed
e19}ed
nynses
win}nI9as
Ipuonbes
snpuonbas
snjnoos
sninjnoos
suanbos
esse sninjznoes
9sso snjznoos
mbes
Jozinbas
aionbas
N}LWIOA
UIN}LIDA
eurdng
IpUdI9A
puniey
SNnpuUdI9A
sAIpUNIEy
SNYLIOA
SNIN}LIOA
SUIIOA
so[dionsed
@SS9 SNIN}JUIA
@SS9 SN}LIOA
HQI0A
aA UgUy
1I0}919A
@IQIOA
- @ATpereduly
Burka) Kg ‘nyeugd
44 07 ‘unyeUuod
Buk fo ‘Da ‘Ipuvuod
par} ag 07 ‘uin- ‘e- ‘snpueudd
para sutlapy ‘win- ‘e- ‘snyeuod
X44 0] nogp Suun- ‘e- ‘snInzeUogd
8u1td ‘syU- ‘SUBUOD
£4] 01 nogD aq of ‘asse ‘un- ‘e- ‘sninzeUuod
para} aevy 07 ‘asse ‘un ‘e- ‘sn}vu09
4} 07 *1YBU0D
Kg YWDYS Noy) *10;eUO9
(nou) 4] Saxeuod
fed
° mn ei i
oe ea
Ny
fod
"Sad
Wn
"SaAq
SYNOPSIS OF FORMS
836. THE IRREGULAR VERB EO
Principal Parts, eé, ire, ii (ivi), itum, /o go
Indicative Subjunctive
Pres. e6 eam
is eas
it eat
imus eamus
_ itis eatis
eunt eant
Imp. ibam, ibas, etc. irem, irés, etc.
Fut. ibé, ibis, etc.
Perf. ii (ivi), isti, iit ierim, ieris, ierit, etc.
Plup. ieram, ierds, ierat issem, issés, isset, etc.
F utp. ierd, ieris, ierit
Infinitive Participle Gerund Supine
Pres. ire iéns, euntis N. Acc. itum
Perf. isse G. eundi Abl. iti
Fut. itirus,-a,-um,esse _ ittrus, -a, -um D. eundé
Imperative A. eundum
Pres. i V.
ite A. eund6é
Fut. itd itdte
it6 euntd ;
837. THE IRREGULAR VERB FERO
Principal Parts, ferd, ferre, tuli, latus, fo bear, carry
Indicative
ACTIVE PASSIVE
Pres. fer6 feror
fers ferris
fert fertur
ferimus ferimur
fertis ferimini
ferunt feruntur
Imp. ferébam, -bas, -bat, etc. ferébar, -baris, -batur, etc.
Fut. feram, -és, -et, etc. ferar, -éris, -étur, etc.
Perf. tuli, -isti, -it, etc. latus sum, es, est, etc.
Plup. tuleram, -eras, -erat, etc. latus eram, erAs, erat, etc.
Futp. tuler6, -eris, -erit, etc. latus er6, eris, erit, etc.
Subjunctive
Pres. feram, -As, -at, etc. ferar, -aris, -atur, etc.
Imp. ferrem, -és, -et, etc. ferrer, -éris, -étur, etc.
Perf. tulerim, -eris, -erit, etc. latus sim, sis, sit, etc.
Plup. tulissem, -és, -et, etc.
latus essem, essés, esset, etc.
APPLIED LATIN
ACTIVE
Pres. fer
ferte _
Fut. fertd
fertd
fertdte
ferunt6
Pres. ferre
Perf. tulisse
Fut. latirus, -a, -um, esse
Pres. feréns, -entis
Fut. \atirus, -a, -um
Perf.
Gerund
Nom.
Gen. ferendi
Dat. ferendd
Acc. ferendum
Abl. ferendé
Imperative PASSIVE
ferre
ferimini
fertor
fertor
feruntor >
Infinitive
ferri
latus, -a, -um, esse
Participle
latus, -a, -um
Gerundive
ferendus, -a, -um
Supine
Acc. latum
Abl. lata
838. ° THE IRREGULAR VERB FIO (PASSIVE
VOICE OF FACIO)
Pre seai Parts, fid, fieri, factus sum, to happen, become, be made
Indicative
Pres. £16
fiunt
Imp. fiébam, -bas, -bat, etc.
Fut. fiam, -és, -et, etc.
Perf. factus sum, es, est, etc.
Plup. factus eram, eras, erat, etc.
Futp. factus er, eris, erit, etc.
Imperative
Pres: fh"
fite
Participle
Perf. factus, -a, -um
Subjunctive
fiam
fids
fiat
fiamus
fiatis
fiant
fierem, -és, -et, etc.
factus sim, sis, sit, etc.
factus essem, essé6s, esset, etc.
Infinitive
Pres. fieri
Perf. factus, -a, -um, esse
Fut. factum iri
Gerundive
faciendus, -a, -um
GENERAL VOCABULARY
A
a, ab, prep. with abl.; of place,
from, away from; of sepa-
ration, from; of agency, by.
a! or ah! znter]., ah! alas!
ab-d6, -ere, -didi, -ditus, to
hide.
ablud, -ere, -ui, -litus, to
purify.
abrump6, -ere, -ripi, -rup-
tus, to break off.
abscond6, -ere, -didi, -ditus,
hide.
absentia, -ae, /., absence.
absolv6, -ere, -lvi, -solutus,
to free.
abstine6, -ére, -tinui, -ten-
tus, abstain from.
abs-trah6, -ere, -traxi, -trac-
tus, to draw away.
ab-sum, abesse, afui, —, to
be away, be absent; with
a (ab) and abl.
abundantia, -ae, f., plenty.
accéd6, -ere, -cessi, -cessum,
to draw near, approach;
be added.
accend6, -ere, -cendi, -cén-
sus, to set fire to, kindle,
light.
acceptus, -a, -um, ad7., pleas-
ing to, with dative.
accid6, -ere, -cidi, —, to fall
to, happen.
accid6, -ere, -cidi, -cisus, to
cut into.
accing6, -ere, -cinxi, -cinc-
tus, to gird, arm.
accipid, -ere, -cépi, -ceptus,
receive, accept.
accommod6, -are, -avi, -atus,
to arrange, adjust.
accuratus, -a, -um,
ful.
accurro, -ere, -curri or -cu-
curri, -cursum, to run to.
acer, acris, acre, adj., sharp.
acerbus, -a, -um, adj., sharp,
bitter.
aciés, -éi, f., an edge; battle-
line.
acriter, adv., sharply,bravely.
comp., acrius; sup., acer-
rimé.
ad, prep. with acc., to, up to,
toward.
ad-d6, -ere, -didi, -ditus,
to add.
ad-dtic6, -ere, -dixi, -duc-
tus, to lead to, induce.
ad-e6, -ire, -ii or -ivi, -itum,
to go to; visit.
adfect6, -adre, -avi, -atus, to
desire, aim at.
ad-feré, -ferre,.attuli, adla-
tus, to bring to.
adficis, -ere, -féci, -fectus,
to treat.
Care-
APPLIED LATIN
ad-flig6, -ere, -flixi, -flictus,
to strike.
adgredior, -i, -gressus, to
attack.
ad-haereé, -ére, —, —, to
cling to.
adhibe6, -ére, -ui, -itus, to
apply.
ad-hiic, adv., up to this time.
adim6, -ere, -émi, -émptus,
to take away, with da-
tive of person and acc. of
thing.
aditidic6, -are, -avi, -atus, to
award.
ad-iung6, -ere, -iinxi, -iiinc-
tus, to join to, add.
ad-iuv6, -dre, -itvi, -iitus, to
help, be of assistance.
ad-lig6, -are, -avi, -atus, to
tie to.
ad-miror, -ari, -atus, to won-
der at, admire.
ad-mitt6, -ere, -misi, -mis-
sus, to admit.
adoléscentia, -ae, /., youth.
ad-opt6, -are, -avi, -atus, to
choose; adopt.
ad-orior, -iri, -ortus, attack,
assail.
ad-6r6, -are, -avi, -atus, to
beseech, worship.
ad-scisc6, -ere, -scivi, -sci-
tus, to take to oneself, ad-
mit, receive.
adsenti6, -ire, -sénsi, -sén-
sus, to agree, assent.
ad-suésco, -ere, -Su€vl, -sué-
il
tum, be accustomed or
wont.
ad-sum, -esse, -fui, —,
be present, with dat.
adultus, -a, -um,
grown up, mature.
adveni6, -ire, -véni, -ven-
tum, to come, to approach.
adventus, -is, m., a coming
to, arrival.
adversus, -a, -um, adj., op-
posite; unfavorable.
advoco, -are, -Avi, -atus, to
call toward.
aedificium, -i, 7., a building.
Aegyptus, -i, /., Egypt. |
aequalis, -e, adj., equal, like.
aequo, -are, -avi, -atus, to
make equal or even.
aequus, -a, -um, adj., even,
fair, just.
aér, deris, m., the air.
aestas, -atis, /., summer.
aetas, -atis, /., life, age.
aeternus, -a, -um, ad/., per-
_ petual.
Africa, -ae, f., the continent
of Africa.
ager, agri, m., a field, farm.
agit6, -are, -avi, -atus, move,
pursue.
agmen, -inis, 7., a marching
army.
agndsco, -ere, -ndévi, -nitus,
to recognize.
ago, -ere, €gi, actus, to put
in motion, drive.
agricola, -ae, m., a farmer.
to
adj.,
GENERAL VOCABULARY
ai! inter7., alas!
ala, -ae, /., a wing.
aliénus, -a,-um, adj., strange,
foreign.
aliquand6, adv., finally, at
length.
aliquis (-qui), aliqua, aliquid
(-quod), indef. pron., some
one, something; as ad/.,
‘some, any.
alius, -a, -ud (gen. alius),
adj., another, other.
Allobrogés, -um, m., a Gallic
tribe.
al6, -ere, alui,
nourish, feed.
alter, -tera, -terum (gen.
alterius), adj., one of two,
the other.
altercati6, -idnis, /., dispute.
altitid6, -inis, /., depth,
height.
altus, -a, -um, high, deep.
alveus, -i, m., the bed of a
river.
amicitia, -ae, /., friendship.
amicus, -i, m., a friend.
amicus, -a,-um,ad/.,friendly.
amitt6, -ere, -misi, -missus,
to lose.
amo, -are, -avi, -atus, to love.
amor, -6ris, m., love.
amoveo, -ére, movi, motus,
to move away.
amplus, -a, -um, ad7., large,
extensive.
an, conj., Or.
ancora, -ae, /., an anchor.
alitus, to
ill
angustus, -a, -um, ad/., nar-
row.
anima, -ae, /., breath, life.
animal, -dalis, 7., animal.
animans, -antis, m., a living
creature.
animus, -i, m., soul, spirit.
annus, -1, m., a year.
annuus, -a, -um, ad7., annual.
ante, prep., before.
antea, adv., before, formerly.
ante cédé, -ere, -cessi, -ces-
sum, go forward; surpass.
antiquus, -a, -um, ad7., old.
antrum, -i, 7., a Cave, Cav-
ern.
aperio, -ire, aperui, apertus,
to open, unclose.
apertus, -a, -um, adj., open.
appareo, -ére, -ul, —, to
appear.
appell6, -are, -avi, -Atus, to
call, name.
appeto, -ere, -ivi, -itus, to
seek for. |
aptus, -a, -um, ad7., fitted,
suited, adapted.
apud, prep. with acc., at, at
the house of, with.
aqua, -ae, f., water.
Aquitania, -ae, /., Aquitania.
ara, -ae, /., an altar.
arbitror, -ari, -dtus, to think.
arbor, -oris, /., a tree.
arced, -ére, -ui, —, to keep
or ward off, hinder.
arcess6, -ere, -ivi, -itus, to
“summon, send for.
APPLIED LATIN
arcus, -iis, m., a bow.
arde6, -ére, arsi, arsus, to
burn.
ardor, -dris, m., a burning
heat.
argenteus, -a, -um, adj., of
silver, silvery.
arma, -Orum, 7., tools; arms;
weapons.
Armenia, -ae, /., a country in
Asia Minor.
armo, -are, -avi, -atus, to
arm, equip.
aroma, -atis, ”., spices.
arripio, -ere, -pui, -reptus,
to seize.
ars, artis, f., skill, art.
arund6, -inis, /., a reed.
arx, arcis, f., a citadel, fort-
ress.
ascénsus, -Us, m., ascent, ap-
proach.
Asia, -ae, f., Asia.
asinus, -1, m.,anass, donkey.
assid6, -ere, -sédi, —, to sit
down.
astrum, -i, #., a star.
atque, conj., and; and also.
atrOx, -Ocis, adj., savage,
fierce, cruel.
atting6, -ere, -tigi, -tactus,
to touch, reach.
auctor, -6ris, m., author.
auctoritas, -atis, /., author-
ity, influence.
audacia, -ae, /., boldness.
audacter, adv., boldly.
audax, -acis, adj., bold.
lv
audeod, -ére, ausus sum, to
dare.
audi6, -ire, -ivi, -itus, to
hear.
augeo, -€re, auxi,
to increase.
augur, -uris, m., a prophet.
aureus, -a, -um, adj., of
gold, golden.
aurum, -i, ”., gold. ,
aut, conj., or; aut....aut,
either... .or.
autem, conj., however.
auxilium, -i, 7., aid, help.
avaritia, -ae, /., greed.
avidus, -a, -um, adj., desir-
ous of.
avis, -is, f., a bird.
avoco, -are, -avi, -atus, to call
away.
auctus,
B
baculum, -i, 7., a stick.
Balearis, -e, adj., Balearic,
of the Balearic isles.
barbarus, -a, -um, adj., bar-
barous.
Belgae, -drum, m., the Bel-
gians, a nation of northern
- Gaul.
bellicdsus, -a,
warlike, fierce.
bell6, -are, -avi, -atum, to
wage war.
bellum, -i, ”., war.
bene, adv., well; comp., mel-
ius, sup., optimé.
beneficium, -i, 1., benefit,
kindness.
-um, adj.,
GENERAL VOCABULARY
biduum, -i, ., two days’
time.
biennium, -i, ”., two years’
time.
bini, -ae, -a, distrib. num.
adj., by twos, two each.
bis, num. adv., twice.
bitimen, -inis, ”., pitch.
Boi (Boii), -6rum, m., the
Boii, a Celtic tribe.
bonus, -a, -um, adj., good.
comp., melior, melius;
sup., optimus, -a, -um.
bracchium, -i, ”., an arm.
brevis, -e, adj., short, brief.
Britannia, -ae, /., Britain.
Britannus, -a, -um, ad/.,
British.
C
cad6, -ere, cecidi, casum, to
fall.
caedés, -is, f., slaughter.
caed6, -ere, cecidi, caesus,
to cut.
caelum, -i, 7., the sky.
Caesar, -aris, m., Caius Ju-
lius Caesar.
calamitas, -atis, f., loss, ca-
lamity.
camelus, -i, m., a camel.
campus, -i, m., a plain, field.
canis, -is, m. and f., a dog.
cantus, -Us, m., song.
capillus, -i, m., the hair.
capid, -ere, cépi, captus, to
take, take possession of,
capture, seize.
captivus, -i, m., a prisoner.
Vv
capto, -are, -avi, -atus, to
catch at, seize.
caput, -itis, 7., the head.
carcer, -eris, m., a prison.
cared, -ére, -ui, —, to be
without, lack.
carmen, -inis, ”., a song,
verse.
carrus, -1, m., a cart.
Carthagé, -inis, /., Carthage.
carus, -a, -um, adj., dear.
castellum, -i, ”., a fortress,
redoubt.
Casticus, -i, a chief.
castra, -drum, a military
encampment, camp.
casus, -tis, m.,a fall, chance,
mischance.
Catamantaloedés, -is, a chief.
cauda, -ae, /., a tail.
causa, -ae, /.,a cause, reason;
with gen., for the sake of.
caved, -ére, cavi, cautum, to
beware, be on one’s guard.
céd6, -ere, cessi, cessum, to
make a motion, yield.
celeber, -bris, -bre, ad/.,
celebrated, famous.
celebr6, -dre, -avi, -atus,
to frequent, celebrate.
celer, -eris, -ere, adj., swift.
celeritas, -atis, /., speed,
quickness.
celeriter, adv., quickly.
cénaculum, -i, 7., a chamber.
cénseo, -ére, cénsui, cén-
sum, estimate, think.
cénsus, -tis, m., a census.
APPLIED LATIN
centum, num. adj., indecl., a
hundred.
centuri6, -dnis, m., a centu-
rion.
cern6, -ere, crévi, crétus,
to distinguish, discern.
certé, adv., certainly.
certus, -a, -um, ad/., settled,
certain.
céterus, -a, -um, adj., the
rest of, remaining.
cibarius, -a, -um, adj., per-
taining to food.
cibus, -i, m., food.
Cicerd, -dnis, m., Cicero, the
orator.
cing6, ~ere, cinxi, cinctus, to
encompass, surround, en-
circle.
circiter, adv. and prep. with
acc.; as adv., about, nearly;
as prep., near, about.
circuitus, -iis, m., circuit.
circum, prep. with acc..
around.
circum-d6, -dare, -dedi,
-datus, to put around,
surround, inclose.
circum-sede6, -ére, -sédi,
-sessum, to sit around;
surround.
circumscribo, -ere, -scripsi,
-scriptus, to confine limit.
circumspici6, -ere, -spéxi,
spectus, to look around.
circum-sté, -are, -steti, —,
to surround.
vl
circumtex6, -ere, -texui,
-textus, to weave around.
circum-venio, -ire, -véni,
-ventum, to come around,
surround.
civis, -is, m. and f., a citizen.
Civitas, -atis, /., a state.
cladés, -is, f., disaster.
clamo, -are, -avi, -Atum, to
cry out, shout.
clamor, -6ris, m., an outcry,
clamor.
clarus, -a, -um, adj., clear,
loud. |
classis, -is, /., a fleet.
claud6, -ere, clausi, clausus,
to shut, close.
cléméns, -ntis, adj., lenient.
cliéns, -entis, m., a client,
retainer.
clipeus, -i, m., a shield.
coepi, -isse, coeptus, to be-
gin, commence.
cognéscé, -ere, -gn6vi, -gni-
tus, to ascertain, learn, to
know.
cogo, -ere, Coégi, coactus, to
drive together, force, col-
lect.
cohors, -rtis, /., a cohort.
cohortor, -ari, -dtus, to en-
courage.
collis, -is, m., a height, hill.
collum, -i, 7., the neck.
cold, -ere, colui, cultus, to till,
cherish, honor, dwell in.
color, -dris, m., color.
columna, -ae, /., a column.
GENERAL VOCABULARY
coma, -ae, f., the hair.
combiré, -ere, -iissi, -iistus,
to burn up.
comes, comitis, m. and f., a
companion.
commeo, -are, -avi, -atus, to
go and come.
com-mitt6, -ere, -misi, -mis-
sus, to commit, intrust.
com-moveo, -ére, -movl,
-motus, to move thor-
oughly, disturb.
commiuni6, -ire, -ivi, -itus,
to fortify.
communis, -e, adj., general,
common.
commutatid, -dnis, /,,
change, turn.
com-paro, -are, -avi, -atus,
to provide, get ready.
com-pelld, -ere, -puli, -pul-
sus, to drive together,
compel.
compleé, -ére, -évi, -étus,
to fill completely.
com-plirés, -a, adj., many,
a great many.
com-pon6, -ere, -posul, -posi-
tus, to put together, com-
pose, construct.
com-porto, -are, -avi, -atus,
to bring together, collect.
com-prehend6, -ere, -hendi,
-hénsus, to seize, catch.
a
comprim6, -ere, -pressi,
-pressus, to restrain,
check.
conatus, -Us, m.,an attempt.
vil
concéd6, -ere, -cessi, -ces-
sus, retire, yield.
concid6, -ere, -cidi, —, to
fall down, collapse.
concid6, -ere, -cidi, cisus,
to cut down, cut to pieces.
concilié, -are, -avi, -atus,
to reconcile.
concilium, -i, 7., council.
concipio, -ere, -cépi, -cep-
tus, to take hold of, catch.
concit6, -are, --avi, -datus,
to call, arouse.
conclam6, -are, -avi, -atus,
to cry out together, cry
out loud.
conclave, -is, 7., a conclave.
conclid6, -ere, -si, -sus, to
shut around, surround.
concupisco, -ere, -cupivi,
-itus, to long for.
concurro, -ere, -curril or
-cucurri, -cursum, to run
together.
concursus, -iis, m., running
together, collision.
concutid, -ere, -cussi, -cus-
sus, shake up, shatter.
condicid, -dnis, /., terms,
condition.
cond6, -ere, -didi, -ditus,
to put together, found.
condiicé, -ere, -dixi, -duc-
tus, to hire, collect.
confer6, -ferre, -tuli, -latus,
to bring together, collect,
compare.
APPLIED LATIN
confertus, -a, adj.,
crowded. |
confici6, -ere, -féci, -fectus,
to accomplish, complete.
confid6, -ere, -fisus sum,
to trust firmly.
conflud, ere, -flixi, —, to
flow together.
conici6, -ere, -iéci, -iectus,
to hurl, throw.
coniung6, -ere, -itinxi, -iiinc-
tus, to join together, unite.
conitiratis, -dnis, f., a con-
spiracy.
coniiinx, -ugis, m. and f., a
husband, wife.
conlig6, -ere, -légi, -léctus,
to gather together, collect.
conor, -ari, -atus, to try.
conscend6, -ere, -scendi,
-scénsus, to climb, mount.
cOnscisco, -ere, -SCivi, -SCi-
tus, to decree.
conscius, -a, -um, adj., con-
scious of, with gen.
cOnscrib6, -ere, -scripsi,
-scriptus, to enroll, levy.
coOnsénsus, -ls, m., agree-
ment.
consenti6, -ire, -sénsi, -sén-
sus, to think with, agree.
consider6, -are, -avi, -Atus,
to look at closely, con-
sider.
consilium, -i, 1., delibera-
tion, plan.
consisté, -ere, -stiti, take
a position, consist.
-um,
consolatis, -dnis, /., consola-
tion. |
conspectus, -iis, m., sight.
conspici6, -ere, -spéxi, -spec-
tus, to sight, behold.
constat, -are, -stitit, it is
agreed.
constitud, -ere, -ui, -itus,
to establish, determine.
constring6, -ere, -strinxi,
-strictus, bind together.
cOnsuésco, -ere, -Sué€vi,
-suétum, to be accus-
tomed.
consuétids, -inis, /., a habit,
custom.
consul, -ulis, m., a consul.
consulatus, -is, m., consul-
ship.
cOnstim6, -ere, -stumpsi,
-sumptus, to use up, con-
sume.
contend6, -ere, -di, -tus, to
fight, contend.
contentus, -a, -um, adj., con-
tent, satisfied.
continenter, adv., continu-
ously.
contined, -ére, -tinui, -ten-
tus, to contain, limit,
bound.
conting6, -ere, -tigi, -tactus,
to touch, happen.
contra, prep., against, over
against.
contrahé, -ere, -traxi, -trac-
tus, to collect, draw to-
gether.
vill
GENERAL VOCABULARY
contréversia, -ae, f., a dis-
pute.
conveni6, -ire, -véni, -ven-
tum, to come together, as-
semble.
conventus,
ing.
convivium, -i, ”., feast.
convoco, -are, -avi, -atus, to
call together.
copia, -ae, /., abundance; Pl.,
troops, forces.
copidsus, -a, -um, adj., abun-
dant.
corni, -tis, 7., a horn, wing.
corona, -ae, /., a crown.
corpus, -oris, 7., the body.
corrig6, -ere, -réxi, -réctus,
to correct, reform.
corripi6, -ere, -ripui, -rep-
tus, to snatch up.
corrumpo, -ere, -rupi, -rup-
tus, to corrupt.
cotidianus, -a, -um, ad/.,
daily.
cotidié, adv., daily.
créber, -bra, -brum, ad/.,
frequent.
créd6, -ere, -didi, -ditus, to
trust, believe, with dat.
crem6, -are, —, —, to burn.
creo, -are, -avi, -atus, to
create, choose, elect.
crésco, -ere, crévi, crétus,
to increase.
crinis, -is, m., the hair.
cubile, -is, ”., couch.
culpa, -ae, /., fault.
23
-us, m., meet-
cultus, -tis, m., civilization.
cum, prep. with abl., with,
along with.
cum, conj. of time, when,
while, whenever, after; of
concession (with subj.),
although; of cause, since
(with subj.).
cunctus, -a, -um, adj., all
together.
cupiditas, -atis, f., desire,
longing.
cupidus, -a, -um, adj., de-
sirous, with gen.
cupi6, -ere, -ivi, -itus, to de-
sire.
cir, adv., interrog., why?
cura, -ae, /., care.
ciiridsus, -a, -um, inquisi-
tive.
curd, -are, -avi, -atus, to
care for, provide.
curro, -ere, Cucurri, cursum,
to run.
cursus, -is, m., a running,
course.
custddia, -ae, f., watch.
cust6di6, -ire, -ivi, -itus, to
guard.
D
damn6, -dre, -avi, -datus,
to condemn.
dé, prep. with abl., from, down
from, concerning, about.
débeo, -ére, -ui, -itus, to
owe, ought.
débilits, -are, -dvi, -atus,
to weaken.
“APPLIED LATIN
dé-céd6, -ere, -cessi, -ces-
sum, to go away, depart.
decem, indecl. num. adj., ten.
decet, -ére, -uit, it is fitting.
décipis, -ere, -cépi, -cep-
tus, to take in, deceive.
dé-curr6, -ere, -cucurri or
-currl, -cursum, to run
down or from.
déditi6, -dnis, f., surrender.
dé-d6, -ere, -didi, -ditus,
to surrender.
dé-diic6, -ere, -dixi, -duc-
tus, to lead away.
défendo, -ere, -di, -fénsus,
to defend.
dé-feré, -ferre, -tuli, -latus,
to bring down, carry away.
déficid, -ere, -féci, -fectum,
to fail, give out.
déicid, -ere, -iéci, -iectus.
to throw down.
deinde, adv., then, next.
déle6, -ére, -évi, -étus, to
destroy.
dé-ligd, -are, -avi, -dtus, to
bind down, bind.
délig6, -ere, -légi, -léctus, to
choose.
dé-mitt6, -ere, -misi, -mis-
sus,to let down,send away.
dénique, adv., afterwards, at
last.
déns, dentis, m., a tooth.
dénsus, -a, -um, adj., thick,
dense.
dé-pelld, -ere, -puli, -pulsus,
to drive away, avert.
dé-p6nd, -ere, -posui, -posi-
tus, to put aside.
dé-port6, -dre, -avi, -atus,
to carry off; lay waste.
déprecator, -dris, m., inter-
cessor.
déprim6, -ere, -pressi, -pres-
sus, to hold down.
déscend6, -ere, -i, -scénsum,
to climb down, descend.
dé-scrib6, -ere, -scripsi,
-scriptus, to write out; de-
scribe.
désilis, -ire, -silui, —, to
leap down.
dé-sist6, -ere, -stiti, -stitum,
to stop, cease.
déspicié, -ere, -spéxi, -spec-
tus, to look down upon,
despise.
déstrud, -ere, -strixi, -stric-
tus, to destroy.
dé-sum, deésse, défui, —,
be lacking, with dat.
dé-terre6, -ére, -ui, —, to
frighten off.
dé-tine6, -ére, -tinui, -ten-
tus, to keep back, delay.
dé-trah6, -ere, -traxi, -trac-
tus, to draw off, rob, with
dat. of person and acc. of
thing.
détrid6, -ere, -trisi, -triisus,
to push down.
deus, -i, m., a god.
dé-vor6, -are, -avi, -atus,
to devour.
dexter, -tra,-trum,ad/.,right.
GENERAL VOCABULARY
dic6, -ere, dixi, dictus, to
say, appoint.
dictator, -6ris, m., a dictator.
dictid, -dnis, /., power.
diés, -éi, f. and m., a day.
differ6, -ferre, distuli, dila-
tus, to bear apart; post-
pone; differ.
difficilis, -e, adj., hard, diffi-
cult.
diffid6, -ere, -fisus sum, to
distrust.
dignus, -a, -um, adj., worthy,
with abl.
diligéns, -ntis, adj., careful.
diligenter, adv., diligently.
diligentia, -ae, /., care.
di-mitt6, -ere, -misi, -mis-
sus, to send away, dis-
miss.
dirig6, -ere, -réxi, -réctus,
to direct, guide.
diripi6, -ere, -ripui, -reptus,
to pull apart; plunder
dis-céd6, -ere, -cessi, -ces-
sum, to go away, depart
disciplina, -ae, /., training,
discipline.
disc6, -ere, didici, —, to
learn.
dis-par, -paris, adj., unequal,
unlike.
displiced, -ére, -ui, -itum,
to displease.
dis-p6n6, -ere, -posui, -posi-
tus, arrange, dispose.
dissenti6, -ire, -sénsi, -sén-
sus, to disagree.
xl
dissimilis, -e, adj., unlike.
dissolv6, -ere, -solvi, -solu-
tus, to loosen, dissolve.
distined, -ére, -tinui, -ten-
tus, to hold apart.
dis-trah6, -ere, -traxi, -trac-
tus, to pull apart; sepa-
rate.
dit, adv., long, a long time;
comp., diitius; sup., diu-
tissimé.
Diviciacus, -i, m., a chief.
divid6, -ere, -visi, -visus, to
separate, divide.
dé, dare, dedi, datus, to give.
doceé, -ére, -ui, doctus, to
teach.
dives, -itis, adj., rich.
dolor, -éris, m., grief.
dolus, -i, m., trick.
domina, -ae, /., a lady, mis-
tress.
dominus, -i, m., a master.
domus, -is, /., a house; Joc.,
domi, at home.
dénec, conj., while, as long
as, until.
d6n6, -are, -avi, -atus, to
present.
dénum, -i, 7., a gift.
dormi6, -ire, -ivi, -itum, to
sleep. |
dubit6, -are, -dvi, -datus,
to doubt.
dubius, -a, -um, ad/., doubt-
ful, uncertain.
ducenti, -ae, -a, NUM. ae
two hundred.
APPLIED’ LATIN
diic6, -ere, diixi, ductus, to
lead.
dum, conj., while, as long as;
till, until.
Dumnorix, -igis, m., a chief.
duo, -ae, -0, num. adj., two.
duplex, -icis, adj., double.
dux, ducis, m., a leader,
guide.
| E
ecce, 7nier].,
there!
6-diic6, -ere, -dixi, -duc-
tus, to lead out.
effémin6, -are, -avi, -atus,
to make feminine.
efferd, -ferre, extuli, élatus,
to carry out.
efficax, adj., effective.
efficid, -ere, -féci, -fectus, to
make, effect, accomplish.
effigiés, -éi, f., an effigy.
effodid, -ire, -fédi, -fossus,
to dig out.
ego, mei, pers. pron., I, I
myself.
égregius, -a, -um, adj., re-
markable.
ei! znterj]., Oh! alas!
6icid, -ere, -iéci, -iectus,
to cast or drive out, expel.
élegans, -ntis, ad7., elegant.
é-mitt6, -ere, -misi, -mis-
sus, to send forth; let go.
emo, -ere, €mi, €mptus, to
buy, purchase.
€moved, -ére, -mOvi, -motus,
to move out, stir.
lo! behold!
én! znier7., lo!
enim, conj., postpositive, for,
really.
énintid, -are, -Avi, -atus, to
announce.
e6, ire, ii or ivi, itum, to go.
epistula, -ae, /., a letter.
epulor, -ari, -Aatus sum, to
feast.
eques, -itis, m., a knight.
equester, -tris, -tre, adj., be-
longing to a horseman.
equitatus, -iis, m., cavalry.
equus, -i, m., a horse.
érigo, -ere, -réxi, -réctus, to
raise up; make erect.
€6ripi6, -ere, -ripui, -reptus,
xli
to snatch away, save, with
dat. of person and acc. of
thing.
erro, -are, -avi, -atus,
wander, mistake. ;
é-rumpo, -ere, -rupi, -ruptus,
to burst forth.
et, conj., and, also; et...
et, both ... and.
etenim, conj., for.
et-iam, adv. and conj., yet,
even yet, still, even.
é-venié, -ire, -véni, -ventum,
to come out, happen.
éventus, -Us, m., an out-
come, result.
€-voco, -are, -avi, -atus, to
call out, challenge.
ex, or & (before consonanis),
prep. w. abl., out of,
from.
to
GENERAL VOCABULARY
ex-céd6, -ere, -cessi, -ces-
sum, move out, to go forth.
excid6, -ere, -i, —, to fall out.
excipio, -ere, -cépi, -ceptus,
to take up; receive.
ex-clam6, -are, -Aavi, -atus,
to shout out.
exclid6, -ere, -cltsi, -clisus,
to shut out, exclude.
exemplum, -i, ”., example.
ex-e0, -ire, -il or -ivi, -itum,
to go out.
exercitus, -iis, m., an army.
exig6, -ere, -€gi, -actus, to
drive out; exact.
exim6, -ere, -émi, -émptus,
to take away, remove.
existimatid, -dnis, f., opin-
ion, judgment.
existim6, -are, -avi, -atus,
to consider; think. |
exitus, -iis, m., going out;
end.
expeditus, -a, -um, ad7., un-
impeded, free, light-armed.
ex-pellé, -ere, -puli, -pul-
sus, to drive out, expel.
experior, -irl, -pertus, to
Test. try;
expers, expertis, adj., de-
void of, with gen.
explorator, -dris, m., a scout.
explor6, -are, -Avi, -Atus, to
investigate, examine.
ex-p6ond, -ere, -posui, -posi-
tus, to put forth; explain.
ex-porto, -are, -avi, -atus,
to carry away, export.
exprim6, -ere, -pressi, -pres-
sus, to press out, extort.
exprobro, -are, -Avi, -atus, to
reproach.
exsequor, -i, -secutus sum,
to follow out.
exsist6, -ere, -stiti, -stitum,
to stand forth, appear.
exspect6o, -are, -avi, -atus,
to look for, await.
exstd, -are, —, —, to stand
out, appear.
exstruo, -ere, -struxi, -stric-
tus, to build up, construct.
exsul, -ulis, m., an exile.
exterus, -a, -um, adj., on the
outside; comp., exterior,
-ius, outer; sup., extrémus,
-a, -um, outermost.
extra, prep. with acc., outside,
beyond.
ex-trah6, -ere, -traxi, -trac-
tus, to draw out.
extrémus, see exterus.
ex-uro, -ere, -tssi, -ustus, to
burn up, consume, destroy.
F
fabula, -ae, f., story, fable.
faciés, -éi, /., face.
facile, adv., easily.
facilis, -e, adj., easy.
faci, -ere, féci, factus, to
make, do.
facultas, -atis, f., capacity,
power.
fallax, -acis, adj., deceitful,
treacherous.
xiil
APPLIED LATIN
falsus, -a, -um, ad/., false.
fama, -ae, /., fame.
familia, -ae, /., family, a
household.
famulus, -i, m., a slave.
fateor, -éri, fassus, to say,
admit.
fatum, -i, ., fate.
faucés, -ium, /., the throat.
faved, -ére, favi, fautum,
to favor.
féliciter, adv., happily.
félix, -icis, adj., fortunate,
happy.
_ fémina, -ae, /., a woman.
fera, -ae, f/., a wild beast.
ferax, -acis, ad/., fertile.
feré, adv., nearly.
ferd, ferre, -tuli, -latus, to
bear, carry.
ferdx, -6cis, adj., fierce.
ferrum, -i, 7., iron.
fertilis, -e, adj., fertile.
ferus, -a, -um, adj., wild,
fierce, cruel. :
féstus, -a, -um, ad7., festive,
festal.
fidés, -ei, f., faith, belief.
fid6, -ere, fisus sum, to trust.
fidiicia, -ae, /., confidence.
fidus, -a, -um, ad/., faithful.
figira, -ae, /., shape, figure.
filia, -ae, f., a daughter.
filius, -1, m., a son.
filum, -i, 7., a thread.
finid, -ire, -ivi,. -itus, to
bound, limit.
finis, -is, m., a boundary,
limit; l., territory.
finitimus, -a, -um, adj.,
neighboring.
fi6, fieri, factus, used as pass.
of facid, to be made, be
done, take place, become,
happen.
firmamentum, -i, the heaven.
firm6, -are, -avi, -atus, to
strengthen; fortify.
firmus, -a, -um, adj., strong,
firm.
fiscella, -ae, /., a basket.
flagito, -are, -avi, -datus,
to demand.
flamma, -ae, /., a flame.
flectd, -ere, fléxi, flexus, to
bend.
fle6, -Gre, flévi, flétum, to
weep.
fl6,flare,flavi,flatum,toblow.
fléred, -ére, -ui, —, to bloom.
fl6s, floris, m., a flower.
flimen, -inis, 7., a river.
flud, -ere, flixi, —, to flow.
foedus, -eris, ”., a treaty.
fons, fontis, m., a spring,
fountain.
forma, -ae, f., form, shape.
formidé, -inis, /., fear.
forte, adv., perhaps.
fortis, -e, adj., strong, brave.
fortiter, adv., bravely.
fortitids, -inis, f., bravery.
fortina, -ae, f., fortune, fate.
fortinatus, -a, -um, ad/.,
fortunate.
Xiv
GENERAL VOCABULARY
forum, -i, 7., a public place,
the forum.
fossa, -ae, f., a ditch, trench.
fovea, -ae, /., a pitfali, snare.
fragilis, -e, ad/., fragile.
frang6, -ere, frégi, fractus,
to break.
frater, -tris, m., a brother.
frequéns, -entis, adj., fre-
quent.
frétus, -a, -um, adj., de-
pending or relying upon,
with abl.
frigidus, -a, -um, ad/j., cold.
frigus, -oris, ”., cold weather,
cold.
frons, frontis, /.,the forehead.
frimentarius, -a, -um, ad/.,
of or pertaining to grain;
rés frimentaria, grain sup-
ply.
frimentum, -i, 7., grain.
fruor, -i, friictus, to enjoy,
with abl.
fristra, adv., in vain.
fuga, -ae, /., flight.
fugid, -ere, figi, figitum, to
flee, escape.
fugitivus, -a, -um, ad7., fugi-
tive.
fulged, -ére, fulsi, —, to
flash, gleam.
funda, -ae, /.,.a sling.
fund6, -ere, fiidi, fiisus, to
pour forth.
fungor, -i, fiinctus, to per-
form; do one’s duty, with
abl.
furor, -6ris, m., rage.
firtum, -i, ., theft.
G
Gabinius, -i, m., Gabinius.
Galba, -ae, m., Galba, a
lieutenant of Caesar.
galea, -ae, /., a helmet.
Gallia, -ae, f., the country
Gaul.
Gallicus, -a, -um, ad7., Gallic.
Gallus, -a, -um, ad7., Gallic.
gauded, -ére, gavisus sum,
to rejoice.
gemma, -ae, /., a gem.
Genava, -ae, /., Geneva.
géns, gentis, f., a tribe,
people, nation.
genus, -eris, 7., race, family.
Germania, -ae, /., Germany.
gero, -ere, gessi, gestus, to
bear, wage, carry on.
gignd, -ere, genui, genitus,
to beget, - bear.
glaciés, -é1, /., ice.
gladius, -i, m., a sword.
gloria, -ae, /., glory.
gracilis, -e, adj., slender.
gradatim, adv., step by step.
gradior, -i, gressus, to go,
walk.
Graecia, -ae, /., Greece.
gramen, -inis, 7., grass.
gratia, -ae, /., favor, grati-
tude.
gratus, -a, -um, adj., agree-
able, pleasant, with dat.
gravis, -e, adj., heavy.
APPLIED LATIN
graviter, adv., heavily.
grex, gregis, m., flock.
gubernator, -6ris, m., a pilot.
igi
habed, -ére, -ui, -itus, to
have, hold, regard.
habit6, -are, -avi, -atum,
to inhabit, with zm and abl.
haedus, -i, m., a kid.
haered, -ére, haesi, haesum,
to stick, cling.
hauri6, -ire, hausi, haustus,
to drink, drink in, drain.
Hebraeus, -a, -um, ad/.,
Hebrew.
heu! znier]., alas!
hic, haec, hdc, dem. pron.,
this, this one; he, she, it.
hic, adv., here.
hiems, hiemis, /., the win-
ter;. storm.
Hierosdlyma, -ae, /f., Jeru-
salem. .
hinc, adv., from this place,
"hence.
Hispania, -ae, f., Spain.
hodié, adv., to-day.
hom6, -inis, m., man.
honor, -6ris, m., honor.
hora, -ae, f., an hour.
horribilis, -e, adj., dreadful.
hortor, -ari, -atus, to urge.
hospitium, -i, 7., hospitality.
hostis, -is, m., an enemy.
hiic, adv., to this place.
himanitas, -tatis, /., civiliza-
tion, refinement.
humerus, -i, m., the shoulder.
humilis, -e, adj., humble.
humus, -i, /., ground, humi,
loc., on the ground.
-
iaced, -ére, -cui, —, to lie,
recline.
iacid, -ere, iéci, iactus, to.
throw, cast, hurl.
Iacdbus, -i, m., Jacob.
iam, adv., presently, now.
ianua, -ae, /., a door.
ibi, adv., there.
ictus, -iis, m., a stroke.
idem, eadem, idem, dem.
pron., the same, same one.
identidem, adv., again and
again.
iddneus, -a, -um,
suitable, proper.
igitur, conj., postpositive, ac-
cordingly, therefore.
ignavia, -ae, /., idleness.
ignis, -is, m., fire.
igndminia, -ae, f., disgrace,
dishonor.
igndsco, -ere, -novi, -notus,
to pardon.
ille, illa, illud, dem. pron.,
that, that one; he, she, it.
illistris, -e, adj., famous.
imag6, -inis, /., an image.
immitt6, -ere, -misi, -mis-
sus, to send into, send in.
imm6, conj., nay.
immortalis, -e, ad/.,
mortal.
adj.,
im-
Xvi
GENERAL VOCABULARY
impedimentum, -i, 7., a hin-
drance; pl., baggage of an
army.
impedi6, -ire, -ivi or ii,
-itum, to hinder, prevent;
delay.
impellé, -ere, -puli, -pulsus,
to drive on, impel.
impended, -ére, —, —, to
overhang.
imperator, -6ris, m., a gen-
eral.
imperitus, -a, -um, adj., un-
skilled, with gen.
imperium, -i, ”., command,
power.
imper6, -are, -Avi, -atus, to
command.
impetr6, -are, -Avi, -atus, to
gain a request.
impetus, -is, m., an attack,
charge.
implic6d, -are, -avi, -atus,
to enfold, entangle.
imp6n6, -ere, -posui, -posi-
tus, to put upon; impose.
import, -are, -avi, -atus, to
carry in, import.
imprim6, -ere, -pressi, -pres-
sus, to press into, engrave.
impudéns, -ntis, ad7., shame-
less.
in, prep. with acc. into, or
abl., in.
inambul6, -are, -Avi, -Atum,
to walk up and down.
incendium, -i, ”., a confla-
gration, fire.
incid6, -ere, -cidi, -cisus, to
cut into.
incipid, -ere, -cépi, -ceptus,
to begin.
in-cit6, -are, -avi, -atus, to
urge on, impel.
inclin6, -are, -avi, -atus, to
bend.
inclid6, -ere, -clisi, ~clisus,
to shut in, confine.
incola, -ae, m.,an inhabitant.
in-col6, -ere, -colui, —, to
dwell in, inhabit, with acc.
incommodum, -i, 7., loss,
harm.
in-crédibilis, -e, adj., in-
credible.
inde, adv. of place, from that
place, thence.
indicium, -i, 7., information.
in-dignus, -a, -um, adj., un-
worthy, with abl.
in-diic6, -ere, -dixi, -duc-
tum, to lead on, influence.
in-dud, -ere, -ul, -ttus, to
put on, to dress in.
industria, -ae, f., industry.
in-e6, -ire, -ivi and -ii, -itum,
to go into.
inermis, -e, adj., weaponless,
unarmed.
infans, -antis, m. and f., an
infant.
infantulus, -1, m., an infant.
in-fer6, -ferre, intuli, in-
latus, to bear against, wage.
inferus, -a, -um, adj., low;
comp., inferior, -ius, lower;
XVli
APPLIED LATIN
sup., infimus or imus, -a,
-um, lowest.
in-flect6, -ere, -fléxi, -fléx-
us, to bend away.
in-flu6, -ere, -flixi, —, to
flow into.
ingenium, -i, 7., wits.
ingéns, -entis, adj., huge.
ingredior, -i, -gressus, to go
into, enter.
inicid, -ere, -iéci, -iectus, to
throw in, inspire.
inimicus, -a, -um, adj., un-
friendly, hostile, with dat.
iniquus, -a, -um, adj., un-
equal, unfair.
initium, -i, ”., a beginning.
initiria, -ae, /., injustice, in-
jury.
inopia, -ae, /., want.
inquam, defect., to say.
inrisus, -is, laughter.
in-rump6, -ere, -rupi, -rup-
tus, to break into, storm.
insania, -ae, /., madness.
in-sciéns, -entis, adj., ig-
norant, with gen.
in-scius, -a, -um, adj., un-
conscious.
in-scrib6, -ere, -scripsi,
-scriptus, to write upon,
inscribe.
insignis, -e, adj., distin-
guished, conspicuous.
insilid, -ire, -ui, —, to leap
upon, mount.
in-sist6, -ere, -stiti, —, to
stand upon.
institud, -ere, -ui, -iitus, to
establish; determine.
instititum, -i, ”., a custom.
in-st6, -are, -stiti, -statum,
to stand upon.
in-struo, -ere, -strixi, -strtic-
tus, to arrange, plan.
insula, -ae, /., an island.
insult, -dre, to leap upon.
intelleg6, -ere, -léxi, -léctus,
to understand.
in-tend6, -ere, -tendi, -ten-
tus, to stretch, strain.
inter, prep. with acc., be-
tween, among.
inter-céd6, -ere, -cessi, -ces-
sum, to go between, in-
tervene.
intercipid, -ere, -cépi, -cep-
tus, to take between, in-
terrupt.
interclid6, -ere, -clisi, -cli-
sus, to cut off, shut off.
interdii, adv., in the day-
time, by day..
interdum, adv., meanwhile.
inter-ea, adv., meanwhile.
inter-e6, -ire, -ii, -itum,
to perish, be killed.
interficid, -ere, -féci, -fec-
tus, to kill.
interim6, -ere, -émi, -émp-
tus, to kill.
interior, -ius, comp. ad7j.,
inner.
inter-mitt6, -ere, -misi, -mis-
sus, to interrupt, check.
XVili
GENERAL VOCABULARY
inter-pOn6, -ere, -posui,
-positus, to put between,
interpose.
interpres, -pretis,
interpreter.
inter-rog6, -are, -avi, -atus,
to ask, question.
inter-rumpo, -ere, -rupi,
-ruptus, to break through.
inter-sum, -esse, -fui, —,
to be between, with dat.
inter-vallum, -i, 7., interval.
inténsus, -a, -um, adj., un-
shaved.
intra, prep. with acc., within.
intr6-dticé, -ere, -dtxi, -duc-
tus, to lead in, introduce.
in-tueor, -éri, -itus, to gaze
at.
in-tumésco, -ere, -tumui, —,
swell up, rise, rage.
intus, adv., within.
in-ultus, -a, -um, adj., un-
avenged.
in-vad6, -ere, -vasi, -vasus,
to invade, seize.
in-veni6, -ire, -véni, -ven-
tum, to come upon, find
(by chance).
in-vided, -ére, -vidi, -visum,
to envy, with dat.
invidia, -ae, /., envy, hatred.
invisus, -a, -um, adj., hate-
ful, with dat.
invitus, -a, -um, adj., un-
willing.
invius, -a, -um, adj., im-
passable.
mM., an
Iosephus, -i, m., Joseph.
Iosue, -es, m., Joshua.
ipse, -a, -um, dem. pron.,
self, himself, herself, it-
self; he, she, it.
ira, -ae, /., anger.
irdtus, -a, -um, adj., angry.
is, ea, id, dem. pron., that,
that one, this; he, she,
it.
iste, ista, istud, dem. pron.,
that of yours, that.
ita, adv., so.
Italia, -ae, /., Italy.
ita-que, conj., and so.
item, adv., likewise.
iter, itineris, ”., journey.
iubed, -ére, itissi, iissus, to
order.
iudex, -icis, m., a judge.
iudicium, -i, ”., judgment,
decision.
iugum, -i, 7., a yoke; ridge.
iumentum, -i, ”., a beast of
burden.
iungo, -ere, iiinxi, itinctus,
to join, unite.
ius, itris, 1., right, justice,
law.
iis itirandum, itris itrandi,
n., an oath.
ilistitia, -ae, /., justice.
iuvenis, -is, m.,a young man.
K
Kalendae, -arum, /., the
first day of the month, the
Kalends.
X1x
APPLIED LATIN
L
labor, -dris, m., toil, exer-
tion, labor.
labor, -i, lapsus, to slip.
lac, lactis, 1., milk.
lacess6, -ere, -ivi, -itus, to
harass, provoke.
lacus, -iis, m., a lake.
laetor, -ari, laetatus sum,
to rejoice.
laetus, -a, -um, adj., happy,
glad.
laevus, -a, -um, ad7., left, on
or to the left.
lampas, -adis, f., a torch.
lapideus, -a, -um, ad7., stony.
lapis, -idis, m., a stone.
lapsus, -us, m., a slip, col-
lapse.
laté, adv., widely.
lated, -ére, -ul,
hidden.
—, to he
Latinus, -a, -um, adj., of
Latium, Latin.
latitids, -inis, /., width.
Latobrigi, -drum, m., the
Latobrigi.
latus, -eris, 7., a side.
latus, -a, -um, adj., broad,
extensive. |
laud6, -are, -Aavi, -atus, to
praise.
laus, laudis, f/., praise.
légatis, -dnis, f., an em-
bassy.
légatus, -i, m., a legate, am-
bassador; lieutenant.
legid, -dnis, /., a legion.
léni6, -ire, -ivi (-ii), -itus,
to appease, pacify.
lénitas, -tatis, /., lenience.
led, -Onis, m., a lion.
levis, -e, adj., light.
léx, légis, f., law.
libenter, adv., gladly.
liber, -era, -erum, ad/., free.
liberalitas, -tatis, f., gener-
osity.
liber6, -are, -Avi, -atus, to
set free, release.
libertas, -atis, f., liberty.
libet, libére, libuit, it is
pleasing, suits. |
licet, -ére, -cuit and -citum
est, it is permitted.
lig, -are, -avi, -atus, to bind.
limen, -inis, ”., a threshold.
lingua, -ae, /., the tongue.
linid, -ire, -ivi, -itus, to
smear.
littera, -ae, f., a letter of the
alphabet; p/., writing, in-
scription, letter, dispatch.
litus, -oris, ., the shore,
beach.
loc6, -are, -avi, -atus, to
place. |
locus, -i, m. (pl. loci and
loca), a place, spot.
longitid6, -inis, /., length.
longus, -a, -um, adj., long.
loquax, adj., talkative.
loquor, -i, loctitus, to say,
speak.
lirica, -ae, f., a leathern
cuirass.
GENERAL VOCABULARY
laced, -ére, -lixi, to shine.
lidibrium, -i, ”., sport.
liidus, -1, m., a game.
limen, -inis, 7., light.
lana, -ae, f., the moon.
lax, licis, f., light, daylight.
M
maered, -ére, —, —, to be
sad, grieve, lament.
magis, comp. adv., more.
magistratus, -ls, m., mag-
istracy.
magnificus, -a, -um, ad/.,
grand, magnificent.
magnitid6, -inis, /., great-
ness, size.
magnopere, adv., greatly, ex-
ceedingly.
magnus, -a, -um, ad/., great,
large;comp., maior, maius;
sup., maximus, -a, -um.
male, adv., badly, ill; comp.,
péius; sup., pessimé.
maleficium, -i, 7., a misdeed.
mal6, malle, malui, —, to
prefer, choose.
malum, -i, 7., evil.
malus, -a, -um, adj., bad,
evil; comp., péior, -ius ;
sup., pessimus, -a, -um.
mane, adv., in the morning.
maneod, -ére, mansi, man-
sum, to stay, remain.
maniféstus, -a, -um, ad/.,
clear, manifest.
manipulus, -i, m., a handful
(of hay).
manus, -Us, /., a hand.
mare, -is, 7., the sea.
marg6, -inis, m., a border.
mater, -tris, f., a mother.
matrim6nium, -i, ”., mar-
riage.
Matrona, -ae, /., the River
Marne.
mattr6, -are, -avi, -atum,
to hasten.
matirus, -a, -um, ad/., ripe,
early.
maxilla, -ae, /., jaw bone.
maximé, especially.
medicina, -ae, /., remedy.
medicus, -i, m., a doctor.
medius, -a, -um, ad., middle,
with gen.
memini, -isse, defect., to re-
member.
memor, -oris, adj., mindful.
memoria, -ae, /., memory.
memoro, -are, -avi, -atus,
recount, say, relate.
méns, mentis, /., mind, feel-
ings, heart.
ménsa, -ae, f., a table.
ménsis, -is, m., a month.
mentior, -iri, -itus, to lie.
mercator, -Oris, m., a mer-
chant.
mercés, -édis, f., price, offer
of reward.
mereo, -ére, -ul, -itum, to
deserve, merit.
meridiés, -éi, m., midday.
meritum, -i, ”., reward, a
merit.
XXl
APPLIED LATIN
MessiAla, -ae, m., Messala.
messis, -is, /., harvest.
mé6tior, -iri, ménsus, to meas-
ure.
metud, -ere, -ui, —, to fear.
metus, -tis, m., fear.
meus, -a, -um, poss. pron.,
my, mine.
miles, -itis, m., a soldier.
militaéris, -e, adj., military;
rés militaris, the art of war.
mille, num. adj., a thousand.
minimé, adv., least of all.
minor, -ari, -atus, threaten.
mirabilis, -e, adj., wonderful.
miror, -ari, -Aatus, to admire.
mirus, -a, -um, adj., mar-
velous.
misceo, -ere, -ui, mixtus, to
mix, mingle.
misereor, -éri, -itus, to have
compassion, pity.
miseret, -ére, -uit, it pities,
with acc. of person and
gen. of cause of feeling.
mitis, -e, adj., mild, gentle.
mitt6, -ere, misi, missus, to
let go, send.
modo, adv., just now, lately.
modus, -i, m., measure, size;
fashion.
molior, -iri, -itus, toattempt,
build.
molli6, -ire, -ivi (-ii), -itus,
to make soft, soften.
moned, -ére, -ui, -itus, to
advise, warn.
mons, montis, m. » mountain.
monstro, -are, -avi, -atus, to
show, indicate, tell.
mora, -ae, f., a delay.
morior, -i, mortuus, to die.
moror, -ari, -dtus, to delay.
mors, mortis, /., death.
mos, moris, m., habit, cus-
tom; l., character.
MoOsés, -is, m., Moses.
motus, -Us, m™., a movement,
motion.
moved, -ére, MOvi, mOtus, to
move, stir, set in motion.
mox, adv., soon.
mulier, -eris, /., a woman.
multiplex, -icis, adj., with
many folds; frequent.
multitid6, -inis, /., a multi-
tude.
multus, -a, -um, adj., many;
comp., plis, pliris, more;
sup., plirimus, -a, -um,
most.
milus, -i, m., a mule.
miuni6, -ire, -ivi, -itus, to
fortify.
miunitid, -dnis, f., fortifica-
tion.
minus, -eris, ”., an office,
duty.
mirus, -i, m., a wall.
muto, -adre, -avi, -atus, to
change.
N
nam, conj., for.
Namméius, -i, m., Namme-
lus.
XXxil
GENERAL VOCABULARY
narr6, -are, -avi, -atus, to
report, say, describe.
nAscor, -1, natus, to be born.
natid, -dnis, f., nation, tribe.
nato, natare, natavi, natatus,
to swim.
natura, -ae, /., nature, char-
acter.
nauta, -ae, m., a sailor.
navalis, -e, adj., naval.
navis, -is, /., a ship.
-ne, encl. adv. and conj.;
as adv., in direct questions,
a sign of interrogation; as
conj., in indirect questions,
whether.
né, conj.,that . . . not, lest.
necessari6, adv., necessarily.
necessités, -atis, /., neces-
sity.
nego, -are, -avi, -atus, to
say no, deny.
negotium, -i, 7., business.
némd (dat. némini, acc.
néminem), no one.
neque or nec, conj., and not,
nor.
nequed, -ire, -ivi (-ii),
-itum, to be unable.
nervus, -i, m., a sinew, cord.
neuter, -tra, -trum (gen. neu-
trius) adj., neither, of two.
nihil, 7. indecl., nothing.
nihiléminus, adv., neverthe-
less.
nisi, conj., if not, unless.
nobilis, -e, adj., well-known,
noble.
nobilitas, -atis, /., fame; no-
bility.
noceo, -ére, -ul,
hurt, with dat.
nocti, adv., by night.
nél6, nodlle, ndlui, —, not
to wish, be unwilling.
nomen, -inis, ”., a name.
nominatim, adv., by name.
ndmin6, -are, -Avi, -atus, to
name.
non, adv., not.
non-dum, adv., not yet.
nonne, particle introducing
interrogation, expecting af-
firmative answer.
non-nillus or nén nillus, -a,
-um, adj., some, several.
non-numquam or non num-
quam, adv., sometimes.
Noréia, -ae, /., a city of the
Norici.
Noricus, -a, -um, adj., Nor-
* ican.
noster, -tra, -trum, /oss.
pron., Our, Ours, Our OWN.
nota, -ae, f., a mark, spot.
novus, -a, -um, adj., new,
fresh, strange.
nox, noctis, /., night.
ntbés, -is, f., a cloud, mist.
nidus, -a, -um, adj., bare.
nillus, -a, -um (gen. nillius)
adj., no, not any.
num, interrog. adv., is it
not? with indirect question,
whether.
numerus, -i, m., a number.
-itum, to
XXlil
APPLIED LATIN
nummus, -i, m., a coin.
numquam, adv., never.
nunc, adv., now, at present.
nuntid, -are, -avi, -atus, to
announce, report.
nuntius, -i, m., messenger.
nuper, adv., lately.
nutri6, -ire, -ivi (-ii), -itus, to
nourish, feed.
O
6, znterj., O! oh!
ob, prep. with acc., on ac-
count of. |
obaeratus, -a, -um, adj., in
debt.
ob-ed, -ire, -ivi or -ii, -itum,
perish, die.
obici6, -ere, -iéci, -iectus, to
throw before, interpose.
obliviscor, -i, oblitus, to for-
get, with gen. or acc.
ob-ru6, -ere, -rui, -rutus, to
overwhelm, destroy.
ob-sequor, -i, -seciitus, to
yield, submit; assist.
obser6, -are, -avi, -atus, to
bolt.
obses, -idis, m., a hostage.
obsided, -ére, -sédi, -sessus,
besiege.
obsidié, -dnis, /., a siege.
obstrué, -ere, -struxi, -stric-
tus, to build against, ob-
struct.
obtined, -ére, -tinui, -ten-
tus, to hold, obtain.
obvius, -a, -um, adj., oppos-
ing, in the way, with dat.
occasid, -dnis, /.,an occasion.
occdsus, -Us, m., a setting;
occdsus sdlis, sunset; the
west.
occid6, -ere, -cidi, -casum, to
fall or go down, set.
occid6, -ere, -cidi, -cisus,
to cut down, kill.
occult6, -are, -avi, -atus, to
hide, conceal.
occumb6, -ere, cubui, cubit-
um, to die.
occupo, -are, -avi, -atus, to
seize; capture.
occurro, -ere, -Currl, -cur-
sum, to run to meet.
Oceanus, -i, m., the ocean.
oculus, -i, m., an eye.
6di, 6disse, dsirus, to hate.
odor, -6ris, m., an odor.
offer6, -ferre, obtuli, oblatus,
to bring before, offer.
olea, -ae, /., olive tree.
dlim, adv., once, formerly.
omen, -inis, 7., an omen.
omitt6, -ere, -misi, -missus,
to give up, omit.
omniné, adv., altogether, en-
tirely. |
omnis, -e, adj., all, every.
onus, -eris, 7., a load.
opertus, -a, -um, adj., con-
cealed.
opinid, -dnis, f., opinion.
oportet, -ére, -uit, it is neces-
sary.
XXIV
GENERAL VOCABULARY
oppidanus, -a, -um, adj., be-
longing to a town, towns-
people.
oppidum, -i, 7., awalled town;
stronghold.
opprim6, -ere, -pressi, -pres-
gus, to crush, oppress.
opperior, -iri, oppertus, to
wait for.
opptgno, -are, -avi, -atus,
to attack, storm.
opus, -eris, ”., work, task.
ora, -ae, f., the shore.
dratid, -dnis, f.,a speech, ora-
tion.
orbis, -is, m., a circle, cir-
cuit; orbis terrae or ter-
rarum, the world.
6rd6, -inis, m., a rank of
soldiers; order.
Orgetorix, -rigis, m., Orge-
torix.
orig6,-inis, f.,a source, origin.
orior, -iri, ortus, to arise;
begin.
Orno, -are, -avi, -atus, to
adorn, decorate.
6rd, -are, -Avi,
entreat, plead.
6s, Gris, 2., the mouth.
OS, Ossis, 7., a bone.
ostend6, -ere, -di, -tus, to
show, disclose.
Otium, -i, 7., leisure.
ovis, -is, f., a sheep.
-atus, to
iP
pabulum, -i, 7., fodder.
paciscor, -i, pactus, to agree,
stipulate.
paco, -are, -avi, -atus, to
pacify.
paene, adv., nearly, almost.
paenitet, -ére, -uit, with acc.
of person and gen. of cause
of feeling, it repents.
pagus, -i, m., a district.
paliis, -tdis, f., a swamp,
marsh.
par, paris, adj., equal.
paratus, -a, -um,
ready.
parco, -ere, peperci, parsus,
to spare, with dat.
pared, -ére, -ul, —, to ap-
pear; obey, with dat.
pariés, -etis, m., a (house)
wall.
pario, -ere, peperi, partus,
to bear (7. e., to give birth
to; not bear, carry); gain.
pariter, adv., equally.
paro, -are, -avi, -atus, to
prepare, provide.
pars, partis, f/., a part.
particeps, -cipis, adj., shar-
ing in, with gen.
partim, adv., partly; partim
a6} e partim, “partly...
partly.
partior, -iri, -itus, to divide.
parum, adv., too little, not
adj.,
enough; comp., minus,
less; sup., minimé, least.
parvulus, -a, -um, adj.,
little.
24 XXV
APPLIED LATIN
parvus, -a, -um, adj., small,
little; comp., minor, minus;
sup., minimus, -a, -um,
least.
pasco, pascere, pavi, pastus,
to feed.
passus, -Us, m., a step, pace.
pastor, -6ris, m., a shep-
herd.
pastoralis, -e, adj., belonging
to a shepherd.
pated, -ére, -ui, —, to lie
open, stretch out, extend.
pater, -tris, m., a father.
patior, -i, passus, to bear,
endure, permit.
patria, -ae, /., fatherland,
native country.
pauci, -ae, -a, adj., few.
pax, pacis, /., peace.
pectus, -oris, 7., the breast.
pectinia, -ae, /., money, sum
of money.
pedester, -tris, -tre, ad/.,
on foot, pedestrian.
pédum, -i, ”., a crook.
pell6, -ere, pepuli, pulsus,
to strike, beat; expel.
pended, -ére, pependi, —,
to hang, be suspended.
penes, prep. with acc., in the
power of.
penna, -ae, /., a feather.
per, prep. w. acc., through.
percelld, -ere, -culi, -culsus,
to overthrow.
percipio, -ere, -cépi, -cep-
tus, to recelve, perceive.
percutid, -ere, -cussi, -cus-
sus, to smite.
per-d6, -ere, -didi, -ditus,
to lose.
per-diico, -ere, -diixi, -duc-
tus, to lead through; con-
struct.
per-e6, -ire, -ii or -ivi, -itum,
perish, be lost.
perfacilis, -e, adj., very easy.
per-ferd, -ferre, -tuli, -latus,
to bear through, endure;
announce.
perficid, -ere, -féci, -fectus,
to accomplish, complete,
make.
pergo, -ere, perréxi,
réctum, to go on.
per-
periculum, -i, 7., peril, dan-
ger.
peritus, -a, -um, ad/., skilled
in, with gen.
per-maneo, -ére, -mansi,
-mansum, to last through,
remain.
per-mitt6, -ere, -misi, -mis-
sus, to permit, allow.
per-moveo, -ére, -moOvi,
-motus, to move deeply,
disturb, alarm.
perniciés, -éi, f., destruction,
death.
pernocto, -are, -avi, -atum,
to pass the night.
perobscirus, -a, -um, ad/.,
very dark.
per-pauci, -ae, -a, adj., very
few.
XXvi
GENERAL VOCABULARY
perpetud, adv., constantly,
perpetually.
per-rumpo, -ere, -rupi, -rup-
‘tus, to break through.
per-sequor, -i, -secitus, to
follow after, follow, pursue.
persevéro, -are, -avi, -atus,
to persist.
perspicid, -ere, -spéxi, -spéc-
tus, to see through.
per-sudde6, -ére, -sudasi,
-sudsus, to persuade, with
dat. In passive used im-
personally.
pertined, -ére, -tinui, -ten-
tus, to pertain, have to
do with.
per-veni6, -ire, -véni, -ven-
tum, to come through,
arrive, reach.
pés, pedis, m., a foot.
pet6, -ere, -ivi, -itus, to seek.
Phara6, -d6nis, m., the King
of Egypt.
Philistaeus, -a, -um, ad/.,
Philistine.
pictira, -ae, f., a painting.
piget, -ére, -uit, it grieves,
with acc. of person and
gen. of cause of feeling.
pilum, -i, ”., a javelin.
piscis, -is, m., a fish.
Pis6, -dnis, m., Piso.
pix, picis, f., pitch.
placed, -ére, -ui, -itum, to
please; impers., it is pleas-
ing, with dat.
planitiés, -éi, /., a plain.
planta, -ae, /., a sprout,
plant.
plébés, plébis, or plébei, /.,
the common people.
plénus, -a, -um, adj., full,
with gen.
pled, -ére, -évi, -étus, to fill.
plumbun, -i, 7., lead.
poena, -ae, /., punishment,
penalty.
poéta, -ae, m., a poet.
polliceor, -éri, -itus, to
promise.
pompa, -ae, /., a solemn pro-
cession.
pomum, -i, ”., an apple.
pondus, -eris, ”., a weight.
p6n6, -ere, posui, positus, to
place.
pons, pontis, m., a_ bridge.
populor, -ari, -dtus, to
devastate.
populus, -i, m., a people,
nation, body of citizens.
porrd, adv., moreover, be-
sides.
porta, -ae, f., a gate.
portend6, -ere, -tendi, -ten-
tus, to signify.
porto, -are, -avi, -atus, to
bear, carry.
portus, -tis, m., port.
posco, -ere, popdsci, —, to
ask, demand. 7
possessi6, -dnis, /., posses-
sion.
possided, -ére, -sédi, -ses-
sus, to possess.
XXVil
APPLIED LATIN
possum, posse, potui, —, to
be able.
post, prep. w. acc., behind,
after, since.
post-ea, adv., afterward.
posterus, -a, -um, adj., the
following, next; comp.,
posterior, -ius; SUD.,
postrémus, -a, -um (post-
umus, -a, -um), last.
post-quam, conj., after,
when.
postrém6, adv.,at last,finally.
postridié, adv., next day.
potentia, -ae, /., power.
potestas, -atis, /., power.
potior, -iri, -itus, to get
possession of, seize, with
abl.
potius, adv., rather.
praebed, -ére, -ui, -itus, to
have ready; furnish.
prae-céd6, -ere, -cessi, -ces-
sum, to go before, surpass.
praeceps, -cipitis, ad7., steep,
precipitous.
praecido, -ere, -cidi, -cisus,
to cut off.
praecipio, -ere, -cépi, -ceptus,
to advise, warn, with dat.
praecliidd, -ere, -si, -sus,
to shut off.
praecurro, -ere, -curri, -cur-
sum, to run before.
praeda, -ae, f., booty, plun-
der.
prae-diico, -ere, -dixi, -duc-
tus, to lead before.
prae-fer6, -ferre, -tuli, -latus,
to bear before, prefer.
praeficid, -ere, -féci, -fectus,
to put in command of,
with acc. of person and
dat. of thing.
prae-mitt6, -ere, -misi, -mis-
sus, to send in advance.
praemium, -i, 7., a reward.
prae-paro, -are, -avl, -atus,
to get ready beforehand.
prae-p6n6,-ere, -posui, -posi-
tus, to put in charge of,
with acc. of person and
dat. of thing.
prae-scrib6, -ere, -scripsi,
-scriptus, to direct, pre-
scribe, with dat.
praeséns, -entis, adj., pres-
ent.
praesenti6, -ire, -sénsi, -sén-
sus, to feel beforehand.
praesertim, adv., especially.
praesided, -ére, -sédi, -ses-
sum, sit down before.
praesidium, -i, ”., garrison,
guard.
praestat, -are, -stitit, it is
better.
prae-sum, -esse, -fui, —,
to be in charge of, be head
of, with dat.
prae-tend6, -ere, -tendi,
-tentus, to stretch forth,
extend.
praeter, prep. with acc., be-
yond; besides, except.
praeter-ea, adv., besides.
XXVlii
GENERAL VOCABULARY
praetor, -dris, m., praetor.
prae-veni6, -ire, -véni, -ven-
tum, to arrive before, an-
ticipate.
prem6, -ere, pressi, pressus,
to press, press down, op-
press.
préndo, -ere, prehendi, pre-
hénsus (prénsus), to seize,
grasp.
pretium, -i, 7., a price.
prex, precis, /., a prayer.
pridié, adv.,on the day before.
primo, adv., at first; first.
primum, adv., first, at first.
primus, -a, -um, ad/., first,
foremost, earliest.
princeps, -ipis, m., chieftain.
principatus, -iis, m., chief-
tainship. |
prior, prius, comp. adj., for-
mer, first.
pristinus, -a, -um, ad/.,
former.
prius-quam, conj., before,
until.
privatus, -a, -um, adj., pri-
vate.
privo, -are, -davi, -atus, to
deprive, rob.
pro, prep. with abl., before, in
front of; for, in behalf of.
probo, -are, -Avi, -atum, to
approve, favor.
probrum, -i, 7., a base act.
pr6o-céd6, -ere, -cessi, -ces-
sum, to go forward, ad-
vance.
procul, adv., at a distance,
afar.
pr6-dé, -ere, -didi, -ditus, to
betray.
pro-dtc6, -ere, -dixi, -duc-
tus, to lead forth, prolong.
proelium, -i, ., a battle.
profectis, -dnis, f/., a de-
parture.
pro-fer6, -ferre, -tuli, -latus,
to bring forth, extend.
proficiscor, -i, profectus, to
set out.
proflig6, -are, -Avi, -atus, to
crush completely.
pro-flu6, -ere, -flixi, —, to
flow forth, arise.
progredior, -i, -gressus, to
go forward, advance.
prohibeé, -ére, -ui, -itus,
to restrain, prevent.
proicio, -ere, -iéci, -iectus,
to hurl forward, throw
away, cast.
pr6o-mitt6, -ere, -misi, -mis-
sus, proffer, promise.
pro-moveo, -ére, -movi,
-motus, to move forward.
prope, adv., almost; comp.,
propius; sup., proximé,
nearest; last.
pro-pell6, -ere, -puli, -pul-
sus, to drive forward,
propel.
propero, -are, -avi, -atum,
to hasten.
propinquus, -a, -um, ad/.,
near.
XXIx
APPLIED LATIN
pro-poné, -ere, -posul, -posi-
tus, ¢., to put forward,
propose.
propter, prep. with acc., on
account of.
propter-ea, adv., for this
reason.
pro-sterno, -ere, -stravi,
-stratus, overthrow, ruin.
pr6-sum, prddesse, profui,
—,-to be useful, profit,
with dat.
protend6, -ere, -tendi, ten-
tus, to extend.
-provenio, -ire, -véni, -ven-
tum, to come forth, turn
out.
provincia, -ae, f., an office;
province.
provoc6, -are, -avi, -atus,
to call forth.
proximus, -a, -um, @d7., near-
OS, Next.
pridentia, -ae, /., prudence.
publicus, -a,-um, ad/., public.
pudet, -ére, -uit, it shames;
with acc. of person and gen.
of cause of feeling.
pudor, -éris, m., shame.
puella, -ae, /., a girl.
puer, -i, m., a boy, child.
puerulus, -i, m., boy.
pigna, -ae, /., a battle.
pugno, -are, -avi, -atum,
to fight, contend, struggle.
pulcher, -chra, -chrum, ad/.,
beautiful.
pulvis, -eris, m., dust.
punctum, -1, 7., a point.
punio, -ire, -ivi, -itus, to
punish.
purgo, -are, -davi,
to clean, purify.
puteus, -i, m., a well.
puto, -are, -Avi, -atum, to
think.
-atum,
quaero, -ere, -Sivi, -situs,
to seek; ask, inquire.
quaes6,.—, —, —, to Dray
ask.
quaesti6, -dnis, /., an inves-
tigation.
qualis, -e, adj.; interrog., of
what sort?
quam, adv.,
tives, than.
quam-quam, conj., although,
with indicative.
quandé, adv., when.
quantus, -a, -um, adj.; im-
terrog., how much?
qua-ré, adv., whereby, where-
fore.
qua-si, adv.,
with subj.
quatid, -ere, quassi, quas-
sus, to shake; wield, bran-
dish.
-que, conj., encl., and;
. -que, both...
after compara-
asif, just asif,
-que
and.
‘quercus, -is, /., an oak, oak-
rec.
queror, -i, questus, to com-
plain.
XXX
GENERAL VOCABULARY
qui, quae, quod, inlerrog.
pron. and adj., who?
which? what? rel., who,
which, that; indef. rel.,
whoever, anyone, any-
thing.
quia, conj., because.
quidam, quaedam, quiddam
(quoddam), indef. pron.;
as adj., certain; as pron.,
a certain one, something.
quiés, quiétis, /., rest, quiet.
quiésc6, -ere, -évi, -étus, to
get quiet.
quis, quae (qua), quid, indef.
pron., anybody, anything,
after si, nisi, né, num.
quis, quid, initerrog. pron.,
who? which? what?
quis-quam, quaequam, quid-
quam (quicquam), indef.
pron., any one, anything;
adj., any, usually with a
negative. Has no pl.
quis-que, quaeque, quidque
(quodque), indef. pron.,
each one, each thing; ad/7.,
each, every.
qui-vis, quaevis, quidvis
(quodvis), indef. pron.;
anyone you wish; any-
thing.
quod, conj., because, since.
quoque, conj., also, too.
R
rabiés, -éi, /., madness.
radius, -i, m., ray, spoke.
radix, -icis, /., a root.
ramus, -i, m., a branch.
rapax, adj., thievish.
rapina, -ae, /., robbery.
rapid, -ere, -pui, -ptus, to
carry off, snatch or hurry
away.
ratid, -dnis, /., reason, plan.
ratis, -is, f., a raft, boat.
Rauraci, -drum, m., a Gallic
’ tribe.
re-bell6, -are, -avi, -atum,
to rebel.
re-céd6, -ere, -cessi, -ces-
sum, to go back, recede.
recéns, -entis, adj., fresh,
recent.
recipi6, -ere, -cépi, -ceptus,
to receive; betake oneself.
reclam6, -are, -ari, -datus,
to shout against.
réctus, -a,-um, ad/., straight,
direct.
recuti6, -ere, -Ccussi, -cussus,
to shake.
red-d6, -ere, -didi, -ditus,
to give back.
red-e6, -ire, -ii or -ivi,
-itum, to return.
redig6, -ere, -égi, -actus,
to drive back; reduce.
redim6, -ere, -€mi, -émptus,
to buy back, ransom.
red-integr6, -are, -Avi, -atus,
renew, restore.
rediti6, -dnis, f., a return.
re-diicé, -ere, -diixi, -ductus,
to lead back; reduce.
XXX1
APPLIED LATIN
re-fer6, -ferre, rettuli, rela-
tus, to bring back; report.
reficid, -ere, -féci, -fectus,
to repair, make over.
reflect, -ere, -fléxi, -flec-
tus, to bend back.
reflud, -ere, -flixi, -fluctus,
to pour back.
régina, -ae, /. [réx], a queen.
régnum, -i, 7., kingdom.
rego, -ere, réxi, réctus, to
rule, govern; guide.
reicid, -ere, -iéci, -iectus,
to throw or hurl back.
re-linqu6, -ere, -liqui, -lic-
tus, to leave, abandon.
reliquus, -a, -um, adj., re-
maining.
re-maneo, -ére, -mansi, —,
to remain.
re-mitt6,-ere, -misi, -missus,
tosend back; relax,weaken.
re-moved, -ére, -movi, -m0-
tus, to move back, with-
draw
rémus, -1, m., an Oar.
re-pelld, -ere, reppuli, repul-
sus, to drive back, repel.
repente, adv., suddenly.
reperio, -ire, repperi, reper-
tus, to find (by search),
discover.
re-pets, -ere, -ivi, -itus, seek
again, repeat.
re-pled, -ére, -évi, -étus, to
fill again.
re-porto, -are, -avi, -atus, to
carry back.
reprim6, -ere, -pressi, -pres-
sus, to press back, repress.
re-pugno, -are, -avi, -atum,
to resist.
rés, rei, f., a thing, matter,
affair.
re-scind6, -ere, -Scidi, -scis-
sus, to tear down, destroy.
rescisco, -ere, -SCivi, -scitus,
find out.
resided, -ére, -sédi, -sessum,
to remain a remain.
resilid, -ire, -ui, —, to leap
back.
re-sist6, -ere, -stiti, -stitum,
to resist.
re-solv6, -ere, -Solvi, -soli-
tus, to loosen, resolve,
cancel.
re-spondeéd, -ére, -spondi,
-spénsum, to reply.
responsum, -1, 7., a reply.
restitu6, -ere, -ui, -ttus,
to restore, reéstablish.
re-sto, -stare, -stiti, to re-
main.
resultd, -are, —, —, to leap
back.
retined, -ére, -tinui, -tentus,
to hold back, retain.
re-trah6, -ere, -traxi, -trac-
tus, to draw back, recall.
re-vert6, -ere, -ti, -sum, to
turn back, return.
re-voco, -are, -Avi, -atus, to
recall, call back.
réx, régis, m., a king.
Rhénus, -i, m., the Rhine.
XXXil
GENERAL VOCABULARY
Rhodanus, -i, m., the Rhone.
ride6, -ére, risi, risum, to
laugh; deride.
ripa, -ae, f., the bank of a
river.
robur, -oris, ”., timber.
rogo, -are, -avi, -atus, to ask.
Roma, -ae, f., Rome.
R6manus, -a, -um, ad7., of
Rome, Roman.
rosa, -ae, /., a rose.
rota, -ae, /., a wheel.
Ruben, -nis, m., Reuben.
ruber, rubra, rubrum, ad/.,
red.
ruina, -ae, f.,a ruin, collapse.
rumpo, -ere, rupi, ruptus,
to break, burst.
ru6, -ere, rui, rutum, to fall
or rush down, rush.
rupés, -is, f., a rock, cliff.
rirsus, adv., again:
ris, riris, 7., the country.
rusticus, -a, -um, rustic, be-
longing to the country.
S
sacculus, -i, m., a sack.
saepe, adv., often, frequently.
saevid, -iIre, -iil, -itum, to
rage, be furious, be violent.
Saevus, -a, -um, adj., cruel,
savage.
sagax, adj., wise, prudent.
sagitta, -ae, /., an arrow.
sal, salis, 7., salt.
sali6, -ire, -ui, —, to leap.
saltd, -are, —,—, to dance.
salis, salttis, /., safety.
sancio, -ire, sanxi, sanctus,
to ordain, ratify.
sanguis, -inis, m., blood.
sapiéns, -entis, adj., wise,
discreet.
satis, adv., enough, sufficient.
satis-faci6, -ere, -féci, -fac-
tum, to appease, satisfy,
with dat.
saxum, -i, ”., a rock.
scelus, -eris, ., a crime.
scientia, -ae, /., knowledge,
science.
scind6, -ere, scidi, scissus, to
split.
scid, -ire, -ivi, -itus, to know.
Scirpeus, -a, -um, of bul-
rushes.
scrib6, -ere, scripsi, scrip-
tus, to write.
scriptor, -dris, m., a writer.
scttum, -i, ”., a shield.
sé-, prefix, inseparable, apart,
away.
sed, con7., but.
seded, -ére, sédi, sessum, to
sit, sit down.
sédés, -is, /., a seat.
sedile, -is, ”., a seat.
seges, -etis, /., standing
corn, crop.
semel, num. adv., once, one
time.
sémentis, -is, /., a sowing (of
grain).
-Semper, adv., always.
senatus, -ts, m., the senate.
XXXIll
APPLIED LATIN
senex, senis, m., an old man.
sententia, -ae, /., opinion.
sentid, -ire, sénsi, sénsus, to
perceive, feel.
séparatim, adv., separately.
sé-paro, -are, -avi, -atus, to
separate.
sepeli6, -ire, -ivi, -pultus, to
bury.
septentridnés, -um, m., the
North.
sepulcrum, -i, ”., a grave,
sepulchre.
Séquani, -6rum, m., a Gallic
tribe.
sequor, -i, secitus, to follow.
sera, -ae, f., a bar, bolt.
seriés, -6i, /., a series.
servid, -ire, -ivi, -itum, to
serve.
servitis, -titis, /., slavery.
servo, -are, -avi, -atus, to
watch, keep, save.
servus, -1, m., a slave.
si, conj., if; whether.
sic, adv., thus.
siccus, -a, -um, adj., dry.
Sicilia, -ae, f., Sicily.
signum, -i, 7., a sign.
siléns, -entis, ad7., still, quiet.
silva, -ae, /., wood, forest.
silvester, -tris, -tre, ad/.,
wooded.
similis, -e, ad7., like, similar;
comp., similior,-ius; sup.,
simillimus, -a, -um, with
dat.
simplex, -icis, adj., simple.
simul, adv., at the same time.
sine, prep. with abl., without.
singularis, -e, adj., single;
singular.
singuli, -ae, -a, distrib. num.
adj., one apiece, one by one.
sinister, -tra, -trum, ad/.,
left; evil.
sist6, -ere, stiti, statum, to
cause to stand, place.
situs, -a, -um, ad/., situated.
sive, conj., whether, if.
socer, soceri, m., a father-
in-law.
socius, -i, m., a companion,
ally.
sol, sdlis, m., the sun.
soled, -ére, -itus sum, to be
accustomed.
sollicitus, -a, -um,
anxious, watchful.
solum, -i, ”., the ground.
sdlum, adv., only, merely;
non sdlum. . . sed etiam,
not only . . . but also.
sdlus, -a, -um (gen. sdlius),
adj., alone, only.
solv6, -ere, solvi, solitus, to
loosen.
somniator, -dris, m., a dream-
er. 7
somnium, -i, ”., a dream.
somnus, -i, m., sleep.
sonus, -i, m., a sound.
soror, -6ris, /., a sister.
sors, sortis, f., a lot.
spatior, -ari, -atus, to walk,
go.
adj.,
XXX1V
GENERAL VOCABULARY
spatium, -i, ”., a space.
speciés, -éi, f., shape, form.
specio, -ere, spéxi, spectus,
to look at.
specto, -are, -avi, -atus, to
look or gaze at.
spéro, -are, -Aavi, -atus, to
hope.
spés, spel, /., hope.
spolid, -dre, -avi, -atus, to
strip, plunder.
spolium, -i, 7., spoil, booty.
sponded, -ére, spopondi,
sponsus, to assure, prom-
ise.
stabilid, -ire, -ivi, -itus, to
make firm.
statim, adv., at once, im-
mediately.
statud, -ere, -ul, -utus, to
set up; resolve. _
stella, -ae, /., a star.
sterno, -ere, stravi, stratus,
to strew, spread.
sto, stare, steti, statum, to
stand.
struo, -ere, strixi, striictus,
to build.
stude6d, -ére, -ui, —, to
desire, with dat.
studium, -i, 1.,
study.
sua sponte, of one’s own
accord.
sub, prep. with acc. and abl.;
under.
sub-diticé, -ere, -dixi, -duc-
tus, to lead up.
pursuit;
sub-e6, -ire, -ii (-ivi), -itum,
to come or go under; ap-
proach.
subici6, -ere, -iéci, -iectus,
to put under, place below.
subité, adv., suddenly.
sub-mitt6, -ere, -misi, -mis-
sus, to let down, lower.
sub-moved, -ére, -m6vi, -m6-
tum, to dislodge, drive
back.
subnitor, -niti, -nixus, lean
on, prop up.
subripio, -ere, -ripui, -rep-
tus, to take by stealth.
sub-sequor, -i, -seciitus, to
follow on, come after.
subsidium, -i, 7., aid.
subter, prep., under.
sub-veni6, -ire, -véni, -ven-
tum, to come to aid, assist.
subvert, -ere, -1, -versus, to
overthrow.
succéd6, -ere, -cessi, -ces-
sum, to advance; succeed.
succid6, -ere, -cidi, -cisus,
to cut down.
suffragium, -i, 7., a ballot.
sui, sibi, sé, reflex. pron., of
himself, herself, itself; of
themselves.
sum, esse, fui, —, to be.
summus, see superus.
sumo, -ere, sumpsi, sumptus,
take on, assume.
sumptus, -Us, m., expense.
super, prep. with acc. and
abl., over, above, beyond.
XXXV
APPLIED LATIN
superficiés, -éi, /., a surface.
supero, -are, -avi, -atus, to
surpass; subdue, conquer.
super-sede6, -ére, -sédi,
-sessum, to refrain from.
super-sum, -esse, -fui, —, to
be left, survive, with dat.
superus, -a, -um, adj., high;
comp., superior, -ius,
higher; swp., summus, -a,
-um, and suprémus, -a,
-um, highest.
suppeto, -ere, -ivi, -itum, to
be at hand, be available.
supple6, -ére, -évi, -étus, to
fill up, supply.
supplicium, -i, ”., punish-
ment.
supp6n6, -ere, -posui, -posi-
tus, to place beneath.
supporto, -are, -avi, -atus,
to carry up.
surgo, -ere, surréxi,
réctus, to raise; rise.
suscipio, -ere, -cépi, -cep-
tus, to undertake.
suspend6, -ere, -pendi, -pén-
sus, to hang up, sus-
pend.
suspici6, -dnis, /., suspicion.
sispici6, -ere, -spéxi, -spec-
tus, to suspect.
sustined, -ére, -tinui, -ten-
tus, to hold up, sustain.
suus, -a, -um, poss. pron.,
his own, her own, its
own, their own; his, hers,
its, theirs.
sur-
z
tabula, -ae, /., a plank; tab-
let.
taced, -ére, -ui, -itum, to be
silent.
tacitus, -a, -um, ad7., silent.
taedet, -ére, -uit, it bores,
with acc. of person and
gen. of cause of feeling.
talis, -e, adj., of such a sort.
tam, adv., so, so far.
tamen, adv., nevertheless.
tam-quam, adv., as if, with
subj.
tandem, adv., at length,
finally.
tango, -ere, tetigi, tactus, to
touch.
tantus, -a, -um, adj., so
great.
tant6pere, adv., so much.
tego, -ere, téyi, téctus, to
cover, protect.
télum, -i, 7., a javelin.
temeré, adv., rashly.
tempero, -are, -avi, -atus,
to refrain, forbear.
templum, -i, 7., a temple.
tempto, -are, -avi, -atus, to
try, attempt.
tempus, -oris, ”., time.
tend6, -ere, tetendi, tentus,
to stretch, stretch out.
tene6, -ére, -ui, —, to hold,
keep; occupy.
terra, -ae, f., the earth; land.
terreé, -ére, -ui, -itus, to
frighten, alarm.
XXXV1
GENERAL VOCABULARY
terrester, tris, -e, adj.,
earthly.
_ terribilis, -e, adj., frightful,
dreadful.
terror, -6ris, m., fear.
téstiménium, -i, 7., evidence,
proof.
téstis, -is, m., a witness.
téstor, -ari, -dtus, to be a
witness; prove.
tex0, -ere, texui, textus, to
weave.
Tiberis, -is, m., the Tiber.
timed, -ére, -ui, —, to fear.
timidus, -a, -um, ad/., timid.
timor, -6ris, m., fear.
tingu6, -ere, tinxi, tinctus,
to wet, drench.
toga, -ae, /., a toga.
toll6, -ere, sustuli, sublatus,
to lift up, remove.
tonde6, -ére, totondi, ténsus,
to clip, shear.
torqued, -ére, torsi, tortus,
to turn, whirl.
totus, -a, -um (gen. tdtius)
adj., whole, all, entire.
trad6, -ere, -didi, -ditus,
to give up, surrender.
tradiicd, -ere, -dixi, -duc-
tus, to lead across, cheat.
trah6, -ere, traxi, tractus,
to draw, drag.
trdici6, -ere, -iéci, -iectus,
to throw over, transport.
trans, prep. with acc., across.
trans-e6, -ire, -ivi or -il,
-itum, to go across.
trans-fer6, -ferre,
-latus,
transfer.
transig6, -ere, -égi, -actus,
to drive through, accom-
plish.
trans-mitt6,-ere, -misi, -mis-
sus, to send across, con-
vey across.
trans-porto, -are, -avi, -atus,
to carry over, transport.
tribindl, -alis, 7., a tribunal.
tribu6, -ere, -ui, -itus, to
assign, allot.
triduum, -i, ”., three days’
time.
triennium, -i, 7., three years’
time.
triplex, -icis, adj., threefold.
tristis, -e, adj., sad.
ti, tui, pers. pron., thou, you.
tuba, -ae, /., a trumpet.
Tulingi, -drum, m., the Tu-
lingi.
tum, adv., then.
tunc, adv., then.
turba, -ae, /., crowd.
turb6, -are, -avi, -adtus, to
disturb, break.
turris, -is, f., a tower.
tuus, -a, -um, poss. pron.,
thy, thine, your.
-tuli,
to carry across,
U
ubi, adv.;_ rel., where; in-
terrog., when? where?
ulciscor, -i, ultus, to take
vengeance on.
XXXVI1
APPLIED LATIN
illus, -a, -um (gen. illius),
adj., any; anyone.
ulterior, -ius, comp. adj.,
farther, beyond, ulterior.
ultimus, -a, -um, adj. [sup.
of ulterior], most remote
or distant.
ultid, -dnis, /., a revenging.
ultor, -6ris, m., a punisher,
avenger. 3
ultra, prep. with acc., beyond.
tina, adv., together with.
unda, -ae, /., a wave.
unde, adv., whence.
undique, adv., on all sides.
tiniversus, -a, -um, ad7., all
together, whole, entire.
tinus, -a, -um (ge. unius),
num. adj., one, single;
only, alone.
urbanus, -a, -um, ad., of
the city.
urbs, urbis, /., a city.
ustrpo, -are, -avi, -atus, to
seize for use, use.
usus, -Us, m., use.
ut, as conj., that, so that, in
order that.
uter, utra, utrum (gen.
utrius), pron.; interrog.,
which of two?
uter-que, utraque, utrum-
que (gen. utriusque), ad/.,
each of two, both.
titilis, -e, adj., useful.
uti-nam, conj., would that.
titor, -i, isus, znir., to make
use of; enjoy, with abl.
utrum, conj., whether.
uxor, -6ris, /., a wife.
V
vad6, -ere, vasi, —, to pro-
ceed, go. 7
vadum, -i, 2., a ford.
vagiéns, -ntis, adj., crying.
vagor, -ari, -atus, to wander.
valed, -ére, -ui, —, to be
well, strong, be power-
ful.
valétidd, -inis, /., good
health.
validus, -a, -um, ad7., strong,
vigorous.
vallés, -is, f., a valley.
vallum, -i, 7. a wall.
varius, -a, -um, adj., mani-
fold, changing.
vast6, -are, -avi, -atus, to
ravage, destroy.
vastus, -a, -um, adj., empty,
vast.
vectigal, -alis, 1., a tribute,
a tax.
veheméns, -ntis, adj., vio-
lent.
vehementer, adv., violently.
vel, conj., or; vel... vel,
either ..-. or.
vél6x, -dcis, ad/., swift, fleet.
veneror, -ari, -atus, to rev-
erence. wy
veni6, -ire, véni, ventum,
to come, go.
ventus, -i, m., the wind.
vér, véris, 7., the spring.
XXXVIil
GENERAL VOCABULARY
verbatim, adv., word for
word.
verbum, -i, ., a word.
vereor, -6ri, -itus, to fear.
vergo, -ere, —, —, to lie
toward, slope.
véritas, -atis, f., truth. ©
vérd, adv., postpositive, in
truth, indeed.
vertex, -icis, m., the head;
summit.
verto, -ere, -ti, -sus, to turn,
turn around.
Verucloetius, -i, m., Veru-
cloetius.
vérus, -a, -um, ad., true.
véscor, -i, —, to eat, with
the abl.
vesper, -eris, m., the even-
ing.
vester, -tra, -trum, (oss.
pron., your, yours.
vesti6, -ire, -ivi, -itus, to
clothe.
vestis, -is, /., clothing.
vet6, -are, -ui, -itus, to for-
bid.
vetus, -eris, adj., old.
via, -ae, f., way, road.
vidtor, -Oris, m., a traveler.
vicinus, -a, -um, ad/., neigh-
boring, near.
victor, -Oris, m., a victor.
victoria, -ae, /., victory.
Vicus, -i, m., a village.
vided, -ére, vidi, visus, to
see, perceive.
vigilia, -ae, /., a watching,
watch.
vincid, -ire, vinxi, vinctus, to
bind, fetter.
vincdé, -ere, vici, victus, to
conquer.
vinculum, -i, ”., chain.
vinea, -ae, /., a vineyard.
vinum, -i, ”., wine.
Vir, Viri, m., a man.
virg6, -inis, f., a maiden.
virtiis, -itis, /., manliness,
‘courage.
vis, vis, p/., virés, -ium, /.,
strength, force, power.
vita, -ae, /., life.
vix, adv., scarcely.
voco, -are, -avi, -atus, to
call, summon.
volit6, -are, -avi, -Aatum, to
fly, hasten.
vold, velle, volui, —, to will,
be willing, wish.
volimen, -inis, 7.,a volume.
voluntas, -atis, /., will, wish,
desire.
volv6, -ere, volvi, volittus,
to roll.
vox, vocis, f., a voice, sound.
vulgus, -i, 7., the common
people; crowd.
vulnus, -eris, 7., a wound.
vulpés, -is, /., a fox.
XXX1X
INDEX
(The references are to paragraphs)
Ablative case, 84.
absolute, 566-569.
of accompaniment, 291.
of agent, 307.
of cause, 179.
of comparison, 215.
of manner, 231.
of means or instrument, I19.
of place from which, 85.
of place in which, 112.
of separation, 484.
of specification, 521.
of time, 161.
with alor, fruor, etc., 758.
with adjectives, 759.
Accent, general laws of, Introduc-
tion.
in contracted genitive and voca-
tive of nouns in -ius, 47.
Accusative case, 14.
direct object, 100.
double object, 746.
extent of time and space, 243.
place to which, 197.
subject of infinitive, 719.
Adjectives, first and second declen-
sion, 53-55-
third declension, 163-185.
one termination, 167.
two terminations, 174, 211.
three terminations, 181.
irregular (genitive in -ius), 352.
possessive, 323.
predicate, 265.
Adverb, 266-272.
comparison, 267.
irregular, 268.
Agreement of adjectives, 59.
participles, 560.
predicate noun, 265.
relative pronoun, 502.
verbs, 86.
Apposition, 438.
Auxiliary verbs, 96.
25
Causal clauses, 476-478.
Clause, 389.
Commands, 537-542.
Comparative, declined, 211.
Comparison of adjectives, regular,
207.
irregular, 217-218, 693.
of adverbs, regular, 267.
irregular, 268.
Complementary infinitive, 577.
Concession, 489-491.
Conditional sentences, 463-471.
Conjugation I., 68, 75, 93, 296, 308,
400, 419, 430, 441, 539, 559; 574;
589, 600
II, 102, 105, 113, 317, 325, 400,
ato, 430, 441, 539, 559, 574, 589,
III, 187, 190, 199, 331, 342, 407,
_ 431, 442, 540, 560, 575, 590, 600.
M -10, 224, 226, 356, 497, 431, 442,
540, 560, 575, 590, 600.
IV, 245, 248, 255, 373, 383, 407,
431, 442, 540, 560, 575, 590, 600.
Conjunction, 275.
Contraction in genitive of nouns in
-ius and -ium, 47.
Correlatives, 308.
Cum, enclitic, with pronouns, 292.
Dative case, 14.
of agent, 615.
of indirect object, 306.
of possessor, 548.
of purpose, 702.
with adjectives, 742.
with special verbs, 741.
Declension, 9.
I declension, 8.
II declension, 46.
III declension, 121-159.
IV declension, 232-236.
V declension, 238-240.
Definitions, 9, 10, 11, 14.
INDEX
Deponent verbs, 659-678.
Domus, declined, 236.
domi, 236.
Duo, declined, 819.
E6, 6098, 836.
Exhortations, 525.
Fearing, verbs of, 770.
Ferd, 698, 837.
Fi6, 698, 838.
Gender, 11.
in first declension, 12.
in second declension, 34, 38.
in third declension, 126.
in fourth declension, 235.
in fifth declension, 240.
Genitive case, 14.
partitive, 150.
possessive, 65.
with adjectives, 737.
with verbs, 733, 735.
Gerund, 587-593.
Gerundive, 600-603.
Impersonal verbs, 723, 735.
Indefinite pronouns, quis, aliquts,
634, 035.
Indirect discourse, infinitive in, 784.
Indirect subjunctive in, 793.
Indirect questions, 777.
Infinitive, 572, 577.
object, 750.
subject, 719, 722.
I-stems, 154.
Interjections, 638.
Locative case, 141, n.
M ald, 687, 833.
-ne in questions, 259.
Nolé, conjugation, 687, 833.
noli, with infinitive, 544-546.
Nominative case, 14.
Noénne and num, in questions, 259.
Numerals, 640.
Participles, 557-561.
Parts of speech. Introduction.
Passive voice, 297-299.
Periphrastic conjugations, 606-612.
Pits, declined, 219.
Possessive adjectives, 323.
Possum, 832.
Predicate adjectives and nouns, 265.
Prefixes, 36, 43.
Prepositions, 24-28.
Principal parts of verbs, 88.
Prohibitions, 544-546.
Pronouns, 285.
demonstrative, 335-339, 346, 378-
379.
indefinite, quis, aliquis, etc., 634,
635.
interrogative, 363.
personal, 288, 303.
reflexive, 322.
relative, 490.
Pronunciation, Introduction.
Purpose, expressed by gerundive
with ad, 603.
relative clauses of, 496.
by subjunctive, 404-6, 764.
by supine, 620.
Quantity, Introduction. .
-que, enclitic, 281.
Questions, direct, 258-260.
indirect, 777.
Qui, declension, 363.
Quis, declension, 364.
Relative clauses, 496-512.
pronoun, 499.
Result, 423-427.
Ras, 141.
Sentences, Introduction, 258, 274,
387, 393-
Sequences of tenses, 412-417.
Subjunctive mood, 398.
hortatory subjunctive, 526.
indirect discourse, 793.
indirect questions, 777.
of purpose, 404-6, 764.
of result, 423-427.
with verbs of fearing, 770.
Suffixes, 714.
Sui, declined, 322.
Sum, 262, 461, 831.
Supine, 620-622.
xlii
INDEX
Suus, distinguished from eius, 323. Verb, rule for agreement, 86.
Syllables, Introduction. definitions, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 88,
94.
Temporal clauses, 433-436, 443-445, Vocative case, 44.
448-450. Vol6, 687.
Totus, declension, 352. Vowels, Introduction.
Trés, declension, 819.
i Wishes, 525-534.
Unus, declension, 819. Word lists, 803.
Utinam, with subjunctive, 534. order, 101.
xliii
=
i
panies
U. C. BERKELEY LIBRARIES
CO4b?7&ebbS
IPC ERO mrt SURE Bia TT RO FE AIG
Soren
me
nee = =
| : =
| ;
= = = =
= —a ;
= —— = =:
5 ~——- -
— ee a
= =
= = =
—
ween
——— ——
oe cael = cr
= en
—_ Feet
= = =
=< : =;
, wy he
<< <= =
a —— 5
<==
eS =<
emer
te ee
. =
Se = =
— n
|
See enmeereeeties
ee
enero —- =
eS
= meenies
~~"
=
aac
=e
SEES
=
ern
SSS
SES
enone eens
SS
SSS
_aESaEaSaEoaEyaoyaeEEeEe—yx——x—————EEE
SSS == =
ee — —
a —
SS =——
a
ene
a ae
TS accg caeee ae een RO RSSTETE
a
————— SESE eee
oT ee
SE
[SS
eee emma =
SS cesetgencaeearaneeeenereareesagee =
=
nee eens
a eee ==
aS
a
ae. Rent O08 08 eRe ao 88 0 te te tg ee ne ae om nee ee
PAOLO OC AGE LLL LS LL LL LA
——S——EEEEESE=E=====_=_EZZ
eee
=
—
a Ok ae ee
at ete
anaes ee
—= eee
———
——
—
—
—
——=
=
ore 7
=
a 2 a nema hint eedteiteals Perm a ee
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11